3GPP TS 36.331 V12.6.0 (2015-06)
Technical Specification
3rd Generation Partnership Project;
Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network;
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA);
Radio Resource Control (RRC);
Protocol specification
(Release 12)

	
The present document has been developed within the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP TM) and may be further elaborated for the purposes of 3GPP.
The present document has not been subject to any approval process by the 3GPP Organizational Partners and shall not be implemented.	
This Specification is provided for future development work within 3GPP only. The Organizational Partners accept no liability for any use of this Specification.
Specifications and reports for implementation of the 3GPP TM system should be obtained via the 3GPP Organizational Partners' Publications Offices.





Keywords
UMTS, radio

3GPP
Postal address

3GPP support office address
650 Route des Lucioles - Sophia Antipolis
Valbonne - FRANCE
Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16
Internet
http://www.3gpp.org

Copyright Notification
No part may be reproduced except as authorized by written permission.
The copyright and the foregoing restriction extend to reproduction in all media.

ฉ 2015, 3GPP Organizational Partners (ARIB, ATIS, CCSA, ETSI, TSDSI, TTA, TTC).
All rights reserved.

UMTS is a Trade Mark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its members
3GPP is a Trade Mark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP Organizational Partners
LTE is a Trade Mark of ETSI currently being registered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP Organizational Partners
GSMฎ and the GSM logo are registered and owned by the GSM Association


Contents
Foreword	15
1	Scope	16
2	References	16
3	Definitions, symbols and abbreviations	19
3.1	Definitions	19
3.2	Abbreviations	20
4	General	22
4.1	Introduction	22
4.2	Architecture	23
4.2.1	UE states and state transitions including inter RAT	23
4.2.2	Signalling radio bearers	24
4.3	Services	25
4.3.1	Services provided to upper layers	25
4.3.2	Services expected from lower layers	25
4.4	Functions	25
5	Procedures	27
5.1	General	27
5.1.1	Introduction	27
5.1.2	General requirements	27
5.2	System information	28
5.2.1	Introduction	28
5.2.1.1	General	28
5.2.1.2	Scheduling	28
5.2.1.3	System information validity and notification of changes	29
5.2.1.4	Indication of ETWS notification	30
5.2.1.5	Indication of CMAS notification	30
5.2.1.6	Notification of EAB parameters change	30
5.2.2	System information acquisition	31
5.2.2.1	General	31
5.2.2.2	Initiation	31
5.2.2.3	System information required by the UE	31
5.2.2.4	System information acquisition by the UE	32
5.2.2.5	Essential system information missing	34
5.2.2.6	Actions upon reception of the MasterInformationBlock message	34
5.2.2.7	Actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message	34
5.2.2.8	Actions upon reception of SystemInformation messages	35
5.2.2.9	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType2	35
5.2.2.10	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType3	35
5.2.2.11	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType4	36
5.2.2.12	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType5	36
5.2.2.13	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType6	36
5.2.2.14	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType7	36
5.2.2.15	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType8	36
5.2.2.16	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType9	37
5.2.2.17	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType10	37
5.2.2.18	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType11	37
5.2.2.19	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType12	38
5.2.2.20	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType13	38
5.2.2.21	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType14	39
5.2.2.22	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType15	39
5.2.2.23	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType16	39
5.2.2.24	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType17	39
5.2.2.25	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType18	39
5.2.2.26	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType19	39
5.2.3	Acquisition of an SI message	40
5.3	Connection control	40
5.3.1	Introduction	40
5.3.1.1	RRC connection control	40
5.3.1.2	Security	41
5.3.1.2a	RN security	42
5.3.1.3	Connected mode mobility	42
5.3.2	Paging	44
5.3.2.1	General	44
5.3.2.2	Initiation	44
5.3.2.3	Reception of the Paging message by the UE	44
5.3.3	RRC connection establishment	45
5.3.3.1	General	45
5.3.3.1a	Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink direct communication/ discovery	46
5.3.3.2	Initiation	46
5.3.3.3	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionRequest message	49
5.3.3.4	Reception of the RRCConnectionSetup by the UE	49
5.3.3.5	Cell re-selection while T300, T302, T303, T305 or T306 is running	50
5.3.3.6	T300 expiry	51
5.3.3.7	T302, T303, T305 or T306 expiry or stop	52
5.3.3.8	Reception of the RRCConnectionReject by the UE	52
5.3.3.9	Abortion of RRC connection establishment	53
5.3.3.10	Handling of SSAC related parameters	53
5.3.3.11	Access barring check	54
5.3.3.12	EAB check	54
5.3.4	Initial security activation	55
5.3.4.1	General	55
5.3.4.2	Initiation	56
5.3.4.3	Reception of the SecurityModeCommand by the UE	56
5.3.5	RRC connection reconfiguration	57
5.3.5.1	General	57
5.3.5.2	Initiation	57
5.3.5.3	Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration not including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE	57
5.3.5.4	Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE (handover)	59
5.3.5.5	Reconfiguration failure	62
5.3.5.6	T304 expiry (handover failure)	62
5.3.5.7	Void	64
5.3.5.7a	T307 expiry (SCG change failure)	64
5.3.5.8	Radio Configuration involving full configuration option	64
5.3.6	Counter check	65
5.3.6.1	General	65
5.3.6.2	Initiation	65
5.3.6.3	Reception of the CounterCheck message by the UE	65
5.3.7	RRC connection re-establishment	66
5.3.7.1	General	66
5.3.7.2	Initiation	67
5.3.7.3	Actions following cell selection while T311 is running	67
5.3.7.4	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message	68
5.3.7.5	Reception of the RRCConnectionReestablishment by the UE	68
5.3.7.6	T311 expiry	70
5.3.7.7	T301 expiry or selected cell no longer suitable	70
5.3.7.8	Reception of RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject by the UE	70
5.3.8	RRC connection release	71
5.3.8.1	General	71
5.3.8.2	Initiation	71
5.3.8.3	Reception of the RRCConnectionRelease by the UE	71
5.3.8.4	T320 expiry	71
5.3.9	RRC connection release requested by upper layers	72
5.3.9.1	General	72
5.3.9.2	Initiation	72
5.3.10	Radio resource configuration	72
5.3.10.0	General	72
5.3.10.1	SRB addition/ modification	73
5.3.10.2	DRB release	73
5.3.10.3	DRB addition/ modification	74
5.3.10.3a1	DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration	74
5.3.10.3a	SCell release	76
5.3.10.3b	SCell addition/ modification	76
5.3.10.3c	PSCell addition or modification	76
5.3.10.4	MAC main reconfiguration	77
5.3.10.5	Semi-persistent scheduling reconfiguration	77
5.3.10.6	Physical channel reconfiguration	77
5.3.10.7	Radio Link Failure Timers and Constants reconfiguration	78
5.3.10.8	Time domain measurement resource restriction for serving cell	78
5.3.10.9	Other configuration	78
5.3.10.10	SCG reconfiguration	79
5.3.10.11	SCG dedicated resource configuration	81
5.3.10.12	Reconfiguration SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList	81
5.3.10.13	Neighbour cell information reconfiguration	81
5.3.10.14	Void	82
5.3.10.15	Sidelink dedicated configuration	82
5.3.11	Radio link failure related actions	82
5.3.11.1	Detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED	82
5.3.11.2	Recovery of physical layer problems	83
5.3.11.3	Detection of radio link failure	83
5.3.12	UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED	85
5.3.13	UE actions upon PUCCH/ SRS release request	85
5.3.14	Proximity indication	86
5.3.14.1	General	86
5.3.14.2	Initiation	86
5.3.14.3	Actions related to transmission of ProximityIndication message	86
5.3.15	Void	87
5.4	Inter-RAT mobility	87
5.4.1	Introduction	87
5.4.2	Handover to E-UTRA	87
5.4.2.1	General	87
5.4.2.2	Initiation	87
5.4.2.3	Reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration by the UE	88
5.4.2.4	Reconfiguration failure	89
5.4.2.5	T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure)	89
5.4.3	Mobility from E-UTRA	90
5.4.3.1	General	90
5.4.3.2	Initiation	90
5.4.3.3	Reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand by the UE	91
5.4.3.4	Successful completion of the mobility from E-UTRA	92
5.4.3.5	Mobility from E-UTRA failure	92
5.4.4	Handover from E-UTRA preparation request (CDMA2000)	93
5.4.4.1	General	93
5.4.4.2	Initiation	93
5.4.4.3	Reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest by the UE	93
5.4.5	UL handover preparation transfer (CDMA2000)	94
5.4.5.1	General	94
5.4.5.2	Initiation	94
5.4.5.3	Actions related to transmission of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message	94
5.4.5.4	Failure to deliver the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message	94
5.4.6	Inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN	94
5.4.6.1	General	94
5.4.6.2	Initiation	95
5.4.6.3	UE fails to complete an inter-RAT cell change order	95
5.5	Measurements	95
5.5.1	Introduction	95
5.5.2	Measurement configuration	97
5.5.2.1	General	97
5.5.2.2	Measurement identity removal	98
5.5.2.2a	Measurement identity autonomous removal	98
5.5.2.3	Measurement identity addition/ modification	98
5.5.2.4	Measurement object removal	99
5.5.2.5	Measurement object addition/ modification	99
5.5.2.6	Reporting configuration removal	101
5.5.2.7	Reporting configuration addition/ modification	101
5.5.2.8	Quantity configuration	102
5.5.2.9	Measurement gap configuration	102
5.5.2.10	Discovery signals measurement timing configuration	102
5.5.3	Performing measurements	103
5.5.3.1	General	103
5.5.3.2	Layer 3 filtering	105
5.5.4	Measurement report triggering	105
5.5.4.1	General	105
5.5.4.2	Event A1 (Serving becomes better than threshold)	109
5.5.4.3	Event A2 (Serving becomes worse than threshold)	109
5.5.4.4	Event A3 (Neighbour becomes offset better than PCell/ PSCell)	110
5.5.4.5	Event A4 (Neighbour becomes better than threshold)	110
5.5.4.6	Event A5 (PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than threshold1 and neighbour becomes better than threshold2)	111
5.5.4.6a	Event A6 (Neighbour becomes offset better than SCell)	112
5.5.4.7	Event B1 (Inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold)	113
5.5.4.8	Event B2 (PCell becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold2)	113
5.5.4.9	Event C1 (CSI-RS resource becomes better than threshold)	114
5.5.4.10	Event C2 (CSI-RS resource becomes offset better than reference CSI-RS resource)	114
5.5.5	Measurement reporting	115
5.5.6	Measurement related actions	118
5.5.6.1	Actions upon handover and re-establishment	118
5.5.6.2	Speed dependant scaling of measurement related parameters	119
5.5.7	Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication	120
5.5.7.1	General	120
5.5.7.2	Initiation	120
5.5.7.3	Actions related to transmission of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message	120
5.6	Other	121
5.6.1	DL information transfer	121
5.6.1.1	General	121
5.6.1.2	Initiation	121
5.6.1.3	Reception of the DLInformationTransfer by the UE	121
5.6.2	UL information transfer	121
5.6.2.1	General	121
5.6.2.2	Initiation	122
5.6.2.3	Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransfer message	122
5.6.2.4	Failure to deliver ULInformationTransfer message	122
5.6.3	UE capability transfer	122
5.6.3.1	General	122
5.6.3.2	Initiation	123
5.6.3.3	Reception of the UECapabilityEnquiry by the UE	123
5.6.4	CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer	125
5.6.4.1	General	125
5.6.4.2	Initiation	125
5.6.4.3	Actions related to transmission of CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message	125
5.6.4.4	Reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message	125
5.6.5	UE Information	126
5.6.5.1	General	126
5.6.5.2	Initiation	126
5.6.5.3	Reception of the UEInformationRequest message	126
5.6.6	 Logged Measurement Configuration	127
5.6.6.1	General	127
5.6.6.2	Initiation	128
5.6.6.3	Reception of the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration by the UE	128
5.6.6.4	T330 expiry	128
5.6.7	 Release of Logged Measurement Configuration	128
5.6.7.1	General	128
5.6.7.2	Initiation	128
5.6.8	 Measurements logging	129
5.6.8.1	General	129
5.6.8.2	Initiation	129
5.6.9	In-device coexistence indication	131
5.6.9.1	General	131
5.6.9.2	Initiation	131
5.6.9.3	Actions related to transmission of InDeviceCoexIndication message	132
5.6.10	UE Assistance Information	133
5.6.10.1	General	133
5.6.10.2	Initiation	133
5.6.10.3	Actions related to transmission of UEAssistanceInformation message	133
5.6.11	 Mobility history information	133
5.6.11.1	General	133
5.6.11.2	Initiation	134
5.6.12	RAN-assisted WLAN interworking	134
5.6.12.1	General	134
5.6.12.2	Dedicated WLAN offload configuration	134
5.6.12.3	WLAN offload RAN evaluation	134
5.6.12.4	T350 expiry or stop	135
5.6.12.5	Cell selection/ re-selection while T350 is running	135
5.6.13	SCG failure information	135
5.6.13.1	General	135
5.6.13.2	Initiation	135
5.6.13.3	Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformation message	136
5.7	Generic error handling	136
5.7.1	General	136
5.7.2	ASN.1 violation or encoding error	137
5.7.3	Field set to a not comprehended value	137
5.7.4	Mandatory field missing	137
5.7.5	Not comprehended field	138
5.8	MBMS	139
5.8.1	Introduction	139
5.8.1.1	General	139
5.8.1.2	Scheduling	139
5.8.1.3	MCCH information validity and notification of changes	139
5.8.2	MCCH information acquisition	140
5.8.2.1	General	140
5.8.2.2	Initiation	141
5.8.2.3	MCCH information acquisition by the UE	141
5.8.2.4	Actions upon reception of the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message	141
5.8.2.5	Actions upon reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message	141
5.8.3	MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration	141
5.8.3.1	General	141
5.8.3.2	Initiation	141
5.8.3.3	MRB establishment	142
5.8.3.4	MRB release	142
5.8.4	MBMS Counting Procedure	142
5.8.4.1	General	142
5.8.4.2	Initiation	142
5.8.4.3	Reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message by the UE	142
5.8.5	MBMS interest indication	143
5.8.5.1	General	143
5.8.5.2	Initiation	144
5.8.5.3	Determine MBMS frequencies of interest	144
5.8.5.4	Actions related to transmission of MBMSInterestIndication message	145
5.9	RN procedures	145
5.9.1	RN reconfiguration	145
5.9.1.1	General	145
5.9.1.2	Initiation	146
5.9.1.3	Reception of the RNReconfiguration by the RN	146
5.10	Sidelink	146
5.10.1	Introduction	146
5.10.1a	Conditions for sidelink operation	146
5.10.2	Sidelink UE information	147
5.10.2.1	General	147
5.10.2.2	Initiation	148
5.10.2.3	Actions related to transmission of SidelinkUEInformation message	149
5.10.3	Direct communication monitoring	150
5.10.4	Direct communication transmission	151
5.10.5	Direct discovery monitoring	152
5.10.6	Direct discovery announcement	152
5.10.7	Direct synchronisation information transmission	153
5.10.7.1	General	153
5.10.7.2	Initiation	154
5.10.7.3	Transmission of SLSS	155
5.10.7.4	Transmission of MasterInformationBlock-SL message	156
5.10.7.5	Void	157
5.10.8	Direct synchronisation reference	157
5.10.8.1	General	157
5.10.8.2	Selection and reselection of synchronisation reference UE (SyncRef UE)	157
5.10.9	Sidelink common control information	157
5.10.9.1	General	157
5.10.9.2	Actions related to reception of MasterInformationBlock-SL message	158
6	Protocol data units, formats and parameters (tabular & ASN.1)	158
6.1	General	158
6.2	RRC messages	160
6.2.1	General message structure	160
	EUTRA-RRC-Definitions	160
	BCCH-BCH-Message	160
	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message	160
	MCCH-Message	160
	PCCH-Message	161
	DL-CCCH-Message	161
	DL-DCCH-Message	161
	UL-CCCH-Message	162
	UL-DCCH-Message	162
6.2.2	Message definitions	163
	CounterCheck	163
	CounterCheckResponse	164
	CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000	164
	CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000	165
	DLInformationTransfer	166
	HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)	166
	InDeviceCoexIndication	167
	InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication	169
	LoggedMeasurementConfiguration	170
	MasterInformationBlock	172
	MBMSCountingRequest	172
	MBMSCountingResponse	173
	MBMSInterestIndication	174
	MBSFNAreaConfiguration	174
	MeasurementReport	175
	MobilityFromEUTRACommand	176
	Paging	179
	ProximityIndication	180
	RNReconfiguration	181
	RNReconfigurationComplete	181
	RRCConnectionReconfiguration	182
	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete	186
	RRCConnectionReestablishment	186
	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete	187
	RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject	188
	RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest	188
	RRCConnectionReject	189
	RRCConnectionRelease	190
	RRCConnectionRequest	193
	RRCConnectionSetup	194
	RRCConnectionSetupComplete	195
	SCGFailureInformation	196
	SecurityModeCommand	197
	SecurityModeComplete	197
	SecurityModeFailure	198
	SidelinkUEInformation	198
	SystemInformation	199
	SystemInformationBlockType1	200
	UEAssistanceInformation	203
	UECapabilityEnquiry	204
	UECapabilityInformation	204
	UEInformationRequest	205
	UEInformationResponse	206
	ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000)	211
	ULInformationTransfer	212
6.3	RRC information elements	212
6.3.1	System information blocks	212
	SystemInformationBlockType2	212
	SystemInformationBlockType3	214
	SystemInformationBlockType4	217
	SystemInformationBlockType5	218
	SystemInformationBlockType6	221
	SystemInformationBlockType7	223
	SystemInformationBlockType8	224
	SystemInformationBlockType9	229
	SystemInformationBlockType10	229
	SystemInformationBlockType11	230
	SystemInformationBlockType12	231
	SystemInformationBlockType13	231
	SystemInformationBlockType14	232
	SystemInformationBlockType15	232
	SystemInformationBlockType16	233
	SystemInformationBlockType17	234
	SystemInformationBlockType18	235
	SystemInformationBlockType19	235
6.3.2	Radio resource control information elements	236
	AntennaInfo	236
	AntennaInfoUL	237
	CQI-ReportConfig	238
	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId	243
	CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig	243
	CSI-IM-Config	244
	CSI-IM-ConfigId	244
	CSI-Process	244
	CSI-ProcessId	246
	CSI-RS-Config	246
	CSI-RS-ConfigNZP	247
	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId	248
	CSI-RS-ConfigZP	248
	CSI-RS-ConfigZPId	249
	DMRS-Config	249
	DRB-Identity	249
	EPDCCH-Config	249
	EIMTA-MainConfig	251
	LogicalChannelConfig	252
	MAC-MainConfig	253
	PDCP-Config	257
	PDSCH-Config	259
	PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId	260
	PHICH-Config	260
	PhysicalConfigDedicated	261
	P-Max	264
	PRACH-Config	264
	PresenceAntennaPort1	265
	PUCCH-Config	265
	PUSCH-Config	268
	RACH-ConfigCommon	270
	RACH-ConfigDedicated	271
	RadioResourceConfigCommon	272
	RadioResourceConfigDedicated	274
	RLC-Config	278
	RLF-TimersAndConstants	280
	RN-SubframeConfig	281
	SchedulingRequestConfig	282
	SoundingRS-UL-Config	283
	SPS-Config	284
	TDD-Config	286
	TimeAlignmentTimer	287
	TPC-PDCCH-Config	287
	UplinkPowerControl	288
6.3.3	Security control information elements	291
	NextHopChainingCount	291
	SecurityAlgorithmConfig	291
	ShortMAC-I	291
6.3.4	Mobility control information elements	292
	AdditionalSpectrumEmission	292
	ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000	292
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA	292
	ARFCN-ValueGERAN	292
	ARFCN-ValueUTRA	293
	BandclassCDMA2000	293
	BandIndicatorGERAN	293
	CarrierFreqCDMA2000	293
	CarrierFreqGERAN	294
	CarrierFreqsGERAN	294
	CarrierFreqListMBMS	295
	CDMA2000-Type	295
	CellIdentity	295
	CellIndexList	295
	CellReselectionPriority	296
	CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT	296
	CellGlobalIdEUTRA	297
	CellGlobalIdUTRA	297
	CellGlobalIdGERAN	298
	CellGlobalIdCDMA2000	298
	CSG-Identity	299
	FreqBandIndicator	299
	MobilityControlInfo	299
	MobilityParametersCDMA2000 (1xRTT)	301
	MobilityStateParameters	301
	MultiBandInfoList	301
	PhysCellId	302
	PhysCellIdRange	302
	PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList	302
	PhysCellIdCDMA2000	303
	PhysCellIdGERAN	303
	PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD	303
	PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD	304
	PLMN-Identity	304
	PLMN-IdentityList3	304
	PreRegistrationInfoHRPD	305
	Q-QualMin	305
	Q-RxLevMin	305
	Q-OffsetRange	306
	Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT	306
	ReselectionThreshold	306
	ReselectionThresholdQ	306
	SCellIndex	306
	ServCellIndex	307
	SpeedStateScaleFactors	307
	SystemInfoListGERAN	307
	SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000	308
	TrackingAreaCode	308
	T-Reselection	309
6.3.5	Measurement information elements	309
	AllowedMeasBandwidth	309
	CSI-RSRP-Range	309
	Hysteresis	309
	LocationInfo	310
	MBSFN-RSRQ-Range	310
	MeasConfig	311
	MeasDS-Config	312
	MeasGapConfig	313
	MeasId	314
	MeasIdToAddModList	314
	MeasObjectCDMA2000	314
	MeasObjectEUTRA	315
	MeasObjectGERAN	317
	MeasObjectId	318
	MeasObjectToAddModList	318
	MeasObjectUTRA	319
	MeasResults	320
	MeasScaleFactor	323
	QuantityConfig	323
	ReportConfigEUTRA	324
	ReportConfigId	328
	ReportConfigInterRAT	328
	ReportConfigToAddModList	329
	ReportInterval	330
	RSRP-Range	330
	RSRQ-Range	331
	RSRQ-Type	331
	TimeToTrigger	331
6.3.6	Other information elements	332
	AbsoluteTimeInfo	332
	AreaConfiguration	332
	C-RNTI	332
	DedicatedInfoCDMA2000	333
	DedicatedInfoNAS	333
	FilterCoefficient	333
	LoggingDuration	333
	LoggingInterval	334
	MeasSubframePattern	334
	MMEC	334
	NeighCellConfig	334
	OtherConfig	335
	RAND-CDMA2000 (1xRTT)	336
	RAT-Type	336
	RRC-TransactionIdentifier	336
	S-TMSI	337
	TraceReference	337
	UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList	337
	UE-EUTRA-Capability	338
	UE-RadioPagingInfo	356
	UE-TimersAndConstants	356
	VisitedCellInfoList	357
	WLAN-OffloadConfig	357
6.3.7	MBMS information elements	359
	MBMS-NotificationConfig	359
	MBSFN-AreaId	360
	MBSFN-AreaInfoList	360
	MBSFN-SubframeConfig	361
	PMCH-InfoList	362
6.3.8	Sidelink information elements	363
	SL-CommConfig	363
	SL-CommResourcePool	364
	SL-CP-Len	365
	SL-DiscConfig	365
	SL-DiscResourcePool	367
	SL-DiscTxPowerInfo	368
	SL-HoppingConfig	368
	SL-OffsetIndicator	369
	SL-PeriodComm	369
	SLSSID	369
	SL-SyncConfig	369
	SL-TF-ResourceConfig	371
	SL-TxParameters	372
	SL-TxPoolIdentity	372
	SL-TxPoolToReleaseList	372
6.4	RRC multiplicity and type constraint values	372
	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions	372
	End of EUTRA-RRC-Definitions	374
6.5	PC5 RRC messages	374
6.5.1	General message structure	374
	PC5-RRC-Definitions	374
	SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message	375
6.5.2	Message definitions	375
	MasterInformationBlock-SL	375
	End of PC5-RRC-Definitions	376
7	Variables and constants	376
7.1	UE variables	376
	EUTRA-UE-Variables	376
	VarConnEstFailReport	377
	VarLogMeasConfig	377
	VarLogMeasReport	377
	VarMeasConfig	378
	VarMeasReportList	378
	VarMobilityHistoryReport	379
	VarRLF-Report	379
	VarShortMAC-Input	379
	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions	380
	End of EUTRA-UE-Variables	380
7.2	Counters	380
7.3	Timers (Informative)	381
7.4	Constants	382
8	Protocol data unit abstract syntax	383
8.1	General	383
8.2	Structure of encoded RRC messages	383
8.3	Basic production	383
8.4	Extension	383
8.5	Padding	384
9	Specified and default radio configurations	384
9.1	Specified configurations	384
9.1.1	Logical channel configurations	384
9.1.1.1	BCCH configuration	384
9.1.1.2	CCCH configuration	385
9.1.1.3	PCCH configuration	385
9.1.1.4	MCCH and MTCH configuration	385
9.1.1.5	SBCCH configuration	385
9.1.1.6	STCH configuration	385
9.1.2	SRB configurations	386
9.1.2.1	SRB1	386
9.1.2.2	SRB2	386
9.2	Default radio configurations	386
9.2.1	SRB configurations	386
9.2.1.1	SRB1	386
9.2.1.2	SRB2	387
9.2.2	Default MAC main configuration	387
9.2.3	Default semi-persistent scheduling configuration	387
9.2.4	Default physical channel configuration	387
9.2.5	Default values timers and constants	388
9.3	Sidelink pre-configured parameters	388
9.3.1	Specified parameters	388
9.3.2	Pre-configurable parameters	389
	SL-Preconfiguration	389
10	Radio information related interactions between network nodes	390
10.1	General	390
10.2	Inter-node RRC messages	391
10.2.1	General	391
	EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions	391
10.2.2	Message definitions	392
	HandoverCommand	392
	HandoverPreparationInformation	392
	SCG-Config	394
	SCG-ConfigInfo	394
	UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation	396
	UERadioPagingInformation	397
10.3	Inter-node RRC information element definitions	397
	AS-Config	397
	AS-Context	398
	ReestablishmentInfo	399
	RRM-Config	400
10.4	Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values	401
	Multiplicity and type constraints definitions	401
	End of EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions	401
10.5	Mandatory information in AS-Config	401
11	UE capability related constraints and performance requirements	402
11.1	UE capability related constraints	402
11.2	Processing delay requirements for RRC procedures	402
11.3	Void	406
Annex A (informative):	Guidelines, mainly on use of ASN.1	406
A.1	Introduction	406
A.2	Procedural specification	406
A.2.1	General principles	406
A.2.2	More detailed aspects	406
A.3	PDU specification	407
A.3.1	General principles	407
A.3.1.1	ASN.1 sections	407
A.3.1.2	ASN.1 identifier naming conventions	407
A.3.1.3	Text references using ASN.1 identifiers	408
A.3.2	High-level message structure	409
A.3.3	Message definition	409
A.3.4	Information elements	411
A.3.5	Fields with optional presence	412
A.3.6	Fields with conditional presence	412
A.3.7	Guidelines on use of lists with elements of SEQUENCE type	413
A.4	Extension of the PDU specifications	414
A.4.1	General principles to ensure compatibility	414
A.4.2	Critical extension of messages	414
A.4.3	Non-critical extension of messages	415
A.4.3.1	General principles	415
A.4.3.2	Further guidelines	416
A.4.3.3	Typical example of evolution of IE with local extensions	416
A.4.3.4	Typical examples of non critical extension at the end of a message	417
A.4.3.5	Examples of non-critical extensions not placed at the default extension location	418
	ParentIE-WithEM	418
	ChildIE1-WithoutEM	418
	ChildIE2-WithoutEM	419
A.5	Guidelines regarding inclusion of transaction identifiers in RRC messages	420
A.6	Protection of RRC messages (informative)	420
A.7	Miscellaneous	422
Annex B (normative):	Release 8 and 9 AS feature handling	422
B.1	Feature group indicators	422
B.2	CSG support	430
Annex C (normative):	Release 10 AS feature handling	431
C.1	Feature group indicators	431
Annex D (informative):	Descriptive background information	434
D.1	Signalling of Multiple Frequency Band Indicators (Multiple FBI)	434
D.1.1	Mapping between frequency band indicator and multiple frequency band indicator	434
D.1.2	Mapping between inter-frequency neighbour list and multiple frequency band indicator	434
D.1.3	Mapping between UTRA FDD frequency list and multiple frequency band indicator	435
Annex E (normative):	TDD/FDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD CA	437
Annex F (informative):	Change history	438


Foreword
This Technical Specification has been produced by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).
The contents of the present document are subject to continuing work within the TSG and may change following formal TSG approval. Should the TSG modify the contents of the present document, it will be re-released by the TSG with an identifying change of release date and an increase in version number as follows:
Version x.y.z
where:
x	the first digit:
1	presented to TSG for information;
2	presented to TSG for approval;
3	or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control.
y	the second digit is incremented for all changes of substance, i.e. technical enhancements, corrections, updates, etc.
z	the third digit is incremented when editorial only changes have been incorporated in the document.

1	Scope
The present document specifies the Radio Resource Control protocol for the radio interface between UE and E-UTRAN as well as for the radio interface between RN and E-UTRAN.
The scope of the present document also includes:
-	the radio related information transported in a transparent container between source eNB and target eNB upon inter eNB handover;
-	the radio related information transported in a transparent container between a source or target eNB and another system upon inter RAT handover.
2	References
The following documents contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of the present document.
* References are either specific (identified by date of publication, edition number, version number, etc.) or nonspecific.
* For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply.
* For a non-specific reference, the latest version applies. In the case of a reference to a 3GPP document (including a GSM document), a non-specific reference implicitly refers to the latest version of that document in the same Release as the present document.
[1]	3GPP TR 21.905: "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications".
[2]	Void.
[3]	3GPP TS 36.302: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Services provided by the physical layer ".
[4]	3GPP TS 36.304: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); UE Procedures in Idle Mode".
[5]	3GPP TS 36.306 "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); UE Radio Access Capabilities".
[6]	3GPP TS 36.321: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification".
[7]	3GPP TS 36.322:"Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio Link Control (RLC) protocol specification".
[8]	3GPP TS 36.323: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) Specification".
[9]	3GPP TS 36.300: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); Overall description; Stage 2".
[10]	3GPP TS 22.011: "Service accessibility".
[11]	3GPP TS 23.122: "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) functions related to Mobile Station (MS) in idle mode".
[12]	3GPP2 C.S0002-F v1.0: "Physical Layer Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems".
[13]	ITU-T Recommendation X.680 (07/2002) "Information Technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1): Specification of basic notation" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard 8824-1).
[14]	ITU-T Recommendation X.681 (07/2002) "Information Technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1): Information object specification" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard 8824-2).
[15]	ITU-T Recommendation X.691 (07/2002) "Information technology - ASN.1 encoding rules: Specification of Packed Encoding Rules (PER)" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard 8825-2).
[16]	3GPP TS 36.133: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Requirements for support of radio resource management".
[17]	3GPP TS 25.101: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception (FDD)".
[18]	3GPP TS 25.102: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception (TDD)".
[19]	3GPP TS 25.331:"Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification".
[20]	3GPP TS 45.005: "Radio transmission and reception".
[21]	3GPP TS 36.211: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical Channels and Modulation".
[22]	3GPP TS 36.212: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Multiplexing and channel coding".
[23]	3GPP TS 36.213: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer procedures".
[24]	3GPP2 C.S0057-E v1.0: "Band Class Specification for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems".
[25]	3GPP2 C.S0005-F v1.0: "Upper Layer (Layer 3) Signaling Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems".
[26]	3GPP2 C.S0024-C v2.0: "cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Air Interface Specification".
[27]	3GPP TS 23.003: "Numbering, addressing and identification".
[28]	3GPP TS 45.008: "Radio subsystem link control".
[29]	3GPP TS 25.133: "Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (FDD)".
[30]	3GPP TS 25.123: "Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (TDD)".
[31]	3GPP TS 36.401: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Architecture description".
[32]	3GPP TS 33.401: "3GPP System Architecture Evolution (SAE); Security architecture".
[33]	3GPP2 A.S0008-C v4.0: "Interoperability Specification (IOS) for High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) Radio Access Network Interfaces with Session Control in the Access Network"
[34]	3GPP2 C.S0004-F v1.0: "Signaling Link Access Control (LAC) Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems"
[35]	3GPP TS 24.301: "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for Evolved Packet System (EPS); Stage 3".
[36]	3GPP TS 44.060: "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Mobile Station (MS) - Base Station System (BSS) interface; Radio Link Control/Medium Access Control (RLC/MAC) protocol".
[37]	3GPP TS 23.041: "Technical realization of Cell Broadcast Service (CBS)".
[38]	3GPP TS 23.038: "Alphabets and Language".
[39]	3GPP TS 36.413: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); S1 Application Protocol (S1 AP)".
[40]	3GPP TS 25.304: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRAN); User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode and procedures for cell reselection in connected mode".
[41]	3GPP TS 23.401: "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) enhancements for Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) access".
[42]	3GPP TS 36.101: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception".
[43]	3GPP TS 44.005: "Data Link (DL) Layer General Aspects".
[44]	3GPP2 C.S0087-A v2.0: "E-UTRAN - cdma2000 HRPD Connectivity and Interworking Air Interface Specification"
[45]	3GPP TS 44.018: "Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol".
[46]	3GPP TS 25.223: "Spreading and modulation (TDD)".
[47]	3GPP TS 36.104: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception".
[48]	3GPP TS 36.214: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer - Measurements".
[49]	3GPP TS 24.008: "Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Core network protocols; Stage 3".
[50]	3GPP TS 45.010:	"Radio subsystem synchronization".
[51]	3GPP TS 23.272: "Circuit Switched Fallback in Evolved Packet System; Stage 2".
[52]	3GPP TS 29.061: "Interworking between the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) supporting packet based services and Packet Data Networks (PDN)".
[53]	3GPP2 C.S0097-0 v3.0: "E-UTRAN - cdma2000 1x Connectivity and Interworking Air Interface Specification".
[54]	3GPP TS 36.355: "LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP)".
[55]	3GPP TS 36.216: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer for relaying operation".
[56]	3GPP TS 23.246: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Architecture and functional description".
[57]	3GPP TS 26.346: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Protocols and codecs".
[58]	3GPP TS 32.422: "Telecommunication management; Subsriber and equipment trace; Trace control and confiuration management".
[59]	3GPP TS 22.368: "Service Requirements for Machine Type Communications; Stage 1".
[60]	3GPP TS 37.320: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio measurement collection for Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT); Overall description; Stage 2".
[61]	3GPP TS 23.216: "Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC); Stage 2".
[62]	3GPP TS 22.146: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Stage 1".
[63]	3GPP TR 36.816: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Study on signalling and procedure for interference avoidance for in-device coexistence".
[64]	IS-GPS-200F: "Navstar GPS Space Segment/Navigation User Segment Interfaces".
[65]	3GPP TS 25.307: "Requirement on User Equipments (UEs) supporting a release-independent frequency band".
[66]	3GPP TS 24.312: "Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF) Management Object (MO)".
[67]	IEEE 802.11-2012, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications, IEEE Std.
[68]	3GPP TS 23.303: "Proximity-based services (ProSe); Stage 2".
[69]	3GPP TS 24.334: "Proximity-services (ProSe) User Equipment (UE) to ProSe function protocol aspects; Stage 3".
[70]	3GPP TS 24.333: "Proximity-services (ProSe) Management Objects (MO)".
3	Definitions, symbols and abbreviations
3.1	Definitions
For the purposes of the present document, the terms and definitions given in TR 21.905 [1] and the following apply. A term defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same term, if any, in TR 21.905 [1].
Cell Group: A subset of the serving cells of a UE, configured with Dual Connectivity (DC), i.e. the Master Cell Group (MCG) or the Secondary Cell Group (SCG).
Commercial Mobile Alert System: Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by Warning Notification Providers to CMAS capable UEs.
Common access barring parameters: The common access barring parameters refer to the access class barring parameters that are broadcast in SystemInformationBlockType2 outside the list of PLMN specific parameters (i.e. in ac-BarringPerPLMN-List).
CSG member cell: A cell broadcasting the identity of the selected PLMN, registered PLMN or equivalent PLMN and for which the CSG whitelist of the UE includes an entry comprising cell's CSG ID and the respective PLMN identity.
Dual Connectivity: A UE in RRC_CONNECTED is configured with Dual Connectivity when configured with a Master and a Secondary Cell Group.
EU-Alert: Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by Warning Notification Providers using the same AS mechanisms as defined for CMAS.
Field: The individual contents of an information element are referred as fields.
Floor: Mathematical function used to 'round down' i.e. to the nearest integer having a lower or equal value.
Information element: A structural element containing a single or multiple fields is referred as information element.
Korean Public Alert System (KPAS): Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by Warning Notification Providers using the same AS mechanisms as defined for CMAS.
Master Cell Group: A group of serving cells of a UE comprising of the PCell and zero or more secondary cells.
MBMS service: MBMS bearer service as defined in TS 23.246 [56] (i.e. provided via an MRB).
Primary Cell: The cell, operating on the primary frequency, in which the UE either performs the initial connection establishment procedure or initiates the connection re-establishment procedure, or the cell indicated as the primary cell in the handover procedure.
Primary Secondary Cell: The SCG cell in which the UE is instructed to perform random access when performing the SCG change procedure.
Primary Timing Advance Group: Timing Advance Group containing the PCell or the PSCell.
Secondary Cell: A cell, operating on a secondary frequency, which may be configured once an RRC connection is established and which may be used to provide additional radio resources.
Secondary Cell Group: A group of secondary cells of a UE, configured with DC, comprising of the PSCell and zero or more other secondary cells.
Secondary Timing Advance Group: Timing Advance Group neither containing the PCell nor the PSCell. A secondary timing advance group contains at least one cell with configured uplink.
Serving Cell: For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED not configured with CA/ DC there is only one serving cell comprising of the primary cell. For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED configured with CA/ DC the term 'serving cells' is used to denote the set of one or more cells comprising of the primary cell and all secondary cells.
Timing Advance Group: A group of serving cells that is configured by RRC and that, for the cells with an UL configured, use the same timing reference cell and the same Timing Advance value. A Timing Advance Group only includes cells of the same cell group i.e. it either includes MCG cells or SCG cells.
3.2	Abbreviations
For the purposes of the present document, the abbreviations given in TR 21.905 [1] and the following apply. An abbreviation defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same abbreviation, if any, in TR 21.905 [1].
1xRTT	CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission Technology
ACK	Acknowledgement
AM	Acknowledged Mode
ANDSF	Access Network Discovery and Selection Function
ARQ	Automatic Repeat Request
AS	Access Stratum
ASN.1	Abstract Syntax Notation One
BCCH	Broadcast Control Channel
BCD	Binary Coded Decimal
BCH	Broadcast Channel
BLER	Block Error Rate
CA	Carrier Aggregation
CCCH	Common Control Channel
CCO	Cell Change Order
CG	Cell Group
CMAS	Commercial Mobile Alert Service
CP	Control Plane
C-RNTI	Cell RNTI
CRS	Cell-specific Reference Signal
CSFB	CS fallback
CSG	Closed Subscriber Group
CSI	Channel State Information
DC	Dual Connectivity
DCCH	Dedicated Control Channel
DCI	Downlink Control Information
DFN	Direct Frame Number
DL	Downlink
DL-SCH	Downlink Shared Channel
DRB	(user) Data Radio Bearer
DRX	Discontinuous Reception
DTCH	Dedicated Traffic Channel
EAB	Extended Access Barring
EHPLMN	Equivalent Home Public Land Mobile Network
eIMTA	Enhanced Interference Management and Traffic Adaptation
ENB	Evolved Node B
EPC	Evolved Packet Core
EPDCCH	Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel
EPS	Evolved Packet System
ETWS	Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System
E-UTRA	Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
E-UTRAN	Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
FDD	Frequency Division Duplex
FFS	For Further Study
GERAN	GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
GNSS	Global Navigation Satellite System
GSM	Global System for Mobile Communications
HARQ	Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
HFN	Hyper Frame Number
HPLMN	Home Public Land Mobile Network
HRPD	CDMA2000 High Rate Packet Data
IDC	In-Device Coexistence
IE	Information element
IMEI	International Mobile Equipment Identity
IMSI	International Mobile Subscriber Identity
ISM	Industrial, Scientific and Medical
kB	Kilobyte (1000 bytes)
L1	Layer 1
L2	Layer 2
L3	Layer 3
MAC	Medium Access Control
MBMS	Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service
MBSFN	Multimedia Broadcast multicast service Single Frequency Network
MCG	Master Cell Group
MDT	Minimization of Drive Tests
MIB	Master Information Block
MO	Mobile Originating
MRB	MBMS Point to Multipoint Radio Bearer
MRO	Mobility Robustness Optimisation
MSI	MCH Scheduling Information
MT	Mobile Terminating
N/A	Not Applicable
NACC	Network Assisted Cell Change
NAICS		Network Assisted Interference Cancellation/Suppression
NAS	Non Access Stratum
PCCH	Paging Control Channel
PCell	Primary Cell
PDCCH	Physical Downlink Control Channel
PDCP	Packet Data Convergence Protocol
PDU	Protocol Data Unit
PLMN	Public Land Mobile Network
ProSe	Proximity based Services
PSCell	Primary Secondary Cell
PTAG	Primary Timing Advance Group
PUCCH	Physical Uplink Control Channel
QoS	Quality of Service
RACH	Random Access CHannel
RAT	Radio Access Technology
RB	Radio Bearer
RLC	Radio Link Control
RN	Relay Node
RNTI	Radio Network Temporary Identifier
ROHC	RObust Header Compression
RPLMN	Registered Public Land Mobile Network
RRC	Radio Resource Control
RSCP	Received Signal Code Power
RSRP	Reference Signal Received Power
RSRQ	Reference Signal Received Quality
RSSI	Received Signal Strength Indicator
SAE	System Architecture Evolution
SAP	Service Access Point
SC	Sidelink Control
SCell	Secondary Cell
SCG	Secondary Cell Group
SFN	System Frame Number
SI	System Information
SIB	System Information Block
SI-RNTI	System Information RNTI
SL	Sidelink
SLSS	Sidelink Synchronisation Signal
SMC	Security Mode Control
SPS	Semi-Persistent Scheduling
SR	Scheduling Request
SRB	Signalling Radio Bearer
SSAC	Service Specific Access Control
STAG	Secondary Timing Advance Group
S-TMSI	SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier
TA	Tracking Area
TAG	Timing Advance Group
TDD	Time Division Duplex
TDM	Time Division Multiplexing
TM	Transparent Mode
TPC-RNTI	Transmit Power Control RNTI
T-RPT	Time Resource Pattern of Transmission
TTT	Time To Trigger
UE	User Equipment
UICC	Universal Integrated Circuit Card
UL	Uplink
UL-SCH	Uplink Shared Channel
UM	Unacknowledged Mode
UP	User Plane
UTC	Coordinated Universal Time
UTRAN	Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
VoLTE	Voice over Long Term Evolution
WLAN	Wireless Local Area Network
In the ASN.1, lower case may be used for some (parts) of the above abbreviations e.g. c-RNTI
4	General
4.1	Introduction
In this specification, (parts of) procedures and messages specified for the UE equally apply to the RN for functionality necessary for the RN. There are also (parts of) procedures and messages which are only applicable to the RN in its communication with the E-UTRAN, in which case the specification denotes the RN instead of the UE. Such RNspecific aspects are not applicable to the UE.
This specification is organised as follows:
-	sub-clause 4.2 describes the RRC protocol model;
-	sub-clause 4.3 specifies the services provided to upper layers as well as the services expected from lower layers;
-	sub-clause 4.4 lists the RRC functions;
-	clause 5 specifies RRC procedures, including UE state transitions;
-	clause 6 specifies the RRC message in a mixed format (i.e. tabular & ASN.1 together);
-	clause 7 specifies the variables (including protocol timers and constants) and counters to be used by the UE;
-	clause 8 specifies the encoding of the RRC messages;
-	clause 9 specifies the specified and default radio configurations;
-	clause 10 specifies the RRC messages transferred across network nodes;
-	clause 11 specifies the UE capability related constraints and performance requirements.
4.2	Architecture
4.2.1	UE states and state transitions including inter RAT
A UE is in RRC_CONNECTED when an RRC connection has been established. If this is not the case, i.e. no RRC connection is established, the UE is in RRC_IDLE state. The RRC states can further be characterised as follows:
-	RRC_IDLE:
-	A UE specific DRX may be configured by upper layers.
-	UE controlled mobility;
-	The UE:
-	Monitors a Paging channel to detect incoming calls, system information change, for ETWS capable UEs, ETWS notification, and for CMAS capable UEs, CMAS notification;
-	Performs neighbouring cell measurements and cell (re-)selection;
-	Acquires system information.
-	Performs logging of available measurements together with location and time for logged measurement configured UEs.
-	RRC_CONNECTED:
-	Transfer of unicast data to/from UE.
-	At lower layers, the UE may be configured with a UE specific DRX.
-	For UEs supporting CA, use of one or more SCells, aggregated with the PCell, for increased bandwidth;
-	For UEs supporting DC, use of one SCG, aggregated with the MCG, for increased bandwidth;
-	Network controlled mobility, i.e. handover and cell change order with optional network assistance (NACC) to GERAN;
-	The UE:
-	Monitors a Paging channel and/ or System Information Block Type 1 contents to detect system information change, for ETWS capable UEs, ETWS notification, and for CMAS capable UEs, CMAS notification;
-	Monitors control channels associated with the shared data channel to determine if data is scheduled for it;
-	Provides channel quality and feedback information;
-	Performs neighbouring cell measurements and measurement reporting;
-	Acquires system information.
The following figure not only provides an overview of the RRC states in E-UTRA, but also illustrates the mobility support between E-UTRAN, UTRAN and GERAN.

Figure 4.2.1-1: E-UTRA states and inter RAT mobility procedures, 3GPP
The following figure illustrates the mobility support between E-UTRAN, CDMA2000 1xRTT and CDMA2000 HRPD. The details of the CDMA2000 state models are out of the scope of this specification.

Figure 4.2.1-2: Mobility procedures between E-UTRA and CDMA2000
The inter-RAT handover procedure(s) supports the case of signalling, conversational services, non-conversational services and combinations of these.
In addition to the state transitions shown in Figure 4.2.1-1 and Figure 4.2.1-2, there is support for connection release with redirection information from E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN, UTRAN and CDMA2000 (HRPD Idle/ 1xRTT Dormant mode).
4.2.2	Signalling radio bearers
"Signalling Radio Bearers" (SRBs) are defined as Radio Bearers (RB) that are used only for the transmission of RRC and NAS messages. More specifically, the following three SRBs are defined:
-	SRB0 is for RRC messages using the CCCH logical channel;
-	SRB1 is for RRC messages (which may include a piggybacked NAS message) as well as for NAS messages prior to the establishment of SRB2, all using DCCH logical channel;
-	SRB2 is for RRC messages which include logged measurement information as well as for NAS messages, all using DCCH logical channel. SRB2 has a lower-priority than SRB1 and is always configured by E-UTRAN after security activation.
In downlink piggybacking of NAS messages is used only for one dependant (i.e. with joint success/ failure) procedure: bearer establishment/ modification/ release. In uplink NAS message piggybacking is used only for transferring the initial NAS message during connection setup.
NOTE:		The NAS messages transferred via SRB2 are also contained in RRC messages, which however do not include any RRC protocol control information.
Once security is activated, all RRC messages on SRB1 and SRB2, including those containing NAS or non-3GPP messages, are integrity protected and ciphered by PDCP. NAS independently applies integrity protection and ciphering to the NAS messages.
For a UE configured with DC, all RRC messages, regardless of the SRB used and both in downlink and uplink, are transferred via the MCG.
4.3	Services
4.3.1	Services provided to upper layers
The RRC protocol offers the following services to upper layers:
-	Broadcast of common control information;
-	Notification of UEs in RRC_IDLE, e.g. about a terminating call, for ETWS, for CMAS;
-	Transfer of dedicated control information, i.e. information for one specific UE.
4.3.2	Services expected from lower layers
In brief, the following are the main services that RRC expects from lower layers:
-	PDCP: integrity protection and ciphering;
-	RLC: reliable and in-sequence transfer of information, without introducing duplicates and with support for segmentation and concatenation.
Further details about the services provided by Packet Data Convergence Protocol layer (e.g. integrity and ciphering) are provided in TS 36.323 [8]. The services provided by Radio Link Control layer (e.g. the RLC modes) are specified in TS 36.322 [7]. Further details about the services provided by Medium Access Control layer (e.g. the logical channels) are provided in TS 36.321 [6]. The services provided by physical layer (e.g. the transport channels) are specified in TS 36.302 [3].
4.4	Functions
The RRC protocol includes the following main functions:
-	Broadcast of system information:
-	Including NAS common information;
-	Information applicable for UEs in RRC_IDLE, e.g. cell (re-)selection parameters, neighbouring cell information and information (also) applicable for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, e.g. common channel configuration information.
-	Including ETWS notification, CMAS notification;
-	RRC connection control:
-	Paging;
-	Establishment/ modification/ release of RRC connection, including e.g. assignment/ modification of UE identity (C-RNTI), establishment/ modification/ release of SRB1 and SRB2, access class barring;
-	Initial security activation, i.e. initial configuration of AS integrity protection (SRBs) and AS ciphering (SRBs, DRBs);
-	For RNs, configuration of AS integrity protection for DRBs;
-	RRC connection mobility including e.g. intra-frequency and inter-frequency handover, associated security handling, i.e. key/ algorithm change, specification of RRC context information transferred between network nodes;
-	Establishment/ modification/ release of RBs carrying user data (DRBs);
-	Radio configuration control including e.g. assignment/ modification of ARQ configuration, HARQ configuration, DRX configuration;
-	For RNs, RN-specific radio configuration control for the radio interface between RN and E-UTRAN;
-	In case of CA, cell management including e.g. change of PCell, addition/ modification/ release of SCell(s) and addition/modification/release of STAG(s);
-	In case of DC, cell management including e.g. change of PSCell, addition/ modification/ release of SCG cell(s) and addition/modification/release of SCG TAG(s).
-	QoS control including assignment/ modification of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) configuration information for DL and UL, assignment/ modification of parameters for UL rate control in the UE, i.e. allocation of a priority and a prioritised bit rate (PBR) for each RB;
-	Recovery from radio link failure;
-	Inter-RAT mobility including e.g. security activation, transfer of RRC context information;
-	Measurement configuration and reporting:
-	Establishment/ modification/ release of measurements (e.g. intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter- RAT measurements);
-	Setup and release of measurement gaps;
-	Measurement reporting;
-	Other functions including e.g. transfer of dedicated NAS information and non-3GPP dedicated information, transfer of UE radio access capability information, support for E-UTRAN sharing (multiple PLMN identities);
-	Generic protocol error handling;
-	Support of self-configuration and self-optimisation;
-	Support of measurement logging and reporting for network performance optimisation [60];
NOTE:		Random access is specified entirely in the MAC including initial transmission power estimation.
5	Procedures
5.1	General
5.1.1	Introduction
The procedural requirements are structured according to the main functional areas: system information (5.2), connection control (5.3), inter-RAT mobility (5.4) and measurements (5.5). In addition sub-clause 5.6 covers other aspects e.g. NAS dedicated information transfer, UE capability transfer, sub-clause 5.7 specifies the generic error handling, sub-clause 5.8 covers MBMS, sub-clause 5.9 covers RN-specific procedures and sub-clause 5.10 covers sidelink.
5.1.2	General requirements
The UE shall:
1>	process the received messages in order of reception by RRC, i.e. the processing of a message shall be completed before starting the processing of a subsequent message;
NOTE 1:	E-UTRAN may initiate a subsequent procedure prior to receiving the UE's response of a previously initiated procedure.
1>	within a sub-clause execute the steps according to the order specified in the procedural description;
1>	consider the term 'radio bearer' (RB) to cover SRBs and DRBs but not MRBs unless explicitly stated otherwise;
1>	set the rrc-TransactionIdentifier in the response message, if included, to the same value as included in the message received from E-UTRAN that triggered the response message;
1>	upon receiving a choice value set to setup:
2>	apply the corresponding received configuration and start using the associated resources, unless explicitly specified otherwise;
1>	upon receiving a choice value set to release:
2>	clear the corresponding configuration and stop using the associated resources;
1>	upon handover to E-UTRA; or
1>	upon receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the fullConfig:
2>	apply the Conditions in the ASN.1 for inclusion of the fields for the DRB/PDCP/RLC setup during the reconfiguration of the DRBs included in the drb-ToAddModList;
NOTE 2:	At each point in time, the UE keeps a single value for each field except for during handover when the UE temporarily stores the previous configuration so it can revert back upon handover failure. In other words: when the UE reconfigures a field, the existing value is released except for during handover.
NOTE 3:	Although not explicitly stated, the UE initially considers all functionality to be deactivated/ released until it is explicitly stated that the functionality is setup/ activated. Correspondingly, the UE initially considers lists to be empty e.g. the list of radio bearers, the list of measurements.
1>	upon receiving an extension field comprising the entries in addition to the ones carried by the original field (regardless of whether E-UTRAN may signal more entries in total); apply the following generic behaviour if explicitly stated to be applicable:
2>	create a combined list by concatenating the additional entries included in the extension field to the original field while maintaining the order among both the original and the additional entries;
2>	for the combined list, created according to the previous, apply the same behaviour as defined for the original field;
NOTE 4:	A field comprising a list of entries normally includes list in the field name. The typical way to extend (the size of) such a list is to introduce a field comprising the additional entries, which should include listExt in the name of the field/ IE. E.g. field1List-RAT, field1ListExt-RAT. 
5.2	System information
5.2.1	Introduction
5.2.1.1	General
System information is divided into the MasterInformationBlock (MIB) and a number of SystemInformationBlocks (SIBs). The MIB includes a limited number of most essential and most frequently transmitted parameters that are needed to acquire other information from the cell, and is transmitted on BCH. SIBs other than SystemInformationBlockType1 are carried in SystemInformation (SI) messages and mapping of SIBs to SI messages is flexibly configurable by schedulingInfoList included in SystemInformationBlockType1, with restrictions that: each SIB is contained only in a single SI message, and at most once in that message; only SIBs having the same scheduling requirement (periodicity) can be mapped to the same SI message; SystemInformationBlockType2 is always mapped to the SI message that corresponds to the first entry in the list of SI messages in schedulingInfoList. There may be multiple SI messages transmitted with the same periodicity. SystemInformationBlockType1 and all SI messages are transmitted on DL-SCH.
NOTE 1: 	The physical layer imposes a limit to the maximum size a SIB can take. When DCI format 1C is used the maximum allowed by the physical layer is 1736 bits (217 bytes) while for format 1A the limit is 2216 bits (277 bytes), see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
In addition to broadcasting, E-UTRAN may provide SystemInformationBlockType1, including the same parameter values, via dedicated signalling i.e., within an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.
The UE applies the system information acquisition and change monitoring procedures for the PCell. For an SCell, E-UTRAN provides, via dedicated signalling, all system information relevant for operation in RRC_CONNECTED when adding the SCell. However, a UE that is configured with DC shall aquire the MasterInformationBlock of the PSCell but use it only to determine the SFN timing of the SCG, which may be different from the MCG. Upon change of the relevant system information of a configured SCell, E-UTRAN releases and subsequently adds the concerned SCell, which may be done with a single RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. If the UE is receiving or interested to receive an MBMS service in a cell, the UE shall apply the system information acquisition and change monitoring procedure to acquire parameters relevant for MBMS operation and apply the parameters acquired from system information only for MBMS operation for this cell.
NOTE 2:	E-UTRAN may configure via dedicated signalling different parameter values than the ones broadcast in the concerned SCell.
An RN configured with an RN subframe configuration does not need to apply the system information acquisition and change monitoring procedures. Upon change of any system information relevant to an RN, E-UTRAN provides the system information blocks containing the relevant system information to an RN configured with an RN subframe configuration via dedicated signalling using the RNReconfiguration message. For RNs configured with an RN subframe configuration, the system information contained in this dedicated signalling replaces any corresponding stored system information and takes precedence over any corresponding system information acquired through the system information acquisition procedure. The dedicated system information remains valid until overridden.
NOTE 3:	E-UTRAN may configure an RN, via dedicated signalling, with different parameter values than the ones broadcast in the concerned cell.
5.2.1.2	Scheduling
The MIB uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 40 ms and repetitions made within 40 ms. The first transmission of the MIB is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 4 = 0, and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #0 of all other radio frames.
The SystemInformationBlockType1 uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 80 ms and repetitions made within 80 ms. The first transmission of SystemInformationBlockType1 is scheduled in subframe #5 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 8 = 0, and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #5 of all other radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0.
The SI messages are transmitted within periodically occurring time domain windows (referred to as SI-windows) using dynamic scheduling. Each SI message is associated with a SI-window and the SI-windows of different SI messages do not overlap. That is, within one SI-window only the corresponding SI is transmitted. The length of the SI-window is common for all SI messages, and is configurable. Within the SI-window, the corresponding SI message can be transmitted a number of times in any subframe other than MBSFN subframes, uplink subframes in TDD, and subframe #5 of radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0. The UE acquires the detailed time-domain scheduling (and other information, e.g. frequency-domain scheduling, used transport format) from decoding SI-RNTI on PDCCH (see TS 36.321 [6]).
A single SI-RNTI is used to address SystemInformationBlockType1 as well as all SI messages.
SystemInformationBlockType1 configures the SI-window length and the transmission periodicity for the SI messages.
5.2.1.3	System information validity and notification of changes
Change of system information (other than for ETWS, CMAS and EAB parameters) only occurs at specific radio frames, i.e. the concept of a modification period is used. System information may be transmitted a number of times with the same content within a modification period, as defined by its scheduling. The modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for which SFN mod m= 0, where m is the number of radio frames comprising the modification period. The modification period is configured by system information.
When the network changes (some of the) system information, it first notifies the UEs about this change, i.e. this may be done throughout a modification period. In the next modification period, the network transmits the updated system information. These general principles are illustrated in figure 5.2.1.3-1, in which different colours indicate different system information. Upon receiving a change notification, the UE acquires the new system information immediately from the start of the next modification period. The UE applies the previously acquired system information until the UE acquires the new system information.

Figure 5.2.1.3-1: Change of system Information
The Paging message is used to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about a system information change. If the UE receives a Paging message including the systemInfoModification, it knows that the system information will change at the next modification period boundary. Although the UE may be informed about changes in system information, no further details are provided e.g. regarding which system information will change.
SystemInformationBlockType1 includes a value tag, systemInfoValueTag, that indicates if a change has occurred in the SI messages. UEs may use systemInfoValueTag, e.g. upon return from out of coverage, to verify if the previously stored SI messages are still valid. Additionally, the UE considers stored system information to be invalid after 3 hours from the moment it was successfully confirmed as valid, unless specified otherwise.
E-UTRAN may not update systemInfoValueTag upon change of some system information e.g. ETWS information, CMAS information, regularly changing parameters like time information (SystemInformationBlockType8, SystemInformationBlockType16), EAB parameters. Similarly, E-UTRAN may not include the systemInfoModification within the Paging message upon change of some system information.
The UE verifies that stored system information remains valid by either checking systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 after the modification period boundary, or attempting to find the systemInfoModification indication at least modificationPeriodCoeff times during the modification period in case no paging is received, in every modification period. If no paging message is received by the UE during a modification period, the UE may assume that no change of system information will occur at the next modification period boundary. If UE in RRC_CONNECTED, during a modification period, receives one paging message, it may deduce from the presence/ absence of systemInfoModification whether a change of system information other than ETWS information, CMAS information and EAB parameters will occur in the next modification period or not.
ETWS and/or CMAS capable UEs in RRC_CONNECTED shall attempt to read paging at least once every defaultPagingCycle to check whether ETWS and/or CMAS notification is present or not.
5.2.1.4	Indication of ETWS notification
ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification can occur at any point in time. The Paging message is used to inform ETWS capable UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about presence of an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification. If the UE receives a Paging message including the etws-Indication, it shall start receiving the ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification according to schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives Paging message including the etws-Indication while it is acquiring ETWS notification(s), the UE shall continue acquiring ETWS notification(s) based on the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
NOTE:	The UE is not required to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1, but Paging message including the etws-Indication triggers the UE to re-acquire schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1 for scheduling changes for SystemInformationBlockType10 and SystemInformationBlockType11. The UE may or may not receive a Paging message including the etws-Indication and/or systemInfoModification when ETWS is no longer scheduled.
ETWS primary notification is contained in SystemInformationBlockType10 and ETWS secondary notification is contained in SystemInformationBlockType11. Segmentation can be applied for the delivery of a secondary notification. The segmentation is fixed for transmission of a given secondary notification within a cell (i.e. the same segment size for a given segment with the same messageIdentifier, serialNumber and warningMessageSegmentNumber). An ETWS secondary notification corresponds to a single CB data IE as defined according to TS 23.041 [37].
5.2.1.5	Indication of CMAS notification
CMAS notification can occur at any point in time. The Paging message is used to inform CMAS capable UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about presence of one or more CMAS notifications. If the UE receives a Paging message including the cmas-Indication, it shall start receiving the CMAS notifications according to schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives Paging message including the cmas-Indication while it is acquiring CMAS notification(s), the UE shall continue acquiring CMAS notification(s) based on the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
NOTE:	The UE is not required to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1, but Paging message including the cmas-Indication triggers the UE to re-acquire schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1 for scheduling changes for SystemInformationBlockType12. The UE may or may not receive a Paging message including the cmas-Indication and/or systemInfoModification when SystemInformationBlockType12 is no longer scheduled.
CMAS notification is contained in SystemInformationBlockType12. Segmentation can be applied for the delivery of a CMAS notification. The segmentation is fixed for transmission of a given CMAS notification within a cell (i.e. the same segment size for a given segment with the same messageIdentifier, serialNumber and warningMessageSegmentNumber). E-UTRAN does not interleave transmissions of CMAS notifications, i.e. all segments of a given CMAS notification transmission are transmitted prior to those of another CMAS notification. A CMAS notification corresponds to a single CB data IE as defined according to TS 23.041 [37].
5.2.1.6	Notification of EAB parameters change
Change of EAB parameters can occur at any point in time. The EAB parameters are contained in SystemInformationBlockType14. The Paging message is used to inform EAB capable UEs in RRC_IDLE about a change of EAB parameters or that SystemInformationBlockType14 is no longer scheduled. If the UE receives a Paging message including the eab-ParamModification, it shall acquire SystemInformationBlockType14 according to schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives a Paging message including the eab-ParamModification while it is acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14, the UE shall continue acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14 based on the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
NOTE:	The EAB capable UE is not expected to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1.
5.2.2	System information acquisition
5.2.2.1	General

Figure 5.2.2.1-1: System information acquisition, normal
The UE applies the system information acquisition procedure to acquire the AS- and NAS- system information that is broadcasted by the E-UTRAN. The procedure applies to UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.2.2.2	Initiation
The UE shall apply the system information acquisition procedure upon selecting (e.g. upon power on) and upon re-selecting a cell, after handover completion, after entering E-UTRA from another RAT, upon return from out of coverage, upon receiving a notification that the system information has changed, upon receiving an indication about the presence of an ETWS notification, upon receiving an indication about the presence of a CMAS notification, upon receiving a notification that the EAB parameters have changed, upon receiving a request from CDMA2000 upper layers and upon exceeding the maximum validity duration. Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the procedural specification, the system information acquisition procedure overwrites any stored system information, i.e. delta configuration is not applicable for system information and the UE discontinues using a field if it is absent in system information unless explicitly specified otherwise.
5.2.2.3	System information required by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	ensure having a valid version, as defined below, of (at least) the following system information, also referred to as the 'required' system information:
2>	if in RRC_IDLE:
3>	the MasterInformationBlock and SystemInformationBlockType1 as well as SystemInformationBlockType2 through SystemInformationBlockType8 (depending on support of the concerned RATs), SystemInformationBlockType17 (depending on support of RAN-assisted WLAN interworking);
2>	if in RRC_CONNECTED:
3>	the MasterInformationBlock, SystemInformationBlockType1 and SystemInformationBlockType2 as well as SystemInformationBlockType8 (depending on support of CDMA2000), SystemInformationBlockType17 (depending on support of RAN-assisted WLAN interworking);
1>	delete any stored system information after 3 hours from the moment it was confirmed to be valid as defined in 5.2.1.3, unless specified otherwise;
1>	consider any stored system information except SystemInformationBlockType10, SystemInformationBlockType11, systemInformationBlockType12 and systemInformationBlockType14 to be invalid if systemInfoValueTag included in the SystemInformationBlockType1 is different from the one of the stored system information;
5.2.2.4	System information acquisition by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	apply the specified BCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.1;
1>	if the procedure is triggered by a system information change notification:
2>	start acquiring the required system information, as defined in 5.2.2.3, from the beginning of the modification period following the one in which the change notification was received;
NOTE 1:	The UE continues using the previously received system information until the new system information has been acquired.
1>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and enters a cell for which the UE does not have stored a valid version of the system information required in RRC_IDLE, as defined in 5.2.2.3:
2>	acquire, using the system information acquisition procedure as defined in 5.2.3, the system information required in RRC_IDLE, as defined in 5.2.2.3;
1>	following successful handover completion to a PCell for which the UE does not have stored a valid version of the system information required in RRC_CONNECTED, as defined in 5.2.2.3:
2>	acquire, using the system information acquisition procedure as defined in 5.2.3, the system information required in RRC_CONNECTED, as defined in 5.2.2.3;
2> upon acquiring the concerned system information:
3>	discard the corresponding radio resource configuration information included in the radioResourceConfigCommon previously received in a dedicated message, if any;
1>	following a request from CDMA2000 upper layers:
2>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType8, as defined in 5.2.3;
1>	neither initiate the RRC connection establishment procedure nor initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message until the UE has a valid version of the MasterInformationBlock and SystemInformationBlockType1 messages as well as SystemInformationBlockType2 ;
1>	not initiate the RRC connection establishment subject to EAB until the UE has a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType14, if broadcast;
1>	if the UE is ETWS capable:
2>	upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3>		discard any previously buffered warningMessageSegment;
3>	clear, if any, the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
2>	when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following ETWS indication, upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType10 is present:
4>	start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10 immediately;
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType11 is present:
4>	start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType11 immediately;
NOTE 2:	UEs shall start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10 and SystemInformationBlockType11 as described above even when systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
1>	if the UE is CMAS capable:
2>	upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3>	discard any previously buffered warningMessageSegment;
3>	clear, if any, stored values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType12 associated with the discarded warningMessageSegment;
2>	when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following CMAS indication, upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover and upon connection re-establishment:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType12 is present:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType12;
NOTE 3:	UEs shall start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType12 as described above even when systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
1>	if the UE is interested to receive MBMS services:
2>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType13 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType13;
2>	if the UE is capable of MBMS Service Continuity:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType15 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType15;
1>	if the UE is EAB capable:
2>	when the UE does not have stored a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType14 upon entering RRC_IDLE, or when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following EAB parameters change notification or upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType14 is present:
4>	start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14 immediately;
3>	else:
4>	discard SystemInformationBlockType14, if previously received;
NOTE 4:	EAB capable UEs start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14 as described above even when systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
NOTE 5:	EAB capable UEs maintain an up to date SystemInformationBlockType14 in RRC_IDLE.
1>	if the UE is capable of sidelink direct communication and is configured by upper layers to receive or transmit sidelink direct communication:
2> if the cell used for sidelink direct communication meets the S-criteria as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and
2>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType18 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType18;
1>	if the UE is capable of sidelink direct discovery and is configured by upper layers to receive or transmit sidelink direct discovery announcements on the primary frequency:
2>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType19 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType19;
2>	for each of the one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19 and for which the UE is configured by upper layers to receive sidelink direct discovery announcements on:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType19 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType19;
The UE may apply the received SIBs immediately, i.e. the UE does not need to delay using a SIB until all SI messages have been received. The UE may delay applying the received SIBs until completing lower layer procedures associated with a received or a UE originated RRC message, e.g. an ongoing random access procedure.
NOTE 6:	While attempting to acquire a particular SIB, if the UE detects from schedulingInfoList that it is no longer present, the UE should stop trying to acquire the particular SIB.
5.2.2.5	Essential system information missing
The UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2>	if the UE is unable to acquire the MasterInformationBlock or the SystemInformationBlockType1:
3>	consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4]; and
3>	perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to allowed, and as if the csg-Indication is set to FALSE;
2>	else if the UE is unable to acquire the SystemInformationBlockType2:
3>	treat the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4];
5.2.2.6	Actions upon reception of the MasterInformationBlock message
Upon receiving the MasterInformationBlock message the UE shall:
1>	apply the radio resource configuration included in the phich-Config;
1>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE or if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2>	if the UE has no valid system information stored according to 5.2.2.3 for the concerned cell:
3>	apply the received value of dl-Bandwidth to the ul-Bandwidth until SystemInformationBlockType2 is received;
5.2.2.7	Actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message
Upon receiving the SystemInformationBlockType1 either via broadcast or via dedicated signalling, the UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running; and
1>	if the UE is a category 0 UE according to TS 36.306 [5]; and
1>	if category0Allowed is not included in SystemInformationBlockType1:
2>	consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4];
1>	if in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is not running, and the UE supports multi-band cells as defined by bit 31 in featureGroupIndicators:
2>	disregard the freqBandIndicator and multiBandInfoList, if received, while in RRC_CONNECTED;
2>	forward the cellIdentity to upper layers;
2>	forward the trackingAreaCode to upper layers;
1>	else:
2>	if the frequency band indicated in the freqBandIndicator is part of the frequency bands supported by the UE and it is not a downlink only band; or
2>	if the UE supports multiBandInfoList, and if one or more of the frequency bands indicated in the multiBandInfoList are part of the frequency bands supported by the UE and they are not downlink only bands:
3>	forward the cellIdentity to upper layers;
3>	forward the trackingAreaCode to upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4]; and
3>	perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to notAllowed, and as if the csg-Indication is set to FALSE;
5.2.2.8	Actions upon reception of SystemInformation messages
No UE requirements related to the contents of the SystemInformation messages apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.9	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType2
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType2, the UE shall:
1>	apply the configuration included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	if upper layers indicate that a (UE specific) paging cycle is configured:
2>	apply the shortest of the (UE specific) paging cycle and the defaultPagingCycle included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	if the mbsfn-SubframeConfigList is included:
2>	consider that DL assignments may occur in the MBSFN subframes indicated in the mbsfn-SubframeConfigList under the conditions specified in [23, 7.1];
1>	apply the specified PCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.3;
1>	not apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon;
1>	if in RRC_CONNECTED and UE is configured with RLF timers and constants values received within rlf-TimersAndConstants:
2>	not update its values of the timers and constants in ue-TimersAndConstants except for the value of timer T300;
1>	if in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is not running; and the UE supports multi-band cells as defined by bit 31 in featureGroupIndicators:
2>	disregard the additionalSpectrumEmission and ul-CarrierFreq, if received, while in RRC_CONNECTED;
5.2.2.10	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType3
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.11	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType4
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.12	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType5
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.13	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType6
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.14	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType7
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.15	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType8
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType8, the UE shall:
1>	if sib8-PerPLMN-List is included and the UE is capable of network sharing for CDMA2000:
2>	apply the CDMA2000 parameters below corresponding to the RPLMN;
1>	if the systemTimeInfo is included:
2>	forward the systemTimeInfo to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and if searchWindowSize is included:
2>	forward the searchWindowSize to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if parametersHRPD is included:
2>	forward the preRegistrationInfoHRPD to CDMA2000 upper layers only if the UE has not received the preRegistrationInfoHRPD within an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after entering this cell;
2>	if the cellReselectionParametersHRPD is included:
3>	forward the neighCellList to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if the parameters1XRTT is included:
2>	if the csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is included:
3>	forward the csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers which will use this information to determine if a CS registration/re-registration towards CDMA2000 1xRTT in the EUTRA cell is required;
2>	else:
3>	indicate to CDMA2000 upper layers that CSFB Registration to CDMA2000 1xRTT is not allowed;
2>	if the longCodeState1XRTT is included:
3>	forward the longCodeState1XRTT to CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if the cellReselectionParameters1XRTT is included:
3>	forward the neighCellList to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if the csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs is included:
3>	forward csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	forward csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if ac-BarringConfig1XRTT is included:
3>	forward ac-BarringConfig1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if the csfb-DualRxTxSupport is included:
3>	forward csfb-DualRxTxSupport to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	forward csfb-DualRxTxSupport, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
5.2.2.16	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType9
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType9, the UE shall:
1>	if hnb-Name is included, forward the hnb-Name to upper layers;
5.2.2.17	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType10
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType10, the UE shall:
1>	forward the received warningType, messageIdentifier and serialNumber to upper layers;
5.2.2.18	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType11
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType11, the UE shall:
1>	if there is no current value for messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11; or
1>	if either the received value of messageIdentifier or of serialNumber or of both are different from the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11:
2>	use the received values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11 as the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
2>	discard any previously buffered warningMessageSegment;
2>	if all segments of a warning message have been received:
3>	assemble the warning message from the received warningMessageSegment;
3>	forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber and dataCodingScheme to upper layers;
3>	stop reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
3>	discard the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
2>	else:
3>	store the received warningMessageSegment;
3>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
1>	else if all segments of a warning message have been received:
2>	assemble the warning message from the received warningMessageSegment;
2>	forward the received complete warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber and dataCodingScheme to upper layers;
2>	stop reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
2>	discard the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
1>	else:
2>	store the received warningMessageSegment;
2>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
The UE should discard any stored warningMessageSegment and the current value of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11 if the complete warning message has not been assembled within a period of 3 hours.
5.2.2.19	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType12
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType12, the UE shall:
1>	if the SystemInformationBlockType12 contains a complete warning message:
2>	forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber and dataCodingScheme to upper layers;
2>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType12;
1>	else:
2>	if the received values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber are the same (each value is the same) as a pair for which a warning message is currently being assembled:
3>	store the received warningMessageSegment;
3>	if all segments of a warning message have been received:
4>	assemble the warning message from the received warningMessageSegment;
4>	forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber and dataCodingScheme to upper layers;
4>	stop assembling a warning message for this messageIdentifier and serialNumber and delete all stored information held for it;
3>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType12;
2>	else if the received values of messageIdentifier and/or serialNumber are not the same as any of the pairs for which a warning message is currently being assembled:
3>	start assembling a warning message for this messageIdentifier and serialNumber pair;
3>	store the received warningMessageSegment;
3>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType12;
The UE should discard warningMessageSegment and the associated values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType12 if the complete warning message has not been assembled within a period of 3 hours.
NOTE: 	The number of warning messages that a UE can re-assemble simultaneously is a function of UE implementation.
5.2.2.20	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType13
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.21	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType14
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.22	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType15
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.23	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType16
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.24	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType17
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType17, the UE shall:
1> if wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is included:
2> apply the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN;
2> if not configured with the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated;
3> apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN;
5.2.2.25	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType18
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType18, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 message includes the commConfig:
2>	if configured to receive sidelink direct communication:
3> from the next SC period, as defined by sc-Period, use the resource pool indicated by commRxPool for sidelink direct communication monitoring, as specified in 5.10.3;
2>	if configured to transmit sidelink direct communication:
3> from the next SC period, as defined by sc-Period, use the resource pool indicated by commTxPoolNormalCommon or by commTxPoolExceptional for sidelink direct communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.4;
5.2.2.26	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType19
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType19, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discConfig:
2>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discRxPool for sidelink direct discovery monitoring, as specified in 5.10.5;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discTxPoolCommon; and the UE is in RRC_IDLE:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discTxPoolCommon for sidelink direct discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2>	if the SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discTxPowerInfo:
3>	use the power information included in discTxPowerInfo for sidelink direct discovery transmission, as specified in TS 36.213 [23];
5.2.3	Acquisition of an SI message
When acquiring an SI message, the UE shall:
1>	determine the start of the SI-window for the concerned SI message as follows:
2>	for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
2>	determine the integer value x = (n  1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength;
2>	the SI-window starts at the subframe #a, where a = x mod 10, in the radio frame for which SFN mod T = FLOOR(x/10), where T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message;
NOTE:	E-UTRAN should configure an SI-window of 1 ms only if all SIs are scheduled before subframe #5 in radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0.
1>	receive DL-SCH using the SI-RNTI from the start of the SI-window and continue until the end of the SI-window whose absolute length in time is given by si-WindowLength, or until the SI message was received, excluding the following subframes:
2>	subframe #5 in radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0;
2>	any MBSFN subframes;
2>	any uplink subframes in TDD;
1>	if the SI message was not received by the end of the SI-window, repeat reception at the next SI-window occasion for the concerned SI message;
5.3	Connection control
5.3.1	Introduction
5.3.1.1	RRC connection control
RRC connection establishment involves the establishment of SRB1. E-UTRAN completes RRC connection establishment prior to completing the establishment of the S1 connection, i.e. prior to receiving the UE context information from the EPC. Consequently, AS security is not activated during the initial phase of the RRC connection. During this initial phase of the RRC connection, the E-UTRAN may configure the UE to perform measurement reporting. However, the UE only accepts a handover message when security has been activated.
NOTE:	In case the serving frequency broadcasts multiple overlapping bands, E-UTRAN can only configure measurements after having obtained the UE capabilities, as the measurement configuration needs to be set according to the band selected by the UE.
Upon receiving the UE context from the EPC, E-UTRAN activates security (both ciphering and integrity protection) using the initial security activation procedure. The RRC messages to activate security (command and successful response) are integrity protected, while ciphering is started only after completion of the procedure. That is, the response to the message used to activate security is not ciphered, while the subsequent messages (e.g. used to establish SRB2 and DRBs) are both integrity protected and ciphered.
After having initiated the initial security activation procedure, E-UTRAN initiates the establishment of SRB2 and DRBs, i.e. E-UTRAN may do this prior to receiving the confirmation of the initial security activation from the UE. In any case, E-UTRAN will apply both ciphering and integrity protection for the RRC connection reconfiguration messages used to establish SRB2 and DRBs. E-UTRAN should release the RRC connection if the initial security activation and/ or the radio bearer establishment fails (i.e. security activation and DRB establishment are triggered by a joint S1-procedure, which does not support partial success).
For SRB2 and DRBs, security is always activated from the start, i.e. the E-UTRAN does not establish these bearers prior to activating security.
For some radio configuration fields, a critical extension has been defined. A switch from the original version of the field to the critically extended version is allowed using any connection reconfiguration. The UE reverts to the original version of some critically extended fields upon handover and re-establishment as specified elsewhere in this specification. Otherwise, switching a field from the critically extended version to the original version is only possible using the handover or re-establishment procedure with the full configuration option.
After having initiated the initial security activation procedure, E-UTRAN may configure a UE that supports CA, with one or more SCells in addition to the PCell that was initially configured during connection establishment. The PCell is used to provide the security inputs and upper layer system information (i.e. the NAS mobility information e.g. TAI). SCells are used to provide additional downlink and optionally uplink radio resources. When not configured with DC all SCells the UE is configured with, if any, are part of the MCG. When configured with DC however, some of the SCells are part of a SCG. In this case, user data carried by a DRB may either be transferred via MCG (i.e. MCG-DRB), via SCG (SCG-DRB) or via both MCG and SCG in DL while E-UTRAN configures the CG used in UL (split DRB). An RRC connection reconfiguration message may be used to change the DRB type from MCG-DRB to SCG-DRB or to split DRB, as well as from SCG-DRB or split DRB to MCG-DRB.
SCG change is a synchronous SCG reconfiguration procedure (i.e. involving RA to the PSCell) including reset/ re-establishment of layer 2 and, if SCG DRBs are configured, refresh of security. The procedure is used in a number of different scenarios e.g. SCG establishment, PSCell change, Key refresh, change of DRB type. The UE performs the SCG change related actions upon receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfoSCG, see 5.3.10.10.
The release of the RRC connection normally is initiated by E-UTRAN. The procedure may be used to re-direct the UE to an E-UTRA frequency or an inter-RAT carrier frequency. Only in exceptional cases, as specified within this specification, TS 36.300 [9], TS 36.304 [4] or TS 24.301 [35], may the UE abort the RRC connection, i.e. move to RRC_IDLE without notifying E-UTRAN.
5.3.1.2	Security
AS security comprises of the integrity protection of RRC signalling (SRBs) as well as the ciphering of RRC signalling (SRBs) and user data (DRBs).
RRC handles the configuration of the security parameters which are part of the AS configuration: the integrity protection algorithm, the ciphering algorithm and two parameters, namely the keyChangeIndicator and the nextHopChainingCount, which are used by the UE to determine the AS security keys upon handover and/ or connection re-establishment.
The integrity protection algorithm is common for signalling radio bearers SRB1 and SRB2. The ciphering algorithm is common for all radio bearers (i.e. SRB1, SRB2 and DRBs). Neither integrity protection nor ciphering applies for SRB0.
RRC integrity and ciphering are always activated together, i.e. in one message/ procedure. RRC integrity and ciphering are never de-activated. However, it is possible to switch to a 'NULL' ciphering algorithm (eea0).
The 'NULL' integrity protection algorithm (eia0) is used only for the UE in limited service mode [32, TS33.401]. In case the 'NULL' integrity protection algorithm is used, 'NULL' ciphering algorithm is also used.
NOTE 1:	Lower layers discard RRC messages for which the integrity check has failed and indicate the integrity verification check failure to RRC.
The AS applies three different security keys: one for the integrity protection of RRC signalling (KRRCint), one for the ciphering of RRC signalling (KRRCenc) and one for the ciphering of user data (KUPenc). All three AS keys are derived from the KeNB key. The KeNB is based on the KASME key, which is handled by upper layers.
Upon connection establishment new AS keys are derived. No AS-parameters are exchanged to serve as inputs for the derivation of the new AS keys at connection establishment.
The integrity and ciphering of the RRC message used to perform handover is based on the security configuration used prior to the handover and is performed by the source eNB.
The integrity and ciphering algorithms can only be changed upon handover. The four AS keys (KeNB, KRRCint, KRRCenc and KUPenc) change upon every handover and connection re-establishment. The keyChangeIndicator is used upon handover and indicates whether the UE should use the keys associated with the KASME key taken into use with the latest successful NAS SMC procedure. The nextHopChainingCount parameter is used upon handover and connection re-establishment by the UE when deriving the new KeNB that is used to generate KRRCint, KRRCenc and KUPenc (see TS 33.401 [32]). An intra cell handover procedure may be used to change the keys in RRC_CONNECTED.
For each radio bearer an independent counter (COUNT, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]) is maintained for each direction. For each DRB, the COUNT is used as input for ciphering. For each SRB, the COUNT is used as input for both ciphering and integrity protection. It is not allowed to use the same COUNT value more than once for a given security key. In order to limit the signalling overhead, individual messages/ packets include a short sequence number (PDCP SN, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]). In addition, an overflow counter mechanism is used: the hyper frame number (TX_HFN and RX_HFN, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]). The HFN needs to be synchronized between the UE and the eNB. The eNB is responsible for avoiding reuse of the COUNT with the same RB identity and with the same KeNB, e.g. due to the transfer of large volumes of data, release and establishment of new RBs. In order to avoid such re-use, the eNB may e.g. use different RB identities for successive RB establishments, trigger an intra cell handover or an RRC_CONNECTED to RRC_IDLE to RRC_CONNECTED transition.
For each SRB, the value provided by RRC to lower layers to derive the 5-bit BEARER parameter used as input for ciphering and for integrity protection is the value of the corresponding srb-Identity with the MSBs padded with zeroes.
In case of DC, a separate KeNB is used for SCG-DRBs (S-KeNB). This key is derived from the key used for the MCG (KeNB) and an SCG counter that is used to ensure freshness. To refresh the S-KeNB e.g. when the COUNT will wrap around, E-UTRAN employs an SCG change, i.e. an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfoSCG. When performing handover, while at least one SCG-DRB remains configured, both KeNB and S-KeNB are refreshed. In such case E-UTRAN performs handover with SCG change i.e. an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including both mobilityControlInfo and mobilityControlInfoSCG. The ciphering algorithm is common for all radio bearers within a CG but may be different between MCG and SCG. The ciphering algorithm for SCG DRBs can only be changed upon SCG change.
5.3.1.2a	RN security
For RNs, AS security follows the procedures in 5.3.1.2. Furthermore, E-UTRAN may configure per DRB whether or not integrity protection is used. The use of integrity protection may be configured only upon DRB establishment and reconfigured only upon handover or upon the first reconfiguration following RRC connection re-establishment.
To provide integrity protection on DRBs between the RN and the E-UTRAN, the KUPint key is derived from the KeNB key as described in TS33.401 [32]. The same integrity protection algorithm used for SRBs also applies to the DRBs. The KUPint changes at every handover and RRC connection re-establishment and is based on an updated KeNB which is derived by taking into account the nextHopChainingCount. The COUNT value maintained for DRB ciphering is also used for integrity protection, if the integrity protection is configured for the DRB.
5.3.1.3	Connected mode mobility
In RRC_CONNECTED, the network controls UE mobility, i.e. the network decides when the UE shall connect to which E-UTRA cell(s), or inter-RAT cell. For network controlled mobility in RRC_CONNECTED, the PCell can be changed using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo (handover), whereas the SCell(s) can be changed using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message either with or without the mobilityControlInfo.
An SCG can only be established by using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message without the mobilityControlInfo, while reconfiguration or release of the SCG can be done using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message with or without the mobilityControlInfo. In case Random Access to the PSCell is required upon SCG reconfiguration, E-UTRAN employs the SCG change procedure (i.e. an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfoSCG). The PSCell can only be changed using the SCG change procedure.
The network triggers the handover procedure e.g. based on radio conditions, load. To facilitate this, the network may configure the UE to perform measurement reporting (possibly including the configuration of measurement gaps). The network may also initiate handover blindly, i.e. without having received measurement reports from the UE.
Before sending the handover message to the UE, the source eNB prepares one or more target cells. The source eNB selects the target PCell. The source eNB may also provide the target eNB with a list of best cells on each frequency for which measurement information is available, in order of decreasing RSRP. The source eNB may also include available measurement information for the cells provided in the list. The target eNB decides which SCells are configured for use after handover, which may include cells other than the ones indicated by the source eNB. Handover involves either SCG release or SCG change. The latter option is only supported in case of intra-eNB handover. In case the UE was configured with DC, the target eNB indicates in the handover message that the UE shall release the entire SCG configuration. Upon connection re-establishment, the UE releases the entire SCG configuration except for the DRB configuration, while E-UTRAN in the first reconfiguration message following the re-establishment either releases the DRB(s) or reconfigures the DRB(s) to MCG DRB(s).
The target eNB generates the message used to perform the handover, i.e. the message including the AS-configuration to be used in the target cell(s). The source eNB transparently (i.e. does not alter values/ content) forwards the handover message/ information received from the target to the UE. When appropriate, the source eNB may initiate data forwarding for (a subset of) the DRBs.
After receiving the handover message, the UE attempts to access the target PCell at the first available RACH occasion according to Random Access resource selection defined in TS 36.321 [6], i.e. the handover is asynchronous. Consequently, when allocating a dedicated preamble for the random access in the target PCell, E-UTRA shall ensure it is available from the first RACH occasion the UE may use. Upon successful completion of the handover, the UE sends a message used to confirm the handover.
If the target eNB does not support the release of RRC protocol which the source eNB used to configure the UE, the target eNB may be unable to comprehend the UE configuration provided by the source eNB. In this case, the target eNB should use the full configuration option to reconfigure the UE for Handover and Re-establishment. Full configuration option includes an initialization of the radio configuration, which makes the procedure independent of the configuration used in the source cell(s) with the exception that the security algorithms are continued for the RRC re-establishment.
After the successful completion of handover, PDCP SDUs may be re-transmitted in the target cell(s). This only applies for DRBs using RLC-AM mode and for handovers not involving full configuration option. The further details are specified in TS 36.323 [8]. After the successful completion of handover not involving full configuration option, the SN and the HFN are reset except for the DRBs using RLC-AM mode (for which both SN and HFN continue). For reconfigurations involving the full configuration option, the PDCP entities are newly established (SN and HFN do not continue) for all DRBs irrespective of the RLC mode. The further details are specified in TS 36.323 [8].
One UE behaviour to be performed upon handover is specified, i.e. this is regardless of the handover procedures used within the network (e.g. whether the handover includes X2 or S1 signalling procedures).
The source eNB should, for some time, maintain a context to enable the UE to return in case of handover failure. After having detected handover failure, the UE attempts to resume the RRC connection either in the source PCell or in another cell using the RRC re-establishment procedure. This connection resumption succeeds only if the accessed cell is prepared, i.e. concerns a cell of the source eNB or of another eNB towards which handover preparation has been performed. The cell in which the re-establishment procedure succeeds becomes the PCell while SCells and STAGs, if configured, are released.
Normal measurement and mobility procedures are used to support handover to cells broadcasting a CSG identity. In addition, E-UTRAN may configure the UE to report that it is entering or leaving the proximity of cell(s) included in its CSG whitelist. Furthermore, E-UTRAN may request the UE to provide additional information broadcast by the handover candidate cell e.g. global cell identity, CSG identity, CSG membership status.
NOTE:	E-UTRAN may use the proximity report to configure measurements as well as to decide whether or not to request additional information broadcast by the handover candidate cell. The additional information is used to verify whether or not the UE is authorised to access the target PCell and may also be needed to identify handover candidate cell (PCI confusion i.e. when the physical layer identity that is included in the measurement report does not uniquely identify the cell).

5.3.2	Paging
5.3.2.1	General

Figure 5.3.2.1-1: Paging
The purpose of this procedure is:
-	to transmit paging information to a UE in RRC_IDLE and/ or;
-	to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about a system information change and/ or;
-	to inform about an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification and/ or;
-	to inform about a CMAS notification and/ or;
-	to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE about an EAB parameters modification.
The paging information is provided to upper layers, which in response may initiate RRC connection establishment, e.g. to receive an incoming call.
5.3.2.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the paging procedure by transmitting the Paging message at the UE's paging occasion as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. E-UTRAN may address multiple UEs within a Paging message by including one PagingRecord for each UE. E-UTRAN may also indicate a change of system information, and/ or provide an ETWS notification or a CMAS notification in the Paging message.
5.3.2.3	Reception of the Paging message by the UE
Upon receiving the Paging message, the UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, for each of the PagingRecord, if any, included in the Paging message:
2>	if the ue-Identity included in the PagingRecord matches one of the UE identities allocated by upper layers:
3>	forward the ue-Identity and the cn-Domain to the upper layers;
1>	if the systemInfoModification is included:
2> re-acquire the required system information using the system information acquisition procedure as specified in 5.2.2.
1>	if the etws-Indication is included and the UE is ETWS capable:
2>	re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType1 immediately, i.e., without waiting until the next system information modification period boundary;
2>	if the schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType10 is present:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType10;
2> if the schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType11 is present:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType11;
1>	if the cmas-Indication is included and the UE is CMAS capable:
2>	re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType1 immediately, i.e., without waiting until the next system information modification period boundary as specified in 5.2.1.5;
2>	if the schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType12 is present:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType12;
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, the eab-ParamModification is included and the UE is EAB capable:
2>	consider previously stored SystemInformationBlockType14 as invalid;
2>	re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType1 immediately, i.e., without waiting until the next system information modification period boundary as specified in 5.2.1.6;
2>	re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType14 using the system information acquisition procedure as specified in 5.2.2.4;
5.3.3	RRC connection establishment
5.3.3.1	General

Figure 5.3.3.1-1: RRC connection establishment, successful

Figure 5.3.3.1-2: RRC connection establishment, network reject
The purpose of this procedure is to establish an RRC connection. RRC connection establishment involves SRB1 establishment. The procedure is also used to transfer the initial NAS dedicated information/ message from the UE to E-UTRAN.
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	to establish SRB1 only.
5.3.3.1a	Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink direct communication/ discovery
For sidelink direct communication an RRC connection is initiated only in the following case:
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct communication and related data is available for transmission:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType18 does not include commTxPoolNormalCommon;
For sidelink direct discovery an RRC connection is initiated only in the following case:
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct discovery announcements:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps: and if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType19 does not include discTxPoolCommon;
NOTE:	Upper layers initiate an RRC connection. The interaction with NAS is left to UE implementation.
5.3.3.2	Initiation
The UE initiates the procedure when upper layers request establishment of an RRC connection while the UE is in RRC_IDLE.
Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringPerPLMN-List and the ac-BarringPerPLMN-List contains an AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]):
2>	select the AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers;
2>	in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected AC-BarringPerPLMN entry (i.e. presence or absence of access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the common access barring parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	else
2>	in the remainder of this procedure use the common access barring parameters (i.e. presence or absence of these parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	if upper layers indicate that the RRC connection is subject to EAB (see TS 24.301 [35]):
2>	if the result of the EAB check, as specified in 5.3.3.12, is that access to the cell is barred:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that EAB is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile terminating calls:
2>	if timer T302 is running:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile terminating calls is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for emergency calls:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes the ac-BarringInfo:
3>	if the ac-BarringForEmergency is set to TRUE:
4>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11]:
NOTE 1:	ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
5>	if the ac-BarringInfo includes ac-BarringForMO-Data, and for all of these valid Access Classes for the UE, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ac-BarringForMO-Data is set to one:
6>	consider access to the cell as barred;
4>	else:
5>	consider access to the cell as barred;
2>	if access to the cell is barred:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating calls:
2>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T303 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Data as "AC barring parameter";
2>	if access to the cell is barred:
3>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB or the UE does not support CS fallback:
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating calls is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
3>	else (SystemInformationBlockType2 does not include ac-BarringForCSFB and the UE supports CS fallback):
4>	if timer T306 is not running, start T306 with the timer value of T303;
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating calls and mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating signalling:
2>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T305 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Signalling as "AC barring parameter";
2>	if access to the cell is barred:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating signalling is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating CS fallback:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB:
3>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T306 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForCSFB as "AC barring parameter";
3>	if access to the cell is barred:
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, due to ac-BarringForCSFB, upon which the procedure ends;
2>	else:
3>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T306 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Data as "AC barring parameter";
3>	if access to the cell is barred:
4>	if timer T303 is not running, start T303 with the timer value of T306;
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating CS fallback and mobile originating calls is applicable, due to ac-BarringForMO-Data, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL voice, mobile originating MMTEL video, mobile originating SMSoIP or mobile originating SMS:
2>	if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL voice and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice; or
2>	if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL video and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo; or
2>	if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating SMSoIP or SMS and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForSMS:
3> consider access to the cell as not barred;
2>	else:
3>	if establishmentCause is set to mo-Signalling:
4>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T305 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Signalling as "AC barring parameter";
4>	if access to the cell is barred:
5>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating signalling is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
3>	if establishmentCause is set to mo-Data:
4>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T303 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Data as "AC barring parameter";
4>	if access to the cell is barred:
5>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB or the UE does not support CS fallback:
6>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating calls is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
5>	else (SystemInformationBlockType2 does not include ac-BarringForCSFB and the UE supports CS fallback):
6>	if timer T306 is not running, start T306 with the timer value of T303;
6>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating calls and mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1>	apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	apply the CCCH configuration as specified in 9.1.1.2;
1>	apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	start timer T300;
1>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3;
NOTE 2:	Upon initiating the connection establishment procedure, the UE is not required to ensure it maintains up to date system information applicable only for UEs in RRC_IDLE state. However, the UE needs to perform system information acquisition upon cell re-selection.
5.3.3.3	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionRequest message
The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionRequest message as follows:
1>	set the ue-Identity as follows:
2>	if upper layers provide an S-TMSI:
3>	set the ue-Identity to the value received from upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	draw a random value in the range 0 .. 240-1 and set the ue-Identity to this value;
NOTE 1:	Upper layers provide the S-TMSI if the UE is registered in the TA of the current cell.
1>	set the establishmentCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers;
The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
The UE shall continue cell re-selection related measurements as well as cell re-selection evaluation. If the conditions for cell re-selection are fulfilled, the UE shall perform cell re-selection as specified in 5.3.3.5.
5.3.3.4	Reception of the RRCConnectionSetup by the UE
NOTE:	Prior to this, lower layer signalling is used to allocate a C-RNTI. For further details see TS 36.321 [6];
The UE shall:
1>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;
1>	if stored, discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT;
1>	stop timer T300;
1>	stop timer T302, if running;
1>	stop timer T303, if running;
1>	stop timer T305, if running;
1>	stop timer T306, if running;
1>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.7;
1>	stop timer T320, if running;
1>	stop timer T350, if running;
1>	perform the actions as specified in 5.6.12.4;
1>	enter RRC_CONNECTED;
1>	stop the cell re-selection procedure;
1>	consider the current cell to be the PCell;
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionSetupComplete message as follows:
2>	set the selectedPLMN-Identity to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]) from the PLMN(s) included in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
2>	if upper layers provide the 'Registered MME', include and set the registeredMME as follows:
3>	if the PLMN identity of the 'Registered MME' is different from the PLMN selected by the upper layers:
4>	include the plmnIdentity in the registeredMME and set it to the value of the PLMN identity in the 'Registered MME' received from upper layers;
3> set the mmegi and the mmec to the value received from upper layers;
2>	if upper layers provided the 'Registered MME': 
3>	include and set the gummei-Type to the value provided by the upper layers;
2>	if connecting as an RN:
3>	include the rn-SubframeConfigReq;
2>	set the dedicatedInfoNAS to include the information received from upper layers;
2>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
3>	include rlf-InfoAvailable;
2>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
2>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include logMeasAvailable;
2>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
3>	include connEstFailInfoAvailable;
2>	if the UE supports mobility state reporting:
3>	include the mobilityState and set it to the mobility state (as specified in TS 36.304 [4]) of the UE just prior to entering RRC_CONNECTED state;
2>	if the UE supports storage of mobility history information and the UE has mobility history information available in VarMobilityHistoryReport:
3>	include the mobilityHistoryAvail;
2>	submit the RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.3.5	Cell re-selection while T300, T302, T303, T305 or T306 is running
The UE shall:
1>	if cell reselection occurs while T300, T302, T303, T305 or T306 is running:
2>	if timer T302, T303, T305 and/ or T306 is running:
3>	stop timer T302, T303, T305 and T306, whichever ones were running;
3>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.7;
2>	if timer T300 is running:
3>	stop timer T300;
3>	reset MAC, release the MAC configuration and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection;
5.3.3.6	T300 expiry
The UE shall:
1>	if timer T300 expires:
2>	reset MAC, release the MAC configuration and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
2>	if  the UE supports RRC Connection Establishment failure temporary Qoffset and T300 has expired a consecutive connEstFailCount times on the same cell for which txFailParams is included in SystemInformationBlockType2:
3>	for a period as indicated by connEstFailOffsetValidity:
4>	use connEstFailOffset for the parameter Qoffsettemp for the concerned cell when performing cell selection and reselection according to TS 36.304 [4] and TS 25.304 [40];
NOTE 1:	When performing cell selection, if no suitable or acceptable cell can be found, it is up to UE implementation whether to stop using connEstFailOffset for the parameter Qoffsettemp during connEstFailOffsetValidity for the concerned cell.
2>	store the following connection establishment failure information in the VarConnEstFailReport by setting its fields as follows:
3>	clear the information included in VarConnEstFailReport, if any;
3>	set the plmn-Identity to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]) from the PLMN(s) included in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
3>	set the failedCellId to the global cell identity of the cell where connection establishment failure is detected;
3>	set the measResultFailedCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the cell where connection establishment failure is detected and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected the failure;
3>	if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements for at most the following number of neighbouring cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency neighbours per frequency as well as 3 inter-RAT neighbours, per frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN) per RAT and according to the following:
4>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 2:	The UE includes the latest results of the available measurements as used for cell reselection evaluation, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3>	if detailed location information is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4>	include the locationCoordinates;
4>	include the horizontalVelocity, if available;
3>	set the numberOfPreamblesSent to indicate the number of preambles sent by MAC for the failed random access procedure;
3>	set contentionDetected to indicate whether contention resolution was not successful as specified in TS 36.321 [6] for at least one of the transmitted preambles for the failed random access procedure;
3>	set maxTxPowerReached to indicate whether or not the maximum power level was used for the last transmitted preamble, see TS 36.321 [6];
2>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection, upon which the procedure ends;
The UE may discard the connection establishment failure information, i.e. release the UE variable VarConnEstFailReport, 48 hours after the failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
5.3.3.7	T302, T303, T305 or T306 expiry or stop
The UE shall:
1>	if timer T302 expires or is stopped:
2>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile terminating access;
2>	if timer T303 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating calls;
2>	if timer T305 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating signalling;
2>	if timer T306 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating CS fallback;
1>	if timer T303 expires or is stopped:
2>	if timer T302 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating calls;
1>	if timer T305 expires or is stopped:
2>	if timer T302 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating signalling;
1>	if timer T306 expires or is stopped:
2>	if timer T302 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating CS fallback;
5.3.3.8	Reception of the RRCConnectionReject by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T300;
1>	reset MAC and release the MAC configuration;
1>	start timer T302, with the timer value set to the waitTime;
1>	if the extendedWaitTime is present and the UE supports delay tolerant access:
2>	forward the extendedWaitTime to upper layers;
1>	if deprioritisationReq is included and the UE supports RRC Connection Reject with deprioritisation:
2>	start or restart timer T325 with the timer value set to the deprioritisationTimer signalled;
2>	store the deprioritisationReq until T325 expiry;
NOTE:	The UE stores the deprioritisation request irrespective of any cell reselection absolute priority assignments (by dedicated or common signalling) and regardless of RRC connections in E-UTRAN or other RATs unless specified otherwise.
1>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating calls, mobile originating signalling, mobile terminating access and mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.3.9	Abortion of RRC connection establishment
If upper layers abort the RRC connection establishment procedure while the UE has not yet entered RRC_CONNECTED, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T300, if running;
1>	reset MAC, release the MAC configuration and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
5.3.3.10	Handling of SSAC related parameters
Upon request from the upper layers, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringPerPLMN-List and the ac-BarringPerPLMN-List contains an AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]):
2>	select the AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers;
2>	in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected AC-BarringPerPLMN entry (i.e. presence or absence of access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the common access barring parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	else:
2>	in the remainder of this procedure use the common access barring parameters (i.e. presence or absence of these parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	set the local variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice as follows:
2>	if ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is present:
3>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
NOTE:	ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
3>	if, for at least one of these Access Classes, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is set to zero:
4>	set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to zero;
3>	else:
4>	set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to the value of ac-BarringFactor and ac-BarringTime included in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice, respectively;
2>	else set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to zero;
1>	set the local variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video as follows:
2>	if ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video is present:
3>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
3>	if, for at least one of these Access Classes, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video is set to zero:
4>	set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to zero;
3>	else:
4>	set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to the value of ac-BarringFactor and ac-BarringTime included in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video, respectively;
2>	else set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to zero;
1>	forward the variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice, BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice, BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to the upper layers;
5.3.3.11	Access barring check
1>	if timer T302 or "Tbarring" is running:
2>	consider access to the cell as barred;
1>	else if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes "AC barring parameter":
2>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
NOTE:	ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
2>	for at least one of these valid Access Classes the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in "AC barring parameter" is set to zero:
3>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
2>	else:
3>	draw a random number 'rand' uniformly distributed in the range: 0 ? rand < 1;
3>	if 'rand' is lower than the value indicated by ac-BarringFactor included in "AC barring parameter":
4>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
3>	else:
4>	consider access to the cell as barred;
1>	else:
2>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
1>	if access to the cell is barred and both timers T302 and "Tbarring" are not running:
2>	draw a random number 'rand' that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ? rand < 1;
2>	start timer "Tbarring" with the timer value calculated as follows, using the ac-BarringTime included in "AC barring parameter":
	"Tbarring" = (0.7+ 0.6 * rand) * ac-BarringTime.
5.3.3.12	EAB check
The UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType14 is present and includes the eab-Param:
2>	if the eab-Common is included in the eab-Param:
3>	if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the eab-Category contained in eab-Common; and
3>	if for the Access Class of the UE, as stored on the USIM and with a value in the range 0..9, the corresponding bit in the eab-BarringBitmap contained in eab-Common is set to one:
4>	consider access to the cell as barred;
3>	else:
4>	consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
2>	else (the eab-PerPLMN-List is included in the eab-Param):
3>	select the entry in the eab-PerPLMN-List corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]);
3>	if the eab-Config for that PLMN is included:
4>	if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the eab-Category contained in eab-Config; and
4>	if for the Access Class of the UE, as stored on the USIM and with a value in the range 0..9, the corresponding bit in the eab-BarringBitmap contained in eab-Config is set to one:
5>	consider access to the cell as barred;
4>	else:
5>	consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
3>	else:
4>	consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
1>	else:
2>	consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
5.3.4	Initial security activation
5.3.4.1	General

Figure 5.3.4.1-1: Security mode command, successful

Figure 5.3.4.1-2: Security mode command, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to activate AS security upon RRC connection establishment.
5.3.4.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the security mode command procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED. Moreover, E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	when only SRB1 is established, i.e. prior to establishment of SRB2 and/ or DRBs.
5.3.4.3	Reception of the SecurityModeCommand by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	derive the KeNB key, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1> derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm indicated in the SecurityModeCommand message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	request lower layers to verify the integrity protection of the SecurityModeCommand message, using the algorithm indicated by the integrityProtAlgorithm as included in the SecurityModeCommand message and the KRRCint key;
1>	if the SecurityModeCommand message passes the integrity protection check:
2>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm indicated in the SecurityModeCommand message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	if connected as an RN:
3>	derive the KUPint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm indicated in the SecurityModeCommand message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the indicated algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e. integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the SecurityModeComplete message;
2>	configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the indicated algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key after completing the procedure, i.e. ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, except for the SecurityModeComplete message which is sent unciphered;
2>	if connected as an RN:
3>	configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the indicated algorithm and the KUPint key, for DRBs that are subsequently configured to apply integrity protection, if any;
2>	consider AS security to be activated;
2>	submit the SecurityModeComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else:
2>	continue using the configuration used prior to the reception of the SecurityModeCommand message, i.e. neither apply integrity protection nor ciphering.
2>	submit the SecurityModeFailure message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.5	RRC connection reconfiguration
5.3.5.1	General

Figure 5.3.5.1-1: RRC connection reconfiguration, successful

Figure 5.3.5.1-2: RRC connection reconfiguration, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to modify an RRC connection, e.g. to establish/ modify/ release RBs, to perform handover, to setup/ modify/ release measurements, to add/ modify/ release SCells. As part of the procedure, NAS dedicated information may be transferred from E-UTRAN to the UE.
5.3.5.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN may initiate the RRC connection reconfiguration procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED. E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	the mobilityControlInfo is included only when AS-security has been activated, and SRB2 with at least one DRB are setup and not suspended;
-	the establishment of RBs (other than SRB1, that is established during RRC connection establishment) is included only when AS security has been activated;
-	the addition of SCells is performed only when AS security has been activated;
5.3.5.3	Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration not including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE
If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:
1>	if this is the first RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after successful completion of the RRC Connection Re-establishment procedure:
2>	re-establish PDCP for SRB2 and for all DRBs that are established, if any;
2>	re-establish RLC for SRB2 and for all DRBs that are established, if any;
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the fullConfig:
3>	perform the radio configuration procedure as specified in section 5.3.5.8;
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:
3>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
2> resume SRB2 and all DRBs that are suspended, if any;
NOTE 1:	The handling of the radio bearers after the successful completion of the PDCP re-establishment, e.g. the re-transmission of unacknowledged PDCP SDUs (as well as the associated status reporting), the handling of the SN and the HFN, is specified in TS 36.323 [8].
NOTE 2:	The UE may discard SRB2 messages and data that it receives prior to completing the reconfiguration used to resume these bearers.
1>	else:
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:
3>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
NOTE 3:	If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the establishment of radio bearers other than SRB1, the UE may start using these radio bearers immediately, i.e. there is no need to wait for an outstanding acknowledgment of the SecurityModeComplete message.
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToReleaseList:
2>	perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToAddModList:
2>	perform SCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or
1>	if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated:
2>	perfom the actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in 5.2.2.7;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the dedicatedInfoNASList:
2>	forward each element of the dedicatedInfoNASList to upper layers in the same order as listed;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:
2>	perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;
1>	perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the otherConfig:
2>	perform the other configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.9;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig or sl-CommConfig:
2>	perform the sidelink dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes wlan-OffloadInfo:
2>	perform the dedicated WLAN offload configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.12.2;
1>	submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.5.4	Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE (handover)
If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T310, if running;
1>	stop timer T312, if running;
1>	start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the mobilityControlInfo;
1>	if the carrierFreq is included:
2>	consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the carrierFreq with a physical cell identity indicated by the targetPhysCellId;
1>	else:
2>	consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency of the source PCell with a physical cell identity indicated by the targetPhysCellId;
1>	start synchronising to the DL of the target PCell;
NOTE 1:	The UE should perform the handover as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message triggering the handover, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.
1>	reset MCG MAC and SCG MAC, if configured;
1>	re-establish PDCP for all RBs that are established;
NOTE 2:	The handling of the radio bearers after the successful completion of the PDCP re-establishment, e.g. the re-transmission of unacknowledged PDCP SDUs (as well as the associated status reporting), the handling of the SN and the HFN, is specified in TS 36.323 [8].
1>	re-establish MCG RLC and SCG RLC, if configured, for all RBs that are established;
1>	configure lower layers to consider the SCell(s) other than the PSCell, if configured, to be in deactivated state;
1>	apply the value of the newUE-Identity as the C-RNTI;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the fullConfig:
2>	perform the radio configuration procedure as specified in section 5.3.5.8;
1>	configure lower layers in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the received mobilityControlInfo;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:
2>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
1>	if the keyChangeIndicator received in the securityConfigHO is set to TRUE:
2>	update the KeNB key based on the KASME key taken into use with the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	else:
2>	update the KeNB key based on the current KeNB or the NH, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the securityConfigHO, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	store the nextHopChainingCount value;
1>	if the securityAlgorithmConfig is included in the securityConfigHO:
2>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	if connected as an RN:
3>	derive the KUPint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	else:
2>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the current integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	if connected as an RN:
3>	derive the KUPint key associated with the current integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the current ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	configure lower layers to apply the integrity protection algorithm and the KRRCint key, i.e. the integrity protection configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1>	configure lower layers to apply the ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key, i.e. the ciphering configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1>	if connected as an RN:
2>	configure lower layers to apply the integrity protection algorithm and the KUPint key, for current or subsequently established DRBs that are configured to apply integrity protection, if any;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToReleaseList:
2>	perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToAddModList:
2>	perform SCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or
1>	if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated:
2>	perfom the actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in 5.2.2.7;
1>	perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:
2>	perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;
1>	perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
1>	release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the otherConfig:
2>	perform the other configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.9;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig or sl-CommConfig:
2>	perform the sidelink dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes wlan-OffloadInfo:
2>	perform the dedicated WLAN offload configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.12.2;
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:
2>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
3>	include rlf-InfoAvailable;
2>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
3>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
2>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include the logMeasAvailable;
2>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
3>	include connEstFailInfoAvailable;
1>	submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1>	if MAC successfully completes the random access procedure:
2>	stop timer T304;
2>	apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell, if any;
2>	apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PCell;
NOTE 3:	Whenever the UE shall setup or reconfigure a configuration in accordance with a field that is received it applies the new configuration, except for the cases addressed by the above statements.
2>	if the UE is configured to provide IDC indications:
3>	if the UE has transmitted an InDeviceCoexIndication message during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4>	initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message in accordance with 5.6.9.3;
2>	if the UE is configured to provide power preference indications:
3>	if the UE has transmitted a UEAssistanceInformation message during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType15 is broadcast by the PCell:
3>	if the UE has transmitted a MBMSInterestIndication message during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType15 for the PCell;
4>	determine the set of MBMS frequencies of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3;
4>	initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the target PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message including commRxInterestedFreq or commTxResourceReq during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo; or
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the target PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message including discRxInterest or discTxResourceReq during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
3>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	the procedure ends;
NOTE 4:	The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PCell by acquiring system information from that cell before performing RACH access in the target PCell.
5.3.5.5	Reconfiguration failure
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message:
2>	continue using the configuration used prior to the reception of RRCConnectionReconfiguration message;
2>	if security has not been activated:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause other;
2>	else:
3>	initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7, upon which the connection reconfiguration procedure ends;
NOTE 1:	The UE may apply above failure handling also in case the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message causes a protocol error for which the generic error handling as defined in 5.7 specifies that the UE shall ignore the message.
NOTE 2:	If the UE is unable to comply with part of the configuration, it does not apply any part of the configuration, i.e. there is no partial success/ failure.
5.3.5.6	T304 expiry (handover failure)
The UE shall:
1>	if T304 expires (handover failure):
NOTE 1:	Following T304 expiry any dedicated preamble, if provided within the rach-ConfigDedicated, is not available for use by the UE anymore.
2>	revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, the mac-MainConfig and the sps-Config;
2>	store the following handover failure information in VarRLF-Report by setting its fields as follows:
3>	clear the information included in VarRLF-Report, if any;
3>	set the plmn-IdentityList to include the list of EPLMNs stored by the UE (i.e. includes the RPLMN);
3>	set the measResultLastServCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the source PCell based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected handover failure and in accordance with the following;
4>	if the UE includes rsrqResult, include the lastServCellRSRQ-Type;
3>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells, other than the source PCell, ordered such that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected handover failure, and set its fields as follows;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more EUTRA frequencies, include the measResultListEUTRA;
4>	if the UE includes rsrqResult, include the rsrq-Type;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring UTRA frequencies, include the measResultListUTRA;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring GERAN frequencies, include the measResultListGERAN;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring CDMA2000 frequencies, include the measResultsCDMA2000;
4>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 2:	The measured quantities are filtered by the L3 filter as configured in the mobility measurement configuration. The measurements are based on the time domain measurement resource restriction, if configured. Blacklisted cells are not required to be reported.
3>	if detailed location information is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4>	include the locationCoordinates;
4>	include the horizontalVelocity, if available;
3>	set the failedPCellId to the global cell identity, if available, and otherwise to the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of the target PCell of the failed handover;
3>	include previousPCellId and set it to the global cell identity of the PCell where the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo was received;
3>	set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo;
3>	set the connectionFailureType to 'hof';
3>	set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell;
2>	initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7, upon which the RRC connection reconfiguration procedure ends;
The UE may discard the handover failure information, i.e. release the UE variable VarRLF-Report, 48 hours after the failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
NOTE 3:	E-UTRAN may retrieve the handover failure information using the UE information procedure with rlf-ReportReq set to true, as specified in 5.6.5.3.
5.3.5.7	Void
5.3.5.7a	T307 expiry (SCG change failure)
The UE shall:
1>	if T307 expires:
NOTE 1:	Following T307 expiry any dedicated preamble, if provided within the rach-ConfigDedicatedSCG, is not available for use by the UE anymore.
2>	initiate the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13 to report SCG change failure;
5.3.5.8	Radio Configuration involving full configuration option
The UE shall:
1>	release/ clear all current dedicated radio configurations except the MCG C-RNTI, the MCG security configuration and the PDCP, RLC, logical channel configurations for the RBs and the logged measurement configuration;
NOTE 1:	Radio configuration is not just the resource configuration but includes other configurations like MeasConfig and OtherConfig.
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfo:
2>	release/ clear all current common radio configurations;
2>	use the default values specified in 9.2.5 for timer T310, T311 and constant N310, N311;
1>	else:
2>	use values for timers T301, T310, T311 and constants N310, N311, as included in ue-TimersAndConstants received in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1>	apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList (SRB reconfiguration):
2>	apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for the corresponding SRB;
2>	apply the corresponding default RLC configuration for the SRB specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or in 9.2.1.2 for SRB2;
2>	apply the corresponding default logical channel configuration for the SRB as specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or in 9.2.1.2 for SRB2; 
NOTE 2: 	This is to get the SRBs (SRB1 and SRB2 for handover and SRB2 for reconfiguration after reestablishment) to a known state from which the reconfiguration message can do further configuration.
1>	for each eps-BearerIdentity value included in the drb-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration:
2>	release the PDCP entity;
2>	release the RLC entity or entities;
2>	release the DTCH logical channel;
2>	release the drb-identity;
NOTE 3: 	This will retain the eps-bearerIdentity but remove the DRBs including drb-identity of these bearers from the current UE configuration and trigger the setup of the DRBs within the AS in Section 5.3.10.3 using the new configuration. The eps-bearerIdentity acts as the anchor for associating the released and re-setup DRB. 
1>	for each eps-BearerIdentity value that is part of the current UE configuration but not part of the drb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform DRB release as specified in 5.3.10.2;
5.3.6	Counter check
5.3.6.1	General

Figure 5.3.6.1-1: Counter check procedure
The counter check procedure is used by E-UTRAN to request the UE to verify the amount of data sent/ received on each DRB. More specifically, the UE is requested to check if, for each DRB, the most significant bits of the COUNT match with the values indicated by E-UTRAN.
NOTE:	The procedure enables E-UTRAN to detect packet insertion by an intruder (a 'man in the middle').
5.3.6.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending a CounterCheck message.
NOTE:	E-UTRAN may initiate the procedure when any of the COUNT values reaches a specific value.
5.3.6.3	Reception of the CounterCheck message by the UE
Upon receiving the CounterCheck message, the UE shall:
1>	for each DRB that is established:
2>	if no COUNT exists for a given direction (uplink or downlink) because it is a uni-directional bearer configured only for the other direction:
3>	assume the COUNT value to be 0 for the unused direction;
2>	if the drb-Identity is not included in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList:
3>	include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink set to the value of the corresponding COUNT;
2>	else if, for at least one direction, the most significant bits of the COUNT are different from the value indicated in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList:
3>	include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink set to the value of the corresponding COUNT;
1>	for each DRB that is included in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList in the CounterCheck message that is not established:
2>	include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink with the most significant bits set identical to the corresponding values in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList and the least significant bits set to zero;
1>	submit the CounterCheckResponse message to lower layers for transmission upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.7	RRC connection re-establishment
5.3.7.1	General
	
Figure 5.3.7.1-1: RRC connection re-establishment, successful
	
Figure 5.3.7.1-2: RRC connection re-establishment, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to re-establish the RRC connection, which involves the resumption of SRB1 operation, the re-activation of security and the configuration of only the PCell.
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED, for which security has been activated, may initiate the procedure in order to continue the RRC connection. The connection re-establishment succeeds only if the concerned cell is prepared i.e. has a valid UE context. In case E-UTRAN accepts the re-establishment, SRB1 operation resumes while the operation of other radio bearers remains suspended. If AS security has not been activated, the UE does not initiate the procedure but instead moves to RRC_IDLE directly.
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	to reconfigure SRB1 and to resume data transfer only for this RB;
-	to re-activate AS security without changing algorithms.
5.3.7.2	Initiation
The UE shall only initiate the procedure when AS security has been activated. The UE initiates the procedure when one of the following conditions is met:
1>	upon detecting radio link failure, in accordance with 5.3.11; or
1>	upon handover failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.6; or
1>	upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or
1>	upon integrity check failure indication from lower layers; or
1>	upon an RRC connection reconfiguration failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.5;
Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T310, if running;
1>	stop timer T312, if running;
1>	stop timer T313, if running;
1>	stop timer T307, if running;
1>	start timer T311;
1>	suspend all RBs except SRB0;
1>	reset MAC;
1>	release the MCG SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	for the MCG, apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1>	for the MCG, apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	release powerPrefIndicationConfig, if configured and stop timer T340, if running;
1>	release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;
1>	release obtainLocationConfig, if configured;
1>	release idc-Config, if configured;
1>	release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;
1>	release the entire SCG configuration, if configured, except for the DRB configuration (as configured by drb-ToAddModListSCG);
1>	release naics-Info for the PCell, if configured;
1>	if connected as an RN and configured with an RN subframe configuration:
2>	release the RN subframe configuration;
1>	perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];
5.3.7.3	Actions following cell selection while T311 is running
Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T311;
1>	start timer T301;
1>	apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;
NOTE:	This procedure applies also if the UE returns to the source PCell.
Upon selecting an inter-RAT cell, the UE shall:
1>	if the selected cell is a UTRA cell, and if the UE supports Radio Link Failure Report for Inter-RAT MRO, include selectedUTRA-CellId in the VarRLF-Report and set it to the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of the selected UTRA cell;
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.7.4	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message
If the procedure was initiated due to radio link failure or handover failure, the UE shall:
1>	set the reestablishmentCellId in the VarRLF-Report to the global cell identity of the selected cell;
The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:
1>	set the ue-Identity as follows:
2>	set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used in the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);
2>	set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);
2>	set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:
3>	over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input;
3>	with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases); and
3>	with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;
1>	set the reestablishmentCause as follows:
2>	if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to reconfiguration failure as specified in 5.3.5.5 (the UE is unable to comply with the reconfiguration):
3>	set the reestablishmentCause to the value reconfigurationFailure;
2>	else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):
3>	set the reestablishmentCause to the value handoverFailure;
2>	else:
3>	set the reestablishmentCause to the value otherFailure;
The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
5.3.7.5	Reception of the RRCConnectionReestablishment by the UE
NOTE 1:	Prior to this, lower layer signalling is used to allocate a C-RNTI. For further details see TS 36.321 [6];
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T301;
1>	consider the current cell to be the PCell;
1>	re-establish PDCP for SRB1;
1>	re-establish RLC for SRB1;
1>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;
1>	resume SRB1;
NOTE 2:	E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1 prior to receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.
1>	update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	store the nextHopChainingCount value;
1>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	if connected as an RN:
2>	derive the KUPint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1>	if connected as an RN:
2>	configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KUPint key, for subsequently resumed or subsequently established DRBs that are configured to apply integrity protection, if any;
1>	configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message as follows:
2>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
3>	include the rlf-InfoAvailable;
2>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
3>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
2>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include the logMeasAvailable;
2>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
3>	include the connEstFailInfoAvailable;
1>	perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;
1>	perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
1>	submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType15 is broadcast by the PCell:
2>	if the UE has transmitted an MBMSInterestIndication message during the last 1 second preceding detection of radio link failure:
3>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType15 for the PCell;
3>	determine the set of MBMS frequencies of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3;
3>	initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message including commRxInterestedFreq or commTxResourceReq during the last 1 second preceding detection of radio link failure; or
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message including discRxInterest or discTxResourceReq during the last 1 second preceding detection of radio link failure:
2>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
1>	the procedure ends;
5.3.7.6	T311 expiry
Upon T311 expiry, the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.7.7	T301 expiry or selected cell no longer suitable
The UE shall:
1>	if timer T301 expires; or
1>	if the selected cell becomes no longer suitable according to the cell selection criteria as specified in TS 36.304 [4]:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.7.8	Reception of RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject by the UE
Upon receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message, the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.8	RRC connection release
5.3.8.1	General

Figure 5.3.8.1-1: RRC connection release, successful
The purpose of this procedure is to release the RRC connection, which includes the release of the established radio bearers as well as all radio resources.
5.3.8.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the RRC connection release procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.3.8.3	Reception of the RRCConnectionRelease by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	delay the following actions defined in this sub-clause 60 ms from the moment the RRCConnectionRelease message was received or optionally when lower layers indicate that the receipt of the RRCConnectionRelease message has been successfully acknowledged, whichever is earlier;
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes the idleModeMobilityControlInfo:
2>	store the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo;
2>	if the t320 is included:
3>	start timer T320, with the timer value set according to the value of t320;
1>	else:
2>	apply the cell reselection priority information broadcast in the system information;
1>	if the releaseCause received in the RRCConnectionRelease message indicates loadBalancingTAURequired:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'load balancing TAU required';
1>	else if the releaseCause received in the RRCConnectionRelease message indicates cs-FallbackHighPriority:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'CS Fallback High Priority';
1>	else:
2>	if the extendedWaitTime is present and the UE supports delay tolerant access:
3>	forward the extendedWaitTime to upper layers;
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
5.3.8.4	T320 expiry
The UE shall:
1>	if T320 expires:
2>	if stored, discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT;
2>	apply the cell reselection priority information broadcast in the system information;
5.3.9	RRC connection release requested by upper layers
5.3.9.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to release the RRC connection. Access to the current PCell may be barred as a result of this procedure.
NOTE:	Upper layers invoke the procedure, e.g. upon determining that the network has failed an authentication check, see TS 24.301 [35].
5.3.9.2	Initiation
The UE initiates the procedure when upper layers request the release of the RRC connection. The UE shall not initiate the procedure for power saving purposes.
The UE shall:
1>	if the upper layers indicate barring of the PCell:
2>	treat the PCell used prior to entering RRC_IDLE as barred according to TS 36.304 [4];
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
5.3.10	Radio resource configuration
5.3.10.0	General
The UE shall:
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the srb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform the SRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.1;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the drb-ToReleaseList:
2>	perform DRB release as specified in 5.3.10.2;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the drb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the mac-MainConfig:
2>	perform MAC main reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.4;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes sps-Config:
2>	perform SPS reconfiguration according to 5.3.10.5;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the physicalConfigDedicated:
2>	reconfigure the physical channel configuration as specified in 5.3.10.6.
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the rlf-TimersAndConstants:
2>	reconfigure the values of timers and constants as specified in 5.3.10.7;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the measSubframePatternPCell:
2>	reconfigure the time domain measurement resource restriction for the serving cell as specified in 5.3.10.8;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the naics-Info:
2>	perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the PCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
1>	if the received RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell includes the naics-Info:
2>	perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the PSCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
1>	if the received RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 includes the naics-Info:
2>	perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the SCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
5.3.10.1	SRB addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration (SRB establishment):
2>	apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for the corresponding SRB;
2> establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current (MCG) security configuration, if applicable;
2>	establish an (MCG) RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
2>	establish a (MCG) DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig and with the logical channel identity set in accordance with 9.1.2;
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (SRB reconfiguration):
2>	reconfigure the RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
2>	reconfigure the DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig;
5.3.10.2	DRB release
The UE shall:
1>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToReleaseList that is part of the current UE configuration (DRB release); or
1>	for each drb-identity value that is to be released as the result of full configuration option according to 5.3.5.8:
2>	release the PDCP entity;
2>	release the RLC entity or entities;
2>	release the DTCH logical channel;
1>	if the procedure was triggered due to handover:
2>	indicate the release of the DRB(s) and the eps-BearerIdentity of the released DRB(s) to upper layers after successful handover;
1> else:
2>	indicate the release of the DRB(s) and the eps-BearerIdentity of the released DRB(s) to upper layers immediately.
NOTE:	The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the drb-ToReleaseList includes any drb-Identity value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.3.10.3	DRB addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration (DRB establishment including the case when full configuration option is used):
2>	if drb-ToAddModListSCG is not received or does not include the drb-Identity value (i.e. add MCG DRB):
3>	establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current MCG security configuration and in accordance with the received pdcp-Config;
3>	establish an MCG RLC entity or entities in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
3>	establish an MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelIdentity and the received logicalChannelConfig;
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the fullConfig IE:
3>	associate the established DRB with corresponding included eps-BearerIdentity;
2>	else:
3>	indicate the establishment of the DRB(s) and the eps-BearerIdentity of the established DRB(s) to upper layers;
1>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (DRB reconfiguration):
2>	if drb-ToAddModListSCG is not received or does not include the drb-Identity value:
3>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB (reconfigure MCG):
4>	if the pdcp-Config is included:
5>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the received pdcp-Config;
4>	if the rlc-Config is included:
5>	reconfigure the RLC entity or entities in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
4>	if the logicalChannelConfig is included:
5>	reconfigure the DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig;
NOTE:	Removal and addition of the same drb-Identity in single radioResourceConfiguration is not supported.
5.3.10.3a1	DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration
For the drb-Identity value for which this procedure is initiated, the UE shall:
1>	if drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value; and drb-Identity value is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. DC specific DRB establishment):
2>	if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value (i.e. add split DRB):
3>	establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current MCG security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config included in drb-ToAddModList;
3>	establish an MCG RLC entity and an MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config, logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig included in drb-ToAddModList;
3>	establish an SCG RLC entity and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2>	else (i.e. add SCG DRB):
3>	establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current SCG security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
3>	establish an SCG RLC entity or entities and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2>	indicate the establishment of the DRB(s) and the eps-BearerIdentity of the established DRB(s) to upper layers;
1>	else (i.e. DC specific DRB modification; drb-ToAddModList and/ or drb-ToAddModListSCG received):
2>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is a split DRB:
3>	if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-TypeChange is included and set to toMCG (i.e. split to MCG):
4>	release the SCG RLC entity and the SCG DTCH logical channel;
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the MCG RLC entity and/ or the MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
3>	else (i.e. reconfigure split):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the MCG RLC entity and/ or the MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the SCG RLC entity and/ or the SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an SCG DRB:
3>	if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-TypeChange is included and set to toMCG (i.e. SCG to MCG):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity with the current MCG security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the SCG RLC entity or entities and the SCG DTCH logical channel to be an MCG RLC entity or entities and an MCG DTCH logical channel;
4>	reconfigure the MCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config, logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
3>	else (i.e. drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value i.e. reconfigure SCG):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
4>	reconfigure the SCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB:
3>	if drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-Type is included and set to split (i.e. MCG to split):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the MCG RLC entity and/ or the MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	establish an SCG RLC entity and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
3>	else (i.e. drb-Type is included and set to scg i.e. MCG to SCG):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity with the current SCG security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
4>	reconfigure the MCG RLC entity or entities and the MCG DTCH logical channel to be an SCG RLC entity or entities and an SCG DTCH logical channel;
4>	reconfigure the SCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
5.3.10.3a	SCell release
The UE shall:
1>	if the release is triggered by reception of the sCellToReleaseList or the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
2>	for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToReleaseList or in the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
3>	if the current UE configuration includes an SCell with value sCellIndex:
4>	release the SCell;
1>	if the release is triggered by RRC connection re-establishment:
2>	release all SCells that are part of the current UE configuration;
5.3.10.3b	SCell addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG that is not part of the current UE configuration (SCell addition):
2>	add the SCell, corresponding to the cellIdentification, in accordance with the radioResourceConfigCommonSCell and radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell, both included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG;
2>	configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in deactivated state;
2>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
3>	if SCells are not applicable for the associated measurement; and
3>	if the concerned SCell is included in cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId:
4>	remove the concerned SCell from cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
1>	for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG that is part of the current UE configuration (SCell modification):
2>	modify the SCell configuration in accordance with the radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell, included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG;
5.3.10.3c	PSCell addition or modification
The UE shall:
1>	if the PSCell is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. PSCell addition):
2>	add the PSCell, corresponding to the cellIdentification, in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell and radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell;
2>	configure lower layers to consider the PSCell to be in activated state;
1>	if the PSCell is part of the current UE configuration (i.e. PSCell modification):
2>	modify the PSCell configuration in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell;
5.3.10.4	MAC main reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if the procedure is triggered to perform SCG MAC main reconfiguration:
2>	if SCG MAC is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. SCG establishment):
3>	create an SCG MAC entity;
2>	reconfigure the SCG MAC main configuration as specified in the following i.e. assuming it concerns the SCG MAC whenever MAC main configuration is referenced and that it is based on the received mac-MainConfigSCG instead of mac-MainConfig:
1>	reconfigure the MAC main configuration in accordance with the received mac-MainConfig other than stag-ToReleaseList and stag-ToAddModList;
1>	if the received mac-MainConfig includes the stag-ToReleaseList:
2>	for each STAG-Id value included in the stag-ToReleaseList that is part of the current UE configuration:
3>	release the STAG indicated by STAG-Id;
1>	if the received mac-MainConfig includes the stag-ToAddModList:
2>	for each stag-Id value included in stag-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration (STAG addition):
3>	add the STAG, corresponding to the stag-Id, in accordance with the received timeAlignmentTimerSTAG;
2>	for each stag-Id value included in stag-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (STAG modification):
3>	reconfigure the STAG, corresponding to the stag-Id, in accordance with the received timeAlignmentTimerSTAG;
5.3.10.5	Semi-persistent scheduling reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1> reconfigure the semi-persistent scheduling in accordance with the received sps-Config;
5.3.10.6	Physical channel reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if the antennaInfo-r10 is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated and the previous version of this field that was received by the UE was antennaInfo (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8):
2>	apply the default antenna configuration as specified in section 9.2.4;
1>	if the cqi-ReportConfig-r10 is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated and the previous version of this field that was received by the UE was cqi-ReportConfig (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8):
2>	apply the default CQI reporting configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
NOTE:	Application of the default configuration involves release of all extensions introduced in REL-9 and later.
1>	reconfigure the physical channel configuration in accordance with the received physicalConfigDedicated;
1>	if the antennaInfo is included and set to explicitValue:
2>	if the configured transmissionMode is tm1, tm2, tm5, tm6 or tm7; or
2>	if the configured transmissionMode is tm8 and pmi-RI-Report is not present; or
2>	if the configured transmissionMode is tm9 and pmi-RI-Report is not present; or
2>	if the configured transmissionMode is tm9 and pmi-RI-Report is present and antennaPortsCount within csi-RS is set to an1:
3>	release ri-ConfigIndex in cqi-ReportPeriodic, if previously configured;
1>	else if the antennaInfo is included and set to defaultValue:
2>	release ri-ConfigIndex in cqi-ReportPeriodic, if previously configured;
5.3.10.7	Radio Link Failure Timers and Constants reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received rlf-TimersAndConstants is set to release:
2>	use values for timers T301, T310, T311 and constants N310, N311, as included in ue-TimersAndConstants received in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	else:
2>	reconfigure the value of timers and constants in accordance with received rlf-TimersAndConstants;
1>	if the received rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG is set to release:
2>	stop timer T313, if running, and 
2>	release the value of timer t313 as well as constants n313 and n314;
1>	else:
2>	reconfigure the value of timers and constants in accordance with received rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG;
5.3.10.8	Time domain measurement resource restriction for serving cell
The UE shall:
1>	if the received measSubframePatternPCell is set to release:
2>	release the time domain measurement resource restriction for the PCell, if previously configured
1>	else:
2>	apply the time domain measurement resource restriction for the PCell in accordance with the received measSubframePatternPCell;
5.3.10.9	Other configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the reportProximityConfig:
2>	if proximityIndicationEUTRA is set to enabled:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide proximity indications for E-UTRA frequencies in accordance with 5.3.14;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide proximity indications for E-UTRA frequencies;
2>	if proximityIndicationUTRA is set to enabled:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide proximity indications for UTRA frequencies in accordance with 5.3.14;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide proximity indications for UTRA frequencies;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the obtainLocation:
2>	attempt to have detailed location information available for any subsequent measurement report;
NOTE:	The UE is requested to attempt to have valid detailed location information available whenever sending a measurement report for which it is configured to include available detailed location information. The UE may not succeed e.g. because the user manually disabled the GPS hardware, due to no/poor satellite coverage. Further details, e.g. regarding when to activate GNSS, are up to UE implementation.
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the idc-Config:
2>	if idc-Indication is included (i.e. set to setup):
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide IDC indications in accordance with 5.6.9;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide IDC indications;
2>	if autonomousDenialParameters is included:
3>	consider itself to be allowed to deny any transmission in a particular UL subframe if during the number of subframes indicated by autonomousDenialValidity, preceeding and including this particular subframe, it autonomously denied fewer UL subframes than indicated by autonomousDenialSubframes;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be allowed to deny any UL transmission;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the powerPrefIndicationConfig:
2>	if powerPrefIndicationConfig is set to setup:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide power preference indications in accordance with 5.6.10;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide power preference indications;
5.3.10.10	SCG reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received scg-Configuration is set to release or includes the mobilityControlInfoSCG (i.e. SCG release/ change):
2>	if mobilityControlInfo is not received (i.e. SCG release/ change without HO):
3>	reset SCG MAC, if configured;
3>	for each drb-Identity value that is part of the current UE configuration:
4>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an SCG DRB:
5>	re-establish the PDCP entity and the SCG RLC entity or entities;
4>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is a split DRB:
5>	perform PDCP data recovery and re-establish the SCG RLC entity;
4>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB; and
4>	drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-Type is included and set to scg (i.e. MCG to SCG):
5>	re-establish the PDCP entity and the MCG RLC entity or entities;
3>	configure lower layers to consider the SCG SCell(s), except for the PSCell, to be in deactivated state;
1>	if the received scg-Configuration is set to release:
2>	release the entire SCG configuration, except for the DRB configuration (i.e. as configured by drb-ToAddModListSCG);
2>	stop timer T313, if running;
2>	stop timer T307, if running;
1>	else:
2>	if the received scg-ConfigPartMCG includes the scg-Counter:
3>	update the S-KeNB key based on the KeNB key and using the received scg-Counter value, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	derive the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithmSCG included in mobilityControlInfoSCG within the received scg-ConfigPartSCG, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	configure lower layers to apply the ciphering algorithm and the KUPenc key;
2>	if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG:
3>	reconfigure the dedicated radio resource configuration for the SCG as specified in 5.3.10.11;
2>	if the current UE configuration includes one or more split or SCG DRBs and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
3>	reconfigure the SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList as specified in 5.3.10.12;
2>	if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the pSCellToAddMod:
3>	perform PSCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3c;
2>	if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
3>	perform SCell release for the SCG as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
2>	if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the sCellToAddModListSCG:
3>	perform SCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
2>	configure lower layers in accordance with mobilityControlInfoSCG, if received;
2>	if the received scg-ConfigPartSCG includes the mobilityControlInfoSCG (i.e. SCG change):
3> resume all SCG DRBs and resume SCG transmission for split DRBs, if suspended;
3>	stop timer T313, if running;
3>	start timer T307 with the timer value set to t307, as included in the mobilityControlInfoSCG;
3>	start synchronising to the DL of the target PSCell;
3>	initiate the random access procedure on the PSCell, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]:
NOTE 1:	The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PSCell by acquiring system information from that cell before performing RACH access in the target PSCell.
3>	the procedure ends, except that the following actions are performed when MAC successfully completes the random access procedure on the PSCell:
4>	stop timer T307;
4>	apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PSCell, if any;
4>	apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the target PSCell (e.g. periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PSCell;
NOTE 2:	Whenever the UE shall setup or reconfigure a configuration in accordance with a field that is received it applies the new configuration, except for the cases addressed by the above statements.
5.3.10.11	SCG dedicated resource configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the drb-ToAddModListSCG:
2>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModListSCG perform the DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a1
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the mac-MainConfigSCG:
2>	perform the SCG MAC main reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.4;
5.3.10.12	Reconfiguration SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList
The UE shall:
1>	for each split or SCG DRBs that is part of the current configuration:
2>	if the corresponding drb-Identity value is included in the received drb-ToAddModList; and:
2>	if the corresponding drb-Identity value is not included in the received drb-ToAddModListSCG (i.e. reconfigure split, split to MCG or SCG to MCG):
3>	perform the DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a1;
5.3.10.13	Neighbour cell information reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received naics-Info is set to release:
2>	instruct lower layer to release all the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell, if previously configured;
1>	if the received naics-Info includes the neighCellsToReleaseList-r12:
2>	for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToReleaseList-r12 that is part of the current NAICS neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3>	instruct lower layer to release the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell;
1>	if the received naics-Info includes the NeighCellsToAddModList-r12:
2>	for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToAddModList-r12 that is not part of the current NAICS neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3>	instruct lower layer to add the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell;
2>	for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToAddModList-r12 that is part of the current NAICS neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3>	instruct lower layer to modify the NAICS neighbour cell information in accordance with the received NeighCellsInfo for the concerned cell;
5.3.10.14	Void
5.3.10.15	Sidelink dedicated configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-CommConfig:
2>	if commTxResources is included and set to setup:
3>	from the next SC period use the resources indicated by commTxResources for sidelink direct communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.4;
2>	else if commTxResources is included and set to release:
3>	from the next SC period, release the resources allocated for sidelink direct communication transmission previously configured by commTxResources;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig:
2>	if discTxResources is included and set to setup:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discTxResources for sidelink direct discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2>	else if discTxResources is included and set to release:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, release the resources allocated for sidelink direct discovery announcement previously configured by discTxResources;
5.3.11	Radio link failure related actions
5.3.11.1	Detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED
The UE shall:
1>	upon receiving N310 consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers while neither T300, T301, T304 nor T311 is running:
2>	start timer T310;
1>	upon receiving N313 consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PSCell from lower layers while T307 is not running:
2>	start T313;
NOTE:	Physical layer monitoring and related autonomous actions do not apply to SCells except for the PSCell.
5.3.11.2	Recovery of physical layer problems
Upon receiving N311 consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers while T310 is running, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T310;
1>	stop timer T312, if running;
NOTE 1:		In this case, the UE maintains the RRC connection without explicit signalling, i.e. the UE maintains the entire radio resource configuration.
NOTE 2:		Periods in time where neither "in-sync" nor "out-of-sync" is reported by layer 1 do not affect the evaluation of the number of consecutive "in-sync" or "out-of-sync" indications.
Upon receiving N314 consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PSCell from lower layers while T313 is running, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T313;
5.3.11.3	Detection of radio link failure
The UE shall:
1>	upon T310 expiry; or
1>	upon T312 expiry; or
1>	upon random access problem indication from MCG MAC while neither T300, T301, T304 nor T311 is running; or
1>	upon indication from MCG RLC that the maximum number of retransmissions has been reached for an SRB or for an MCG or split DRB:
2>	consider radio link failure to be detected for the MCG i.e. RLF;
2>	store the following radio link failure information in the VarRLF-Report by setting its fields as follows:
3>	clear the information included in VarRLF-Report, if any;
3>	set the plmn-IdentityList to include the list of EPLMNs stored by the UE (i.e. includes the RPLMN);
3>	set the measResultLastServCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the PCell based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected radio link failure;
3>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells, other than the PCell, ordered such that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected radio link failure, and set its fields as follows;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more EUTRA frequencies, include the measResultListEUTRA;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring UTRA frequencies, include the measResultListUTRA;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring GERAN frequencies, include the measResultListGERAN;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring CDMA2000 frequencies, include the measResultsCDMA2000;
4>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 1:	The measured quantities are filtered by the L3 filter as configured in the mobility measurement configuration. The measurements are based on the time domain measurement resource restriction, if configured. Blacklisted cells are not required to be reported.
3>	if detailed location information is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4>	include the locationCoordinates;
4>	include the horizontalVelocity, if available;
3>	set the failedPCellId to the global cell identity, if available, and otherwise to the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of the PCell where radio link failure is detected;
3>	set the tac-FailedPCell to the tracking area code, if available, of the PCell where radio link failure is detected;
3>	if an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo was received before the connection failure:
4>	if the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo concerned an intra E-UTRA handover:
5>	include the previousPCellId and set it to the global cell identity of the PCell where the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo was received;
5>	set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo;
4>	if the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo concerned a handover to E-UTRA from UTRA and if the UE supports Radio Link Failure Report for Inter-RAT MRO:
5>	include the previousUTRA-CellId and set it to the physical cell identity, the carrier frequency and the global cell identity, if available, of the UTRA Cell in which the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo was received;
5>	set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo;
3>	set the connectionFailureType to rlf;
3>	set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the PCell;
3>	set the rlf-Cause to the trigger for detecting radio link failure;
2>	if AS security has not been activated:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
2>	else:
3>	initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;
The UE shall:
1>	upon T313 expiry; or
1>	upon random access problem indication from SCG MAC; or
1>	upon indication from SCG RLC that the maximum number of retransmissions has been reached for an SCG or split DRB:
2>	consider radio link failure to be detected for the SCG i.e. SCG-RLF;
2>	initiate the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13 to report SCG radio link failure;
The UE may discard the radio link failure information, i.e. release the UE variable VarRLF-Report, 48 hours after the radio link failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
5.3.12	UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
Upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED, the UE shall:
1>	reset MAC;
1>	stop all timers that are running except T320, T325 and T330;
1>	release all radio resources, including release of the RLC entity, the MAC configuration and the associated PDCP entity for all established RBs;
1>	indicate the release of the RRC connection to upper layers together with the release cause;
1>	if leaving RRC_CONNECTED was triggered neither by reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message nor by selecting an inter-RAT cell while T311 was running:
2>	enter RRC_IDLE and perform procedures as specified in TS 36.304 [4, 5.2.7];
2>	if timer T350 is configured:
3>	start timer T350;
2>	else:
3>	release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated, if received;
3>	if the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is broadcast by the cell:
4>	apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
1>	else:
2>	release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated, if received;
5.3.13	UE actions upon PUCCH/ SRS release request
Upon receiving a PUCCH/ SRS release request from lower layers, the UE shall:
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration for cqi-ReportConfig as specified in 9.2.4 and release cqi-ReportConfigSCell, for each SCell of the concerned CG that is configured, if any;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration for soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated as specified in 9.2.4, for all serving cells of the concerned CG;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration for schedulingRequestConfig as specified in 9.2.4, for the concerned CG;
Upon receiving an SRS release request from lower layers, the UE shall:
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration for soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated, as specified in 9.2.4, for the cells of the concerned TAG;
NOTE:	Upon PUCCH/ SRS release request, the UE does not modify the soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic i.e. it does not apply the default for this field (release).
5.3.14	Proximity indication
5.3.14.1	General
	
Figure 5.3.14.1-1: Proximity indication
The purpose of this procedure is to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of one or more CSG member cells. The detection of proximity is based on an autonomous search function as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
5.3.14.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED shall:
1>	if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency while proximity indication is enabled for such E-UTRA cells; or
1>	if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s) on an UTRA frequency while proximity indication is enabled for such UTRA cells; or
1>	if the UE leaves the proximity of all CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency while proximity indication is enabled for such E-UTRA cells; or
1>	if the UE leaves the proximity of all CSG member cell(s) on an UTRA frequency while proximity indication is enabled for such UTRA cells:
2>	if the UE has previously not transmitted a ProximityIndication for the RAT and frequency during the current RRC connection, or if more than 5 s has elapsed since the UE has last transmitted a ProximityIndication (either entering or leaving) for the RAT and frequency:
3>	initiate transmission of the ProximityIndication message in accordance with 5.3.14.3;
NOTE:	In the conditions above, "if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s)" includes the case of already being in the proximity of such cell(s) at the time proximity indication for the corresponding RAT is enabled.
5.3.14.3	Actions related to transmission of ProximityIndication message
The UE shall set the contents of ProximityIndication message as follows:
1>	if the UE applies the procedure to report entering the proximity of CSG member cell(s):
2>	set type to entering;
1>	else if the UE applies the procedure to report leaving the proximity of CSG member cell(s):
2>	set type to leaving;
1>	if the proximity indication was triggered for one or more CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency:
2>	set the carrierFreq to eutra with the value set to the E-ARFCN value of the E-UTRA cell(s) for which proximity indication was triggered;
1>	else if the proximity indication was triggered for one or more CSG member cell(s) on a UTRA frequency:
2>	set the carrierFreq to utra with the value set to the ARFCN value of the UTRA cell(s) for which proximity indication was triggered;
The UE shall submit the ProximityIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.3.15	Void
5.4	Inter-RAT mobility
5.4.1	Introduction
The general principles of connected mode mobility are described in 5.3.1.3. The general principles of the security handling upon connected mode mobility are described in 5.3.1.2.
For the (network controlled) inter RAT mobility from E-UTRA for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, a single procedure is defined that supports both handover, cell change order with optional network assistance (NACC) and enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT. In case of mobility to CDMA2000, the eNB decides when to move to the other RAT while the target RAT determines to which cell the UE shall move.
5.4.2	Handover to E-UTRA
5.4.2.1	General

Figure 5.4.2.1-1: Handover to E-UTRA, successful
The purpose of this procedure is to, under the control of the network, transfer a connection between the UE and another Radio Access Network (e.g. GERAN or UTRAN) to E-UTRAN.
The handover to E-UTRA procedure applies when SRBs, possibly in combination with DRBs, are established in another RAT. Handover from UTRAN to E-UTRAN applies only after integrity has been activated in UTRAN.
5.4.2.2	Initiation
The RAN using another RAT initiates the Handover to E-UTRA procedure, in accordance with the specifications applicable for the other RAT, by sending the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message via the radio access technology from which the inter-RAT handover is performed.
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	to activate ciphering, possibly using NULL algorithm, if not yet activated in the other RAT;
-	to establish SRB1, SRB2 and one or more DRBs, i.e. at least the DRB associated with the default EPS bearer is established;
5.4.2.3	Reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration by the UE
If the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, the UE shall:
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1>	apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the mobilityControlInfo;
1>	consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the carrierFreq with a physical cell identity indicated by the targetPhysCellId;
1>	start synchronising to the DL of the target PCell;
1>	set the C-RNTI to the value of the newUE-Identity;
1>	for the target PCell, apply the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth;
1>	for the target PCell, apply the uplink bandwidth indicated by (the absence or presence of) the ul-Bandwidth;
1>	configure lower layers in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the received mobilityControlInfo;
1>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
1>	forward the nas-SecurityParamToEUTRA to the upper layers;
1>	derive the KeNB key, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	configure lower layers to apply the indicated integrity protection algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e. the indicated integrity protection configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1>	configure lower layers to apply the indicated ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e. the indicated ciphering configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToAddModList:
2>	perform SCell addition as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:
2>	perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;
1>	perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the otherConfig:
2>	perform the other configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.9;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes wlan-OffloadInfo:
2>	perform the dedicated WLAN offload configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.12.2;
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:
2>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
3>	include rlf-InfoAvailable;
2>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
3>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
2>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include the logMeasAvailable;
2>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
3>	include connEstFailInfoAvailable;
1>	submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include rlf-TimersAndConstants set to setup:
2>	use the default values specified in 9.2.5 for timer T310, T311 and constant N310, N311;
1>	if MAC successfully completes the random access procedure:
2>	stop timer T304;
2>	apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell, if any;
2>	apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PCell;
NOTE 1:	Whenever the UE shall setup or reconfigure a configuration in accordance with a field that is received it applies the new configuration, except for the cases addressed by the above statements.
2>	enter E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED, upon which the procedure ends;
NOTE 2:	The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PCell by acquiring system information from that cell before performing RACH access in the target PCell.
5.4.2.4	Reconfiguration failure
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message:
2>	perform the actions defined for this failure case as defined in the specifications applicable for the other RAT;
NOTE 1:	The UE may apply above failure handling also in case the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message causes a protocol error for which the generic error handling as defined in 5.7 specifies that the UE shall ignore the message. 
NOTE 2:	If the UE is unable to comply with part of the configuration, it does not apply any part of the configuration, i.e. there is no partial success/ failure.
5.4.2.5	T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure)
The UE shall:
1>	upon T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure):
2>	reset MAC;
2>	perform the actions defined for this failure case as defined in the specifications applicable for the other RAT;
5.4.3	Mobility from E-UTRA
5.4.3.1	General

Figure 5.4.3.1-1: Mobility from E-UTRA, successful

Figure 5.4.3.1-2: Mobility from E-UTRA, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to move a UE in RRC_CONNECTED to a cell using another Radio Access Technology (RAT), e.g. GERAN, UTRA or CDMA2000 systems. The mobility from E-UTRA procedure covers the following type of mobility:
-	handover, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes radio resources that have been allocated for the UE in the target cell;
-	cell change order, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message may include information facilitating access of and/ or connection establishment in the target cell, e.g. system information. Cell change order is applicable only to GERAN; and
-	enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes radio resources that have been allocated for the UE in the target cell. The enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT may be combined with concurrent handover or redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD.
NOTE:	For the case of dual receiver/transmitter enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, the DLInformationTransfer message is used instead of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message (see TS 36.300 [9]).
5.4.3.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the mobility from E-UTRA procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, possibly in response to a MeasurementReport message or in response to reception of CS fallback indication for the UE from MME, by sending a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message. E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	the procedure is initiated only when AS-security has been activated, and SRB2 with at least one DRB are setup and not suspended;
5.4.3.3	Reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand by the UE
The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T310, if running;
1>	stop timer T312, if running;
1>	if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:
2>	if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:
3>	consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;
3>	forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;
3>	access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;
3>	if the targetRAT-Type is set to geran:
4>	use the contents of systemInformation, if provided for PS Handover, as the system information to begin access on the target GERAN cell;
NOTE 1:	If there are DRBs for which no radio bearers are established in the target RAT as indicated in the targetRAT-MessageContainer in the message, the E-UTRA RRC part of the UE does not indicate the release of the concerned DRBs to the upper layers. Upper layers may derive which bearers are not established from information received from the AS of the target RAT.
NOTE 2:	In case of SR-VCC, the DRB to be replaced is specified in [61].
2>	else if the targetRAT-Type is set to cdma2000-1XRTT or cdma2000-HRPD:
3>	forward the targetRAT-Type and the targetRAT-MessageContainer to the CDMA2000 upper layers for the UE to access the cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the CDMA2000 target-RAT;
1>	else if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to cellChangeOrder:
2>	start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;
2>	if the targetRAT-Type is set to geran:
3>	if networkControlOrder is included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message:
4>	apply the value as specified in TS 44.060 [36];
3>	else:
4>	acquire networkControlOrder and apply the value as specified in TS 44.060 [36];
3>	use the contents of systemInformation, if provided, as the system information to begin access on the target GERAN cell;
2>	establish the connection to the target cell indicated in the CellChangeOrder;
NOTE 3:	The criteria for success or failure of the cell change order to GERAN are specified in TS 44.060[36].
1>	if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to e-CSFB:
2>	if messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT is present:
3>	forward the messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers for the UE to access the cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specification of the target RAT;
2>	if mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is present and is set to handover:
3>	forward the messageContCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers for the UE to access the cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specification of the target RAT;
2>	if mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is present and is set to redirection:
3>	forward the redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
NOTE 4:	When the CDMA2000 upper layers in the UE receive both the messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT and messageContCDMA2000-HRPD the UE performs concurrent access to both CDMA2000 1xRTT and CDMA2000 HRPD RAT.
NOTE 5:	The UE should perform the handover, the cell change order or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message MobilityFromEUTRACommand, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.
5.4.3.4	Successful completion of the mobility from E-UTRA
Upon successfully completing the handover, the cell change order or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback, the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
NOTE:	If the UE performs enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback along with concurrent mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD and the connection to either CDMA2000 1xRTT or CDMA2000 HRPD succeeds, then the mobility from E-UTRA is considered successful.
5.4.3.5	Mobility from E-UTRA failure
The UE shall:
1>	if T304 expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or
1>	if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or
1>	if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message; or
1>	if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT:
2>	stop T304, if running;
2>	if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to TRUE or e-CSFB was present:
3>	 indicate to upper layers that the CS Fallback procedure has failed;
2>	revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;
2>	initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;
NOTE:	For enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, the above UE behavior applies only when the UE is attempting the enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback and connection to the target radio access technology fails or if the UE is attempting enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback along with concurrent mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD and connection to both the target radio access technologies fails.
5.4.4	Handover from E-UTRA preparation request (CDMA2000)
5.4.4.1	General

Figure 5.4.4.1-1: Handover from E-UTRA preparation request
The purpose of this procedure is to trigger the UE to prepare for handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback to CDMA2000 by requesting a connection with this network. The UE may use this procedure to concurrently prepare for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD along with preparation for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT. This procedure applies to CDMA2000 capable UEs only.
This procedure is also used to trigger the UE which supports dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB to redirect its second radio to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
The handover from E-UTRA preparation request procedure applies when signalling radio bearers are established.
5.4.4.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the handover from E-UTRA preparation request procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, possibly in response to a MeasurementReport message or CS fallback indication for the UE, by sending a HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message. E-UTRA initiates the procedure only when AS security has been activated.
5.4.4.3	Reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest by the UE
Upon reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message, the UE shall:
1>	if dualRxTxRedirectIndicator is present in the received message:
2>	forward dualRxTxRedirectIndicator to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	forward redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers, if included;
1>	else:
2>	indicate the request to prepare handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback and forward the cdma2000-Type to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if cdma2000-Type is set to type1XRTT:
3>	forward the rand and the mobilityParameters to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD is present in the received message:
3>	forward concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	forward concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
5.4.5	UL handover preparation transfer (CDMA2000)
5.4.5.1	General

Figure 5.4.5.1-1: UL handover preparation transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to tunnel the handover related CDMA2000 dedicated information or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback related CDMA2000 dedicated information from UE to E-UTRAN when requested by the higher layers. The procedure is triggered by the higher layers on receipt of HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message. If preparing for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT and handover to CDMA2000 HRPD, the UE sends two consecutive ULHandoverPreparationTransfer messages to E-UTRAN, one per addressed CDMA2000 RAT Type. This procedure applies to CDMA2000 capable UEs only.
5.4.5.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the UL Handover Preparation Transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback related non-3GPP dedicated information. The UE initiates the UL handover preparation transfer procedure by sending the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message.
5.4.5.3	Actions related to transmission of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message
The UE shall set the contents of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message as follows:
1>	include the cdma2000-Type and the dedicatedInfo;
1>	if the cdma2000-Type is set to type1XRTT:
2>	include the meid and set it to the value received from the CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	submit the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.4.5.4	Failure to deliver the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is unable to guarantee successful delivery of ULHandoverPreparationTransfer messages:
2>	inform upper layers about the possible failure to deliver the information contained in the concerned ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message;
5.4.6	Inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN
5.4.6.1	General
The purpose of the inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN procedure is to transfer, under the control of the source radio access technology, a connection between the UE and another radio access technology (e.g. GSM/ GPRS) to E-UTRAN.
5.4.6.2	Initiation
The procedure is initiated when a radio access technology other than E-UTRAN, e.g. GSM/GPRS, using procedures specific for that RAT, orders the UE to change to an E-UTRAN cell. In response, upper layers request the establishment of an RRC connection as specified in subclause 5.3.3.
NOTE:	Within the message used to order the UE to change to an E-UTRAN cell, the source RAT should specify the identity of the target E-UTRAN cell as specified in the specifications for that RAT.
The UE shall:
1>	upon receiving an RRCConnectionSetup message:
2>	consider the inter-RAT cell change order procedure to have completed successfully;
5.4.6.3	UE fails to complete an inter-RAT cell change order
If the inter-RAT cell change order fails the UE shall return to the other radio access technology and proceed as specified in the appropriate specifications for that RAT.
The UE shall:
1>	upon failure to establish the RRC connection as specified in subclause 5.3.3:
2>	consider the inter-RAT cell change order procedure to have failed;
NOTE:	The cell change was network ordered. Therefore, failure to change to the target PCell should not cause the UE to move to UE-controlled cell selection.
5.5	Measurements
5.5.1	Introduction
The UE reports measurement information in accordance with the measurement configuration as provided by E-UTRAN. E-UTRAN provides the measurement configuration applicable for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED by means of dedicated signalling, i.e. using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.
The UE can be requested to perform the following types of measurements:
-	Intra-frequency measurements: measurements at the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).
-	Inter-frequency measurements: measurements at frequencies that differ from any of the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).
-	Inter-RAT measurements of UTRA frequencies.
-	Inter-RAT measurements of GERAN frequencies.
-	Inter-RAT measurements of CDMA2000 HRPD or CDMA2000 1xRTT frequencies.
The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:
1.	Measurement objects: The objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.
-	For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of cell specific offsets and a list of 'blacklisted' cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.
-	For inter-RAT UTRA measurements a measurement object is a set of cells on a single UTRA carrier frequency.
-	For inter-RAT GERAN measurements a measurement object is a set of GERAN carrier frequencies.
-	For inter-RAT CDMA2000 measurements a measurement object is a set of cells on a single (HRPD or 1xRTT) carrier frequency.
NOTE 1:	Some measurements using the above mentioned measurement objects, only concern a single cell, e.g. measurements used to report neighbouring cell system information, PCell UE Rx-Tx time difference.
2.	Reporting configurations: A list of reporting configurations where each reporting configuration consists of the following:
-	Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be periodical or a single event description.
-	Reporting format: The quantities that the UE includes in the measurement report and associated information (e.g. number of cells to report).
3.	Measurement identities: A list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one measurement object with one reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities it is possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is used as a reference number in the measurement report.
4.	Quantity configurations: One quantity configuration is configured per RAT type. The quantity configuration defines the measurement quantities and associated filtering used for all event evaluation and related reporting of that measurement type. One filter can be configured per measurement quantity.
5.	Measurement gaps: Periods that the UE may use to perform measurements, i.e. no (UL, DL) transmissions are scheduled.
E-UTRAN only configures a single measurement object for a given frequency, i.e. it is not possible to configure two or more measurement objects for the same frequency with different associated parameters, e.g. different offsets and/ or blacklists. E-UTRAN may configure multiple instances of the same event e.g. by configuring two reporting configurations with different thresholds.
The UE maintains a single measurement object list, a single reporting configuration list, and a single measurement identities list. The measurement object list includes measurement objects, that are specified per RAT type, possibly including intra-frequency object(s) (i.e. the object(s) corresponding to the serving frequency(ies)), inter-frequency object(s) and inter-RAT objects. Similarly, the reporting configuration list includes E-UTRA and inter-RAT reporting configurations. Any measurement object can be linked to any reporting configuration of the same RAT type. Some reporting configurations may not be linked to a measurement object. Likewise, some measurement objects may not be linked to a reporting configuration.
The measurement procedures distinguish the following types of cells:
1.	The serving cell(s) these are the PCell and one or more SCells, if configured for a UE supporting CA.
2.	Listed cells - these are cells listed within the measurement object(s).
3.	Detected cells - these are cells that are not listed within the measurement object(s) but are detected by the UE on the carrier frequency(ies) indicated by the measurement object(s).
For E-UTRA, the UE measures and reports on the serving cell(s), listed cells and detected cells. For inter-RAT UTRA, the UE measures and reports on listed cells and optionally on cells that are within a range for which reporting is allowed by E-UTRAN. For inter-RAT GERAN, the UE measures and reports on detected cells. For inter-RAT CDMA2000, the UE measures and reports on listed cells.
NOTE 2:	For inter-RAT UTRA and CDMA2000, the UE measures and reports also on detected cells for the purpose of SON.
NOTE 3:	This specification is based on the assumption that typically CSG cells of home deployment type are not indicated within the neighbour list. Furthermore, the assumption is that for non-home deployments, the physical cell identity is unique within the area of a large macro cell (i.e. as for UTRAN).
Whenever the procedural specification, other than contained in sub-clause 5.5.2, refers to a field it concerns a field included in the VarMeasConfig unless explicitly stated otherwise i.e. only the measurement configuration procedure covers the direct UE action related to the received measConfig.
5.5.2	Measurement configuration
5.5.2.1	General
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	to ensure that, whenever the UE has a measConfig, it includes a measObject for each serving frequency;
-	to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with the purpose set to reportCGI;
-	for serving frequencies, set the EARFCN within the corresponding measObject according to the band as used for reception/ transmission;
The UE shall:
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToRemoveList:
2>	perform the measurement object removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.4;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:
2>	perform the measurement object addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToRemoveList:
2>	perform the reporting configuration removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.6;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:
2>	perform the reporting configuration addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the quantityConfig:
2>	perform the quantity configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.8;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measIdToRemoveList:
2>	perform the measurement identity removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.2;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:
2>	perform the measurement identity addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfig:
2>	perform the measurement gap configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.9;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the s-Measure:
2>	set the parameter s-Measure within VarMeasConfig to the lowest value of the RSRP ranges indicated by the received value of s-Measure;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the preRegistrationInfoHRPD:
2>	forward the preRegistrationInfoHRPD to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the speedStatePars:
2>	set the parameter speedStatePars within VarMeasConfig to the received value of speedStatePars;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the allowInterruptions:
2>	set the parameter allowInterruptions within VarMeasConfig to the received value of allowInterruptions;
5.5.2.2	Measurement identity removal
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the received measIdToRemoveList that is part of the current UE configuration in VarMeasConfig:
2>	remove the entry with the matching measId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig;
2>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
2>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE:	The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the measIdToRemoveList includes any measId value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.2a	Measurement identity autonomous removal
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving a serving cell while the concerned serving cell is not configured:
3>	remove the measId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig;
3>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
3>	stop the periodical reporting timer if running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE 1:	The above UE autonomous removal of measId's applies only for measurement events A1, A2 and A6.
NOTE 2:	When performed during re-establishment, the UE is only configured with a primary frequency (i.e. the SCell(s) are released, if configured).
5.5.2.3	Measurement identity addition/ modification
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	configure a measId only if the corresponding measurement object, the corresponding reporting configuration and the corresponding quantity configuration, are configured;
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the received measIdToAddModList:
2>	if an entry with the matching measId exists in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig:
3>	replace the entry with the value received for this measId;
2>	else:
3>	add a new entry for this measId within the VarMeasConfig;
2>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
2>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
2>	if the triggerType is set to periodical and the purpose is set to reportCGI in the reportConfig associated with this measId:
3>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:
4>	if the si-RequestForHO is included in the reportConfig associated with this measId:
5>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 150 ms for this measId;
4>	else:
5>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 1 second for this measId;
3>	else if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA:
4>	if the si-RequestForHO is included in the reportConfig associated with this measId:
5>	for UTRA FDD, start timer T321 with the timer value set to 2 seconds for this measId;
5>	for UTRA TDD, start timer T321 with the timer value set to [1 second] for this measId;
4>	else:
5>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 8 seconds for this measId;
3>	else:
4>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 8 seconds for this measId;
5.5.2.4	Measurement object removal
The UE shall:
1>	for each measObjectId included in the received measObjectToRemoveList that is part of the current UE configuration in VarMeasConfig:
2>	remove the entry with the matching measObjectId from the measObjectList within the VarMeasConfig;
2>	remove all measId associated with this measObjectId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any;
2>	if a measId is removed from the measIdList:
3>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
3>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE:	The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the measObjectToRemoveList includes any measObjectId value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.5	Measurement object addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each measObjectId included in the received measObjectToAddModList:
2>	if an entry with the matching measObjectId exists in the measObjectList within the VarMeasConfig, for this entry:
3>	reconfigure the entry with the value received for this measObject, except for the fields cellsToAddModList, blackCellsToAddModList, altTTT-CellsToAddModList, cellsToRemoveList, blackCellsToRemoveList, altTTT-CellsToRemoveList, measSubframePatternConfigNeigh and measDS-Config;
3>	if the received measObject includes the cellsToRemoveList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the cellsToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the cellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the cellsToAddModList:
4>	for each cellIndex value included in the cellsToAddModList:
5> if an entry with the matching cellIndex exists in the cellsToAddModList:
6>	replace the entry with the value received for this cellIndex;
5> else:
6>	add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the cellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the blackCellsToRemoveList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the blackCellsToAddModList;
NOTE 1:	For each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToRemoveList that concerns overlapping ranges of cells, a cell is removed from the black list of cells only if all cell indexes containing it are removed.
3>	if the received measObject includes the blackCellsToAddModList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToAddModList:
5> if an entry with the matching cellIndex is included in the blackCellsToAddModList:
6>	replace the entry with the value received for this cellIndex;
5> else:
6>	add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the blackCellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the altTTT-CellsToAddModList;
NOTE 2:	For each cellIndex included in the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList that concerns overlapping ranges of cells, a cell is removed from the list of cells only if all cell indexes containing it are removed.
3>	if the received measObject includes the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
4>	for each cellIndex value included in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
5>	if an entry with the matching cellIndex exists in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
6>	replace the entry with the value received for this cellIndex;
5>	else:
6>	add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the altTTT-CellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes measSubframePatternConfigNeigh:
4>	set measSubframePatternConfigNeigh within the VarMeasConfig to the value of the received field
3>	if the received measObject includes measDS-Config:
4>	if measDS-Config is set to setup:
5>	if the received measDS-Config includes the measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList:
6>	for each measCSI-RS-Id included in the measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList:
7>	remove the entry with the matching measCSI-RS-Id from the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList;
5>	if the received measDS-Config includes the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList, for each measCSI-RS-Id value included in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList:
6>	if an entry with the matching measCSI-RS-Id exists in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList:
7>	replace the entry with the value received for this measCSI-RS-Id;
6>	else:
7>	add a new entry for the received measCSI-RS-Id to the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList;
5>	set other fields of the measDS-Config within the VarMeasConfig to the value of the received fields;
5>	perform the discovery signals measurement timing configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.10;
4>	else:
5>	release the discovery signals measurement configuration;
3>	for each measId associated with this measObjectId in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any:
4>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
4>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
2>	else:
3>	add a new entry for the received measObject to the measObjectList within VarMeasConfig;
NOTE 3:	UE does not need to retain cellForWhichToReportCGI in the measObject after reporting cgi-Info.
5.5.2.6	Reporting configuration removal
The UE shall:
1>	for each reportConfigId included in the received reportConfigToRemoveList that is part of the current UE configuration in VarMeasConfig:
2>	remove the entry with the matching reportConfigId from the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig;
2>	remove all measId associated with the reportConfigId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any;
2>	if a measId is removed from the measIdList:
3>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
3>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE:	The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the reportConfigToRemoveList includes any reportConfigId value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.7	Reporting configuration addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each reportConfigId included in the received reportConfigToAddModList:
2>	if an entry with the matching reportConfigId exists in the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig, for this entry:
3>	reconfigure the entry with the value received for this reportConfig;
3>	for each measId associated with this reportConfigId included in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any:
4>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from in VarMeasReportList, if included;
4>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
2>	else:
3>	add a new entry for the received reportConfig to the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig;
5.5.2.8	Quantity configuration
The UE shall:
1>	for each RAT for which the received quantityConfig includes parameter(s):
2>	set the corresponding parameter(s) in quantityConfig within VarMeasConfig to the value of the received quantityConfig parameter(s);
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>		remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
2>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
5.5.2.9	Measurement gap configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if measGapConfig is set to setup:
2>	if a measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the measurement gap configuration;
2>	setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);
subframe = gapOffset mod 10;
with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE:	The UE applies a single gap, which timing is relative to the MCG cells, even when configured with DC.
1>	else:
2>	release the measurement gap configuration;
5.5.2.10	Discovery signals measurement timing configuration
The UE shall setup the discovery signals measurement timing configuration (DMTC) in accordance with the received dmtc-PeriodOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each DMTC occasion occurs at an SFN and subframe of the PCell meeting the following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(dmtc-Offset/10);
subframe = dmtc-Offset mod 10;
with T = dmtc-Periodicity/10;
On the concerned frequency, the UE shall not consider discovery signals transmission in subframes outside the DMTC occasion.
5.5.3	Performing measurements
5.5.3.1	General
For all measurements the UE applies the layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2, before using the measured results for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting.
The UE shall:
1>	whenever the UE has a measConfig, perform RSRP and RSRQ measurements for each serving cell as follows:
2>	for the PCell, apply the time domain measurement resource restriction in accordance with measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;
2>	if the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement:
3>	for each SCell in deactivated state, apply the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config, if configured within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the SCell;
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if the purpose for the associated reportConfig is set to reportCGI:
3>	if si-RequestForHO is configured for the associated reportConfig:
4>	perform the corresponding measurements on the frequency and RAT indicated in the associated measObject using autonomous gaps as necessary;
3>	else:
4>	perform the corresponding measurements on the frequency and RAT indicated in the associated measObject using available idle periods or using autonomous gaps as necessary;
NOTE 1:	If autonomous gaps are used to perform measurements, the UE is allowed to temporarily abort communication with all serving cell(s), i.e. create autonomous gaps to perform the corresponding measurements within the limits specified in TS 36.133 [16]. Otherwise, the UE only supports the measurements with the purpose set to reportCGI only if E-UTRAN has provided sufficient idle periods.
3>	try to acquire the global cell identity of the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI in the associated measObject by acquiring the relevant system information from the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is an E-UTRAN cell:
4>	try to acquire the CSG identity, if the CSG identity is broadcast in the concerned cell;
4>	try to acquire the trackingAreaCode in the concerned cell;
4>	try to acquire the list of additional PLMN Identities, as included in the plmn-IdentityList, if multiple PLMN identities are broadcast in the concerned cell;
NOTE 2:	The 'primary' PLMN is part of the global cell identity.
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a UTRAN cell:
4>	try to acquire the LAC, the RAC and the list of additional PLMN Identities, if multiple PLMN identities are broadcast in the concerned cell;
4>	try to acquire the CSG identity, if the CSG identity is broadcast in the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a GERAN cell:
4>	try to acquire the RAC in the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a CDMA2000 cell and the cdma2000-Type included in the measObject is typeHRPD:
4>	try to acquire the Sector ID in the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a CDMA2000 cell and the cdma2000-Type included in the measObject is type1XRTT:
4>	try to acquire the BASE ID, SID and NID in the concerned cell;
2>	else:
3>	if a measurement gap configuration is setup; or
3>	if the UE does not require measurement gaps to perform the concerned measurements:
4>	if s-Measure is not configured; or
4>	if s-Measure is configured and the PCell RSRP, after layer 3 filtering, is lower than this value; or
4>	if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject:
5>	if the UE supports CSI-RS based discovery signals measurement; and
5>	if the eventId in the associated reportConfig is set to eventC1 or eventC2, or if reportStrongestCSI-RSs is included in the associated reportConfig:
6>	perform the corresponding measurements of CSI-RS resources on the frequency indicated in the concerned measObject, applying the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config in the concerned measObject;
6>	if reportCRS-Meas is included in the associated reportConfig, perform the corresponding measurements of neighbouring cells on the frequencies indicated in the concerned measObject as follows:
7>	for neighbouring cells on the primary frequency, apply the time domain measurement resource restriction in accordance with measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, if configured in the concerned measObject;
7>	apply the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config in the concerned measObject;
5>	else:
6>	perform the corresponding measurements of neighbouring cells on the frequencies and RATs indicated in the concerned measObject as follows:
7>	for neighbouring cells on the primary frequency, apply the time domain measurement resource restriction in accordance with measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, if configured in the concerned measObject; 
7>	if the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement, apply the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config, if configured in the concerned measObject;
4>	if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the associated reportConfig:
5>	perform the UE RxTx time difference measurements on the PCell;
2>	perform the evaluation of reporting criteria as specified in 5.5.4;
NOTE 3:	The s-Measure defines when the UE is required to perform measurements. The UE is however allowed to perform measurements also when the PCell RSRP exceeds s-Measure, e.g., to measure cells broadcasting a CSG identity following use of the autonomous search function as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
5.5.3.2	Layer 3 filtering
The UE shall:
1>	for each measurement quantity that the UE performs measurements according to 5.5.3.1:
NOTE 1:	This does not include quantities configured solely for UE Rx-Tx time difference measurements i.e. for those type of measurements the UE ignores the triggerQuantity and reportQuantity.
2>	filter the measured result, before using for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting, by the following formula:
	
where
Mn is the latest received measurement result from the physical layer;
Fn is the updated filtered measurement result, that is used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting;
Fn-1 is the old filtered measurement result, where F0 is set to M1 when the first measurement result from the physical layer is received; and
a = 1/2(k/4), where k is the filterCoefficient for the corresponding measurement quantity received by the quantityConfig;
2>	adapt the filter such that the time characteristics of the filter are preserved at different input rates, observing that the filterCoefficient k assumes a sample rate equal to 200 ms;
NOTE 2:	If k is set to 0, no layer 3 filtering is applicable.
NOTE 3:	The filtering is performed in the same domain as used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting, i.e., logarithmic filtering for logarithmic measurements.
NOTE 4:	The filter input rate is implementation dependent, to fulfil the performance requirements set in [16]. For further details about the physical layer measurements, see TS 36.133 [16].
5.5.4	Measurement report triggering
5.5.4.1	General
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to reportStrongestCellsForSON:
3>	consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable;
2>	else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to reportCGI:
3>	consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN) which has a physical cell identity matching the value of the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the corresponding measObject within the VarMeasConfig to be applicable;
2>	else:
3>	if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:
4>	if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
5>	consider only the PCell to be applicable;
4>	else if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
5>	consider only the serving cell to be applicable;
4>	else if eventC1 or eventC2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig; or if reportStrongestCSI-RSs is included in the corresponding reportConfig:
5>	consider a CSI-RS resource on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned CSI-RS resource is included in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
4>	else:
5>	consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
5>	for events involving a serving cell on one frequency and neighbours on another frequency, consider the serving cell on the other frequency as a neighbouring cell;
4>	if the corresponding reportConfig includes alternativeTimeToTrigger and if the UE supports alternativeTimeToTrigger:
5>	use the value of alternativeTimeToTrigger as the time to trigger instead of the value of timeToTrigger in the corresponding reportConfig for cells included in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList of the corresponding measObject;
3>	else if the corresponding measObject concerns UTRA or CDMA2000:
4>	consider a neighbouring cell on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the cellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId (i.e. the cell is included in the white-list);
NOTE 0:	The UE may also consider a neighbouring cell on the associated UTRA frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the csg-allowedReportingCells within the VarMeasConfig for this measId, if configured in the corresponding measObjectUTRA (i.e. the cell is included in the range of physical cell identities for which reporting is allowed).
3>	else if the corresponding measObject concerns GERAN:
4>	consider a neighbouring cell on the associated set of frequencies to be applicable when the concerned cell matches the ncc-Permitted defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
   3> if the UE supports T312 and if useT312 is included for this event and if T310 is running:
4> if T312 is not running:
5> start timer T312 with the value configured in the corresponding measObject;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
   3> if the UE supports T312 and if useT312 is included for this event and if T310 is running:
4> if T312 is not running:
5> start timer T312 with the value configured in the corresponding measObject;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>		if the triggerType is set to event and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:
3>	remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
   3> if the UE supports T312 and if useT312 is included for this event and if T310 is running:
4> if T312 is not running:
5> start timer T312 with the value configured in the corresponding measObject;
3>	if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration or if a6-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:
4>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
3>	if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:
4>	remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
4>	stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable CSI-RS resources for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (i.e. a first CSI-RS resource triggers the event):
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable CSI-RS resources not included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (i.e. a subsequent CSI-RS resource triggers the event):
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the CSI-RS resources included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:
3>	remove the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	if c1-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration or if c2-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:
4>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
3>	if the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:
4>	remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
4>	stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;
2>	if the purpose is included and set to reportStrongestCells or to reportStrongestCellsForSON and if a (first) measurement result is available:
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
NOTE 1:	If the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells and reportStrongestCSI-RSs is not included and reportAmount > 1, the UE initiates a first measurement report immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell. If the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells and reportStrongestCSI-RSs is not included and reportAmount = 1, the UE initiates a first measurement report immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells. If the purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON, the UE initiates a first measurement report when it has determined the strongest cells on the associated frequency.
2>	upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the purpose is included and set to reportCGI and if the UE acquired the information needed to set all fields of cgi-Info for the requested cell:
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	stop timer T321;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	upon expiry of the T321 for this measId:
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
NOTE 2:	The UE does not stop the periodical reporting with triggerType set to event or to periodical while the corresponding measurement is not performed due to the PCell RSRP being equal to or better than s-Measure or due to the measurement gap not being setup.
NOTE 3:	If the UE is configured with DRX, the UE may delay the measurement reporting for event triggered and periodical triggered measurements until the Active Time, which is defined in TS 36.321 [6].
5.5.4.2	Event A1 (Serving becomes better than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;
Inequality A1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Hys is expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.3	Event A2 (Serving becomes worse than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;
Inequality A2-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A2-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a2-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Hys is expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.4	Event A3 (Neighbour becomes offset better than PCell/ PSCell)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	if usePSCell of the corresponding reportConfig is set to true:
2>	use the PSCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp;
1>	else:
2>	use the PCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp;
NOTE	The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject which may be different from the frequency used by the PCell/ PSCell.
Inequality A3-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A3-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets. 
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell/ PSCell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ofp is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell).
Ocp is the cell specific offset of the PCell/ PSCell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell), and is set to zero if not configured for the PCell/ PSCell.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a3-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Ofn, Ocn, Ofp, Ocp, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.5	Event A4 (Neighbour becomes better than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality A4-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A4-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a4-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.6	Event A5 (PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than threshold1 and neighbour becomes better than threshold2)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition A5-1 and condition A5-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A5-3 or condition A5-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	if usePSCell of the corresponding reportConfig is set to true:
2>	use the PSCell for Mp;
1>	else:
2>	use the PCell for Mp;
NOTE:	The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject which may be different from the frequency used by the PCell/ PSCell.
Inequality A5-1 (Entering condition 1)

Inequality A5-2 (Entering condition 2)

Inequality A5-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Inequality A5-4 (Leaving condition 2)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell/ PSCell, not taking into account any offsets.
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.
Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.6a	Event A6 (Neighbour becomes offset better than SCell)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A6-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A6-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	for this measurement, consider the (secondary) cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;
NOTE:	The neighbour(s) is on the same frequency as the SCell i.e. both are on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject.
Inequality A6-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A6-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets. 
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ocs is the cell specific offset of the serving cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the serving frequency), and is set to zero if not configured for the serving cell.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a6-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn, Ms are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Ocn, Ocs, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.7	Event B1 (Inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality B1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality B1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA 2000 measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell).
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event). For CDMA2000, b1-Threshold is divided by -2.
Mn is expressed in dBm or in dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.
Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.8	Event B2 (PCell becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold2)
The UE shall:
1>	for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition B2-1 and condition B2-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B2-3 or condition B2-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality B2-1 (Entering condition 1)

Inequality B2-2 (Entering condition 2)

Inequality B2-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Inequality B2-4 (Leaving condition 2)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell, not taking into account any offsets.
Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA2000 measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell).
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event). For CDMA2000, b2-Threshold2 is divided by -2.
Mp is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Mn is expressed in dBm or dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.
Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.
Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.9	Event C1 (CSI-RS resource becomes better than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality C1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality C1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mcr is the measurement result of the CSI-RS resource, not taking into account any offsets.
Ocr is the CSI-RS specific offset (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the CSI-RS resource), and set to zero if not configured for the CSI-RS resource.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. c1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mcr, Thresh are expressed in dBm.
Ocr, Hys are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.10	Event C2 (CSI-RS resource becomes offset better than reference CSI-RS resource)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
NOTE:	The CSI-RS resource(s) that triggers the event is on the same frequency as the reference CSI-RS resource, i.e. both are on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject.
Inequality C2-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality C2-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mcr is the measurement result of the CSI-RS resource, not taking into account any offsets. 
Ocr is the CSI-RS specific offset of the CSI-RS resource (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the CSI-RS resource), and set to zero if not configured for the CSI-RS resource.
Mref is the measurement result of the reference CSI-RS resource (i.e. c2-RefCSI-RS as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event), not taking into account any offsets.
Oref is the CSI-RS specific offset of the reference CSI-RS resource (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the reference CSI-RS resource), and is set to zero if not configured for the reference CSI-RS resource.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. c2-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mcr, Mref are expressed in dBm.
Ocr, Oref, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.5	Measurement reporting

Figure 5.5.5-1: Measurement reporting
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN.
For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:
1>	set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;
1>	set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;
1>	set the measResultServFreqList to include for each SCell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in [16];
1>	if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:
2>	for each serving frequency for which measObjectId is referenced in the measIdList, other than the frequency corresponding with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting:
3>	set the measResultServFreqList to include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;
1>	if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:
2>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:
3>	if the triggerType is set to event:
4>	include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	else:
4>	include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
NOTE 1:	The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest cells on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3>	for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;
3>	if the triggerType is set to event; or the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells or to reportStrongestCellsForSON:
4>	for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:
6>	set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing triggerQuantity, i.e. the best cell is included first;
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT includes the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD:
6>	set the measResult to include the quantities indicated by the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD in order of decreasing measQuantityUTRA-FDD within the quantityConfig, i.e. the best cell is included first;
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT does not include the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD; or
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA TDD, GERAN or CDMA2000:
6>	set the measResult to the quantity as configured for the concerned RAT within the quantityConfig in order of either decreasing quantity for UTRA and GERAN or increasing quantity for CDMA2000 pilotStrength, i.e. the best cell is included first;
3>	else if the purpose is set to reportCGI:
4>	if the mandatory present fields of the cgi-Info for the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI in the associated measObject have been obtained:
5>	if the cell broadcasts a CSG identity:
6>	include the csg-Identity;
6>	include the csg-MemberStatus and set it to member if the cell is a CSG member cell;
5>	if the si-RequestForHO is configured within the reportConfig associated with this measId:
6>	include the cgi-Info containing all the fields that have been successfully acquired and in accordance with the following:
7>	if the cell is a CSG member cell, determine the subset of the PLMN identities, starting from the second entry of PLMN identities in the broadcast information, that meet the following conditions:
a)	equal to the RPLMN or an EPLMN; and
b)	the CSG whitelist of the UE includes an entry comprising of the concerned PLMN identity and the CSG identity broadcast by the cell;
7>	if the subset of PLMN identities determined according to the previous includes at least one PLMN identity, include the plmn-IdentityList and set it to include this subset of the PLMN identities;
7>	if the cell is a CSG member cell, include the primaryPLMN-Suitable if the primary PLMN meets conditions a) and b) specified above;
5>	else:
6>	include the cgi-Info containing all the fields that have been successfully acquired and in accordance with the following:
7>	include in the plmn-IdentityList the list of identities starting from the second entry of PLMN Identities in the broadcast information;
1>	for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering the PCell, the SCells, the best non-serving cells on serving frequencies as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in 36.133 [16];
1>	if there is at least one applicable CSI-RS resource to report:
2>	set the measResultCSI-RS-List to include the best CSI-RS resources up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:
3>	if the triggerType is set to event:
4>	include the CSI-RS resources included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	else:
4>	include the applicable CSI-RS resources for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
NOTE 2:	The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest CSI-RS resources on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3>	for each CSI-RS resource that is included in the measResultCSI-RS-List:
4>	include the measCSI-RS-Id;
4>	include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follow:
5>	set the csi-RSRP-Result to include the quantity indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing triggerQuantityCSI-RS, i.e. the best CSI-RS resource is included first;
4>	if reportCRS-Meas is included within the associated reportConfig, and the cell indicated by physCellId of this CSI-RS resource is not a serving cell:
5>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the cell indicated by physCellId of this CSI-RS resource, and include the physCellId;
5>	set the rsrpResult to include the RSRP of the concerned cell, if available according to performance requirements in [16];
5>	set the rsrqResult to include the RSRQ of the concerned cell, if available according to performance requirements in [16];
1>	if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;
2>	set the ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult to the measurement result provided by lower layers;
2>	set the currentSFN;
1>	if the includeLocationInfo is configured in the corresponding reportConfig for this measId and detailed location information that has not been reported is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
2>	include the locationCoordinates;
2>	if available, include the gnss-TOD-msec;
1>	increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;
1>	stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;
1>	if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:
2>	start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;
1>	else:
2>	if the triggerType is set to periodical:
3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;
1>	if the measured results are for CDMA2000 HRPD:
2>	set the preRegistrationStatusHRPD to the UE's CDMA2000 upper layer's HRPD preRegistrationStatus;
1>	if the measured results are for CDMA2000 1xRTT:
2>	set the preRegistrationStatusHRPD to FALSE;
1>	submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.5.6	Measurement related actions
5.5.6.1	Actions upon handover and re-establishment
E-UTRAN applies the handover procedure as follows:
-	when performing the handover procedure, as specified in 5.3.5.4, ensure that a measObjectId corresponding to each handover target serving frequency is configured as a result of the procedures described in this sub-clause and in 5.3.5.4;
-	when changing the band while the physical frequency remains unchanged, E-UTRAN releases the measObject corresponding to the source frequency and adds a measObject corresponding to the target frequency (i.e. it does not reconfigure the measObject);
E-UTRAN applies the re-establishment procedure as follows:
-	when performing the connection re-establishment procedure, as specified in 5.3.7, ensure that a measObjectId corresponding each target serving frequency is configured as a result of the procedure described in this sub-clause and the subsequent connection reconfiguration procedure immediately following the re-establishment procedure;
-	in the first reconfiguration following the re-establishment when changing the band while the physical frequency remains unchanged, E-UTRAN releases the measObject corresponding to the source frequency and adds a measObject corresponding to the target frequency (i.e. it does not reconfigure the measObject);
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if the triggerType is set to periodical:
3>	remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
1>	if the procedure was triggered due to a handover or successful re-establishment and the procedure involves a change of primary frequency, update the measId values in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig as follows:
2>	if a measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary frequency exists in the measObjectList within VarMeasConfig:
3>	for each measId value in the measIdList:
4>	if the measId value is linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary frequency:
5>	link this measId value to the measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary frequency;
4>	else if the measId value is linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary frequency:
5>	link this measId value to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary frequency;
2>	else:
3>	remove all measId values that are linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary frequency;
1>	remove all measurement reporting entries within VarMeasReportList;
1>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, as well as associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for all measId;
1>	release the measurement gaps, if activated;
NOTE:	If the UE requires measurement gaps to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurements, the UE resumes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements after the E-UTRAN has setup the measurement gaps.
5.5.6.2	Speed dependant scaling of measurement related parameters
The UE shall adjust the value of the following parameter configured by the E-UTRAN depending on the UE speed: timeToTrigger. The UE shall apply 3 different levels, which are selected as follows:
The UE shall:
1>	perform mobility state detection using the mobility state detection as specified in TS 36.304 [4] with the following modifications:
2>	counting handovers instead of cell reselections;
2>	applying the parameter applicable for RRC_CONNECTED as included in speedStatePars within VarMeasConfig;
1>	if high mobility state is detected:
2>	use the timeToTrigger value multiplied by sf-High within VarMeasConfig;
1>	else if medium mobility state is detected:
2>	use the timeToTrigger value multiplied by sf-Medium within VarMeasConfig;
   1>	else:
2>	no scaling is applied;
5.5.7	Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication
5.5.7.1	General


Figure 5.5.7.1-1: Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication
The purpose of this procedure is to indicate to the network that the UE is going to start/stop OTDOA inter-frequency RSTD measurements which require measurement gaps as specified in [16, 8.1.2.6].
NOTE: 	It is a network decision to configure the measurement gap.
5.5.7.2	Initiation
The UE shall:
1>	if and only if upper layers indicate to start performing inter-frequency RSTD measurements and the UE requires measurement gaps for these measurements while measurement gaps are either not configured or not sufficient:
2>	initiate the procedure to indicate start;
NOTE 1:	The UE verifies the measurement gap situation only upon receiving the indication from upper layers. If at this point in time sufficient gaps are available, the UE does not initiate the procedure. Unless it receives a new indication from upper layers, the UE is only allowed to further repeat the procedure in the same PCell once per frequency if the provided measurement gaps are insufficient.
1>	if and only if upper layers indicate to stop performing inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
2>	initiate the procedure to indicate stop;
NOTE 2:	The UE may initiate the procedure to indicate stop even if it did not previously initiate the procedure to indicate start.
5.5.7.3	Actions related to transmission of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message
The UE shall set the contents of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message as follows:
1>	set the rstd-InterFreqIndication as follows:
2>	if the procedure is initiated to indicate start of inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
3>	set the rstd-InterFreqInfoList according to the information received from upper layers;
2>	else if the procedure is initiated to indicate stop of inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
3>	set the rstd-InterFreqIndication to the value stop;
1>	submit the InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6	Other
5.6.1	DL information transfer
5.6.1.1	General

Figure 5.6.1.1-1: DL information transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer NAS or (tunnelled) non-3GPP dedicated information from E-UTRAN to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.6.1.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the DL information transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information. E-UTRAN initiates the DL information transfer procedure by sending the DLInformationTransfer message.
5.6.1.3	Reception of the DLInformationTransfer by the UE
Upon receiving DLInformationTransfer message, the UE shall:
1>	if the dedicatedInfoType is set to dedicatedInfoNAS:
2>	forward the dedicatedInfoNAS to the NAS upper layers.
1>	if the dedicatedInfoType is set to dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT or to dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD:
2>	forward the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000 to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
5.6.2	UL information transfer
5.6.2.1	General

Figure 5.6.2.1-1: UL information transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer NAS or (tunnelled) non-3GPP dedicated information from the UE to E-UTRAN.
5.6.2.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the UL information transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information, except at RRC connection establishment in which case the NAS information is piggybacked to the RRCConnectionSetupComplete message. The UE initiates the UL information transfer procedure by sending the ULInformationTransfer message. When CDMA2000 information has to be transferred, the UE shall initiate the procedure only if SRB2 is established.
5.6.2.3	Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransfer message
The UE shall set the contents of the ULInformationTransfer message as follows:
1>	if there is a need to transfer NAS information:
2>	set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoNAS;
1>	if there is a need to transfer CDMA2000 1XRTT information:
2>	set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT;
1>	if there is a need to transfer CDMA2000 HRPD information:
2>	set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD;
1> submit the ULInformationTransfer message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6.2.4	Failure to deliver ULInformationTransfer message
The UE shall:
1> if mobility (i.e. handover, RRC connection re-establishment) occurs before the successful delivery of ULInformationTransfer messages has been confirmed by lower layers:
2>	inform upper layers about the possible failure to deliver the information contained in the concerned ULInformationTransfer messages;
5.6.3	UE capability transfer
5.6.3.1	General

Figure 5.6.3.1-1: UE capability transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer UE radio access capability information from the UE to E-UTRAN.
If the UE has changed its E-UTRAN radio access capabilities, the UE shall request higher layers to initiate the necessary NAS procedures (see TS 23.401 [41]) that would result in the update of UE radio access capabilities using a new RRC connection.
NOTE:	Change of the UE's GERAN UE radio capabilities in RRC_IDLE is supported by use of Tracking Area Update.
5.6.3.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED when it needs (additional) UE radio access capability information.
5.6.3.3	Reception of the UECapabilityEnquiry by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	set the contents of UECapabilityInformation message as follows:
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes eutra:
3>	include the UE-EUTRA-Capability within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to eutra;
3>	if the UE supports FDD and TDD:
4>	set all fields of UECapabilityInformation, except field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities (including their sub-fields), to include the values applicable for both FDD and TDD (i.e. functionality supported by both modes);
4>	if (some of) the UE capability fields have a different value for FDD and TDD:
5>	if for FDD, the UE supports additional functionality compared to what is indicated by the previous fields of UECapabilityInformation:
6>	include field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and set it to include fields reflecting the additional functionality applicable for FDD;
5>	if for TDD, the UE supports additional functionality compared to what is indicated by the previous fields of UECapabilityInformation:
6>	include field tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and set it to include fields reflecting the additional functionality applicable for TDD;
NOTE:		The UE includes fields of XDD-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities in accordance with the following:
-	The field is included only if one or more of its sub-fields has a value that is different compared to the value signalled elsewhere within UE-EUTRA-Capability;
(this value signalled elsewhere is also referred to as the Common value, that is supported for both XDD modes)
-	For the fields that are included in XDD-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities, the UE sets:
-	the sub-fields that are not allowed to be different the same as the Common value;
-	the sub-fields that are allowed to be different to a value indicating at least the same functionality as indicated by the Common value;
3>	else (UE supports single xDD mode):
4>	set all fields of UECapabilityInformation, except field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities (including their sub-fields), to include the values applicable for the xDD mode supported by the UE;
3>	if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestedFrequencyBands and UE supports requestedFrequencyBands:
4>	create a set of band combinations supported by the UE, including non-CA combinations, target for being included in supportedBandCombination while observing the following order (i.e. listed in order of decreasing priority):
-	include all non-CA bands, regardless of whether UE supports carrier aggregation, only:
-	if the UE includes ue-Category-v1020 (i.e. indicating category 6 to 8); or
-	if for at least one of the non-CA bands, the UE supports more MIMO layers with TM9 and TM10 than implied by the UE category; or
-	if the UE supports TM10 with one or more CSI processes;
-	include all 2DL+1UL CA band combinations, only consisting of bands included in requestedFrequencyBands;
-	include all other 2DL+1UL CA band combinations;
-	include all other CA band combinations, only consisting of bands included in requestedFrequencyBands, and prioritized in the order of requestedFrequencyBands, (i.e. first include remaining band combinations containing the first-listed band, then include remaining band combinations containing the second-listed band, and so on);
4>	include in supportedBandCombination as many of the target band combinations as possible, determined according to the above, while observing the priority order;
4>	include in supportedBandCombinationAdd as many of the remaining target band combinations as possible, i.e. the target band combinations the UE was not able to include in supportedBandCombination, and limited to those consisting of bands included in requestedFrequencyBands, while observing the priority order;
4> indicate in requestedBands the same bands and in the same order as included in the received requestedFrequencyBands;
3>	else
4>	create a set of band combinations supported by the UE, including non-CA combinations, target for being included in supportedBandCombination:
-	include all non-CA bands, regardless of whether UE supports carrier aggregation, only:
-	if the UE includes ue-Category-v1020 (i.e. indicating category 6 to 8); or
-	if for at least one of the non-CA bands, the UE supports more MIMO layers with TM9 and TM10 than implied by the UE category; or 
-	if the UE supports TM10 with one or more CSI processes;
-	include all 2DL+1UL CA band combinations;
-	include all other CA band combinations;
4>	include in supportedBandCombination as many of the target band combinations as possible, determined according to the above;
4>  if the number of non-CA and CA band combinations supported by UE exceeds the maximum number of band combinations of supportedBandCombination, the selection of subset of band combinations is up to UE implementation;
NOTE:	If the UECapabilityEnquiry message does not include requestedFrequencyBands, UE does not include supportedBandCombinationAdd.
3>	if the UE is a category 0 UE according to TS 36.306 [5]:
4>	include ue-RadioPagingInfo including ue-Category;
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes geran-cs and if the UE supports GERAN CS domain:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for GERAN CS within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to geran-cs;
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes geran-ps and if the UE supports GERAN PS domain:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for GERAN PS within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to geran-ps;
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes utra and if the UE supports UTRA:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for UTRA within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to utra;
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes cdma2000-1XRTT and if the UE supports CDMA2000 1xRTT:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for CDMA2000 within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to cdma2000-1XRTT;
1> submit the UECapabilityInformation message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6.4	CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer
5.6.4.1	General

Figure 5.6.4.1-1: CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer the CDMA2000 1xRTT parameters required to register the UE in the CDMA2000 1xRTT network for CSFB support.
5.6.4.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer procedure upon request from the CDMA2000 upper layers. The UE initiates the CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer procedure by sending the CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message.
5.6.4.3	Actions related to transmission of CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message
The UE shall:
1>	submit the CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message to lower layers for transmission using the current configuration;
5.6.4.4	Reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message
Upon reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message, the UE shall:
1>	forward the rand and the mobilityParameters to the CDMA2000 1xRTT upper layers;
5.6.5	UE Information
5.6.5.1	General

Figure 5.6.5.1-1: UE information procedure
The UE information procedure is used by E-UTRAN to request the UE to report information.
5.6.5.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending the UEInformationRequest message.
5.6.5.3	Reception of the UEInformationRequest message
Upon receiving the UEInformationRequest message, the UE shall:
1>	if rach-ReportReq is set to true, set the contents of the rach-Report in the UEInformationResponse message as follows: 
2>	set the numberOfPreamblesSent to indicate the number of preambles sent by MAC for the last successfully completed random access procedure;
2>	if contention resolution was not successful as specified in TS 36.321 [6] for at least one of the transmitted preambles for the last successfully completed random access procedure:
3>	set the contentionDetected to true;
2>	else:
3>	set the contentionDetected to false;
1>	if rlf-ReportReq is set to true and the UE has radio link failure information or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
2>	set timeSinceFailure in VarRLF-Report to the time that elapsed since the last radio link or handover failure in E-UTRA;
2>	set the rlf-Report in the UEInformationResponse message to the value of rlf-Report in VarRLF-Report;
2>	discard the rlf-Report from VarRLF-Report upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1>	if connEstFailReportReq is set to true and the UE has connection establishment failure information in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
2>	set timeSinceFailure in VarConnEstFailReport to the time that elapsed since the last connection establishment failure in E-UTRA;
2>	set the connEstFailReport in the UEInformationResponse message to the value of connEstFailReport in VarConnEstFailReport;
2>	discard the connEstFailReport from VarConnEstFailReport upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1>	if the logMeasReportReq is present and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
2>	if VarLogMeasReport includes one or more logged measurement entries, set the contents of the logMeasReport in the UEInformationResponse message as follows:
3>	include the absoluteTimeStamp and set it to the value of absoluteTimeInfo in the VarLogMeasReport;
3>	include the traceReference and set it to the value of traceReference in the VarLogMeasReport;
3>		include the traceRecordingSessionRef and set it to the value of traceRecordingSessionRef in the VarLogMeasReport;
3>	include the tce-Id and set it to the value of tce-Id in the VarLogMeasReport;
3>	include the logMeasInfoList and set it to include one or more entries from VarLogMeasReport starting from the entries logged first;
3>	if the VarLogMeasReport includes one or more additional logged measurement entries that are not included in the logMeasInfoList within the UEInformationResponse message:
4>	include the logMeasAvailable;
1>	if mobilityHistoryReportReq is set to true:
2>	include the mobilityHistoryReport and set it to include entries from VarMobilityHistoryReport;
2>	include in the mobilityHistoryReport an entry for the current cell, possibly after removing the oldest entry if required, and set its fields as follows:
3>	set visitedCellId to the global cell identity of the current cell:
3>	set field timeSpent to the time spent in the current cell;
1>	if the logMeasReport is included in the UEInformationResponse:
2>	submit the UEInformationResponse message to lower layers for transmission via SRB2;
2>	discard the logged measurement entries included in the logMeasInfoList from VarLogMeasReport upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1>	else:
2>	submit the UEInformationResponse message to lower layers for transmission via SRB1;
5.6.6		Logged Measurement Configuration
5.6.6.1	General

 
Figure 5.6.6.1-1: Logged measurement configuration
The purpose of this procedure is to configure the UE to perform logging of measurement results while in RRC_IDLE and to perform logging of measurement results for MBSFN in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. The procedure applies to logged measurements capable UEs that are in RRC_CONNECTED.
NOTE	E-UTRAN may retrieve stored logged measurement information by means of the UE Information procedure.
5.6.6.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the logged measurement configuration procedure to UE in RRC_CONNECTED by sending the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message.
5.6.6.3	Reception of the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration by the UE
Upon receiving the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message the UE shall:
1>	discard the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement information as specified in 5.6.7;
1>	store the received loggingDuration, loggingInterval and areaConfiguration, if included, in VarLogMeasConfig;
1>	if the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message includes plmn-IdentityList:
2>	set plmn-IdentityList in VarLogMeasReport to include the RPLMN as well as the PLMNs included in plmn-IdentityList;
1>	else:
2>	set plmn-IdentityList in VarLogMeasReport to include the RPLMN;
1>	store the received absoluteTimeInfo, traceReference, traceRecordingSessionRef and tce-Id in VarLogMeasReport;
1>	store the received targetMBSFN-AreaList, if included, in VarLogMeasConfig;
1>	start timer T330 with the timer value set to the loggingDuration;
5.6.6.4	T330 expiry
Upon expiry of T330 the UE shall:
1>	release VarLogMeasConfig;
The UE is allowed to discard stored logged measurements, i.e. to release VarLogMeasReport, 48 hours after T330 expiry.
5.6.7		Release of Logged Measurement Configuration
5.6.7.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to release the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement information.
5.6.7.2	Initiation
The UE shall initiate the procedure upon receiving a logged measurement configuration in another RAT. The UE shall also initiate the procedure upon power off or detach.
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T330, if running;
1>	if stored, discard the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement information, i.e. release the UE variables VarLogMeasConfig and VarLogMeasReport;
5.6.8		Measurements logging
5.6.8.1	General
This procedure specifies the logging of available measurements by a UE in RRC_IDLE that has a logged measurement configuration and the logging of available measurements by a UE in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED if targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig.
5.6.8.2	Initiation
While T330 is running, the UE shall:
1>	perform the logging in accordance with the following:
2>	if targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig: 
3>	if the UE is camping normally on an E-UTRA cell or is connected to E-UTRA; and
3>	if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport; and
3>	if the PCell (in RRC_CONNECTED) or cell where the UE is camping (in RRC_IDLE) is part of the area indicated by areaConfiguration if configured in VarLogMeasConfig:
4>	for MBSFN areas, indicated in targetMBSFN-AreaList, from which the UE is receiving MBMS service:
5>	perform MBSFN measurements in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE 1:	When configured to perform MBSFN measurement logging by targetMBSFN-AreaList, the UE is not required to receive additional MBSFN subframes, i.e. logging is based on the subframes corresponding to the MBMS services the UE is receiving. 
5>	perform logging at regular time intervals as defined by the loggingInterval in VarLogMeasConfig, but only for those intervals for which MBSFN measurement results are available as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
2>	else if the UE is camping normally on an E-UTRA cell and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and, if the cell is part of the area indicated by areaConfiguration if configured in VarLogMeasConfig:
3>	perform the logging at regular time intervals, as defined by the loggingInterval in VarLogMeasConfig;
2>	when adding a logged measurement entry in VarLogMeasReport, include the fields in accordance with the following:
3>	set the relativeTimeStamp to indicate the elapsed time since the moment at which the logged measurement configuration was received;
3>	if detailed location information became available during the last logging interval, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4>	include the locationCoordinates;
3>	if targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
4>	for each MBSFN area, for which the mandatory measurements result fields became available during the last logging interval:  
5>	set the rsrpResultMBSFN, rsrqResultMBSFN to include measurement results that became available during the last logging interval;
5>	include the fields signallingBLER-Result or dataBLER-MCH-ResultList if the concerned BLER results are availble,
5>	set the mbsfn-AreaId and carrierFrequency to indicate the MBSFN area in which the UE is receiving MBSFN transmission;
4>	if in RRC_CONNECTED:
5>	set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the PCell;
5>	set the measResultServCell to include the layer 3 filtered measured results of the PCell;
5>	if available, set the measResultNeighCells to include the layer 3 filtered measured results of SCell(s) and neighbouring cell(s) measurements that became available during the last logging interval, in order of decreasing RSRP, for at most the following number of cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency cells per frequency and according to the following:
6>	for each cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
5>	if available, optionally set the measResultNeighCells to include the layer 3 filtered measured results of neighbouring cell(s) measurements that became available during the last logging interval, in order of decreasing RSCP(UTRA)/RSSI(GERAN)/PilotStrength(cdma2000), for at most the following number of cells: 3 inter-RAT cells per frequency (UTRA, cdma2000)/set of frequencies (GERAN), and according to the following:
6>	for each cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
4> if in RRC_IDLE:
5>	set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the serving cell;
5>	set the measResultServCell to include the quantities of the serving cell;
5>	if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during the last logging interval for at most the following number of neighbouring cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency neighbours per frequency and according to the following:
6>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
5>	if available, optionally set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during the last logging interval, for at most the following number of cells: 3 inter-RAT cells per frequency (UTRA, cdma2000)/set of frequencies (GERAN), and according to the following:
6>	for each cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
4> for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in TS 36.133 [16];
4> for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include RSRQ type if the result was based on measurements using a wider band or using all OFDM symbols;
NOTE 2:	The UE includes the latest results in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. E.g. RSRP and RSRQ results are available only if the UE has a sufficient number of results/ receives a sufficient number of subframes during the logging interval.
3>	else:
4>	set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the cell the UE is camping on;
4>	set the measResultServCell to include the quantities of the cell the UE is camping on;
4>	if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during the last logging interval for at most the following number of neighbouring cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency neighbours per frequency as well as 3 inter-RAT neighbours, per frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN) per RAT and according to the following:
5>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
4> for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in TS 36.133 [16];
4> for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include RSRQ type if the result was based on measurements using a wider band or using all OFDM symbols;
NOTE 3:	The UE includes the latest results of the available measurements as used for cell reselection evaluation in RRC_IDLE or as used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting according to 5.5.3 in RRC_CONNECTED, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
2>	when the memory reserved for the logged measurement information becomes full, stop timer T330 and perform the same actions as performed upon expiry of T330, as specified in 5.6.6.4;
5.6.9	In-device coexistence indication
5.6.9.1	General

Figure 5.6.9.1-1: In-device coexistence indication
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about (a change of) the In-Device Coexistence (IDC) problems experienced by the UE in RRC_CONNECTED, as described in TS 36.300 [9], and to provide the E-UTRAN with information in order to resolve them.
5.6.9.2	Initiation
A UE capable of providing IDC indications may initiate the procedure when it is configured to provide IDC indications and upon change of IDC problem information.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if configured to provide IDC indications:
2>	if the UE did not transmit an InDeviceCoexIndication message since it was configured to provide IDC indications:
3>	if on one or more frequencies for which a measObjectEUTRA is configured, the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself:
4>	initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message in accordance with 5.6.9.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the set of frequencies, for which a measObjectEUTRA is configured and on which the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself, is different from the set indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3>	if for one or more of the frequencies in the previously reported set of frequencies, the interferenceDirection is different from the value indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3>	if the TDM assistance information is different from the assistance information included in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message:
4>	initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message in accordance with 5.6.9.3;
NOTE 1:	The term IDC problems refers to interference issues applicable across several subframes/slots where not necessarily all the subframes/slots are affected.
NOTE 2:	For the frequencies on which a serving cell is configured that is activated, IDC problems consist of interference issues that the UE cannot solve by itself, during either active data exchange or upcoming data activity which is expected in up to a few hundred milliseconds.
For frequencies on which a SCell is configured that is deactivated, reporting IDC problems indicates an anticipation that the activation of the SCell would result in interference issues that the UE would not be able to solve by itself.
For a non-serving frequency, reporting IDC problems indicates an anticipation that if the non-serving frequency became a serving frequency then this would result in interference issues that the UE would not be able to solve by itself.
5.6.9.3	Actions related to transmission of InDeviceCoexIndication message
The UE shall set the contents of the InDeviceCoexIndication message as follows:
1>	if there is at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency, for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected by IDC problems:
2>	include the IE affectedCarrierFreqList with an entry for each affected E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured;
2>	for each E-UTRA carrier frequency included in the IE affectedCarrierFreqList, include interferenceDirection and set it accordingly;
2>	include Time Domain Multiplexing (TDM) based assistance information:
3>	if the UE has DRX related assistance information that could be used to resolve the IDC problems:
4>	include drx-CycleLength, drx-Offset and drx-ActiveTime;
3>	else (the UE has desired subframe reservation patterns related assistance information that could be used to resolve the IDC problems):
4>	include idc-SubframePatternList;
3>	use the MCG as timing reference if TDM based assistance information regarding the SCG is included;
NOTE 1:	When sending an InDeviceCoexIndication message to inform E-UTRAN the IDC problems, the UE includes all assistance information (rather than providing e.g. the changed part(s) of the assistance information).
The UE shall submit the InDeviceCoexIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.6.10	UE Assistance Information
5.6.10.1	General

Figure 5.6.10.1-1: UE Assistance Information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN of the UEs power saving preference. Upon configuring the UE to provide power preference indications E-UTRAN may consider that the UE does not prefer a configuration primarily optimised for power saving until the UE explictly indicates otherwise.
5.6.10.2	Initiation
A UE capable of providing power preference indications in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases including upon being configured to provide power preference indications and upon change of power preference.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if configured to provide power preference indications:
2>	if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message since it was configured to provide power preference indications; or
2>	if the current power preference is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T340 is not running:
3>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
5.6.10.3	Actions related to transmission of UEAssistanceInformation message
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message:
1>	if the UE prefers a configuration primarily optimised for power saving:
2>	set powerPrefIndication to lowPowerConsumption;
1>	else:
2>	start or restart timer T340 with the timer value set to the powerPrefIndicationTimer;
2>	set powerPrefIndication to normal;
The UE shall submit the UEAssistanceInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.6.11		Mobility history information
5.6.11.1	General
This procedure specifies how the mobility history information is stored by the UE, covering RRC_CONNECTED and RRC_IDLE.
5.6.11.2	Initiation
If the UE supports storage of mobility history information, the UE shall:
1>	Upon change of cell, consisting of PCell in RRC_CONNECTED or serving cell in RRC_IDLE, to another E-UTRA or inter-RAT cell or when entering out of service:
2>	include an entry in variable VarMobilityHistoryReport possibly after removing the oldest entry, if necessary, according to following:
3>	 if the global cell identity of the previous PCell/ serving cell is available:
4>	 include the global cell identity of that cell in the field visitedCellId of the entry;
3>	else:
4>	include the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of that cell in the field visitedCellId of the entry;
3>	set the field timeSpent of the entry as the time spent in the previous PCell/ serving cell;
1>	upon entering E-UTRA (in RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_IDLE) while previously out of service and/ or using another RAT:
2>	include an entry in variable VarMobilityHistoryReport possibly after removing the oldest entry, if necessary, according to following:
3>	set the field timeSpent of the entry as the time spent outside E-UTRA;
5.6.12	RAN-assisted WLAN interworking
5.6.12.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to facilitate access network selection and traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. 
If required by upper layers (see TS 24.312 [66], the UE shall provide an up-to-date set of the applicable parameters provided by wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated to upper layers, and inform upper layers when no parameters are configured. The parameter set from either wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated is selected as specified in subclauses 5.2.2.24, 5.3.12, 5.6.12.2 and 5.6.12.4.
5.6.12.2	Dedicated WLAN offload configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received wlan-OffloadInfo is set to release:
2> release wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated and t350;
2>	if the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is broadcast by the cell:
3>	apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
1>	else:
2>	apply the received wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated:
5.6.12.3	WLAN offload RAN evaluation
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is configured with either wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated:
2>	provide measurement results required for the evaluation of the network selection and traffic steering rules as defined in TS 24.312 [66] to upper layers;
2>	evaluate the network selection and traffic steering rules as defined in TS 36.304 [4];
5.6.12.4	T350 expiry or stop
The UE shall:
1>	if T350 expires or is stopped:
2>	release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated and t350;
2>	if the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is broadcast by the cell:
3>	apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
5.6.12.5	Cell selection/ re-selection while T350 is running
The UE shall:
1>	if, while T350 is running, the UE selects/ reselects a cell which is not the PCell when the wlan-OffloadDedicated was configured:
2>	stop timer T350;
2> perform the actions as specified in 5.6.12.4;
5.6.13	SCG failure information
5.6.13.1	General

Figure 5.6.13.1-1: SCG failure information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about an SCG failure the UE has experienced i.e. SCG radio link failure, SCG change failure.
5.6.13.2	Initiation
A UE initiates the procedure to report SCG failures when SCG transmission is not suspended and when one of the following conditions is met:
1>	upon detecting radio link failure for the SCG, in accordance with 5.3.11; or
1>	upon SCG change failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.7a;
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	suspend all SCG DRBs and suspend SCG transmission for split DRBs;
1>	reset SCG-MAC;
1>	stop T307;
1>	initiate transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message in accordance with 5.6.13.3;
5.6.13.3	Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformation message
The UE shall set the contents of the SCGFailureInformation message as follows:
1>	if the UE initiates transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message to provide SCG radio link failure information:
2>	include failureType and set it to the trigger for detecting SCG radio link failure;
1>	else if the UE initiates transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message to provide SCG change failure information:
2>	include failureType and set it to scg-ChangeFailure;
1>	set the measResultServFreqList to include for each SCG cell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in [16];
1>	for each SCG serving frequency included in measResultServFreqList, include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;
1>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells on non-serving E-UTRA frequencies, ordered such that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected the failure, and set its fields as follows;
2>	if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more non-serving EUTRA frequencies and measurement results are available, include the measResultListEUTRA;
2>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 2:	The measured quantities are filtered by the L3 filter as configured in the mobility measurement configuration. The measurements are based on the time domain measurement resource restriction, if configured. Blacklisted cells are not required to be reported.
The UE shall submit the SCGFailureInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.7	Generic error handling
5.7.1	General
The generic error handling defined in the subsequent sub-clauses applies unless explicitly specified otherwise e.g. within the procedure specific error handling.
The UE shall consider a value as not comprehended when it is set:
-	to an extended value that is not defined in the version of the transfer syntax supported by the UE.
-	to a spare or reserved value unless the specification defines specific behaviour that the UE shall apply upon receiving the concerned spare/ reserved value.
The UE shall consider a field as not comprehended when it is defined:
-	as spare or reserved unless the specification defines specific behaviour that the UE shall apply upon receiving the concerned spare/ reserved field.
5.7.2	ASN.1 violation or encoding error
The UE shall:
1>	when receiving an RRC message on the BCCH, PCCH, CCCH, MCCH or SBCCH for which the abstract syntax is invalid [13]:
2>	ignore the message;
NOTE	This section applies in case one or more fields is set to a value, other than a spare, reserved or extended value, not defined in this version of the transfer syntax. E.g. in the case the UE receives value 12 for a field defined as INTEGER (1..11). In cases like this, it may not be possible to reliably detect which field is in the error hence the error handling is at the message level.
5.7.3	Field set to a not comprehended value
The UE shall, when receiving an RRC message on any logical channel:
1>	if the message includes a field that has a value that the UE does not comprehend:
2>	if a default value is defined for this field:
3>	treat the message while using the default value defined for this field;
2>	else if the concerned field is optional:
3>	treat the message as if the field were absent and in accordance with the need code for absence of the concerned field;
2>	else:
3>	treat the message as if the field were absent and in accordance with sub-clause 5.7.4;
5.7.4	Mandatory field missing
The UE shall:
1>	if the message includes a field that is mandatory to include in the message (e.g. because conditions for mandatory presence are fulfilled) and that field is absent or treated as absent:
2>	if the RRC message was received on DCCH or CCCH:
3>	ignore the message;
2>	else:
3>	if the field concerns a (sub-field of) an entry of a list (i.e. a SEQUENCE OF):
4>	treat the list as if the entry including the missing or not comprehended field was not present;
3>	else if the field concerns a sub-field of another field, referred to as the 'parent' field i.e. the field that is one nesting level up compared to the erroneous field:
4>	consider the 'parent' field to be set to a not comprehended value;
4>	apply the generic error handling to the subsequent 'parent' field(s), until reaching the top nesting level i.e. the message level;
3>	else (field at message level):
4>	ignore the message;
NOTE 1:	The error handling defined in these sub-clauses implies that the UE ignores a message with the message type or version set to a not comprehended value.
NOTE 2:	The nested error handling for messages received on logical channels other than DCCH and CCCH applies for errors in extensions also, even for errors that can be regarded as invalid E-UTRAN operation e.g. E-UTRAN not observing conditional presence.
The following ASN.1 further clarifies the levels applicable in case of nested error handling for errors in extension fields.
-- /example/ ASN1START

-- Example with extension addition group

ItemInfoList ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..max)) OF ItemInfo

ItemInfo ::=						SEQUENCE {
	itemIdentity						INTEGER (1..max),
	field1								Field1,
	field2								Field2					OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	...
	[[	field3-r9						Field3-r9				OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Cond1
		field4-r9						Field4-r9				OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- Example with traditional non-critical extension (empty sequence)

BroadcastInfoBlock1 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	itemIdentity						INTEGER (1..max),
	field1								Field1,
	field2								Field2					OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				BroadcastInfoBlock1-v940-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

BroadcastInfoBlock1-v940-IEs::=	SEQUENCE {
	field3-r9							Field3-r9				OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Cond1
	field4-r9							Field4-r9				OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}				OPTIONAL			-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

The UE shall, apply the following principles regarding the levels applicable in case of nested error handling:
-	an extension additon group is not regarded as a level on its own. E.g. in the ASN.1 extract in the previous, a error regarding the conditionality of field3 would result in the entire itemInfo entry to be ignored (rather than just the extension addition group containing field3 and field4)
-	 a traditional nonCriticalExtension is not regarded as a level on its own. E.g. in the ASN.1 extract in the previous, a error regarding the conditionality of field3 would result in the entire BroadcastInfoBlock1 to be ignored (rather than just the non critical extension containing field3 and field4).
5.7.5	Not comprehended field
The UE shall, when receiving an RRC message on any logical channel:
1>	if the message includes a field that the UE does not comprehend:
2>	treat the rest of the message as if the field was absent;
NOTE:	This section does not apply to the case of an extension to the value range of a field. Such cases are addressed instead by the requirements in section 5.7.3.
5.8	MBMS
5.8.1	Introduction
5.8.1.1	General
In general the control information relevant only for UEs supporting MBMS is separated as much as possible from unicast control information. Most of the MBMS control information is provided on a logical channel specific for MBMS common control information: the MCCH. E-UTRA employs one MCCH logical channel per MBSFN area. In case the network configures multiple MBSFN areas, the UE acquires the MBMS control information from the MCCHs that are configured to identify if services it is interested to receive are ongoing. The action applicable when the UE is unable to simultaneously receive MBMS and unicast services is up to UE implementation. In this release of the specification, an MBMS capable UE is only required to support reception of a single MBMS service at a time, and reception of more than one MBMS service (also possibly on more than one MBSFN area) in parallel is left for UE implementation. The MCCH carries the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message, which indicates the MBMS sessions that are ongoing as well as the (corresponding) radio resource configuration. The MCCH may also carry the MBMSCountingRequest message, when E-UTRAN wishes to count the number of UEs in RRC_CONNECTED that are receiving or interested to receive one or more specific MBMS services.
A limited amount of MBMS control information is provided on the BCCH. This primarily concerns the information needed to acquire the MCCH(s). This information is carried by means of a single MBMS specific SystemInformationBlock: SystemInformationBlockType13. An MBSFN area is identified solely by the mbsfn-AreaId in SystemInformationBlockType13. At mobility, the UE considers that the MBSFN area is continuous when the source cell and the target cell broadcast the same value in the mbsfn-AreaId.
5.8.1.2	Scheduling
The MCCH information is transmitted periodically, using a configurable repetition period. Scheduling information is not provided for MCCH i.e. both the time domain scheduling as well as the lower layer configuration are semi-statically configured, as defined within SystemInformationBlockType13.
For MBMS user data, which is carried by the MTCH logical channel, E-UTRAN periodically provides MCH scheduling information (MSI) at lower layers (MAC). This MCH information only concerns the time domain scheduling i.e. the frequency domain scheduling and the lower layer configuration are semi-statically configured. The periodicity of the MSI is configurable and defined by the MCH scheduling period.
5.8.1.3	MCCH information validity and notification of changes
Change of MCCH information only occurs at specific radio frames, i.e. the concept of a modification period is used. Within a modification period, the same MCCH information may be transmitted a number of times, as defined by its scheduling (which is based on a repetition period). The modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for which SFN mod m= 0, where m is the number of radio frames comprising the modification period. The modification period is configured by means of SystemInformationBlockType13.
When the network changes (some of) the MCCH information, it notifies the UEs about the change during a first modification period. In the next modification period, the network transmits the updated MCCH information. These general principles are illustrated in figure 5.8.1.3-1, in which different colours indicate different MCCH information. Upon receiving a change notification, a UE interested to receive MBMS services acquires the new MCCH information immediately from the start of the next modification period. The UE applies the previously acquired MCCH information until the UE acquires the new MCCH information.

Figure 5.8.1.3-1: Change of MCCH Information
Indication of an MBMS specific RNTI, the M-RNTI (see TS 36.321 [6]), on PDCCH is used to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about an MCCH information change. When receiving an MCCH information change notification, the UE knows that the MCCH information will change at the next modification period boundary. The notification on PDCCH indicates which of the MCCHs will change, which is done by means of an 8-bit bitmap. Within this bitmap, the bit at the position indicated by the field notificationIndicator is used to indicate changes for that MBSFN area: if the bit is set to "1", the corresponding MCCH will change. No further details are provided e.g. regarding which MCCH information will change. The MCCH information change notification is used to inform the UE about a change of MCCH information upon session start or about the start of MBMS counting.
The MCCH information change notifications on PDCCH are transmitted periodically and are carried on MBSFN subframes only. These MCCH information change notification occasions are common for all MCCHs that are configured, and configurable by parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType13: a repetition coefficient, a radio frame offset and a subframe index. These common notification occasions are based on the MCCH with the shortest modification period.
NOTE 1:	E-UTRAN may modify the MBMS configuration information provided on MCCH at the same time as updating the MBMS configuration information carried on BCCH i.e. at a coinciding BCCH and MCCH modification period. Upon detecting that a new MCCH is configured on BCCH, a UE interested to receive one or more MBMS services should acquire the MCCH, unless it knows that the services it is interested in are not provided by the corresponding MBSFN area.
A UE that is receiving an MBMS service shall acquire the MCCH information from the start of each modification period. A UE that is not receiving an MBMS service, as well as UEs that are receiving an MBMS service but potentially interested to receive other services not started yet in another MBSFN area, shall verify that the stored MCCH information remains valid by attempting to find the MCCH information change notification at least notificationRepetitionCoeff times during the modification period of the applicable MCCH(s), if no MCCH information change notification is received.
NOTE 2:	In case the UE is aware which MCCH(s) E-UTRAN uses for the service(s) it is interested to receive, the UE may only need to monitor change notifications for a subset of the MCCHs that are configured, referred to as the 'applicable MCCH(s)' in the above.
5.8.2	MCCH information acquisition
5.8.2.1	General

Figure 5.8.2.1-1: MCCH information acquisition
The UE applies the MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the MBMS control information that is broadcasted by the E-UTRAN. The procedure applies to MBMS capable UEs that are in RRC_IDLE or in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.8.2.2	Initiation
A UE interested to receive MBMS services shall apply the MCCH information acquisition procedure upon entering the corresponding MBSFN area (e.g. upon power on, following UE mobility) and upon receiving a notification that the MCCH information has changed. A UE that is receiving an MBMS service shall apply the MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the MCCH, that corresponds with the service that is being received, at the start of each modification period.
Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the procedural specification, the MCCH information acquisition procedure overwrites any stored MCCH information, i.e. delta configuration is not applicable for MCCH information and the UE discontinues using a field if it is absent in MCCH information unless explicitly specified otherwise.
5.8.2.3	MCCH information acquisition by the UE
An MBMS capable UE shall:
1>	if the procedure is triggered by an MCCH information change notification:
2>	start acquiring the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present, from the beginning of the modification period following the one in which the change notification was received;
NOTE 1:	The UE continues using the previously received MCCH information until the new MCCH information has been acquired.
1>	if the UE enters an MBSFN area:
2>	acquire the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present, at the next repetition period;
1>	if the UE is receiving an MBMS service:
2>	start acquiring the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present, that both concern the MBSFN area of the service that is being received, from the beginning of each modification period;
5.8.2.4	Actions upon reception of the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message
No UE requirements related to the contents of this MBSFNAreaConfiguration apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, the corresponding field descriptions.
5.8.2.5	Actions upon reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message
Upon receiving MBMSCountingRequest message, the UE shall perform the MBMS Counting procedure as specified in section 5.8.4.
5.8.3	MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration
5.8.3.1	General
The MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration procedure is used by the UE to configure RLC, MAC and the physical layer upon starting and/or stopping to receive an MRB. The procedure applies to UEs interested to receive one or more MBMS services.
NOTE:	In case the UE is unable to receive an MBMS service due to capability limitations, upper layers may take appropriate action e.g. terminate a lower priority unicast service.
5.8.3.2	Initiation
The UE applies the MRB establishment procedure to start receiving a session of a service it has an interest in. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon start of the MBMS session, upon (re-)entry of the corresponding MBSFN service area, upon becoming interested in the MBMS service, upon removal of UE capability limitations inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
The UE applies the MRB release procedure to stop receiving a session. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon stop of the MBMS session, upon leaving the corresponding MBSFN service area, upon losing interest in the MBMS service, when capability limitations start inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
5.8.3.3	MRB establishment
Upon MRB establishment, the UE shall:
1>	establish an RLC entity in accordance with the configuration specified in 9.1.1.4;
1>	configure an MTCH logical channel in accordance with the received locgicalChannelIdentity, applicable for the MRB, as included in the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message;
1>	configure the physical layer in accordance with the pmch-Config, applicable for the MRB, as included in the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message;
1>	inform upper layers about the establishment of the MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
5.8.3.4	MRB release
Upon MRB release, the UE shall:
1>	release the RLC entity as well as the related MAC and physical layer configuration;
1>	inform upper layers about the release of the MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
5.8.4	MBMS Counting Procedure
5.8.4.1	General


Figure 5.8.4.1-1: MBMS Counting procedure
The MBMS Counting procedure is used by the E-UTRAN to count the number of RRC_CONNECTED mode UEs which are receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB the specified MBMS services. 
The UE determines interest in an MBMS service, that is identified by the TMGI, by interaction with upper layers.
5.8.4.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending an MBMSCountingRequest message.
5.8.4.3	Reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message by the UE
Upon receiving the MBMSCountingRequest message, the UE in RRC_CONNECTED mode shall:
1>	if the SystemInformationBlockType1, that provided the scheduling information for the systemInformationBlockType13 that included the configuration of the MCCH via which the MBMSCountingRequest message was received, contained the identity of the Registered PLMN; and
1>	if the UE is receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB at least one of the services in the received countingRequestList:
2>	if more than one entry is included in the mbsfn-AreaInfoList received in the SystemInformationBlockType13 that included the configuration of the MCCH via which the MBMSCountingRequest message was received:
3>	include the mbsfn-AreaIndex in the MBMSCountingResponse message and set it to the index of the entry in the mbsfn-AreaInfoList within the received SystemInformationBlockType13 that corresponds with the MBSFN area used to transfer the received MBMSCountingRequest message;
2>	for each MBMS service included in the received countingRequestList:
3>	if the UE is receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB this MBMS service:
4>	include an entry in the countingResponseList within the MBMSCountingResponse message with countingResponseService set it to the index of the entry in the countingRequestList within the received MBMSCountingRequest that corresponds with the MBMS service the UE is receiving or interested to receive;
2>	submit the MBMSCountingResponse message to lower layers for transmission upon which the procedure ends;
NOTE 1:	UEs that are receiving an MBMS User Service [56] by means of a Unicast Bearer Service [57] (i.e. via a DRB), but are interested to receive the concerned MBMS User Service [56] via an MBMS Bearer Service (i.e. via an MRB), respond to the counting request.
NOTE 2:	If ciphering is used at upper layers, the UE does not respond to the counting request if it can not decipher the MBMS service for which counting is performed (see TS 22.146 [62, 5.3]).
NOTE 3:	The UE treats the MBMSCountingRequest messages received in each modification period independently. In the unlikely case E-UTRAN would repeat an MBMSCountingRequest (i.e. including the same services) in a subsequent modification period, the UE responds again. The UE provides at most one MBMSCountingResponse message to multiple transmission attempts of an MBMSCountingRequest messages in a given modification period.
5.8.5	MBMS interest indication
5.8.5.1	General
	
Figure 5.8.5.1-1: MBMS interest indication
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is receiving or is interested to receive MBMS via an MRB, and if so, to inform E-UTRAN about the priority of MBMS versus unicast reception.
5.8.5.2	Initiation
An MBMS capable UE in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases including upon successful connection establishment, upon entering or leaving the service area, upon session start or stop, upon change of interest, upon change of priority between MBMS reception and unicast reception or upon change to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType15.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType15 is broadcast by the PCell:
2>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType15 for the PCell;
2>	if the UE did not transmit an MBMSInterestIndication message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
2>	if since the last time the UE transmitted an MBMSInterestIndication message, the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType15:
3> if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, is not empty:
4>	initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
2>	else:
3>	if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, has changed since the last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message; or
3>	if the prioritisation of reception of all indicated MBMS frequencies compared to reception of any of the established unicast bearers has changed since the last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message:
4>	initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
NOTE:	The UE may send an MBMSInterestIndication even when it is able to receive the MBMS services it is interested in i.e. to avoid that the network allocates a configuration inhibiting MBMS reception.
5.8.5.3	Determine MBMS frequencies of interest
The UE shall:
1>	consider a frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest if the following conditions are met:
2>	at least one MBMS session the UE is receiving or interested to receive via an MRB is ongoing or about to start; and
NOTE 1:	The UE may determine whether the session is ongoing from the start and stop time indicated in the User Service Description (USD), see 3GPP TS 36.300 [9] or 3GPP TS 26.346 [57].
2>	for at least one of these MBMS sessions SystemInformationBlockType15 acquired from the PCell includes for the concerned frequency one or more MBMS SAIs as indicated in the USD for this session; and
NOTE 2:	The UE considers a frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest even though E-UTRAN may (temporarily) not employ an MRB for the concerned session. I.e. the UE does not verify if the session is indicated on MCCH
NOTE 3:	The UE considers the frequencies of interest independently of any synchronization state, e.g. [9, Annex J.1]
2>	the UE is capable of simultaneously receiving the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, regardless of whether a serving cell is configured on each of these frequencies or not; and
2>	the supportedBandCombination the UE included in UE-EUTRA-Capability contains at least one band combination including the set of MBMS frequencies of interest;
NOTE 4:	Indicating a frequency implies that the UE supports SystemInformationBlockType13 acquisition for the concerned frequency i.e. the indication should be independent of whether a serving cell is configured on that frequency.
NOTE 5:	When evaluating which frequencies it can receive simultaneously, the UE does not take into account the serving frequencies that are currently configured i.e. it only considers MBMS frequencies it is interested to receive.
NOTE 6:	The set of MBMS frequencies of interest includes at most one frequency for a given physical frequency. The UE only considers a physical frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest if it supports at least one of the bands indicated for this physical frequency in SystemInformationBlockType1 (for serving frequency) or SystemInformationBlockType15 (for neighbouring frequencies). In this case, E-UTRAN may assume the UE supports MBMS reception on any of the bands supported by the UE (i.e. according to supportedBandCombination).
5.8.5.4	Actions related to transmission of MBMSInterestIndication message
The UE shall set the contents of the MBMSInterestIndication message as follows:
1>	if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, is not empty:
2>	include mbms-FreqList and set it to include the MBMS frequencies of interest, using the EARFCN corresponding with freqBandIndicator included in SystemInformationBlockType1 (for serving frequency), if applicable, and the EARFCN(s) as included in SystemInformationBlockType15 (for neighbouring frequencies);
NOTE 1:	The EARFCN included in mbms-FreqList is merely used to indicate a physical frequency the UE is interested to receive i.e. the UE may not support the band corresponding to the included EARFCN (but it does support at least one of the bands indicated in system information for the concerned physical frequency).
2>	include mbms-Priority if the UE prioritises reception of all indicated MBMS frequencies above reception of any of the unicast bearers;
NOTE 2:	If the UE prioritises MBMS reception and unicast data cannot be supported because of congestion on the MBMS carrier(s), E-UTRAN may initiate release of unicast bearers. It is up to E-UTRAN implementation whether all bearers or only GBR bearers are released. E-UTRAN does not initiate re-establishment of the released unicast bearers upon alleviation of the congestion.
The UE shall submit the MBMSInterestIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.9	RN procedures
5.9.1	RN reconfiguration
5.9.1.1	General

Figure 5.9.1.1-1: RN reconfiguration
The purpose of this procedure is to configure/reconfigure the RN subframe configuration and/or to update the system information relevant for the RN in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.9.1.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN may initiate the RN reconfiguration procedure to an RN in RRC_CONNECTED when AS security has been activated.
5.9.1.3	Reception of the RNReconfiguration by the RN
The RN shall:
1>	if the rn-SystemInfo is included:
2>	if the systemInformationBlockType1 is included:
3>	act upon the received SystemInformationBlockType1 as specified in 5.2.2.7;
2>	if the SystemInformationBlockType2 is included:
3> act upon the received SystemInformationBlockType2 as specified in 5.2.2.9;
1>	if the rn-SubframeConfig is included:
2>	reconfigure lower layers in accordance with the received subframeConfigPatternFDD or subframeConfigPatternTDD; 
2>		if the rpdcch-Config is included:
3>	reconfigure lower layers in accordance with the received rpdcch-Config;
1>	submit the RNReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.10	Sidelink
5.10.1	Introduction
The sidelink direct communication/ discovery/ synchronisation resource configuration applies for the frequency at which it was received/ acquired. Moreover, for a UE configured with one or more SCells, the sidelink direct communication/ discovery/ synchronisation resource configuration provided by dedicated signalling applies for the PCell/ the primary frequency. Furthermore, the UE shall not use the sidelink direct communication/ discovery/ synchronisation transmission resources received in one cell with the timing of another cell.
NOTE 1:	Upper layers configure the UE to receive or transmit sidelink direct communication on a specific frequency, to monitor sidelink direct discovery announcements on one or more frequencies or to transmit sidelink direct discovery announcements on a specific frequency, but only if the UE is authorised to perform these particular ProSe related sidelink activities.
NOTE 2:	It is up to UE implementation which actions to take (e.g. termination of unicast services, detach) when it is unable to perform the desired sidelink activities, e.g. due to UE capability limitations.
5.10.1a	Conditions for sidelink operation
When it is specified that the UE shall perform a particular sidelink operation only if the conditions defined in this section are met, the UE shall perform the concerned sidelink operation only if:
1>	if the UEs serving cell is suitable (RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED); and if either the selected cell on the frequency used for sidelink operation belongs to the registered or equivalent PLMN as specified in TS 24.334 [69] or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for sidelink operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
1>	if the UE is camped on a serving cell (RRC_IDLE) on which it fulfils the conditions to support sidelink direct communication in limited service state as specified in TS 23.303 [68, 4.5.6]; and if either the serving cell is on the frequency used for sidelink operation or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for sidelink operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]; or
1>	if the UE has no serving cell (RRC_IDLE);
5.10.2	Sidelink UE information
5.10.2.1	General

Figure 5.10.2-1: Sidelink UE information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is interested or no longer interested to receive sidelink direct communication or discovery, as well as to request assignment or release of transmission resources for sidelink direct communication or discovery announcements.

5.10.2.2	Initiation
A UE capable of sidelink direct communication or discovery that is in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure to indicate it is (interested in) receiving sidelink direct communication or discovery in several cases including upon successful connection establishment, upon change of interest, upon change to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18 or SystemInformationBlockType19. A UE capable of sidelink direct communication or discovery may initiate the procedure to request assignment of dedicated resources for the concerned sidelink direct communication transmission or discovery announcements.
NOTE 1:	A UE in RRC_IDLE that is configured to transmit sidelink direct communication/ discovery announcements, while SystemInformationBlockType18/ SystemInformationBlockType19 does not include the resources for transmission (in normal conditions), initiates connection establishment in accordance with 5.3.3.1a.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the PCell:
2>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType18 for the PCell;
2> if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink direct communication:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18; or
NOTE 2:	After handover/ re-establishment from a source PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18 the UE repeats the same interest information that it provided previously as such a source PCell may not forward the interest information.
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commRxInterestedFreq; or if the frequency configured by upper layers to receive sidelink direct communication on has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the sidelink direct communication reception frequency of interest in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commRxInterestedFreq:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is no longer interested in sidelink direct communication reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct communication:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commTxResourceReq; or if the information carried by the commTxResourceReq has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the sidelink direct communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReq:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it does no longer require sidelink direct communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell:
2>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType19 for the PCell;
2> if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink direct discovery announcements on a serving frequency or on one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include discRxInterest:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is interested in sidelink direct discovery reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discRxInterest:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is no longer interested in sidelink direct discovery reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if the UE is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct discovery announcements:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include discTxResourceReq; or if the direct discovery announcement resources required by the UE have changed (i.e. resulting in a change of discTxResourceReq) since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the sidelink direct discovery announcement resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discTxResourceReq:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it does no longer require sidelink direct discovery announcement resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
5.10.2.3	Actions related to transmission of SidelinkUEInformation message
The UE shall set the contents of the SidelinkUEInformation message as follows:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the PCell:
2> if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink direct communication:
3>	include commRxInterestedFreq and set it to the sidelink direct communication frequency;
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct communication:
3>	include commTxResourceReq and set its fields as follows:
4>	set carrierFreq to indicate the sidelink direct communication frequency i.e. the same value as indicated in commRxInterestedFreq if included;
4>	set destinationInfoList to include the sidelink direct communication transmission destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell:
2> if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink direct discovery announcements on a serving frequency or one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
3>	include discRxInterest;
2>	if the UE is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct discovery announcements:
3>	include discTxResourceReq and set it to indicate the number of resources for sidelink direct discovery announcement for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
The UE shall submit the SidelinkUEInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.10.3	Direct communication monitoring
A UE capable of sidelink direct communication that is configured by upper layers to receive sidelink direct communication shall:
1> if the conditions for sidelink operation as defined in 5.10.1a are met:
2> if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink direct communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
3>	if the cell chosen for sidelink direct communication reception broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18 including commRxPool:
4>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by commRxPool;
NOTE 1:	If commRxPool includes one or more entries including rxParametersNCell, the UE may only monitor such entries if the associated PSS/SSS or SLSSIDs is detected. When monitoring such pool(s), the UE applies the timing of the concerned PSS/SSS or SLSS.
2>	else (i.e. out of coverage on the sidelink carrier):
3>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources that were preconfigured (i.e. preconfigComm in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
NOTE 2:	The UE may monitor in accordance with the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not have a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UEs own timing.

5.10.4	Direct communication transmission
A UE capable of sidelink direct communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct communication and has related data to be transmitted shall:
1> if the conditions for sidelink operation as defined in 5.10.1a are met:
2> if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink direct communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
3> if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED and uses the PCell for sidelink direct communication:
4> if the UE is configured, by the current PCell/ the PCell in which physical layer problems or radio link failure was detected, with commTxResources set to scheduled:
5> if T310 or T311 is running; and if the PCell at which the UE detected physical layer problems or radio link failure broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18 including commTxPoolExceptional; or
5> if T301 is running and the cell on which the UE initiated connection re-establishment broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18 including commTxPoolExceptional:
6>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolExceptional;
5>	else:
6>	configure lower layers to request E-UTRAN to assign transmission resources for direct communication;
4>	else if the UE is configured with commTxPoolNormalDedicated:
5>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolNormalDedicated;
3> else (i.e. sidelink direct communication in RRC_IDLE or on cell other than PCell in RRC_CONNECTED):
4>	if the cell chosen for sidelink direct communication transmission broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18:
5>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxPoolNormalCommon:
6>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolNormalCommon;
5>	else:
6>	if the last connection establishment was initiated to request sidelink direct communication transmission resources and resulted in T300 expiry; and
6> if the cell on which the UE initiated connection establishment broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18 including commTxPoolExceptional:
7>	from the moment T300 expired, as specified in 5.3.3.6, until receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including sl-CommConfig or until receiving an RRCConnectionRelease or an RRCConnectionReject;
8>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolExceptional;
2>	else (i.e. out of coverage on sidelink carrier):
3>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources that were preconfigured i.e. indicated by the first entry in preconfigComm in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3 and in accordance with the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not have a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UEs own timing;
5.10.5	Direct discovery monitoring
A UE capable of sidelink direct discovery that is configured by upper layers to monitor sidelink direct discovery announcements shall:
1> for each frequency the UE is configured to monitor sidelink direct discovery announcements on, prioritising the frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19: 
2>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink direct discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated by discRxPool in SystemInformationBlockType19 without affecting normal operation i.e. receive during idle periods or by using a spare receiver;
NOTE 1:	The requirement not to affect normal UE operation also applies for the acquisition of sidelink discovery related system and synchronisation information from inter-frequency cells.
NOTE 2:	The UE is not required to monitor all pools simultaneously.
NOTE 3:	It is up to UE implementation to decide whether a cell is sufficiently good to be used to monitor sidelink direct discovery announcements.
NOTE 4:	If discRxPool includes one or more entries including rxParameters, the UE may only monitor such entries if the associated SLSSIDs are detected. When monitoring such pool(s) the UE applies the timing of the corresponding SLSS.
5.10.6	Direct discovery announcement
A UE capable of sidelink direct discovery that is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct discovery announcements shall:
NOTE 1:	In case the configured resources are insufficient it is up to UE implementation to decide which sidelink direct discovery announcements to transmit.
1> if the UEs serving cell (RRC_IDLE) or PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]:
2> if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED (i.e. PCell is used for sidelink direct discovery announcement):
3>	if the UE is configured with discTxResources set to scheduled:
4>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink direct discovery announcement using the assigned resources indicated by scheduled in discTxResources;
3>	else if the UE is configured with discTxPoolDedicated (i.e. discTxResources set to ue-Selected):
4>	if poolSelection within poolToAddModList is set to rsrpBased:
5>	select an entry of poolToAddModList for which the RSRP measurement of the PCell, after applying the layer 3 filter defined by quantityConfig as specified in 5.5.3.2 , is in-between threshLow and threshHigh;
4>	else:
5>	randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an entry of poolToAddModList;
4>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink direct discovery announcement using the selected pool of resources:
2>	else if T300 is not running (i.e. UE in RRC_IDLE, announcing via serving cell):
3>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell includes discTxPoolCommon:
4>	if poolSelection is set to rsrpBased:
5>	select an entry of discTxPoolCommon for which RSRP measurement of the serving cell is in-between threshLow and threshHigh;
4>	else:
5>	randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an entry of discTxPoolCommon;
4>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink direct discovery announcement using the selected pool of resources;
NOTE 2:	When performing resource pool selection based on RSRP, the UE uses the latest results of the available measurements used for cell reselection evaluation in RRC_IDLE/ for measurement report triggering evaluation in RRC_CONNECTED, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements specified in TS 36.133 [16].
5.10.7	Direct synchronisation information transmission
5.10.7.1	General

Figure 5.10.7.1-1: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink direct communication, in (partial) coverage

Figure 5.10.7.1-2: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink direct communication, out of coverage

Figure 5.10.7.1-3: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink direct discovery
The purpose of this procedure is to provide synchronisation information to a UE. The synchronisation information concerns a Sidelink Synchronisation Signal (SLSS) for sidelink direct discovery, while it concerns an SLSS, timing information and some additional configuration parameters (i.e. the MasterInformationBlock-SL message) for sidelink direct communication. A UE transmits synchronisation information either when E-UTRAN configures it to do so by dedicated signalling (i.e. network based), or when not configured by dedicated signalling (i.e. UE based) and E-UTRAN broadcasts (in coverage) or pre-configures a threshold (out of coverage).
The synchronisation information transmitted by the UE may be derived from information/ signals received from E-UTRAN (in coverage) or received from a UE acting as synchronisation reference for the transmitting UE. In the remainder, the UE acting as synchronisation reference is referred to as SyncRef UE.
5.10.7.2	Initiation
A UE capable of SLSS transmission shall, when transmitting sidelink direct discovery announcements in accordance with 5.10.6 and when the following conditions are met:
1> if the UEs serving cell (RRC_IDLE) or PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]:
2>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on; or
2>	if networkControlledSyncTx is not configured; and syncTxThreshIC is included in SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP measurement of the serving cell (RRC_IDLE) or PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is below the value of syncTxThreshIC:
3>	transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21], unless the UE uses the selected subframe for regular uplink transmission;
A UE capable of sidelink direct communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink direct communication shall, irrespective of whether or not it has data to transmit:
1> if the conditions for sidelink operation as defined in 5.10.1a are met:
2>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on:
3>	transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
A UE shall, when transmitting sidelink direct communication in accordance with 5.10.4 and when the following conditions are met:
1> if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink direct communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2>	if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED; and networkControlledSyncTx is not configured; and syncTxThreshIC is included in SystemInformationBlockType18; and the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for sidelink transmission direct communication is below the value of syncTxThreshIC; or
2>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and syncTxThreshIC is included in SystemInformationBlockType18; and the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for sidelink direct communication transmission is below the value of syncTxThreshIC:
3>	transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
1>	else (i.e. out of coverage):
2>	if syncTxThreshOoC is included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3); and the UE has no selected SyncRef UE or the S-RSRP measurement result of the selected SyncRef UE is below the value of syncTxThreshOoC:
3>	transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
5.10.7.3	Transmission of SLSS
The UE shall select the SLSSID and the subframe in which to transmit SLSS as follows:
1>	if triggered by sidelink direct discovery announcement:
2>	select the SLSSID included in the entry of discSyncConfig included in the received SystemInformationBlockType19, that includes txParameters;
2>	use syncOffsetIndicator corresponding to the selected SLSSID;
2> for each pool used for the transmission of discovery announcements (each corresponding to the selected SLSSID):
3> if a subframe indicated by syncOffsetIndicator corresponds to the first subframe of the discovery transmission pool;
4> select the concerned subframe;
3> else
4> select the subframe indicated by syncOffsetIndicator that precedes and which, in time domain, is nearest to the first subframe of the discovery transmission pool;
1> if triggered by sidelink direct communication:
2> if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink direct communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
3>	select the SLSSID included in the entry of commSyncConfig that is included in the received SystemInformationBlockType18 and includes txParameters;
3>	use syncOffsetIndicator corresponding to the selected SLSSID;
3>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on:
4> select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator;
3>	else (when transmitting communication):
4> select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator within the SC period in which the UE intends to transmit sidelink control information or data;	
2>	else (i.e. out of coverage on sidelink carrier):
3>	select the synchronisation reference UE (i.e. SyncRef UE) as defined in 5.10.8;
3>	if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE and inCoverage in the MasterInformationBlock-SL message received from this UE is set to TRUE; or
3>	if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE and inCoverage in the MasterInformationBlock-SL message received from this UE is set to FALSE while the SLSS from this UE is part of the set defined for out of coverage, see TS 36.211 [21]:
4>	select the same SLSSID as the SLSSID of the selected SyncRef UE;
4>	select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to the syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3), such that the subframe timing is different from the SLSS of the selected SyncRef UE;
3>	else if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE:
4>	select the SLSSID from the set defined for out of coverage having an index that is 168 more than the index of the SLSSID of the selected SyncRef UE, see TS 36.211 [21];
4>	select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3), such that the subframe timing is different from the SLSS of the selected SyncRef UE;
3>	else (i.e. no SyncRef UE selected):
4>	randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an SLSSID from the set of sequences defined for out of coverage, see TS 36.211 [21];
4>	select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to the syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 (arbitrary selection between these) included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
5.10.7.4	Transmission of MasterInformationBlock-SL message
The UE shall set the contents of the MasterInformationBlock-SL message as follows:
1> if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink direct communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2>	set inCoverage to TRUE;
2>	set sl-Bandwidth to the value of ul-Bandwidth as included in the received SystemInformationBlockType2 of the cell chosen for sidelink direct communication;
2>	if tdd-Config is included in the received SystemInformationBlockType1:
3>	set subframeAssignmentSL to the value representing the same meaning as of subframeAssignment that is included in tdd-Config in the received SystemInformationBlockType1;
2>	else:
3>	set subframeAssignmentSL to none;
2>	if syncInfoReserved is included in an entry of commSyncConfig from the received SystemInformationBlockType18;
3>	set reserved to the value of syncInfoReserved in the received SystemInformationBlockType18;
2>	else:
3>	set all bits in reserved to 0;
1>	else if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE (as defined in 5.10.8):
2>	set inCoverage to FALSE;
2>	set sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL and reserved to the value of the corresponding field included in the received MasterInformationBlock-SL;
1>	else (i.e. no SyncRef UE selected):
2>	set inCoverage to FALSE;
2>	set sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL and reserved to the value of the corresponding field included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigGeneral in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
1>	set directFrameNumber and directSubframeNumber according to the subframe used to transmit the SLSS, as specified in 5.10.7.3;
1>	submit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message to lower layers for transmission upon which the procedure ends;
5.10.7.5	Void
5.10.8	Direct synchronisation reference
5.10.8.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to select a synchronisation reference and used a.o. when transmitting sidelink direct communication or synchronisation information.
5.10.8.2	Selection and reselection of synchronisation reference UE (SyncRef UE)
The UE shall:
1> if out of coverage on the frequency used for sidelink direct communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4, 11.4]:
2>	perform a full search (i.e. covering all subframes and all possible SLSSIDs) to detect candidate SLSS, in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]
2>	when evaluating the one or more detected SLSSIDs, apply layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2 using the preconfigured filterCoefficient as defined in 9.3, before using the S-RSRP measurement results;
2>	if the UE has selected a SyncRef UE:
3>	if the S-RSRP of the strongest candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the minimum requirement TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and the strongest candidate SyncRef UE belongs to the same priority group as the current SyncRef UE and the S-RSRP of the strongest candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE by syncRefDiffHyst; or
3>	if the S-RSRP of the candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the minimum requirement TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and the candidate SyncRef UE belongs to a higher priority group than the current SyncRef UE; or
3>	if the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE is less than the minimum requirement TS 36.133 [16]:
4>	consider no SyncRef UE to be selected;
2> if the UE has not selected a SyncRef UE,
3>	if the UE detects one or more SLSSIDs for which the S-RSRP exceeds the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and for which the UE received the corresponding MasterInformationBlock-SL message (candidate SyncRef UEs), select a SyncRef UE according to the following priority order:
4>	UEs of which inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 1);
4>	UE which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 2);
4>	Other UEs, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 3);
5.10.9	Sidelink common control information
5.10.9.1	General
The sidelink common control information is carried by a single message, the MasterInformationBlock-SL (MIB-SL) message. The MIB-SL includes timing information as well as some configuration parameters and is transmitted via SL-BCH.
The MIB-SL uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 40 ms without repetitions. In particular, the MIB-SL is scheduled in subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator i.e. for which (10*DFN + subframe number) mod 40 = syncOffsetIndicator.
The sidelink common control information may change at any transmission i.e. neither a modification period nor a change notification mechanism is used.
A UE configured to receive or transmit sidelink direct communication shall:
1>	if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE, as specified in 5.10.8.2:
2>	ensure having a valid version of the MasterInformationBlock-SL message of that SyncRefUE:
5.10.9.2	Actions related to reception of MasterInformationBlock-SL message
Upon receiving MasterInformationBlock-SL, the UE shall:
1>	apply the values of sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL, directFrameNumber and directSubframeNumber included in the received MasterInformationBlock-SL message;
6	Protocol data units, formats and parameters (tabular & ASN.1)
6.1	General
The contents of each RRC message is specified in sub-clause 6.2 using ASN.1 to specify the message syntax and using tables when needed to provide further detailed information about the information elements specified in the message syntax. The syntax of the information elements that are defined as stand-alone abstract types is further specified in a similar manner in sub-clause 6.3.
The need for information elements to be present in a message or an abstract type, i.e., the ASN.1 fields that are specified as OPTIONAL in the abstract notation (ASN.1), is specified by means of comment text tags attached to the OPTIONAL statement in the abstract syntax. All comment text tags are available for use in the downlink direction only. The meaning of each tag is specified in table 6.1-1.
Table 6.1-1: Meaning of abbreviations used to specify the need for information elements to be present
Abbreviation
Meaning
Cond conditionTag
(Used in downlink only)
Conditionally present
An information element for which the need is specified by means of conditions. For each conditionTag, the need is specified in a tabular form following the ASN.1 segment. In case, according to the conditions, a field is not present, the UE takes no action and where applicable shall continue to use the existing value (and/ or the associated functionality) unless explicitly stated otherwise (e.g. in the conditional presence table or in the description of the field itself).
Need OP
(Used in downlink only)
 Optionally present
An information element that is optional to signal. For downlink messages, the UE is not required to take any special action on absence of the IE beyond what is specified in the procedural text or the field description table following the ASN.1 segment. The UE behaviour on absence should be captured either in the procedural text or in the field description.
Need ON
(Used in downlink only)
Optionally present, No action
An information element that is optional to signal. If the message is received by the UE, and in case the information element is absent, the UE takes no action and where applicable shall continue to use the existing value (and/ or the associated functionality).
Need OR
(Used in downlink only)
 Optionally present, Release
An information element that is optional to signal. If the message is received by the UE, and in case the information element is absent, the UE shall discontinue/ stop using/ delete any existing value (and/ or the associated functionality).

Any IE with Need ON in system information shall be interpreted as Need OR.
Need codes may not be specified for a parent extension field/ extension group, used in downlink, which includes one or more child extension fields. Upon absence of such a parent extension field/ extension group, the UE shall:
-	For each individual child extension field, including extensions that are mandatory to include in the optional group, act in accordance with the need code that is defined for the extension;
-	Apply this behaviour not only for child extension fields included directly within the optional parent extension field/ extension group, but also for extension fields defined at further nesting levels as long as for none of the fields in-between the concerned extension field and the parent extension field a need code is specified;
NOTE 1:	The above applies for groups of non critical extensions using double brackets (referred to as extension groups), as well as non-critical extensions at the end of a message or at the end of a structure contained in a BIT STRING or OCTET STRING (referred to as parent extension fields).
Need codes, conditions and ASN.1 defaults specified for a particular (child) field only apply in case the (parent) field including the particular field is present. This rule does not apply for optional parent extension fields/ extension groups without need codes,
NOTE 2:	The previous rule implies that E-UTRAN has to include such a parent extension field to release a child field that is either:
-	Optional with need OR, or
-	Conditional while the UE releases the child field when absent.
The handling of need codes as specified in the previous is illustrated by means of an example, as shown in the following ASN.1.
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCMessage-r8-IEs ::= 					SEQUENCE {
	field1									InformationElement1,
	field2									InformationElement2				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension					RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs ::=					SEQUENCE {
	field3									InformationElement3				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension					RRCMessage-v940-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

RRCMessage-v940-IEs ::=					SEQUENCE {
	field4									InformationElement4				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

InformationElement1 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field11								InformationElement11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	field12								InformationElement12				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	field13								InformationElement13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		field14								InformationElement14			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

InformationElement2 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field21								InformationElement11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

The handling of need codes as specified in the previous implies that:
-	if field2 in RRCMessage-r8-IEs is absent, the UE does not modify field21;
-	if field2 in RRCMessage-r8-IEs is present but does not include field21, the UE releases field21;
-	if the extension group containing field13 is absent, the UE releases field13 and does not modify field14;
-	if nonCriticalExtension defined by IE RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs is absent, the UE does not modify field3 and releases field4;

6.2	RRC messages
NOTE:	The messages included in this section reflect the current status of the discussions. Additional messages may be included at a later stage.
6.2.1	General message structure
	EUTRA-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the EUTRA RRC PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START

EUTRA-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

-- ASN1STOP

	BCCH-BCH-Message
The BCCH-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-BCH-MessageType
}

BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::=						MasterInformationBlock

-- ASN1STOP

	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE via DLSCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType
}

BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		systemInformation						SystemInformation,
		systemInformationBlockType1				SystemInformationBlockType1
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

	MCCH-Message
The MCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE on the MCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

MCCH-Message ::= 		SEQUENCE {
	message					MCCH-MessageType
}

MCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1							CHOICE {
		mbsfnAreaConfiguration-r9		MBSFNAreaConfiguration-r9
	},
	later						CHOICE {
		c2								CHOICE{
			mbmsCountingRequest-r10			MBMSCountingRequest-r10
		},
		messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

	PCCH-Message
The PCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE on the PCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

PCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					PCCH-MessageType
}

PCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		paging									Paging
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

	DL-CCCH-Message
The DL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE on the downlink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

DL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					DL-CCCH-MessageType
}

DL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishment			RRCConnectionReestablishment,
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject		RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject,
		rrcConnectionReject						RRCConnectionReject,
		rrcConnectionSetup						RRCConnectionSetup
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

	DL-DCCH-Message
The DL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE or from the E-UTRAN to the RN on the downlink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					DL-DCCH-MessageType
}

DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		csfbParametersResponseCDMA2000			CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000,
		dlInformationTransfer					DLInformationTransfer,
		handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest		HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest,
		mobilityFromEUTRACommand				MobilityFromEUTRACommand,
		rrcConnectionReconfiguration			RRCConnectionReconfiguration,
		rrcConnectionRelease					RRCConnectionRelease,
		securityModeCommand						SecurityModeCommand,
		ueCapabilityEnquiry						UECapabilityEnquiry,
		counterCheck							CounterCheck,
		ueInformationRequest-r9					UEInformationRequest-r9,
		loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10		LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10,
		rnReconfiguration-r10					RNReconfiguration-r10,
		spare4 NULL,
		spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

	UL-CCCH-Message
The UL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the EUTRAN on the uplink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

UL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					UL-CCCH-MessageType
}

UL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest		RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest,
		rrcConnectionRequest					RRCConnectionRequest
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

	UL-DCCH-Message
The UL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the EUTRAN or from the RN to the E-UTRAN on the uplink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

UL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					UL-DCCH-MessageType
}

UL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		csfbParametersRequestCDMA2000			CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000,
		measurementReport						MeasurementReport,
		rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete,
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete,
		rrcConnectionSetupComplete				RRCConnectionSetupComplete,
		securityModeComplete					SecurityModeComplete,
		securityModeFailure						SecurityModeFailure,
		ueCapabilityInformation					UECapabilityInformation,
		ulHandoverPreparationTransfer			ULHandoverPreparationTransfer,
		ulInformationTransfer					ULInformationTransfer,
		counterCheckResponse					CounterCheckResponse,
		ueInformationResponse-r9				UEInformationResponse-r9,
		proximityIndication-r9					ProximityIndication-r9,
		rnReconfigurationComplete-r10			RNReconfigurationComplete-r10,
		mbmsCountingResponse-r10				MBMSCountingResponse-r10,
		interFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10	InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10
	},
	messageClassExtension	CHOICE {
		c2							CHOICE {
			ueAssistanceInformation-r11			UEAssistanceInformation-r11,
			inDeviceCoexIndication-r11			InDeviceCoexIndication-r11,
			mbmsInterestIndication-r11			MBMSInterestIndication-r11,
			scgFailureInformation-r12			SCGFailureInformation-r12,
			sidelinkUEInformation-r12			SidelinkUEInformation-r12,
			spare11 NULL, spare10 NULL,
			spare9 NULL, spare8 NULL, spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		messageClassExtensionFuture-r11	SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

6.2.2	Message definitions
	CounterCheck
The CounterCheck message is used by the E-UTRAN to indicate the current COUNT MSB values associated to each DRB and to request the UE to compare these to its COUNT MSB values and to report the comparison results to E-UTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
CounterCheck message
-- ASN1START

CounterCheck ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			counterCheck-r8						CounterCheck-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

CounterCheck-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-CountMSB-InfoList				DRB-CountMSB-InfoList,
	nonCriticalExtension				CounterCheck-v8a0-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

CounterCheck-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

DRB-CountMSB-InfoList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info

DRB-CountMSB-Info ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-Identity					DRB-Identity,
	countMSB-Uplink					INTEGER(0..33554431),
	countMSB-Downlink				INTEGER(0..33554431)
}

-- ASN1STOP

CounterCheck field descriptions
count-MSB-Downlink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from downlink COUNT associated to this DRB.
count-MSB-Uplink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from uplink COUNT associated to this DRB.
drb-CountMSB-InfoList
Indicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.

	CounterCheckResponse
The CounterCheckResponse message is used by the UE to respond to a CounterCheck message.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
CounterCheckResponse message
-- ASN1START

CounterCheckResponse ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		counterCheckResponse-r8				CounterCheckResponse-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

CounterCheckResponse-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-CountInfoList					DRB-CountInfoList,
	nonCriticalExtension				CounterCheckResponse-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

CounterCheckResponse-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

DRB-CountInfoList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountInfo

DRB-CountInfo ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-Identity					DRB-Identity,
	count-Uplink					INTEGER(0..4294967295),
	count-Downlink					INTEGER(0..4294967295)
}

-- ASN1STOP

CounterCheckResponse field descriptions
count-Downlink
Indicates the value of downlink COUNT associated to this DRB.
count-Uplink
Indicates the value of uplink COUNT associated to this DRB.
drb-CountInfoList
Indicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.

	CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000
The CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message is used by the UE to obtain the CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameters from the network. The UE needs these parameters to generate the CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration message used to register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT Network which is required to support CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message
-- ASN1START

CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		csfbParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8	CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000
The CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message is used to provide the CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameters to the UE so the UE can register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT Network to support CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message
-- ASN1START

CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		csfbParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8		CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rand								RAND-CDMA2000,
	mobilityParameters					MobilityParametersCDMA2000,
	nonCriticalExtension				CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	DLInformationTransfer
The DLInformationTransfer message is used for the downlink transfer of NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB2 or SRB1 (only if SRB2 not established yet. If SRB2 is suspended, E-UTRAN does not send this message until SRB2 is resumed.)
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
DLInformationTransfer message
-- ASN1START

DLInformationTransfer ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			dlInformationTransfer-r8			DLInformationTransfer-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

DLInformationTransfer-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoType					CHOICE {
		dedicatedInfoNAS					DedicatedInfoNAS,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT			DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD			DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)
The HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message is used to trigger the handover preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 RAT. This message is also used to trigger a tunneled preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 1xRTT RAT to obtain traffic channel resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, which may also involve a concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD. Also, this message is used to trigger the dual Rx/Tx redirection procedure with a CDMA2000 1xRTT RAT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message
-- ASN1START

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier		RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8
												HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	cdma2000-Type					CDMA2000-Type,
	rand							RAND-CDMA2000				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond cdma2000-Type
	mobilityParameters				MobilityParametersCDMA2000	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond cdma2000-Type
	nonCriticalExtension			HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v890-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v920-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD-r9		BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond cdma2000-Type
	nonCriticalExtension			HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	dualRxTxRedirectIndicator-r10		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond cdma2000-1XRTT
	redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT-r10	CarrierFreqCDMA2000		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond dualRxTxRedirect
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest field descriptions
concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD
Value TRUE indicates that upper layers should initiate concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD in addition to preparation for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
dualRxTxRedirectIndicator
Value TRUE indicates that the second radio of the dual Rx/Tx UE is being redirected to CDMA2000 1xRTT [51].
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT
Used to indicate the CDMA2000 1xRTT carrier frequency where the UE is being redirected to.

Conditional presence
Explanation
cdma2000-1XRTT
The field is optionally present, need ON, if the cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT; otherwise it is not present.
cdma2000-Type
The field is mandatory present if the cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT; otherwise it is not present.
dualRxTxRedirect
The field is optionally present, need ON, if dualRxTxRedirectIndicator is present; otherwise it is not present.

	InDeviceCoexIndication
The InDeviceCoexIndication message is used to inform E-UTRAN about IDC problems which can not be solved by the UE itself, as well as to provide information that may assist E-UTRAN when resolving these problems.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
InDeviceCoexIndication message
-- ASN1START

InDeviceCoexIndication-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			inDeviceCoexIndication-r11				InDeviceCoexIndication-r11-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

InDeviceCoexIndication-r11-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	affectedCarrierFreqList-r11			AffectedCarrierFreqList-r11					OPTIONAL,
	tdm-AssistanceInfo-r11				TDM-AssistanceInfo-r11						OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}									OPTIONAL
}

AffectedCarrierFreqList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-r11

AffectedCarrierFreq-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r11				MeasObjectId,
	interferenceDirection-r11	ENUMERATED {eutra, other, both, spare}
}

TDM-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::=	CHOICE {
	drx-AssistanceInfo-r11				SEQUENCE {
		drx-CycleLength-r11					ENUMERATED {sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
												 sf256, spare2, spare1},
		drx-Offset-r11						INTEGER (0..255)	OPTIONAL,
		drx-ActiveTime-r11					ENUMERATED {sf20, sf30, sf40, sf60, sf80,
												 sf100, spare2, spare1}
	},
	idc-SubframePatternList-r11			IDC-SubframePatternList-r11,
	...
}

IDC-SubframePatternList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSubframePatternIDC-r11)) OF IDC-SubframePattern-r11

IDC-SubframePattern-r11 ::= CHOICE {
	subframePatternFDD-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
	subframePatternTDD-r11				CHOICE {
		subframeConfig0-r11					BIT STRING (SIZE (70)),
		subframeConfig1-5-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
		subframeConfig6-r11					BIT STRING (SIZE (60))
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

InDeviceCoexIndication field descriptions
affectedCarrierFreqList
List of E-UTRA carrier frequencies affected by IDC problems. 
drx-ActiveTime
Indicates the desired active time that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf30 corresponds to 30 subframes and so on.
drx-CycleLength
Indicates the desired DRX cycle length that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. Value in number of subframes. Value sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, sf64 corresponds to 64 subframes and so on.
drx-Offset
Indicates the desired DRX starting offset that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. The UE shall set the value of drx-Offset smaller than the value of drx-CycleLength. The starting frame and subframe satisfy the relation: [(SFN * 10) + subframe number] modulo (drx-CycleLength) = drx-Offset.
idc-SubframePatternList
A list of one or more subframe patterns indicating which HARQ process E-UTRAN is requested to abstain from using. Value 0 indicates that E-UTRAN is requested to abstain from using the subframe. For FDD, the radio frame in which the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first/leftmost bit of the subframePatternFDD corresponds to subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 2 = 0. For TDD, the first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. The UE shall indicate a subframe pattern that follows HARQ time line, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], i.e, if a subframe is set to 1 in the subframe pattern, also the corresponding subframes carrying the potential UL grant [23, 8.0], the UL HARQ retransmission [23, 8.0] and the DL/UL HARQ feedback [23, 7.3, 8.3 and 9.1.2] shall be set to 1.
interferenceDirection
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value eutra indicates that only E-UTRA is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both E-UTRA and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see 3GPP TR 36.816 [63]).

	InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication
The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is going to either start or stop OTDOA inter-frequency RSTD measurement which requires measurement gaps as specified in TS 36.133 [16, 8.1.2.6].
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message
-- ASN1START

InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			interFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10	InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rstd-InterFreqIndication-r10		CHOICE {
		start								SEQUENCE {
			rstd-InterFreqInfoList-r10				RSTD-InterFreqInfoList-r10
		},
		stop								NULL
	},
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

RSTD-InterFreqInfoList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRSTD-Freq-r10)) OF RSTD-InterFreqInfo-r10

RSTD-InterFreqInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r10					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	measPRS-Offset-r10				INTEGER (0..39),
	...,
	[[	carrierFreq-v1090			ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0				OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication field descriptions
carrierFreq
The EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency RSTD measurements. If the UE includes carrierFreq-v1090, it shall set carrierFreq-r10 to maxEARFCN.
measPRS-Offset
Indicates the requested gap offset for performing inter-frequency RSTD measurements. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency RSTD measurements. The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cells number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40.
The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset.
NOTE: Figure 6.2.2-1 illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
rstd-InterFreqIndication
Indicates the inter-frequency RSTD measurement action, i.e. the UE is going to start or stop inter-frequency RSTD measurement.


Figure 6.2.2-1 (informative): Exemplary calculation of measPRS-Offset field.

	LoggedMeasurementConfiguration
The LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message is used by E-UTRAN to configure the UE to perform logging of measurement results while in RRC_IDLE or to perform logging of measurement results for MBSFN while in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. It is used to transfer the logged measurement configuration for network performance optimisation, see TS 37.320 [60].
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E-UTRAN to UE
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message
-- ASN1START

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10		LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}


LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {		
	traceReference-r10				TraceReference-r10,
	traceRecordingSessionRef-r10	OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	tce-Id-r10						OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
	absoluteTimeInfo-r10			AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10,
	nonCriticalExtension			LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1080-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1080-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension-r10	OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityList-r11			PLMN-IdentityList3-r11		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	areaConfiguration-v1130			AreaConfiguration-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12	TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 ::= 			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF TargetMBSFN-Area-r12

TargetMBSFN-Area-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-AreaId-r12					MBSFN-AreaId-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration field descriptions
absoluteTimeInfo
Indicates the absolute time in the current cell. 
areaConfiguration
Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ identities.
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
targetMBSFN-AreaList
Used to indicate logging of MBSFN measurements and further restrict the area and frequencies for which the UE performs measurement logging for MBSFN. If both MBSFN area id and carrier frequency are present, a specific MBSFN area is indicated. If only carrier frequency is present, all MBSFN areas on that carrier frequency are indicated. If there is no entry in the list, any MBSFN area is indicated. 
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58]

	MasterInformationBlock
The MasterInformationBlock includes the system information transmitted on BCH.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
MasterInformationBlock
-- ASN1START

MasterInformationBlock ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {
											n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
	phich-Config						PHICH-Config,
	systemFrameNumber					BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
	spare								BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}


-- ASN1STOP

MasterInformationBlock field descriptions
dl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
systemFrameNumber
Defines the 8 most significant bits of the SFN. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21, 6.6.1], the 2 least significant bits of the SFN are acquired implicitly in the P-BCH decoding, i.e. timing of 40ms P-BCH TTI indicates 2 least significant bits (within 40ms P-BCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the second radio frame: 01, the third radio frame: 10, the last radio frame: 11). One value applies for all serving cells of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG). The associated functionality is common (i.e. not performed independently for each cell).

	MBMSCountingRequest
The MBMSCountingRequest message is used by E-UTRAN to count the UEs that are receiving or interested to receive specific MBMS services.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: MCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
MBMSCountingRequest message
-- ASN1START

MBMSCountingRequest-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	countingRequestList-r10			CountingRequestList-r10,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

CountingRequestList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServiceCount)) OF CountingRequestInfo-r10

CountingRequestInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tmgi-r10							TMGI-r9,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

	MBMSCountingResponse
The MBMSCountingResponse message is used by the UE to respond to an MBMSCountingRequest message.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
MBMSCountingResponse message
-- ASN1START

MBMSCountingResponse-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			countingResponse-r10				MBMSCountingResponse-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MBMSCountingResponse-r10-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-AreaIndex-r10				INTEGER (0..maxMBSFN-Area-1) 						OPTIONAL,
	countingResponseList-r10		CountingResponseList-r10			OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

CountingResponseList-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServiceCount)) OF CountingResponseInfo-r10

CountingResponseInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	countingResponseService-r10	INTEGER (0..maxServiceCount-1),
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBMSCountingResponse field descriptions
countingResponseList
List of MBMS services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive. Value 0 for field countingResponseService corresponds to the first entry in countingRequestList within MBMSCountingRequest, value 1 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on.
mbsfn-AreaIndex
Index of the entry in field mbsfn-AreaInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType13. Value 0 corresponds to the first entry in mbsfn-AreaInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType13, value 1 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on.

	MBMSInterestIndication
The MBMSInterestIndication message is used to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is receiving/ interested to receive or no longer receiving/ interested to receive MBMS via an MRB.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
MBMSInterestIndication message
-- ASN1START

MBMSInterestIndication-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			interestIndication-r11				MBMSInterestIndication-r11-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MBMSInterestIndication-r11-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbms-FreqList-r11					CarrierFreqListMBMS-r11			OPTIONAL,
	mbms-Priority-r11					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBMSInterestIndication field descriptions
mbms-FreqList
List of MBMS frequencies on which the UE is receiving or interested to receive MBMS via an MRB.
mbms-Priority
Indicates whether the UE prioritises MBMS reception above unicast reception. The field is present (i.e. value true), if the UE prioritises reception of all listed MBMS frequencies above reception of any of the unicast bearers. Otherwise the field is absent.

	MBSFNAreaConfiguration
The MBSFNAreaConfiguration message contains the MBMS control information applicable for an MBSFN area. For each MBSFN area included in SystemInformationBlockType13 E-UTRAN configures an MCCH (i.e. the MCCH identifies the MBSFN area) and signals the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: MCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
MBSFNAreaConfiguration message
-- ASN1START

MBSFNAreaConfiguration-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	commonSF-Alloc-r9					CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r9,
	commonSF-AllocPeriod-r9				ENUMERATED {
												rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
	pmch-InfoList-r9					PMCH-InfoList-r9,
	nonCriticalExtension				MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v930-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1250-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	pmch-InfoListExt-r12				PMCH-InfoListExt-r12 				OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig

-- ASN1STOP

MBSFNAreaConfiguration field descriptions
commonSF-Alloc
Indicates the subframes allocated to the MBSFN area. E-UTRAN always sets this field to cover at least the subframes configured by SystemInformationBlockType13 for this MCCH, regardless of whether any MBMS sessions are ongoing.
commonSF-AllocPeriod
Indicates the period during which resources corresponding with field commonSF-Alloc are divided between the (P)MCH that are configured for this MBSFN area. The subframe allocation patterns, as defined by commonSF-Alloc, repeat continously during this period. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. The commonSF-AllocPeriod starts in the radio frames for which: SFN mod commonSF-AllocPeriod = 0.
pmch-InfoList
EUTRAN may include pmch-InfoListExt even if pmch-InfoList does not include maxPMCH-PerMBSFN entries. EUTRAN configures at most maxPMCH-PerMBSFN entries i.e. across pmch-InfoList and pmch-InfoListExt.

	MeasurementReport
The MeasurementReport message is used for the indication of measurement results.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
MeasurementReport message
-- ASN1START

MeasurementReport ::=				SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			measurementReport-r8				MeasurementReport-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MeasurementReport-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measResults							MeasResults,
	nonCriticalExtension				MeasurementReport-v8a0-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

MeasurementReport-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	MobilityFromEUTRACommand
The MobilityFromEUTRACommand message is used to command handover or a cell change from EUTRA to another RAT (3GPP or non-3GPP), or enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
MobilityFromEUTRACommand message
-- ASN1START

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8		MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8-IEs,
			mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9 		MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9-IEs,
			spare2 NULL, spare1 	NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cs-FallbackIndicator				BOOLEAN,
	purpose								CHOICE{
		handover							Handover,
		cellChangeOrder						CellChangeOrder
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8d0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandIndicator						BandIndicatorGERAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond GERAN
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cs-FallbackIndicator				BOOLEAN,
	purpose								CHOICE{
		handover							Handover,
		cellChangeOrder						CellChangeOrder,
		e-CSFB-r9							E-CSFB-r9,
		...
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v930-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v960-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v960-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandIndicator						BandIndicatorGERAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond GERAN
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

Handover ::=						SEQUENCE {
	targetRAT-Type						ENUMERATED {
											utra, geran, cdma2000-1XRTT, cdma2000-HRPD,
											spare4,	spare3, spare2, spare1, ...},
	targetRAT-MessageContainer			OCTET STRING,
	nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA			OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) 	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRAGERAN
	systemInformation					SI-OrPSI-GERAN				OPTIONAL	-- Cond PSHO
}

CellChangeOrder ::=				SEQUENCE {
	t304								ENUMERATED {
											ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
											ms2000, ms4000, ms8000, spare1},
	targetRAT-Type						CHOICE {
			geran							SEQUENCE {
				physCellId						PhysCellIdGERAN,
				carrierFreq						CarrierFreqGERAN,
				networkControlOrder				BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) 		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
				systemInformation				SI-OrPSI-GERAN				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
			},
			...
	}
}

SI-OrPSI-GERAN ::=					CHOICE {
	si									SystemInfoListGERAN,
	psi									SystemInfoListGERAN
}

E-CSFB-r9 ::=						SEQUENCE {
	messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT-r9		OCTET STRING		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
	mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD-r9			ENUMERATED {
											handover, redirection 
										}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	messageContCDMA2000-HRPD-r9		OCTET STRING		OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond concHO
	redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD-r9	CarrierFreqCDMA2000	OPTIONAL	-- Cond concRedir
}

-- ASN1STOP

MobilityFromEUTRACommand field descriptions
bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
carrierFreq
contains the carrier frequency of the target GERAN cell.
cs-FallbackIndicator
Value true indicates that the CS Fallback procedure to UTRAN or GERAN is triggered.
messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT
This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 1xRTT standard that either tells the UE to move to specific 1xRTT target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
messageContCDMA2000-HRPD
This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 HRPD standard that either tells the UE to move to specific HRPD target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the handover to CDMA2000 HRPD.
mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD
This field indicates whether or not mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD is to be performed by the UE and it also indicates the type of mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD that is to be performed; If this field is not present the UE shall perform only the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA
Used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the E-UTRAN to UTRAN handovers as specified in TS 33.401. The content of the parameter is defined in TS24.301.
networkControlOrder
Parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER in TS 44.060 [36].
purpose
Indicates which type of mobility procedure the UE is requested to perform. EUTRAN always applies value e-CSFB in case of enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 (e.g. also when that procedure results in handover to CDMA2000 1XRTT only, in handover to CDMA2000 HRPD only or in redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD only),
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD
The redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD indicates a CDMA2000 carrier frequency and is used to redirect the UE to a HRPD carrier frequency.
SystemInfoListGERAN
If purpose = CellChangeOrder and if the field is not present, the UE has to acquire SI/PSI from the GERAN cell.
t304
Timer T304 as described in section 7.3. Value ms100 corresponds with 100 ms, ms200 corresponds with 200 ms and so on.
targetRAT-Type
Indicates the target RAT type.
targetRAT-MessageContainer
The field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. NOTE 1.

A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard.

Conditional presence
Explanation
concHO
The field is mandatory present if the mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is set to handover; otherwise the field is optional present, need ON.
concRedir
The field is mandatory present if the mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is set to redirection; otherwise the field is not present.
GERAN
The field should be present if the purpose is set to handover and the targetRAT-Type is set to geran; otherwise the field is not present
PSHO
The field is mandatory present in case of PS handover toward GERAN; otherwise the field is optionally present, but not used by the UE
UTRAGERAN
The field is mandatory present if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran; otherwise the field is not present

NOTE 1:	The correspondence between the value of the targetRAT-Type, the standard to apply and the message contained within the targetRAT-MessageContainer is shown in the table below:
targetRAT-Type
Standard to apply
targetRAT-MessageContainer
cdma2000-1XRTT
C.S0001 or later, C.S0007 or later, C.S0008 or later

cdma2000-HRPD
C.S0024 or later

geran
GSM TS 04.18, version 8.5.0 or later, or 3GPP TS 44.018 (clause 9.1.15)

3GPP TS 44.060, version 6.13.0 or later (clause 11.2.43)

3GPP TS 44.060, version 7.6.0 or later (clause 11.2.46)
HANDOVER COMMAND


PS HANDOVER COMMAND


DTM HANDOVER COMMAND
utra
3GPP TS 25.331 (clause 10.2.16a)
HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND

	Paging
The Paging message is used for the notification of one or more UEs.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: PCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
Paging message
-- ASN1START

Paging ::=					SEQUENCE {
	pagingRecordList				PagingRecordList 					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	systemInfoModification			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	etws-Indication					ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			Paging-v890-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

Paging-v890-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			Paging-v920-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

Paging-v920-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cmas-Indication-r9				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				Paging-v1130-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

Paging-v1130-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	eab-ParamModification-r11		ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

PagingRecordList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPageRec)) OF PagingRecord

PagingRecord ::=					SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity							PagingUE-Identity,
	cn-Domain							ENUMERATED	{ps, cs},
	...
}

PagingUE-Identity ::=				CHOICE {
	s-TMSI								S-TMSI,
	imsi								IMSI,
	...
}

IMSI ::=							SEQUENCE (SIZE (6..21)) OF IMSI-Digit

IMSI-Digit ::=						INTEGER (0..9)

-- ASN1STOP

Paging field descriptions
cmas-Indication
If present: indication of a CMAS notification.
cn-Domain
Indicates the origin of paging.
eab-ParamModification
If present: indication of an EAB parameters (SIB14) modification.
etws-Indication
If present: indication of an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification.
imsi
The International Mobile Subscriber Identity, a globally unique permanent subscriber identity, see TS 23.003 [27]. The first element contains the first IMSI digit, the second element contains the second IMSI digit and so on.
systemInfoModification
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14.
ue-Identity
Provides the NAS identity of the UE that is being paged.

	ProximityIndication
The ProximityIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s).
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
ProximityIndication message
-- ASN1START

ProximityIndication-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			proximityIndication-r9				ProximityIndication-r9-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
			},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

ProximityIndication-r9-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	type-r9								ENUMERATED {entering, leaving},
	carrierFreq-r9						CHOICE {
		eutra-r9							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
		utra-r9								ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
		...,
		eutra2-v9e0							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				ProximityIndication-v930-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

ProximityIndication-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

ProximityIndication field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the RAT and frequency of the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, the UE shall set the ARFCN according to a band it previously considered suitable for accessing (one of) the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent.
type
Used to indicate whether the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of CSG member cell(s).

	RNReconfiguration
The RNReconfiguration is a command to modify the RN subframe configuration and/or to convey changed system information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to RN
RNReconfiguration message
-- ASN1START

RNReconfiguration-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier		RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions				CHOICE {
		c1								CHOICE {
			rnReconfiguration-r10		RNReconfiguration-r10-IEs, 
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture		SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RNReconfiguration-r10-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rn-SystemInfo-r10					RN-SystemInfo-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rn-SubframeConfig-r10				RN-SubframeConfig-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

RN-SystemInfo-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	systemInformationBlockType1-r10		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	systemInformationBlockType2-r10		SystemInformationBlockType2		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

	RNReconfigurationComplete
The RNReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RN reconfiguration.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: RN to E-UTRAN
RNReconfigurationComplete message
-- ASN1START

RNReconfigurationComplete-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		c1										CHOICE{
			rnReconfigurationComplete-r10			RNReconfigurationComplete-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RNReconfigurationComplete-r10-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	RRCConnectionReconfiguration
The RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is the command to modify an RRC connection. It may convey information for measurement configuration, mobility control, radio resource configuration (including RBs, MAC main configuration and physical channel configuration) including any associated dedicated NAS information and security configuration.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8		RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	measConfig							MeasConfig						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	mobilityControlInfo					MobilityControlInfo				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO
	dedicatedInfoNASList				SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF
											DedicatedInfoNAS			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond nonHO
	radioResourceConfigDedicated		RadioResourceConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-toEUTRA
	securityConfigHO					SecurityConfigHO				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v890-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v920-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	otherConfig-r9						OtherConfig-r9					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	fullConfig-r9						ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-Reestab
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	sCellToReleaseList-r10				SCellToReleaseList-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModList-r10				SCellToAddModList-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	systemInfomationBlockType1Dedicated-r11	OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1)																			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	wlan-OffloadInfo-r12				CHOICE {
		release 								NULL,
		setup									SEQUENCE {
			wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated-r12		WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12,
			t350-r12								ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60,
												 min120, min180, spare1}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}
	}																	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	scg-Configuration-r12				SCG-Configuration-r12		OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond nonFullConfig
	sl-SyncTxControl-r12				SL-SyncTxControl-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sl-DiscConfig-r12					SL-DiscConfig-r12				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sl-CommConfig-r12					SL-CommConfig-r12				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

SL-SyncTxControl-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	networkControlledSyncTx-r12				ENUMERATED {on, off}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
}

PSCellToAddMod-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sCellIndex-r12						SCellIndex-r10,
	cellIdentification-r12				SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r12						PhysCellId,
		dl-CarrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12		RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd2
	...
}

PowerCoordinationInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
	p-MeNB-r12							INTEGER (1..16),
	p-SeNB-r12							INTEGER (1..16),
	powerControlMode-r12				INTEGER (1..2)
}

SCellToAddModList-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-r10

SCellToAddMod-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	sCellIndex-r10						SCellIndex-r10,
	cellIdentification-r10				SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r10						PhysCellId,
		dl-CarrierFreq-r10					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10		RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd2
	...,
	[[	dl-CarrierFreq-v1090				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0	OPTIONAL	-- Cond EARFCN-max
	]]
}

SCellToReleaseList-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellIndex-r10

SCG-Configuration-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		scg-ConfigPartMCG-r12				SEQUENCE {
			scg-Counter-r12						INTEGER (0.. 65535)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			powerCoordinationInfo-r12			PowerCoordinationInfo-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			...
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12				SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12 		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12			SCellToReleaseList-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pSCellToAddMod-r12					PSCellToAddMod-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListSCG-r12			SCellToAddModList-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	mobilityControlInfoSCG-r12			MobilityControlInfoSCG-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

SecurityConfigHO ::=				SEQUENCE {
	handoverType						CHOICE {
		intraLTE							SEQUENCE {
			securityAlgorithmConfig				SecurityAlgorithmConfig		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond fullConfig
			keyChangeIndicator					BOOLEAN,
			nextHopChainingCount				NextHopChainingCount
		},
		interRAT							SEQUENCE {
			securityAlgorithmConfig				SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
			nas-SecurityParamToEUTRA			OCTET STRING (SIZE(6))
		}
	},
	...
}


-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReconfiguration field descriptions
dedicatedInfoNASList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list.
fullConfig
Indicates the full configuration option is applicable for the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message.
keyChangeIndicator
true is used only in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KASME key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.401 [32] for KeNB re-keying. false is used in an intra-LTE handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.401 [32].
nas-securityParamToEUTRA
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS- security after inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA. The content is defined in TS 24.301.
networkControlledSyncTx
This field indicates whether the UE shall transmit synchronisation information (i.e. become synchronisation source). Value On indicates the UE to transmit synchronisation information while value Off indicates the UE to not transmit such information.
nextHopChainingCount
Parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32]
p-MeNB
Indicates the guaranteed power for the MeNB, as specified in 36.213 [23].
powerControlMode
Indicates the power control mode used in DC. Value 1 corresponds to DC power control mode 1 and value 2 indicates DC power control mode 2, as specified in 36.213 [23].
p-SeNB
Indicates the guaranteed power for the SeNB as specified in 36.213 [23, Table 5.1.4.2-1].
sCellIndex
In case of DC, the SCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG cell can not use the same value as used for an MCG cell.
sCellToAddModListSCG
Indicates the SCG cell to be added or modified. The field is used for SCG cells other than the PSCell (which is added/ modified by field pSCellToAddMod).
sCellToReleaseListSCG
Indicates the SCG cell to be released. The field is also used to release the PSCell e.g. upon change of PSCell, upon system information change for the PSCell.
scg-Counter
A counter used upon initial configuration of SCG security as well as upon refresh of S-KeNB. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
t350
Timer T350 as described in section 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.

Conditional presence
Explanation
EARFCN-max
The field is mandatory present if dl-CarrierFreq-r10 is included and set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
fullConfig
This field is mandatory present for handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is included; otherwise it is optionally present, Need OP. 
HO
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA or to E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
HO-Reestab
This field is optionally present, need ON, in case of handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment; otherwise the field is not present.
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or for reconfigurations when fullConfig is included; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
nonFullConfig
The field is not present in case of handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is included or in case of handover to E-UTRA; otherwise it is optional present, need ON.
nonHO
The field is not present in case of handover within E-UTRA or to E-UTRA; otherwise it is optional present, need ON.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd2
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is optionally present, need ON.

	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
The RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection reconfiguration.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8
											RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rlf-InfoAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	RRCConnectionReestablishment
The RRCConnectionReestablishment message is used to re-establish SRB1.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReestablishment message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishment ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionReestablishment-r8		RRCConnectionReestablishment-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 	NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 	NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishment-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated		RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
	nextHopChainingCount				NextHopChainingCount,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishment-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishment-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection reestablishment.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8
											RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v920-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rlf-InfoAvailable-r9				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete field descriptions
rlf-InfoAvailable
This field is used to indicate the availability of radio link failure or handover failure related measurements

	RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message is used to indicate the rejection of an RRC connection reestablishment request.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8
											RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message is used to request the reestablishment of an RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8
											RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity							ReestabUE-Identity,
	reestablishmentCause				ReestablishmentCause,
	spare								BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
}

ReestabUE-Identity ::=				SEQUENCE {
	c-RNTI								C-RNTI,
	physCellId							PhysCellId,
	shortMAC-I							ShortMAC-I
}

ReestablishmentCause ::=			ENUMERATED {
										reconfigurationFailure, handoverFailure,
										otherFailure, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest field descriptions
physCellId
The Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

	RRCConnectionReject
The RRCConnectionReject message is used to reject the RRC connection establishment.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReject message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReject ::=				SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionReject-r8				RRCConnectionReject-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReject-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	waitTime							INTEGER (1..16),
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReject-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReject-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReject-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReject-v1020-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	extendedWaitTime-r10				INTEGER (1..1800)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReject-v1130-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReject-v1130-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deprioritisationReq-r11				SEQUENCE {
		deprioritisationType-r11			ENUMERATED {frequency, e-utra},
		deprioritisationTimer-r11			ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min15, min30}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReject field descriptions
deprioritisationReq
Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised. The UE shall be able to store a depriotisation request for up to 8 frequencies (applicable when receiving another frequency specific deprioritisation request before T325 expiry).
deprioritisationTimer
Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or E-UTRA is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds.

	RRCConnectionRelease
The RRCConnectionRelease message is used to command the release of an RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionRelease message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionRelease ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionRelease-r8				RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	releaseCause						ReleaseCause,
	redirectedCarrierInfo				RedirectedCarrierInfo				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	idleModeMobilityControlInfo			IdleModeMobilityControlInfo			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-v890-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-v890-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCConnectionRelease-v9e0-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-v920-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non critical extensions
RRCConnectionRelease-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	redirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0			RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond NoRedirect-r8
	idleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0	IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond IdleInfoEUTRA
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non critical extensions
RRCConnectionRelease-v920-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellInfoList-r9					CHOICE {
		geran-r9						CellInfoListGERAN-r9,
		utra-FDD-r9						CellInfoListUTRA-FDD-r9,
		utra-TDD-r9						CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r9,
		...,
		utra-TDD-r10					CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r10
	}															OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Redirection
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCConnectionRelease-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-v1020-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	extendedWaitTime-r10				INTEGER (1..1800)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}				OPTIONAL
}

ReleaseCause ::=				ENUMERATED {loadBalancingTAUrequired,
											other, cs-FallbackHighPriority-v1020, spare1}

RedirectedCarrierInfo ::=			CHOICE {
	eutra								ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	geran								CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	utra-FDD							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	utra-TDD							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cdma2000-HRPD						CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	cdma2000-1xRTT						CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	...,
	utra-TDD-r10						CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10
}

RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	eutra-v9e0								ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqUTRA-TDD-r10)) OF ARFCN-ValueUTRA

IdleModeMobilityControlInfo ::=		SEQUENCE {
	freqPriorityListEUTRA				FreqPriorityListEUTRA			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	freqPriorityListGERAN				FreqsPriorityListGERAN			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	freqPriorityListUTRA-FDD			FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	freqPriorityListUTRA-TDD			FreqPriorityListUTRA-TDD		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	bandClassPriorityListHRPD			BandClassPriorityListHRPD		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	bandClassPriorityList1XRTT			BandClassPriorityList1XRTT		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	t320								ENUMERATED {
											min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180,
											spare1}						OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12		FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v9e0
}

FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA

FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-r12

FreqPriorityEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

FreqPriorityEUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL	-- Cond EARFCN-max
}

FreqPriorityEUTRA-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	cellReselectionPriority-r12				CellReselectionPriority
}

FreqsPriorityListGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF FreqsPriorityGERAN

FreqsPriorityGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqs						CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD

FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

FreqPriorityListUTRA-TDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF FreqPriorityUTRA-TDD

FreqPriorityUTRA-TDD ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

BandClassPriorityListHRPD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassPriorityHRPD

BandClassPriorityHRPD ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

BandClassPriorityList1XRTT ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassPriority1XRTT

BandClassPriority1XRTT ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

CellInfoListGERAN-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoGERAN-r9)) OF CellInfoGERAN-r9

CellInfoGERAN-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r9						PhysCellIdGERAN,
	carrierFreq-r9						CarrierFreqGERAN,
	systemInformation-r9				SystemInfoListGERAN
}

CellInfoListUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-FDD-r9

CellInfoUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r9						PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
	utra-BCCH-Container-r9				OCTET STRING
}

CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r9

CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r9						PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
	utra-BCCH-Container-r9				OCTET STRING
}

CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r10

CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r10						PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
	carrierFreq-r10						ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	utra-BCCH-Container-r10				OCTET STRING
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionRelease field descriptions
carrierFreq or bandClass
The carrier frequency (UTRA and E-UTRA) and band class (HRPD and 1xRTT) for which the associated cellReselectionPriority is applied.
carrierFreqs
The list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
cellInfoList
Used to provide system information of one or more cells on the redirected inter-RAT carrier frequency. The system information can be used if, upon redirection, the UE selects an inter-RAT cell indicated by the physCellId and carrierFreq (GERAN and UTRA TDD) or by the physCellId (other RATs). The choice shall match the redirectedCarrierInfo. In particular, E-UTRAN only applies value utra-TDD-r10 in case redirectedCarrierInfo is set to utra-TDD-r10.
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
freqPriorityListX
Provides a cell reselection priority for each frequency, by means of separate lists for each RAT (including E-UTRA). The UE shall be able to store at least 3 occurrences of FreqsPriorityGERAN. If E-UTRAN includes freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqPriorityListEUTRA (i.e. without suffix). Field freqPriorityListExt includes additional neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. EUTRAN only includes freqPriorityListExtEUTRA if freqPriorityListEUTRA (i.e without suffix) includes maxFreq entries.
idleModeMobilityControlInfo
Provides dedicated cell reselection priorities. Used for cell reselection as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, a UE that supports multi-band cells for the concerned RAT considers the dedicated priorities to be common for all overlapping bands (i.e. regardless of the ARFCN that is used).
redirectedCarrierInfo
The redirectedCarrierInfo indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an EUTRA or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of the cell selection upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
releaseCause
The releaseCause is used to indicate the reason for releasing the RRC Connection. The cause value cs-FallbackHighPriority is only applicable when redirectedCarrierInfo is present with the value set to utra-FDD, utra-TDD or utra-TDD-r10.
E-UTRAN should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired or to cs-FallbackHighPriority if the extendedWaitTime is present.
systemInformation
Container for system information of the GERAN cell i.e. one or more System Information (SI) messages as defined in TS 44.018 [45, table 9.1.1]. 
t320
Timer T320 as described in section 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
utra-BCCH-Container
Contains System Information Container message as defined in TS 25.331 [19].

Conditional presence
Explanation
EARFCN-max
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding carrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
IdleInfoEUTRA
The field is optionally present, need OP, if the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo (i.e. without suffix) is included and includes freqPriorityListEUTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
NoRedirect-r8
The field is optionally present, need OP, if the redirectedCarrierInfo (i.e. without suffix) is not included; otherwise the field is not present.
Redirection
The field is optionally present, need ON, if the redirectedCarrierInfo is included and set to geran, utra-FDD, utra-TDD or utra-TDD-r10; otherwise the field is not present.

	RRCConnectionRequest
The RRCConnectionRequest message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
RRCConnectionRequest message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionRequest ::=			SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionRequest-r8				RRCConnectionRequest-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionRequest-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity							InitialUE-Identity,
	establishmentCause					EstablishmentCause,
	spare								BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
}

InitialUE-Identity ::=				CHOICE {
	s-TMSI								S-TMSI,
	randomValue							BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}

EstablishmentCause ::=				ENUMERATED {
										emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling,
										mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess-v1020, spare2, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionRequest field descriptions
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: highPriorityAccess concerns AC11..AC15, mt stands for Mobile Terminating and mo for Mobile Originating.
randomValue
Integer value in the range 0 to 240 ? 1.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

	RRCConnectionSetup
The RRCConnectionSetup message is used to establish SRB1.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionSetup message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionSetup ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionSetup-r8				RRCConnectionSetup-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionSetup-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated		RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetup-v8a0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetup-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	RRCConnectionSetupComplete
The RRCConnectionSetupComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection establishment.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
RRCConnectionSetupComplete message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionSetupComplete ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r8		RRCConnectionSetupComplete-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	selectedPLMN-Identity				INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	registeredMME						RegisteredMME						OPTIONAL,
	dedicatedInfoNAS					DedicatedInfoNAS,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	gummei-Type-r10						ENUMERATED {native, mapped}			OPTIONAL,
	rlf-InfoAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,
	rn-SubframeConfigReq-r10			ENUMERATED {required, notRequired}	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1250-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mobilityState-r12					ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare}	OPTIONAL,
	mobilityHistoryAvail-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

RegisteredMME ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity						PLMN-Identity						OPTIONAL,
	mmegi								BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	mmec								MMEC
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionSetupComplete field descriptions
gummei-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUMMEI included is native (assigned by EPC) or mapped (from 2G/3G identifiers).
mmegi
Provides the Group Identity of the registered MME within the PLMN, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [27].
mobilityState
This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 36.304 5.2.4.3 [4]) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The values of medium and high respectively correspond to the UE being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states.  Otherwise the UE is in normal state.
registeredMME
This field is used to transfer the GUMMEI of the MME where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers.
rn-SubframeConfigReq
If present, this field indicates that the connection establishment is for an RN and whether a subframe configuration is requested or not.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1 and so on.

	SCGFailureInformation
The SCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding failures detected by the UE.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
SCGFailureInformation message
-- ASN1START

SCGFailureInformation-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			scgFailureInformation-r12			SCGFailureInformation-r12-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SCGFailureInformation-r12-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	failureReportSCG-r12				FailureReportSCG-r12 			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

FailureReportSCG-r12 ::= 			SEQUENCE {
	failureType-r12						ENUMERATED {t313-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
												rlc-MaxNumRetx, scg-ChangeFailure },
	measResultServFreqList-r12			MeasResultServFreqList-r10		OPTIONAL,
	measResultNeighCells-r12			MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

	SecurityModeCommand
The SecurityModeCommand message is used to command the activation of AS security.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
SecurityModeCommand message
-- ASN1START

SecurityModeCommand ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			securityModeCommand-r8				SecurityModeCommand-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SecurityModeCommand-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	securityConfigSMC					SecurityConfigSMC,
	nonCriticalExtension				SecurityModeCommand-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SecurityModeCommand-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

SecurityConfigSMC ::=					SEQUENCE {
	securityAlgorithmConfig					SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

	SecurityModeComplete
The SecurityModeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of a security mode command.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
SecurityModeComplete message
-- ASN1START

SecurityModeComplete ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		securityModeComplete-r8				SecurityModeComplete-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SecurityModeComplete-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				SecurityModeComplete-v8a0-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

SecurityModeComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	SecurityModeFailure
The SecurityModeFailure message is used to indicate an unsuccessful completion of a security mode command.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
SecurityModeFailure message
-- ASN1START

SecurityModeFailure ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		securityModeFailure-r8				SecurityModeFailure-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SecurityModeFailure-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				SecurityModeFailure-v8a0-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

SecurityModeFailure-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	SidelinkUEInformation
The SidelinkUEInformation message is used for the indication of sidelink information to the eNB.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
SidelinkUEInformation message
-- ASN1START

SidelinkUEInformation-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions				CHOICE {
		c1								CHOICE {
			sidelinkUEInformation-r12		SidelinkUEInformation-r12-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SidelinkUEInformation-r12-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	commRxInterestedFreq-r12		ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
	commTxResourceReq-r12			SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12	OPTIONAL,
	discRxInterest-r12				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,
	discTxResourceReq-r12			INTEGER (1..63)				OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
	destinationInfoList-r12			SL-DestinationInfoList-r12
}

SL-DestinationInfoList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Dest-r12)) OF SL-DestinationIdentity-r12

SL-DestinationIdentity-r12 ::=	BIT STRING (SIZE (24))

-- ASN1STOP

SidelinkUEInformation field descriptions
commRxInterestedFreq
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to receive sidelink direct communication.
commTxResourceReq
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit sidelink direct communication as well as the sidelink direct communication transmission destination(s) for which the UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources.
destinationInfoList
Indicates the destination which is identified by the ProSe Layer-2 Group ID as specified in TS 23.303 [68].
discRxInterest
Indicates that the UE is interested to monitor sidelink direct discovery announcements.
discTxResourceReq
Indicates the number of resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting sidelink direct discovery announcement. It concerns the number of separate discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period.

	SystemInformation
The SystemInformation message is used to convey one or more System Information Blocks. All the SIBs included are transmitted with the same periodicity.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
SystemInformation message
-- ASN1START

SystemInformation ::=				SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		systemInformation-r8				SystemInformation-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}
SystemInformation-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sib-TypeAndInfo						SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE {
		sib2								SystemInformationBlockType2,
		sib3								SystemInformationBlockType3,
		sib4								SystemInformationBlockType4,
		sib5								SystemInformationBlockType5,
		sib6								SystemInformationBlockType6,
		sib7								SystemInformationBlockType7,
		sib8								SystemInformationBlockType8,
		sib9								SystemInformationBlockType9,
		sib10								SystemInformationBlockType10,
		sib11								SystemInformationBlockType11,
		...,
		sib12-v920							SystemInformationBlockType12-r9,
		sib13-v920							SystemInformationBlockType13-r9,
		sib14-v1130							SystemInformationBlockType14-r11,
		sib15-v1130							SystemInformationBlockType15-r11,
		sib16-v1130							SystemInformationBlockType16-r11,
		sib17-v1250							SystemInformationBlockType17-r12,
		sib18-v1250							SystemInformationBlockType18-r12,
		sib19-v1250							SystemInformationBlockType19-r12
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformation-v8a0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformation-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	SystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformationBlockType1 contains information relevant when evaluating if a UE is allowed to access a cell and defines the scheduling of other system information.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
SystemInformationBlockType1 message
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType1 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cellAccessRelatedInfo				SEQUENCE {
		plmn-IdentityList					PLMN-IdentityList,
		trackingAreaCode					TrackingAreaCode,
		cellIdentity						CellIdentity,
		cellBarred							ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
		intraFreqReselection				ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed},
		csg-Indication						BOOLEAN,
		csg-Identity						CSG-Identity			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	},
	cellSelectionInfo					SEQUENCE {
		q-RxLevMin							Q-RxLevMin,
		q-RxLevMinOffset					INTEGER (1..8)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	},
	p-Max								P-Max						OPTIONAL,			-- Need OP
	freqBandIndicator					FreqBandIndicator,
	schedulingInfoList					SchedulingInfoList,
	tdd-Config							TDD-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
	si-WindowLength						ENUMERATED {
											ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20,
											ms40},
	systemInfoValueTag					INTEGER (0..31),
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1-v8h0-IEs)			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v920-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType1-v8h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	multiBandInfoList					MultiBandInfoList		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v9e0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	freqBandIndicator-v9e0				FreqBandIndicator-v9e0		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond FBI-max
	multiBandInfoList-v9e0				MultiBandInfoList-v9e0		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond mFBI-max
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType1-v920-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ims-EmergencySupport-r9				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cellSelectionInfo-v920				CellSelectionInfo-v920		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1130-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	tdd-Config-v1130				TDD-Config-v1130			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR
	cellSelectionInfo-v1130			CellSelectionInfo-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType1-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1250-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellAccessRelatedInfo-v1250					SEQUENCE {
		category0Allowed-r12						ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	},
	cellSelectionInfo-v1250					CellSelectionInfo-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ2
	freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond mFBI
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

PLMN-IdentityList ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo

PLMN-IdentityInfo ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	cellReservedForOperatorUse				ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}

SchedulingInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo

SchedulingInfo ::=	SEQUENCE {
	si-Periodicity						ENUMERATED {
											rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512},
	sib-MappingInfo						SIB-MappingInfo
}

SIB-MappingInfo ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type

SIB-Type ::=						ENUMERATED {
										sibType3, sibType4, sibType5, sibType6,
										sibType7, sibType8, sibType9, sibType10,
										sibType11, sibType12-v920, sibType13-v920,
										sibType14-v1130, sibType15-v1130,
										sibType16-v1130, sibType17-v1250, sibType18-v1250,
										..., sibType19-v1250}

CellSelectionInfo-v920 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	q-QualMin-r9						Q-QualMin-r9,
	q-QualMinOffset-r9					INTEGER (1..8)						OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

CellSelectionInfo-v1130 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	q-QualMinWB-r11						Q-QualMin-r9
}

CellSelectionInfo-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12						Q-QualMin-r9
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType1 field descriptions
category0Allowed
The presence of this field indicates category 0 UEs are allowed to access the cell.
cellBarred
barred means the cell is barred, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellReservedForOperatorUse
As defined in TS 36.304 [4].
csg-Identity
Identity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to.
csg-Indication
If set to TRUE the UE is only allowed to access the cell if it is a CSG member cell, if selected during manual CSG selection or to obtain limited service, see TS 36.304 [4].
freqBandIndicatorPriority
If the field is present and supported by the UE,  the UE shall prioritize the frequency bands in the multiBandInfoList IE in decreasing priority order. Only if the UE does not support any of the frequency band in multiBandInfoList, the UE shall  use the value in freqBandIndicator IE. Otherwise, the UE applies frequency band according to the rules defined in multiBandInfoList.
ims-EmergencySupport
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
intraFreqReselection
Used to control cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.5-1] that the cell belongs to. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator IE it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList IE. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions. The UE shall ignore the rule defined in this field description if freqBandIndicatorPriority is present and supported by the UE.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.
p-Max
Value applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to the UE capability.
q-QualMin
Parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinOffset
Parameter Qqualminoffset in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = IE value [dB]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present or the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset. Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
q-RxLevMinOffset
Parameter Qrxlevminoffset in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = IE value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.There is no mapping information of SIB2; it is always present in the first SystemInformation message listed in the schedulingInfoList list.
si-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf8 denotes 8 radio frames, rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, and so on.
si-WindowLength
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms1 denotes 1 millisecond, ms2 denotes 2 milliseconds and so on.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB, SIB1, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. Change of MIB and SIB1 is detected by acquisition of the corresponding message.
trackingAreaCode
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed.

NOTE 1:	The value the UE applies for parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4] depends on the q-QualMin fields signalled by E-UTRAN and supported by the UE. In case multiple candidate options are available, the UE shall select the highest priority candidate option according to the priority order indicated by the following table (top row is highest priority).
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
q-QualMinWB
Value of parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4]
Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols  (q-QualMin  q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin

Conditional presence
Explanation
FBI-max
The field is mandatory present if freqBandIndicator (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxFBI. Otherwise the field is not present.
mFBI
The field is optional present, Need OR, if multiBandInfoList is present. Otherwise the field is not present.
mFBI-max
The field is mandatory present if one or more entries in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix, introduced in -v8h0) is set to maxFBI. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if SIB3 is being broadcast and threshServingLowQ is present in SIB3; otherwise optionally present, Need OP.
RSRQ2
The field is mandatory present if q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD
This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD-OR
The field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth in systemInformationBlockType3 is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.

	UEAssistanceInformation
The UEAssistanceInformation message is used for the indication of UE assistance information to the eNB.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
UEAssistanceInformation message
-- ASN1START

UEAssistanceInformation-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ueAssistanceInformation-r11			UEAssistanceInformation-r11-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UEAssistanceInformation-r11-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	powerPrefIndication-r11				ENUMERATED	{normal, lowPowerConsumption}	OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UEAssistanceInformation field descriptions
powerPrefIndication
Value lowPowerConsumption indicates the UE prefers a configuration that is primarily optimised for power saving. Otherwise the value is set to normal.

	UECapabilityEnquiry
The UECapabilityEnquiry message is used to request the transfer of UE radio access capabilities for EUTRA as well as for other RATs.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
UECapabilityEnquiry message
-- ASN1START

UECapabilityEnquiry ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8				UECapabilityEnquiry-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-CapabilityRequest				UE-CapabilityRequest,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v1180-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v1180-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	requestedFrequencyBands-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

UE-CapabilityRequest ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF RAT-Type

-- ASN1STOP

UECapabilityEnquiry field descriptions
ue-CapabilityRequest
List of the RATs for which the UE is requested to transfer the UE radio access capabilities i.e. E-UTRA, UTRA, GERAN-CS, GERAN-PS, CDMA2000.
requestedFrequencyBands
List of frequency bands for which the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations and non CA bands.

	UECapabilityInformation
The UECapabilityInformation message is used to transfer of UE radio access capabilities requested by the EUTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
UECapabilityInformation message
-- ASN1START

UECapabilityInformation ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			ueCapabilityInformation-r8			UECapabilityInformation-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UECapabilityInformation-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList		UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityInformation-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityInformation-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityInformation-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityInformation-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioPagingInfo-r12				UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UECapabilityInformation field descriptions 
ue-RadioPagingInfo
This field contains information used for paging of category 0 UEs.

	UEInformationRequest
The UEInformationRequest is the command used by E-UTRAN to retrieve information from the UE. 
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: EUTRAN to UE
UEInformationRequest message
-- ASN1START

UEInformationRequest-r9		::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier		RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions				CHOICE {
		c1								CHOICE {
			ueInformationRequest-r9				UEInformationRequest-r9-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UEInformationRequest-r9-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rach-ReportReq-r9					BOOLEAN,
	rlf-ReportReq-r9					BOOLEAN,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v930-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v1020-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	logMeasReportReq-r10				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v1130-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailReportReq-r11			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v1250-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mobilityHistoryReportReq-r12		ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UEInformationRequest field descriptions
rach-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.

	UEInformationResponse
The UEInformationResponse message is used by the UE to transfer the information requested by the E-UTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB2 (when logged measurement information is included)
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E-UTRAN
UEInformationResponse message
-- ASN1START

UEInformationResponse-r9	::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1								CHOICE {
			ueInformationResponse-r9				UEInformationResponse-r9-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UEInformationResponse-r9-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rach-Report-r9							SEQUENCE {
		numberOfPreamblesSent-r9				NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11,
		contentionDetected-r9					BOOLEAN
	}																OPTIONAL,
	rlf-Report-r9							RLF-Report-r9			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UEInformationResponse-v930-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non critical extensions
UEInformationResponse-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rlf-Report-v9e0						RLF-Report-v9e0					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non critical extensions
UEInformationResponse-v930-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UEInformationResponse-v9e0-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationResponse-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationResponse-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasReport-r10					LogMeasReport-r10				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationResponse-v1130-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationResponse-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailReport-r11				ConnEstFailReport-r11			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationResponse-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationResponse-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mobilityHistoryReport-r12			MobilityHistoryReport-r12		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

RLF-Report-r9 ::= 					SEQUENCE {
	measResultLastServCell-r9				SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r9							RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r9							RSRQ-Range			OPTIONAL
	},
	measResultNeighCells-r9				SEQUENCE {
		measResultListEUTRA-r9				MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListUTRA-r9				MeasResultList2UTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListGERAN-r9				MeasResultListGERAN				OPTIONAL,
		measResultsCDMA2000-r9				MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9		OPTIONAL
	}	OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	locationInfo-r10				LocationInfo-r10		OPTIONAL,
		failedPCellId-r10						CHOICE {
			cellGlobalId-r10						CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
			pci-arfcn-r10							SEQUENCE {
				physCellId-r10							PhysCellId,
				carrierFreq-r10							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
			}
		}																OPTIONAL,
		reestablishmentCellId-r10		CellGlobalIdEUTRA				OPTIONAL,
		timeConnFailure-r10				INTEGER (0..1023)				OPTIONAL,
		connectionFailureType-r10		ENUMERATED {rlf, hof}			OPTIONAL,
		previousPCellId-r10				CellGlobalIdEUTRA				OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	failedPCellId-v1090				SEQUENCE {
			carrierFreq-v1090				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
		}																OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	basicFields-r11					SEQUENCE {
			c-RNTI-r11						C-RNTI,
			rlf-Cause-r11					ENUMERATED {
												t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
												rlc-MaxNumRetx, t312-Expiry-r12},
			timeSinceFailure-r11			TimeSinceFailure-r11
		}																OPTIONAL,
		previousUTRA-CellId-r11			SEQUENCE {
			carrierFreq-r11					ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
			physCellId-r11					CHOICE {
				fdd-r11							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
				tdd-r11							PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
			},
			cellGlobalId-r11				CellGlobalIdUTRA			OPTIONAL
		}																OPTIONAL,
		selectedUTRA-CellId-r11			SEQUENCE {
			carrierFreq-r11					ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
			physCellId-r11					CHOICE {
				fdd-r11							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
				tdd-r11							PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
			}
		}																OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	failedPCellId-v1250				SEQUENCE {
			tac-FailedPCell-r12			TrackingAreaCode				
		}																OPTIONAL,
		measResultLastServCell-v1250	RSRQ-Range-v1250				OPTIONAL,
		lastServCellRSRQ-Type-r12		RSRQ-Type-r12					OPTIONAL,
		measResultListEUTRA-v1250		MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250		OPTIONAL
	]]

}

RLF-Report-v9e0 ::= 				SEQUENCE {
	measResultListEUTRA-v9e0			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0
}

MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r9

MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-v9e0

MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-v1250

MeasResult2EUTRA-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r9						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	measResultList-r9					MeasResultListEUTRA
}

MeasResult2EUTRA-v9e0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-v9e0						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL
}

MeasResult2EUTRA-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rsrq-Type-r12							RSRQ-Type-r12		OPTIONAL
}

MeasResultList2UTRA-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2UTRA-r9

MeasResult2UTRA-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r9						ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	measResultList-r9					MeasResultListUTRA
}

MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2CDMA2000-r9

MeasResult2CDMA2000-r9 ::= 			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r9						CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	measResultList-r9					MeasResultsCDMA2000
}

LogMeasReport-r10 ::= 				SEQUENCE {
	absoluteTimeStamp-r10				AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	traceReference-r10					TraceReference-r10,
	traceRecordingSessionRef-r10		OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	tce-Id-r10							OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
	logMeasInfoList-r10					LogMeasInfoList-r10,
	logMeasAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

LogMeasInfoList-r10 ::= 		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeasReport-r10)) OF LogMeasInfo-r10

LogMeasInfo-r10 ::= 		SEQUENCE {
	locationInfo-r10					LocationInfo-r10		OPTIONAL,
	relativeTimeStamp-r10				INTEGER (0..7200),
	servCellIdentity-r10				CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
	measResultServCell-r10				SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r10						RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r10						RSRQ-Range
	},
	measResultNeighCells-r10			SEQUENCE {
		measResultListEUTRA-r10				MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9		OPTIONAL,
		measResultListUTRA-r10				MeasResultList2UTRA-r9		OPTIONAL,
		measResultListGERAN-r10				MeasResultList2GERAN-r10	OPTIONAL,
		measResultListCDMA2000-r10			MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9	OPTIONAL
	}	OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultListEUTRA-v1090			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultListMBSFN-r12				MeasResultListMBSFN-r12	OPTIONAL,
		measResultServCell-v1250			RSRQ-Range-v1250			OPTIONAL,
		servCellRSRQ-Type-r12				RSRQ-Type-r12				OPTIONAL,
		measResultListEUTRA-v1250			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250	OPTIONAL
	]]

}

MeasResultListMBSFN-r12 ::= 			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MeasResultMBSFN-r12

MeasResultMBSFN-r12 ::= 			SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-Area-r12							SEQUENCE {
		mbsfn-AreaId-r12						MBSFN-AreaId-r12,
		carrierFreq-r12							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
	},
	rsrpResultMBSFN-r12						RSRP-Range,
	rsrqResultMBSFN-r12						MBSFN-RSRQ-Range-r12,
	signallingBLER-Result-r12				BLER-Result-r12				OPTIONAL,
	dataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12				DataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12	OPTIONAL,
	...
}

DataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF DataBLER-MCH-Result-r12

DataBLER-MCH-Result-r12 ::= 			SEQUENCE {
	mch-Index-r12							INTEGER (1..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN),
	dataBLER-Result-r12						BLER-Result-r12
}

BLER-Result-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	bler-r12									BLER-Range-r12,
	blocksReceived-r12						SEQUENCE {
		n-r12									BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),		
		m-r12									BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
	}
}

BLER-Range-r12 ::=						INTEGER(0..31)

MeasResultList2GERAN-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellListGERAN)) OF MeasResultListGERAN

ConnEstFailReport-r11 ::= 				SEQUENCE {
	failedCellId-r11					CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
	locationInfo-r11					LocationInfo-r10				OPTIONAL,
	measResultFailedCell-r11				SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r11							RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r11							RSRQ-Range				OPTIONAL
	},
	measResultNeighCells-r11				SEQUENCE {
		measResultListEUTRA-r11				MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListUTRA-r11				MeasResultList2UTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListGERAN-r11				MeasResultListGERAN				OPTIONAL,
		measResultsCDMA2000-r11				MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9		OPTIONAL
	}	OPTIONAL,
	numberOfPreamblesSent-r11			NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11,
	contentionDetected-r11				BOOLEAN,
	maxTxPowerReached-r11				BOOLEAN,
	timeSinceFailure-r11				TimeSinceFailure-r11,
	measResultListEUTRA-v1130			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultFailedCell-v1250		RSRQ-Range-v1250				OPTIONAL,
		failedCellRSRQ-Type-r12			RSRQ-Type-r12					OPTIONAL,
		measResultListEUTRA-v1250		MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11::=			INTEGER (1..200)

TimeSinceFailure-r11 ::=				INTEGER (0..172800)

MobilityHistoryReport-r12 ::=	VisitedCellInfoList-r12

-- ASN1STOP

UEInformationResponse field descriptions
absoluteTimeStamp
Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by E-UTRAN within absoluteTimeInfo.
bler
Indicates the measured BLER value.
The coding of BLER value is defined in TS 36.133 [16].
blocksReceived
Indicates total number of MCH blocks, which were received by the UE and used for the corresponding BLER calculation, within the measurement period as defined in TS 36.133 [16].
carrierFreq
In case the UE includes carrierFreq-v9e0 and/ or carrierFreq-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of carrierFreq-r9 and/ or carrierFreq-r10 respectively to maxEARFCN. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, the UE sets the ARFCN according to the band used when obtaining the concerned measurement results.
connectionFailureType
This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
contentionDetected
This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for at least one of the transmitted preambles, see TS 36.321 [6]. 
c-RNTI
This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source PCell upon handover failure.
dataBLER-MCH-ResultList
Includes a BLER result per MCH on subframes using dataMCS, with the applicable MCH(s) listed in the same order as in pmch-InfoList within MBSFNAreaConfiguration.
failedCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which connection establishment failed.
failedPCellId
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. The UE sets the EARFCN according to the band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
maxTxPowerReached
This field is used to indicate whether or not the maximum power level was used for the last transmitted preamble, see TS 36.321 [6].
mch-Index
Indicates the MCH by referring to the entry as listed in pmch-InfoList within MBSFNAreaConfiguration.
measResultFailedCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure happened.
measResultLastServCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the PCell, where radio link failure or handover failure happened.
measResultListEUTRA
If measResultListEUTRA-v9e0, measResultListEUTRA-v1090 or measResultListEUTRA-v1130 is included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r9, measResultListEUTRA-r10 and/ or measResultListEUTRA-r11 respectively.
measResultListEUTRA-v1250
If included in RLF-Report-r9 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r9;
If included in LogMeasInfo-r10 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r10;
If included in ConnEstFailReport-r11 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r11;
mobilityHistoryReport
This field is used to indicate the time of stay in 16 most recently visited E-UTRA cells or of stay out of E-UTRA.
numberOfPreamblesSent
This field is used to indicate the number of RACH preambles that were transmitted. Corresponds to parameter PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER in TS 36.321 [6].
previousPCellId
This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last RRC-Connection-Reconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfowas received).
previousUTRA-CellId
This field is used to indicate the source UTRA cell of the last successful handover to E-UTRAN, when RLF occurred at the target PCell. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the band used for transmission/ reception on the concerned cell.
reestablishmentCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
relativeTimeStamp
Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
rlf-Cause
This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value.
selectedUTRA-CellId
This field is used to indicate the UTRA cell that the UE selects after RLF is detected, while T311 is running. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the band selected for transmission/ reception on the concerned cell.
signallingBLER-Result
Includes a BLER result of MBSFN subframes using signallingMCS. 
tac-FailedPCell
This field is used to indicate the Tracking Area Code of the PCell in which RLF is detected.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
timeConnFailure
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO initialization until connection failure. Actual value = IE value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (establishment) failure. Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58].

	ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000)
The ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of handover related CDMA2000 information when requested by the higher layers.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message
-- ASN1START

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ulHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8		ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	cdma2000-Type						CDMA2000-Type,
	meid								BIT STRING (SIZE (56))	OPTIONAL,
	dedicatedInfo						DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
	nonCriticalExtension				ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer field descriptions
meid
The 56 bit mobile identification number provided by the CDMA2000 Upper layers.

	ULInformationTransfer
The ULInformationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB2 or SRB1(only if SRB2 not established yet). If SRB2 is suspended, the UE does not send this message until SRB2 is resumed
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to EUTRAN
ULInformationTransfer message
-- ASN1START

ULInformationTransfer ::=			SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ulInformationTransfer-r8			ULInformationTransfer-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

ULInformationTransfer-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoType			CHOICE {
		dedicatedInfoNAS					DedicatedInfoNAS,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT			DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD			DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

6.3	RRC information elements
6.3.1	System information blocks
	SystemInformationBlockType2
The IE SystemInformationBlockType2 contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all UEs.
NOTE:	UE timers and constants related to functionality for which parameters are provided in another SIB are included in the corresponding SIB.
SystemInformationBlockType2 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType2 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ac-BarringInfo						SEQUENCE {
		ac-BarringForEmergency				BOOLEAN,
		ac-BarringForMO-Signalling			AC-BarringConfig				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ac-BarringForMO-Data				AC-BarringConfig				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	radioResourceConfigCommon			RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB,
	ue-TimersAndConstants				UE-TimersAndConstants,
	freqInfo							SEQUENCE {
		ul-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ul-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}
																			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		additionalSpectrumEmission			AdditionalSpectrumEmission
	},
	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList			MBSFN-SubframeConfigList			OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	timeAlignmentTimerCommon			TimeAlignmentTimer,
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2-v8h0-IEs)						OPTIONAL,
	[[	ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice-r9		AC-BarringConfig				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video-r9		AC-BarringConfig				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	ac-BarringForCSFB-r10				AC-BarringConfig			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	
		ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice-r12    ENUMERATED {true}         OPTIONAL,  -- Need OP
        ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo-r12    ENUMERATED {true}         OPTIONAL,  -- Need OP
        ac-BarringSkipForSMS-r12           ENUMERATED {true}         OPTIONAL,   -- Need OP
        ac-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12          AC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12 OPTIONAL   -- Need OP
	]]
}

SystemInformationBlockType2-v8h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	multiBandInfoList				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF AdditionalSpectrumEmission	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType2-v9e0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType2-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ul-CarrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond ul-FreqMax
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

AC-BarringConfig ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ac-BarringFactor					ENUMERATED {
											p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40,
											p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95},
	ac-BarringTime						ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512},
	ac-BarringForSpecialAC				BIT STRING (SIZE(5))
}

MBSFN-SubframeConfigList ::= 		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig

AC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12 ::= 		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF AC-BarringPerPLMN-r12

AC-BarringPerPLMN-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityIndex-r12					INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	ac-BarringInfo-r12						SEQUENCE {
		ac-BarringForEmergency-r12			BOOLEAN,
		ac-BarringForMO-Signalling-r12		AC-BarringConfig	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ac-BarringForMO-Data-r12			AC-BarringConfig	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice-r12		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo-r12		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ac-BarringSkipForSMS-r12			ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ac-BarringForCSFB-r12				AC-BarringConfig		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice-r12		AC-BarringConfig		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video-r12		AC-BarringConfig		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType2 field descriptions
ac-BarringFactor
If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than this value, access is allowed. Otherwise the access is barred. The values are interpreted in the range [0,1): p00 = 0, p05 = 0.05, p10 = 0.10,, p95 = 0.95. Values other than p00 can only be set if all bits of the corresponding ac-BarringForSpecialAC are set to 0.
ac-BarringForCSFB
Access class barring for mobile originating CS fallback.
ac-BarringForEmergency
Access class barring for AC 10.
ac-BarringForMO-Data
Access class barring for mobile originating calls.
ac-BarringForMO-Signalling
Access class barring for mobile originating signalling.
ac-BarringForSpecialAC
Access class barring for AC 11-15. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and so on.
ac-BarringTime
Mean access barring time value in seconds.
additionalSpectrumEmission
The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4.1].
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Defines the subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additionalSpectrumEmission i.e. one for each additional frequency band included in multiBandInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1, listed in the same order.
plmn-IdentityIndex
Index of the PLMN in plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st in plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1 and so on.
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video
Service specific access class barring for MMTEL video originating calls.
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice
Service specific access class barring for MMTEL voice originating calls.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.7.3-1] applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency.

Conditional presence
Explanation
ul-FreqMax
The field is mandatory present if ul-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is present and set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.

	SystemInformationBlockType3
The IE SystemInformationBlockType3 contains cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/ or inter-RAT cell re-selection (i.e. applicable for more than one type of cell re-selection but not necessarily all) as well as intra-frequency cell re-selection information other than neighbouring cell related.
SystemInformationBlockType3 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType3 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cellReselectionInfoCommon			SEQUENCE {
		q-Hyst								ENUMERATED {
												dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10,
												dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24},
		speedStateReselectionPars			SEQUENCE {
			mobilityStateParameters				MobilityStateParameters,
			q-HystSF						SEQUENCE {
				sf-Medium						ENUMERATED {
														dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0},
				sf-High							ENUMERATED {
														dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0}
			}
		}																OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	},
	cellReselectionServingFreqInfo		SEQUENCE {
		s-NonIntraSearch					ReselectionThreshold		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		threshServingLow					ReselectionThreshold,
		cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
	},
	intraFreqCellReselectionInfo		SEQUENCE {
		q-RxLevMin							Q-RxLevMin,
		p-Max								P-Max						OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		s-IntraSearch						ReselectionThreshold		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		allowedMeasBandwidth				AllowedMeasBandwidth		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		presenceAntennaPort1				PresenceAntennaPort1,
		neighCellConfig						NeighCellConfig,
		t-ReselectionEUTRA					T-Reselection,
		t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF				SpeedStateScaleFactors		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	},
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL,
	[[	s-IntraSearch-v920					SEQUENCE {
			s-IntraSearchP-r9					ReselectionThreshold,
			s-IntraSearchQ-r9					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		s-NonIntraSearch-v920				SEQUENCE {
			s-NonIntraSearchP-r9				ReselectionThreshold,
			s-NonIntraSearchQ-r9				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		q-QualMin-r9						Q-QualMin-r9				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		threshServingLowQ-r9				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9	OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	q-QualMinWB-r11						Q-QualMin-r9				OPTIONAL	-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	]],
	[[	q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12			Q-QualMin-r9				OPTIONAL			-- Cond RSRQ
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType3 field descriptions
allowedMeasBandwidth
If absent, the value corresponding to the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock applies.
cellReselectionInfoCommon
Cell re-selection information common for cells.
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo
Information common for Cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
intraFreqcellReselectionInfo
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency cells.
p-Max
Value applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring E-UTRA cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to the UE capability.
q-Hyst
Parameter Qhyst in 36.304 [4], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-HystSF
Parameter Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst in TS 36.304 [4]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhyst as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighrbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter Qrxlevmin in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
s-IntraSearch
Parameter SIntraSearchP in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-IntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-IntraSearch nor s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SIntraSearchP.
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter SIntraSearchP in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-IntraSearch.
s-IntraSearchQ
Parameter SIntraSearchQ in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SIntraSearchQ.
s-NonIntraSearch
Parameter SnonIntraSearchP in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-NonIntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-NonIntraSearch nor s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
s-NonIntraSearchP
Parameter SnonIntraSearchP in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-NonIntraSearch.
s-NonIntraSearchQ
Parameter SnonIntraSearchQ in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SnonIntraSearchQ.
speedStateReselectionPars
Speed dependent reselection parameters, see TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is absent, i.e, mobilityStateParameters is also not present, UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
threshServingLow
Parameter ThreshServing, LowP in TS 36.304 [4].
threshServingLowQ
Parameter ThreshServing, LowQ in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter TreselectionEUTRA in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

NOTE 1:	The value the UE applies for parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4] depends on the q-QualMin fields signalled by E-UTRAN and supported by the UE. In case multiple candidate options are available, the UE shall select the highest priority candidate option according to the priority order indicated by the following table (top row is highest priority).
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
q-QualMinWB
Value of parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4]
Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols  (q-QualMin  q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin

Conditional presence
Explanation
RSRQ
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if threshServingLowQ is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.

	SystemInformationBlockType4
The IE SystemInformationBlockType4 contains neighbouring cell related information relevant only for intra-frequency cell re-selection. The IE includes cells with specific re-selection parameters as well as blacklisted cells.
SystemInformationBlockType4 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType4 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	intraFreqNeighCellList				IntraFreqNeighCellList		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	intraFreqBlackCellList				IntraFreqBlackCellList				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csg-PhysCellIdRange					PhysCellIdRange				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond CSG
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

IntraFreqNeighCellList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo

IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physCellId								PhysCellId,
	q-OffsetCell							Q-OffsetRange,
	...
}

IntraFreqBlackCellList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PhysCellIdRange

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType4 field descriptions
csg-PhysCellIdRange
Set of physical cell identities reserved for CSG cells on the frequency on which this field was received. The received csg-PhysCellIdRange applies if less than 24 hours has elapsed since it was received and the UE is camped on a cell of the same primary PLMN where this field was received. The 3 hour validity restriction (section 5.2.1.3) does not apply to this field. The UE shall not apply any stored csg-PhysCellIdRange when it is in any cell selection state defined in TS 36.304 [4].
intraFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqNeighbCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
q-OffsetCell
Parameter Qoffsets,n in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
CSG
This field is optional, need OP, for non-CSG cells, and mandatory for CSG cells.

	SystemInformationBlockType5
The IE SystemInformationBlockType5 contains information relevant only for inter-frequency cell re-selection i.e. information about other EUTRA frequencies and inter-frequency neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType5 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType5 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList			InterFreqCarrierFreqList,
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING	(CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType5-v8h0-IEs)				OPTIONAL,
	[[	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250	InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12	InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12 	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

SystemInformationBlockType5-v8h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v8h0				 OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType5-v9e0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType5-v9e0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v9e0				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			
SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo

InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1250

InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-r12

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	q-RxLevMin							Q-RxLevMin,
	p-Max								P-Max							OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	t-ReselectionEUTRA					T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF				SpeedStateScaleFactors			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-High						ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low							ReselectionThreshold,
	allowedMeasBandwidth				AllowedMeasBandwidth,
	presenceAntennaPort1				PresenceAntennaPort1,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	neighCellConfig						NeighCellConfig,
	q-OffsetFreq						Q-OffsetRange					DEFAULT dB0,
	interFreqNeighCellList				InterFreqNeighCellList			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	interFreqBlackCellList				InterFreqBlackCellList			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	q-QualMin-r9					Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		threshX-Q-r9					SEQUENCE {
			threshX-HighQ-r9				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
			threshX-LowQ-r9					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL		-- Cond RSRQ
	]],
	[[	q-QualMinWB-r11					Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL	-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	]]
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v8h0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	multiBandInfoList					MultiBandInfoList				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v9e0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond dl-FreqMax
	multiBandInfoList-v9e0				MultiBandInfoList-v9e0	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12	Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL	-- Cond RSRQ2
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	q-RxLevMin-r12						Q-RxLevMin,
	p-Max-r12							P-Max							OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	t-ReselectionEUTRA-r12				T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF-r12			SpeedStateScaleFactors			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-High-r12					ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low-r12						ReselectionThreshold,
	allowedMeasBandwidth-r12			AllowedMeasBandwidth,
	presenceAntennaPort1-r12			PresenceAntennaPort1,
	cellReselectionPriority-r12			CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	neighCellConfig-r12					NeighCellConfig,
	q-OffsetFreq-r12					Q-OffsetRange					DEFAULT dB0,
	interFreqNeighCellList-r12			InterFreqNeighCellList			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	interFreqBlackCellList-r12			InterFreqBlackCellList			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	q-QualMin-r12						Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-Q-r12						SEQUENCE {
		threshX-HighQ-r12					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
		threshX-LowQ-r12					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ
	q-QualMinWB-r12						Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	multiBandInfoList-r12				MultiBandInfoList-r11			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12	ENUMERATED {true}		  		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12		Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ2
...
}

InterFreqNeighCellList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo

InterFreqNeighCellInfo ::=			SEQUENCE {
	physCellId							PhysCellId,
	q-OffsetCell						Q-OffsetRange
}

InterFreqBlackCellList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PhysCellIdRange

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType5 field descriptions
interFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring inter-frequencies. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. If E-UTRAN includes interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0, interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0 and/or InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt
List of additional neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include interFreqCarrierFreqListExt even if interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e without suffix) does not include maxFreq entries. 
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. E-UTRAN indicates at most maxMultiBands frequency bands (i.e. the total number of entries across both multiBandInfoList and multiBandInfoList-v9e0 is below this limit).
p-Max
Value applicable for the neighbouring E-UTRA cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to the UE capability.
q-OffsetCell
Parameter Qoffsets,n in TS 36.304 [4].
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter Qoffsetfrequency in TS 36.304 [4].
q-QualMin
Parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
reducedMeasPerformance
Value TRUE indicates that the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. 
threshX-High
Parameter ThreshX, HighP in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter ThreshX, HighQ in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter ThreshX, LowP in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter ThreshX, LowQ in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter TreselectionEUTRA in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

NOTE 1:	The value the UE applies for parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4] depends on the q-QualMin fields signalled by E-UTRAN and supported by the UE. In case multiple candidate options are available, the UE shall select the highest priority candidate option according to the priority order indicated by the following table (top row is highest priority).
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
q-QualMinWB
Value of parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4]
Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols  (q-QualMin  q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin

Conditional presence
Explanation
dl-FreqMax
The field is mandatory present if, for the corresponding entry in InterFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e. without suffix), dl-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
RSRQ2
The field is mandatory present for all EUTRA carriers listed in SIB5 if q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.

	SystemInformationBlockType6
The IE SystemInformationBlockType6 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about UTRA frequencies and UTRA neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency.
SystemInformationBlockType6 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType6 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD				CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD				CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	t-ReselectionUTRA					T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionUTRA-SF				SpeedStateScaleFactors			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING	(CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType6-v8h0-IEs)					OPTIONAL,
	[[	carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF
										CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRA-FDD
		carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF
										CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRA-TDD
		carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12	CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRA-FDD
		carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 	CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 OPTIONAL		-- Cond UTRA-TDD
	]]
}

SystemInformationBlockType6-v8h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-FDD-v8h0 OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRA-FDD
	nonCriticalExtension			
SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD 

CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OP
	threshX-High						ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low							ReselectionThreshold,
	q-RxLevMin							INTEGER (-60..-13),
	p-MaxUTRA							INTEGER (-50..33),
	q-QualMin							INTEGER (-24..0),
	...,
	[[	threshX-Q-r9					SEQUENCE {
			threshX-HighQ-r9				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
			threshX-LowQ-r9					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL		-- Cond RSRQ
	]]
}

CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-FDD-v8h0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	multiBandInfoList					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF
									 CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12

CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 ::= 				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority-r12			CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OP
	threshX-High-r12					ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low-r12						ReselectionThreshold,
	q-RxLevMin-r12						INTEGER (-60..-13),
	p-MaxUTRA-r12						INTEGER (-50..33),
	q-QualMin-r12						INTEGER (-24..0),
	threshX-Q-r12						SEQUENCE {
			threshX-HighQ-r12				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
			threshX-LowQ-r12				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
	}																OPTIONAL,		-- Cond RSRQ
	multiBandInfoList-r12				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12	ENUMERATED {true}		  		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD 

CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OP
	threshX-High						ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low							ReselectionThreshold,
	q-RxLevMin							INTEGER (-60..-13),
	p-MaxUTRA							INTEGER (-50..33),
	...
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 ::=	 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF
									 CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD-r12

CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD-r12 ::=  	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority-r12			CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OP
	threshX-High-r12					ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low-r12						ReselectionThreshold,
	q-RxLevMin-r12						INTEGER (-60..-13),
	p-MaxUTRA-r12						INTEGER (-50..33),
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12			ENUMERATED {true}		  		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...
}

FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD ::=				INTEGER (1..86)

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType6 field descriptions
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD
List of carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 and/or carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext
List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e without suffix)  does not include maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier entries.
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD
List of carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e. without suffix).
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext
List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e without suffix)  does not include maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier entries.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of  frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq in the CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD for which UTRA cell reselection parameters are common.
p-MaxUTRA
The maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 25.304 [40]. In dBm
q-QualMin
Parameter Qqualmin in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = IE value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter Qrxlevmin in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = IE value * 2+1 [dBm].
reducedMeasPerformance
Value TRUE indicates that the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
t-ReselectionUTRA
Parameter TreselectionUTRAN in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionUTRA-SF
Parameter Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionUTRA in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-High
Parameter ThreshX, HighP in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter ThreshX, HighQ in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
 Parameter ThreshX, LowP in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
 Parameter ThreshX, LowQ in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
UTRA-FDD
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD is present. Otherwise it is not present.
UTRA-TDD
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD is present. Otherwise it is not present.

	SystemInformationBlockType7
The IE SystemInformationBlockType7 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about GERAN frequencies relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters for each frequency.
SystemInformationBlockType7 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType7 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	t-ReselectionGERAN					T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionGERAN-SF				SpeedStateScaleFactors				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	carrierFreqsInfoList				CarrierFreqsInfoListGERAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

CarrierFreqsInfoListGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF CarrierFreqsInfoGERAN

CarrierFreqsInfoGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqs						CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	commonInfo							SEQUENCE {
		cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ncc-Permitted						BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
		q-RxLevMin							INTEGER (0..45),
		p-MaxGERAN							INTEGER (0..39)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		threshX-High						ReselectionThreshold,
		threshX-Low							ReselectionThreshold
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType7 field descriptions
carrierFreqs
The list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
carrierFreqsInfoList
Provides a list of neighbouring GERAN carrier frequencies, which may be monitored for neighbouring GERAN cells. The GERAN carrier frequencies are organised in groups and the cell reselection parameters are provided per group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
commonInfo
Defines the set of cell reselection parameters for the group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
ncc-Permitted
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if the BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
p-MaxGERAN
Maximum allowed transmission power for GERAN on an uplink carrier frequency, see TS 45.008 [28]. Value in dBm. Applicable for the neighbouring GERAN cells on this carrier frequency. If pmaxGERAN is absent, the maximum power according to the UE capability is used.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter Qrxlevmin in TS 36.304 [1], minimum required RX level in the GSM cell. The actual value of Qrxlevmin in dBm = (IE value * 2) ? 115.
threshX-High
Parameter ThreshX, HighP in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter ThreshX, LowP in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionGERAN
Parameter TreselectionGERAN in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionGERAN-SF
Parameter Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionGERAN in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

	SystemInformationBlockType8
The IE SystemInformationBlockType8 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about CDMA2000 frequencies and CDMA2000 neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType8 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType8 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	systemTimeInfo						SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	searchWindowSize					INTEGER (0..15)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	parametersHRPD						SEQUENCE {
		preRegistrationInfoHRPD				PreRegistrationInfoHRPD,
		cellReselectionParametersHRPD		CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	parameters1XRTT						SEQUENCE {
		csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT			CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		longCodeState1XRTT					BIT STRING (SIZE (42))			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cellReselectionParameters1XRTT		CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	[[	csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs-r9			BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cellReselectionParametersHRPD-v920	CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond NCL-HRPD
		cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-v920	CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond NCL-1XRTT
		csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920	CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond REG-1XRTT
		ac-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9			AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9	OPTIONAL	-- Cond REG-1XRTT
	]],
	[[	csfb-DualRxTxSupport-r10			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Cond REG-1XRTT
	]],
	[[	sib8-PerPLMN-List-r11				SIB8-PerPLMN-List-r11		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandClassList						BandClassListCDMA2000,
	neighCellList						NeighCellListCDMA2000,
	t-ReselectionCDMA2000			T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF			SpeedStateScaleFactors				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandClassList						BandClassListCDMA2000,
	neighCellList-r11					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000-r11,
	t-ReselectionCDMA2000				T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF			SpeedStateScaleFactors				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {
	neighCellList-v920						NeighCellListCDMA2000-v920
}

NeighCellListCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000

NeighCellCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	neighCellsPerFreqList				NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000
}

NeighCellCDMA2000-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	neighFreqInfoList-r11				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-r11
}

NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000

NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	arfcn								ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000,
	physCellIdList						PhysCellIdListCDMA2000
}

NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	arfcn								ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000,
	physCellIdList-r11					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..40)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000
}

NeighCellListCDMA2000-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000-v920

NeighCellCDMA2000-v920 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	neighCellsPerFreqList-v920			NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000-v920
}

NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-v920

NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-v920 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physCellIdList-v920					PhysCellIdListCDMA2000-v920
}

PhysCellIdListCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000

PhysCellIdListCDMA2000-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..24)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000

BandClassListCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassInfoCDMA2000

BandClassInfoCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	threshX-High						INTEGER (0..63),
	threshX-Low							INTEGER (0..63),
	...
}

AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ac-Barring0to9-r9					INTEGER (0..63),
	ac-Barring10-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring11-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring12-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring13-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring14-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring15-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-BarringMsg-r9					INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-BarringReg-r9					INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-BarringEmg-r9					INTEGER (0..7)
}

SIB8-PerPLMN-List-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF SIB8-PerPLMN-r11

SIB8-PerPLMN-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-r11					INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	parametersCDMA2000-r11				CHOICE {
		explicitValue						ParametersCDMA2000-r11,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}
}

ParametersCDMA2000-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	systemTimeInfo-r11					CHOICE	{
		explicitValue						SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	searchWindowSize-r11				INTEGER (0..15),
	parametersHRPD-r11					SEQUENCE {
		preRegistrationInfoHRPD-r11			PreRegistrationInfoHRPD,
		cellReselectionParametersHRPD-r11	CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	parameters1XRTT-r11					SEQUENCE {
		csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-r11		CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT			OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
		csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-Ext-r11	CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920	OPTIONAL, -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
		longCodeState1XRTT-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (42))	OPTIONAL, -- Cond PerPLMN-LC
		cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-r11	CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		ac-BarringConfig1XRTT-r11			AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9			OPTIONAL, -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
		csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs-r11		BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		csfb-DualRxTxSupport-r11			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType8 field descriptions
ac-BarringConfig1XRTT
Contains the access class barring parameters the UE uses to calculate the access class barring factor, see C.S0097 [53].
ac-Barring0to9
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for access overload classes 0 through 9. It is the parameter PSIST in C.S0004 [34] for access overload classes 0 through 9.
ac-BarringEmg
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for emergency calls and emergency message transmissions for access overload classes 0 through 9. It is the parameter PSIST_EMG in C.S0004 [34].
ac-BarringMsg
Parameter used for modifying the access class barring factor for message transmissions. It is the parameter MSG_PSIST in C.S0004 [34].
ac-BarringN
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for access overload class N (N = 10 to 15). It is the parameter PSIST in C.S0004 [34] for access overload class N.
ac-BarringReg
Parameter used for modifying the access class barring factor for autonomous registrations. It is the parameter REG_PSIST in C.S0004 [34].
bandClass
Identifies the Frequency Band in which the Carrier can be found. Details can be found in C.S0057 [24, Table 1.5].
bandClassList
List of CDMA2000 frequency bands.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT
Cell reselection parameters applicable only to CDMA2000 1xRTT system.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-Ext
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 1XRTT system.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-v920
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 1XRTT system. The field is not present if cellReselectionParameters1XRTT is not present; otherwise it is optionally present.
cellReselectionParametersHRPD
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-Ext
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system.
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-v920
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system. The field is not present if cellReselectionParametersHRPD is not present; otherwise it is optionally present.
csfb-DualRxTxSupport
Value TRUE indicates that the network supports dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB, which enables UEs capable of dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB to switch off their 1xRTT receiver/transmitter while camped in E-UTRAN [51].
csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT
Contains the parameters the UE will use to determine if it should perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration/Re-Registration. This field is included if either CSFB or enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT is supported.
csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs
Value TRUE indicates that the network supports dual Rx CSFB [51].
longCodeState1XRTT
The state of long code generation registers in CDMA2000 1XRTT system as defined in C.S0002 [12, Section 1.3] at ms, where t equals to the cdma-SystemTime. This field is required for SRVCC handover and enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT operation. Otherwise this IE is not needed. This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of longCodeState1XRTT should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
neighCellList
List of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. The total number of neighbouring cells in neighCellList for each RAT (1XRTT or HRPD) is limited to 32.
neighCellList-v920
Extended List of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. The combined total number of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells in both neighCellList and neighCellList-v920 is limited to 32 for HRPD and 40 for 1xRTT.
neighCellsPerFreqList
List of carrier frequencies and neighbour cell ids in each frequency within a CDMA2000 Band, see C.S0002 [12] or C.S0024 [26].
neighCellsPerFreqList-v920
Extended list of neighbour cell ids, in the same CDMA2000 Frequency Band as the corresponding instance in NeighCellListCDMA2000.
parameters1XRTT
Parameters applicable for interworking with CDMA2000 1XRTT system.
parametersCDMA2000
Provides the corresponding SIB8 parameters for the CDMA2000 network associated with the PLMN indicated in plmn-Identity. A choice is used to indicate whether for this PLMN the parameters are signalled explicitly or set to the (default) values common for all PLMNs i.e. the values not included in sib8-PerPLMN-List.
parametersHRPD
Parameters applicable only for interworking with CDMA2000 HRPD systems.
physCellIdList
Identifies the list of CDMA2000 cell ids, see C.S0002 [12] or C.S0024 [26].
physCellIdList-v920
Extended list of CDMA2000 cell ids, in the same CDMA2000 ARFCN as the corresponding instance in NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000.
plmn-Identity
Indicates the PLMN associated with this CDMA2000 network. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st in plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1 and so on. A PLMN which identity is not indicated in the sib8-PerPLMN-List, does not support inter-working with CDMA2000.
preRegistrationInfoHRPD
The CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
searchWindowSize
The search window size is a CDMA2000 parameter to be used to assist in searching for the neighbouring pilots. For values see C.S0005 [25, Table 2.6.6.2.1-1] and C.S0024 [26, Table 8.7.6.2-4]. This field is required for a UE with rx-ConfigHRPD= single and/ or rx-Config1XRTT= single to perform handover, cell re-selection, UE measurement based redirection and enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback from E-UTRAN to CDMA2000 according to this specification and TS 36.304 [4].
sib8-PerPLMN-List
This field provides the values for the interworking CDMA2000 networks corresponding, if any, to the UEs RPLMN.
systemTimeInfo
Information on CDMA2000 system time. This field is required for a UE with rx-ConfigHRPD= single and/ or rx-Config1XRTT= single to perform handover, cell re-selection, UE measurement based redirection and enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback from E-UTRAN to CDMA2000 according to this specification and TS 36.304 [4]. This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of systemTimeInfo should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
For the field included in ParametersCDMA2000, a choice is used to indicate whether for this PLMN the parameters are signalled explicitly or set to the (default) value common for all PLMNs i.e. the value not included in sib8-PerPLMN-List.
threshX-High
Parameter ThreshX, HighP in TS 36.304 [4]. This specifies the high threshold used in reselection towards this CDMA2000 band class expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5 dB, as defined in C.S0005 [25].
threshX-Low
Parameter ThreshX, LowP in TS 36.304 [4]. This specifies the low threshold used in reselection towards this CDMA2000 band class expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5 dB, as defined in C.S0005 [25].
t-ReselectionCDMA2000
Parameter TreselectionCDMA_HRPD or TreselectionCDMA_1xRTT in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF
Parameter Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionCDMA-HRPD or TreselectionCDMA-1xRTT in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
NCL-1XRTT
The field is optional present, need OR, if cellReselectionParameters1xRTT is present; otherwise it is not present.
NCL-HRPD
The field is optional present, need OR, if cellReselectionParametersHRPD is present; otherwise it is not present.
PerPLMN-LC
The field is optional present, need OR, when systemTimeInfo is included in SIB8PerPLMN for this CDMA2000 network; otherwise it is not present.
REG-1XRTT
The field is optional present, need OR, if csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is present; otherwise it is not present.
REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
The field is optional present, need OR, if csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is included in SIB8PerPLMN for this CDMA2000 network; otherwise it is not present.

	SystemInformationBlockType9
The IE SystemInformationBlockType9 contains a home eNB name (HNB Name).
SystemInformationBlockType9 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	hnb-Name							OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..48))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType9 field descriptions
hnb-Name
Carries the name of the home eNB, coded in UTF-8 with variable number of bytes per character, see TS 22.011 [10].

	SystemInformationBlockType10
The IE SystemInformationBlockType10 contains an ETWS primary notification.
SystemInformationBlockType10 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	messageIdentifier					BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	serialNumber						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	warningType							OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	dummy								OCTET STRING (SIZE (50))	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType10 field descriptions
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.44]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.1], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of the second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.45]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.2], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of the second octet of the same equivalent IE.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
warningType
Identifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup. The first octet (which is equivalent to the first octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.50]) contains the first octet of the equivalent IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.3.24], and so on.

	SystemInformationBlockType11
The IE SystemInformationBlockType11 contains an ETWS secondary notification.
SystemInformationBlockType11 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	messageIdentifier					BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	serialNumber						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	warningMessageSegmentType			ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
	warningMessageSegmentNumber			INTEGER (0..63),
	warningMessageSegment				OCTET STRING,
	dataCodingScheme					OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) 		OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond Segment1
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType11 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification. The octet (which is equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.52]) contains the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.3] and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.44]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.1], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.45]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.2], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.53]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.2.2.5] and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB11, otherwise it is not present.

	SystemInformationBlockType12
The IE SystemInformationBlockType12 contains a CMAS notification.
SystemInformationBlockType12 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType12-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	messageIdentifier-r9				BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	serialNumber-r9						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	warningMessageSegmentType-r9		ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
	warningMessageSegmentNumber-r9		INTEGER (0..63),
	warningMessageSegment-r9			OCTET STRING,
	dataCodingScheme-r9					OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) 		OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond Segment1
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType12 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification. The octet (which is equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.52]) contains the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.3] and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.44]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.1], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of a CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39, 9.2.1.45]) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.3.2.2], while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37, 9.4.2.2.5] and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB12, otherwise it is not present.

	SystemInformationBlockType13
The IE SystemInformationBlockType13 contains the information required to acquire the MBMS control information associated with one or more MBSFN areas.
SystemInformationBlockType13 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType13-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-AreaInfoList-r9				MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r9,
	notificationConfig-r9				MBMS-NotificationConfig-r9,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

	SystemInformationBlockType14
The IE SystemInformationBlockType14 contains the EAB parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType14 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType14-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	eab-Param-r11							CHOICE {
		eab-Common-r11							EAB-Config-r11,
		eab-PerPLMN-List-r11					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF EAB-ConfigPLMN-r11
	}														OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL,
	...
}

EAB-ConfigPLMN-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	eab-Config-r11						EAB-Config-r11				OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

EAB-Config-r11 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	eab-Category-r11					ENUMERATED {a, b, c},
	eab-BarringBitmap-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType14 field descriptions
eab-BarringBitmap
Extended access class barring for AC 0-9. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 0, the second bit is for AC 1, and so on.
eab-Category
Indicates the category of UEs for which EAB applies. Value a corresponds to all UEs, value b corresponds to the UEs that are neither in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to it, and value c corresponds to the UEs that are neither in the PLMN listed as most preferred PLMN of the country where the UEs are roaming in the operator-defined PLMN selector list on the USIM, nor in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to their HPLMN, see TS 22.011 [10].
eab-Common
The EAB parameters applicable for all PLMN(s).
eab-PerPLMN-List
The EAB parameters per PLMN, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s) occur in plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.

	SystemInformationBlockType15
The IE SystemInformationBlockType15 contains the MBMS Service Area Identities (SAI) of the current and/ or neighbouring carrier frequencies.
SystemInformationBlockType15 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType15-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbms-SAI-IntraFreq-r11					MBMS-SAI-List-r11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11				MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-r11		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140		MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140	OPTIONAL	-- Cond InterFreq
	]]
}

MBMS-SAI-List-r11 ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSAI-MBMS-r11)) OF MBMS-SAI-r11

MBMS-SAI-r11 ::=						INTEGER (0..65535)

MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-r11

MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-v1140

MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-r11						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	mbms-SAI-List-r11						MBMS-SAI-List-r11
}

MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-v1140 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		multiBandInfoList-r11				MultiBandInfoList-r11			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}


-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType15 field descriptions
mbms-SAI-InterFreqList
Contains a list of neighboring frequencies including additional bands, if any, that provide MBMS services and the corresponding MBMS SAIs.
mbms-SAI-IntraFreq
Contains the list of MBMS SAIs for the current frequency. A duplicate MBMS SAI indicates that this and all following SAIs are not offered by this cell but only by neighbour cells on the current frequency. For MBMS service continuity, the UE shall use all MBMS SAIs listed in mbms-SAI-IntraFreq to derive the MBMS frequencies of interest.
mbms-SAI-List
Contains a list of MBMS SAIs for a specific frequency.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency bands applicable for the cells participating in the MBSFN transmission.

Conditional presence
Explanation
InterFreq
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 is present. Otherwise it is not present.

	SystemInformationBlockType16
The IE SystemInformationBlockType16 contains information related to GPS time and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The UE may use the parameters provided in this system information block to obtain the UTC, the GPS and the local time.
NOTE:	The UE may use the time information for numerous purposes, possibly involving upper layers e.g. to assist GPS initialisation, to synchronise the UE clock (a.o. to determine MBMS session start/ stop).
SystemInformationBlockType16 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType16-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	timeInfo-r11							SEQUENCE {
		timeInfoUTC-r11						INTEGER (0..549755813887),
		dayLightSavingTime-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (2))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		leapSeconds-r11						INTEGER (-127..128)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		localTimeOffset-r11					INTEGER (-63..64)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType16 field descriptions
dayLightSavingTime
It indicates if and how daylight saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time. The semantics is the same as the semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.301 [35] and TS 24.008 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the b2 of octet 3, i.e. the value part of the Daylight Saving Time IE, and the second bit of the bit string contains b1 of octet 3.
leapSeconds
Number of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -leapSeconds = UTC time.
localTimeOffset
Offset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = IE value * 15 minutes. Local time of the day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
timeInfoUTC
Coordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10 ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900), including leap seconds and other additions prior to 1972. NOTE 1.
This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.

NOTE 1:	For the sake of the field definition, it is assumed UTC existed prior to 1 January 1972. As this field counts total elapsed time, conversion to calendar UTC time needs to allow for leap second and other calendar adjustments since 1 January 1900. For example, time 00:00 on 1 January 1972 UTC corresponds to a timeInfoUTC of 2,272,060,800 seconds.
	SystemInformationBlockType17
The IE SystemInformationBlockType17 contains information relevant for traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. 
SystemInformationBlockType17 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType17-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-List-r12		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF
										 WLAN-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-r12			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

WLAN-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-r12 ::= 			SEQUENCE {
	 	wlan-OffloadConfigCommon-r12		WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
		wlan-Id-List-r12					WLAN-Id-List-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		...
}

WLAN-Id-List-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-r12)) OF WLAN-Identifiers-r12

WLAN-Identifiers-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ssid-r12						OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..32))		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	bssid-r12						OCTET STRING (SIZE (6)) 			OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	hessid-r12						OCTET STRING (SIZE (6)) 			OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType17 field descriptions
bssid
Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
hessid
Homogenous Extended Service Set Identifier (HESSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
ssid
Service Set Identifier (SSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
wlan-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-List
The WLAN offload configuration per PLMN includes the same number of entries, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s) in plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.

	SystemInformationBlockType18
The IE SystemInformationBlockType18 indicates E-UTRAN supports the Sidelink UE information procedure and may contain sidelink direct communication related resource configuration information.
SystemInformationBlockType18 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType18-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
	commConfig-r12						SEQUENCE {
		commRxPool-r12						SL-CommRxPoolList-r12,
		commTxPoolNormalCommon-r12			SL-CommTxPoolList-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		commTxPoolExceptional-r12			SL-CommTxPoolList-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		commSyncConfig-r12					SL-SyncConfigList-r12		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType18 field descriptions
commRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive sidelink direct communication while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
commSyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information. E-UTRAN configures commSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit synchronisation information.
commTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink direct communication in exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.4.
commTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink direct communication while in RRC_IDLE or when in RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting sidelink via a frequency other than the primary.

	SystemInformationBlockType19
The IE SystemInformationBlockType19 indicates E-UTRAN supports the sidelink UE information procedure and may contain sidelink direct discovery related resource configuration information.
SystemInformationBlockType19 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType19-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
	discConfig-r12						SEQUENCE {
		discRxPool-r12						SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12,
		discTxPoolCommon-r12				SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12 			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		discTxPowerInfo-r12				SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12 	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Tx
		discSyncConfig-r12					SL-SyncConfigList-r12		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discInterFreqList-r12				SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	...
}

SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-CarrierFreqInfo-r12

SL-CarrierFreqInfo-r12::= 		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12 					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	plmn-IdentityList-r12			PLMN-IdentityList4-r12			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

PLMN-IdentityList4-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF	PLMN-IdentityInfo2-r12

PLMN-IdentityInfo2-r12 ::=		CHOICE	{
	plmn-Index-r12					INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	plmnIdentity-r12				PLMN-Identity
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType19 field descriptions
discInterFreqList
Indicates the neighbouring frequencies on which sidelink direct discovery announcement is supported.
discRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive sidelink direct discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
discSyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information. E-UTRAN configures discSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit synchronisation information.
discTxPoolCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink direct discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities for the neighbouring frequency indicated by carrierFreq. Absence of the field indicates the same PLMN identities as listed in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix) in SystemInformationBlockType1.
plmn-Index
Index of the corresponding entry in field plmn-IdentityList (without suffix) within SystemInformationBlockType1.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Tx
The field is mandatory present if discTxPoolCommon is included. Otherwise the field is optional present, need OR.

6.3.2	Radio resource control information elements
	AntennaInfo
The IE AntennaInfoCommon and the AntennaInfoDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific antenna configuration respectively.
AntennaInfo information elements
-- ASN1START

AntennaInfoCommon ::=				SEQUENCE {
	antennaPortsCount					ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}
}

AntennaInfoDedicated ::=			SEQUENCE {
	transmissionMode					ENUMERATED {
											tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6,
											tm7, tm8-v920},
	codebookSubsetRestriction			CHOICE {
		n2TxAntenna-tm3						BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm3						BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
		n2TxAntenna-tm4						BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm4						BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
		n2TxAntenna-tm5						BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm5						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
		n2TxAntenna-tm6						BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm6						BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
	}		OPTIONAL, 															-- Cond TM
	ue-TransmitAntennaSelection			CHOICE{
		release							NULL,
		setup							ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop}
	}
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	codebookSubsetRestriction-v920		CHOICE {
		n2TxAntenna-tm8-r9					BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm8-r9					BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
	}		OPTIONAL 															-- Cond TM8
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	transmissionMode-r10				ENUMERATED {
											tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6, tm7, tm8-v920,
											tm9-v1020, tm10-v1130, spare6, spare5, spare4,
											spare3, spare2, spare1},
	codebookSubsetRestriction-r10		BIT STRING			OPTIONAL,			-- Cond TMX
	ue-TransmitAntennaSelection		CHOICE{
		release							NULL,
		setup							ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop}
	}
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX-r12	BOOLEAN
}

-- ASN1STOP

AntennaInfo field descriptions
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX
Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with a) tm8 or tm9, b) PMI/RI reporting and c) 4 CRS ports.
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of cell specific antenna ports where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21, 6.2.1].
codebookSubsetRestriction
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2] and TS 36.211 [21, 6.3.4.2.3]. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.2-1b]. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured and if the number of CSI-RS ports is greater than 1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction in other cases where the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8 or tm9.
transmissionMode
Points to one of Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23, 7.1] where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection
For value setup the field indicates whether UE transmit antenna selection control is closed-loop or open-loop as described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.7]. EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TM
The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TM8
The field is optional present, need OR, if AntennaInfoDedicated is included and transmissionMode is set to tm8. If AntennaInfoDedicated is included and transmissionMode is set to a value other than tm8, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
TMX
The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6. The field is optionally present, need OR, if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm8 or tm9. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	AntennaInfoUL
The IE AntennaInfoUL is used to specify the UL antenna configuration.
AntennaInfoUL information elements
-- ASN1START

AntennaInfoUL-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	transmissionModeUL-r10				ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, spare6, spare5,
													spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	fourAntennaPortActivated-r10			ENUMERATED {setup}			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

AntennaInfoUL field descriptions
fourAntennaPortActivated
Parameter indicates if four antenna ports are used. See TS 36.213 [23, 8.2]. E-UTRAN optionally configures fourAntennaPortActivated only if transmissionModeUL is set to tm2.
transmissionModeUL
Points to one of UL Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23, 8.0] where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.

	CQI-ReportConfig
The IE CQI-ReportConfig is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration.
CQI-ReportConfig information elements
-- ASN1START

CQI-ReportConfig ::=				SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportModeAperiodic			CQI-ReportModeAperiodic	OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset				INTEGER (-1..6),
	cqi-ReportPeriodic				CQI-ReportPeriodic	OPTIONAL				-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cqi-Mask-r9						ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,		-- Cond cqi-Setup
	pmi-RI-Report-r9				ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL		-- Cond PMIRI
}

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10				CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset			INTEGER (-1..6),
	cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10				CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pmi-RI-Report-r9					ENUMERATED {setup}				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond PMIRIPCell
	csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10		CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10			MeasSubframePattern-r10,
			csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10			MeasSubframePattern-r10
		}
	}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1130			CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130,
	cqi-ReportBoth-r11					CQI-ReportBoth-r11
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12		CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12			BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cqi-ReportBoth-v1250					CQI-ReportBoth-v1250		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
	cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250	CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	altCQI-Table-r12			ENUMERATED {
									allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
									csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
}

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10			CQI-ReportModeAperiodic OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10				INTEGER (-1..6),
	cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10			CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pmi-RI-Report-r10					ENUMERATED {setup}				OPTIONAL	-- Cond PMIRISCell
}

CQI-ReportPeriodic ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex				INTEGER (0..1185),
		cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex					INTEGER (0..1023),
		cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic			CHOICE {
			widebandCQI							NULL,
			subbandCQI							SEQUENCE {
				k									INTEGER (1..4)
			}
		},
		ri-ConfigIndex						INTEGER (0..1023) 	OPTIONAL, 				-- Need OR
		simultaneousAckNackAndCQI			BOOLEAN
	}
}

CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10			INTEGER (0..1184),
		cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10		INTEGER (0..1184)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex				INTEGER (0..1023),
		cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r10		CHOICE {
			widebandCQI-r10						SEQUENCE {
				csi-ReportMode-r10		ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			},
			subbandCQI-r10						SEQUENCE {
				k								INTEGER (1..4),
				periodicityFactor-r10				ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
			}
		},
		ri-ConfigIndex					INTEGER (0..1023)		OPTIONAL,				-- Need OR
		simultaneousAckNackAndCQI		BOOLEAN,
		cqi-Mask-r9						ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,				-- Need OR
		csi-ConfigIndex-r10				CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r10		INTEGER (0..1023),
				ri-ConfigIndex2-r10				INTEGER (0..1023)		OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
			}
		}		OPTIONAL																-- Need ON
	}
}

CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3-r11		ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11

CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11

CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11,
	cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex-r11			INTEGER (0..1023),
	cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r11	CHOICE {
		widebandCQI-r11				SEQUENCE {
			csi-ReportMode-r11			ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		},
		subbandCQI-r11				SEQUENCE {
			k							INTEGER (1..4),
			periodicityFactor-r11		ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
		}
	},
	ri-ConfigIndex-r11				INTEGER (0..1023)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csi-ConfigIndex-r11				CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r11		INTEGER (0..1023),
			ri-ConfigIndex2-r11				INTEGER (0..1023)		OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...
}

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10	::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10			CQI-ReportModeAperiodic,
		aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10			SEQUENCE {	
			trigger1-r10					BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
			trigger2-r10					BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
		}																	 OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}
}

CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250	::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250			SEQUENCE {	
			trigger-SubframeSetIndicator-r12	ENUMERATED {s1, s2},
			trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator-r12	BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
			trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator-r12	BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
		}
	}
}

CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11	::=		SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11			CQI-ReportModeAperiodic,
	trigger01-r11						BOOLEAN,
	trigger10-r11						BOOLEAN,
	trigger11-r11						BOOLEAN
}

CQI-ReportModeAperiodic ::=				ENUMERATED {
											rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31,
											rm32-v1250, spare2, spare1
}

CQI-ReportBoth-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11		CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11		CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-ProcessToReleaseList-r11		CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-ProcessToAddModList-r11			CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportBoth-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r12		CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r12		CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-Config-r11

CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11

CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-Process-r11

CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-ProcessId-r11

CQI-ReportBothProc-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId-r11			CSI-ProcessId-r11				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	pmi-RI-Report-r11					ENUMERATED {setup}				OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}


-- ASN1STOP

CQI-ReportConfig field descriptions
altCQI-Table
Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 in TS 36.213 [23]) for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the alternative CQI table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if transmissionMode is set in range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned serving cell and different CQI tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to allSubframes. If this field is not present, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if configured.
aperiodicCSI-Trigger
Indicates for which serving cell(s) the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when one or more SCells are configured. trigger1 corresponds to the CSI request field 10 and trigger2 corresponds to the CSI request field 11, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1A]. The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means no aperiodic CSI report is triggered) or value 1 (means the aperiodic CSI report is triggered). At most 5 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string. E-UTRAN configures value 1 only for cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9. One value applies for all serving cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9 (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
cqi-Mask
Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic
Parameter: PUCCH CQI Feedback Type, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.2-1]. Depending on transmissionMode, reporting mode is implicitly given from the table.
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex
Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration Index ICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23, tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C]. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 1 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration Index ICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23, tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1
Parameter for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. E-UTRAN does not apply value 1185. One value applies for all CSI processes.
cqi-ReportAperiodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10  and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are configured.
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.1]. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt
A set of periodic CQI related parameters for which E-UTRAN may configure different values for each CSI process. For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-ConfigIndex
E-UTRAN configures csi-ConfigIndex only for PCell and only if csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured. The UE shall release csi-ConfigIndex if csi-SubframePatternConfig is released.
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-IM-Config only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-MeasSubframeSets
Indicates the two CSI subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 1 and value 1 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 2. CSI subframe set 1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2] and CSI subframe set 2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. EUTRAN does not configure csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 if either csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 for PCell or eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
csi-MeasSubframeSet1, csi-MeasSubframeSet2
Indicates the CSI measurement subframe sets. csi-MeasSubframeSet1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2] and csi-MeasSubframeSet2 refers to CCSI,1  in TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. E-UTRAN only configures the two CSI measurement subframe sets for the PCell.
csi-ProcessToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-ReportMode
Parameter: PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2].
K
Parameter: K, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2].
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.3]. Actual value = IE value * 2 [dB].
periodicityFactor
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2].
pmi-RI-Report
See TS 36.213 [23, 7.2]. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
ri-ConfigIndex
Parameter: RI Config Index IRI, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2-1B]. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1.
ri-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: RI Config Index IRI, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.2-1B]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12. E-UTRAN configures ri-ConfigIndex2 only if ri-ConfigIndex is configured.
ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId
CSI process whose RI value the UE inherits when reporting RI, in the same subframe, for CSI reporting. E-UTRAN ensures that the CSI process that inherits the RI value is configured in accordance with the conditions specified in 36.213 [23, 7.2.1, 7.2.2].
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI
Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-CQI, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. TRUE indicates that simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK and CQI is allowed. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3
Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of  HARQ A/N and periodic CQI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 3, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2, 10.1.1]. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format3. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
trigger01
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 01, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1B].
trigger10, trigger11
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 10 or 11, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1B]. EUTRAN configures at most 5 CSI processes, across all serving frequencies within each CG, to be triggered by a CSI request field set to value 10. The same restriction applies for value 11. In case E-UTRAN simultaneously triggers CSI requests for more than 5 CSI processes some limitations apply, see TS 36.213 [23].
trigger-SubframeSetIndicator
For a serving cell configured with csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered for the serving cell if the aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 01, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1C]. Value s1 corresponds to CSI subframe set 1 and value s2 corresponds to CSI subframe set 2.
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 10, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1C].The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 11, see TS 36.213 [23, table 7.2.1-1C].The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).

Conditional presence
Explanation
cqi-Setup
This field is not present for an Scell except for the PSCell, while it is conditionally present for the PCell and the PSCell according to the following. The field is optional present, need OR, if the cqi-ReportPeriodic in the cqi-ReportConfig is set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRI
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included and set to setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is included. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is absent, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRIPCell
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup, or cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to release and cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRISCell
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is included and set to setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is included in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is absent in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.

	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId is used to identify a periodic CQI reporting configuration that E-UTRAN may configure in addition to the configuration specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10. These additional configurations are specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId information elements
-- ASN1START

CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

	CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig
The IE CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig is used to specify the configuration when the cross carrier scheduling is used in a cell.
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig information elements
-- ASN1START

CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	schedulingCellInfo-r10				CHOICE {
		own-r10								SEQUENCE {					-- No cross carrier scheduling
			cif-Presence-r10						BOOLEAN
		},
		other-r10								SEQUENCE {					-- Cross carrier scheduling
			schedulingCellId-r10				ServCellIndex-r10,
			pdsch-Start-r10						INTEGER (1..4)
		}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig field descriptions
cif-Presence
The field is used to indicate whether carrier indicator field is present (value TRUE) or not (value FALSE) in PDCCH/ EPDCCH DCI formats, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1]. 
pdsch-Start
The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned SCell, see TS 36.213 [23. 7.1.6.4]. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21, Table 6,7-1].
schedulingCellId
Indicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled cell.

	CSI-IM-Config
The IE CSI-IM-Config is the CSI Interference Measurement (IM) configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.6].
CSI-IM-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-IM-Config-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigId-r11			CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11,
	resourceConfig-r11			INTEGER (0..31),
	subframeConfig-r11			INTEGER (0..154),
	...
}

CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250			CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250,
	resourceConfig-r12			INTEGER (0..31),
	subframeConfig-r12			INTEGER (0..154),
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-IM-Config field descriptions
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.6] and TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2] for 4 REs.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.6] and TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.3-1].

	CSI-IM-ConfigId
The IE CSI-IM-ConfigId is used to identify a CSI-IM configuration that is configured by the IE CSI-IM-Config. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-IM-ConfigId information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r12)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250 ::=				INTEGER (maxCSI-IM-r12)

-- ASN1STOP

	CSI-Process
The IE CSI-Process is the CSI process configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-Process information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-Process-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-ProcessId-r11			CSI-ProcessId-r11,
	csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11		CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
	csi-IM-ConfigId-r11			CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11,
	p-C-AndCBSRList-r11	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r11,
	cqi-ReportBothProc-r11		CQI-ReportBothProc-r11			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId-r11	INTEGER (0..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11	CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc-r12	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r12		CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12
		}														OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12	CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11
		}														OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

P-C-AndCBSR-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p-C-r11						INTEGER (-8..15),
	codebookSubsetRestriction-r11	BIT STRING
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-Process field descriptions
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc
Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. EUTRAN may configure the field only if the number of CSI-RS ports for non-zero power transmission CSI-RS configuration is 4.
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
If csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
applies for CSI subframe set 1. If csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 or csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for CSI subframe set 1 or CSI subframe set 2. Otherwise, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for all subframes
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is configured only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is for CSI subframe set 2. E-UTRAN shall set cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11 in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 the same as in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc.
cqi-ReportBothProc
Includes CQI configuration parameters applicable for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting, for which CSI process specific values may be configured. E-UTRAN configures the field if and only if cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId is included and/ or if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc is included.
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId
Refers to a periodic CQI reporting configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. Value 0 refers to the set of parameters defined by the REL-10 CQI reporting configuration fields, while the other values refer to the additional configurations E-UTRAN assigns by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 (and as covered by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId).
csi-IM-ConfigId
Refers to a CSI-IM configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process.
csi-IM-ConfigIdList 
 Refers to one or two CSI-IM configurations that are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. csi-IM-ConfigIdList can include 2 entries only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. UE shall ignore csi-IM-ConfigId-r11 if csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r12 is configured.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId
Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process.
p-C
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5].
p-C-AndCBSRList
A p-C-AndCBSRList including 2 entries indicates that the subframe patterns configured for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting (i.e. as defined by field csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2, or as defined by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12) are to be used for this CSI process, while a single entry indicates that the subframe patterns are not to be used for this CSI process. E-UTRAN does not include 2 entries in p-C-AndCBSRList with csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2 for CSI processes concerning a secondary frequency. E-UTRAN includes 2 entries in p-C-AndCBSRList when configuring both cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex and cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2.

	CSI-ProcessId
The IE CSI-ProcessId is used to identify a CSI process that is configured by the IE CSI-Process. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-ProcessId information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-ProcessId-r11 ::=		INTEGER (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

	CSI-RS-Config
The IE CSI-RS-Config is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration.
CSI-RS-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-r10					CHOICE {
		release						NULL,
		setup						SEQUENCE {
			antennaPortsCount-r10			ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8},
			resourceConfig-r10				INTEGER (0..31),
			subframeConfig-r10				INTEGER (0..154),
			p-C-r10							INTEGER (-8..15)
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10		ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12			OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
}

CSI-RS-Config-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2-r12		ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12			OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12		CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-List-r12		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12)) OF ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12
		}
	}																OPTIONAL				-- Need ON
}

ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 ::=  	CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 
}

ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r12		BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r12			INTEGER (0..154)
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-Config field descriptions
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where value an1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, an2 to 2 antenna ports and so on, see TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.5].
ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS
Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell, concerning the CSI-RS included in discovery signals.
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2
Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 and TM 1  9 are configured for the serving cell.
p-C
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5].
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2].
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.3-1].
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.7].
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.3-1].

	CSI-RS-ConfigNZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero power transmission that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11			CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
	antennaPortsCount-r11			ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8},
	resourceConfig-r11				INTEGER (0..31),
	subframeConfig-r11				INTEGER (0..154),
	scramblingIdentity-r11			INTEGER (0..503),
	qcl-CRS-Info-r11				SEQUENCE {
		qcl-ScramblingIdentity-r11		INTEGER (0..503),
		crs-PortsCount-r11				ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
		mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11	CHOICE {
				release						NULL,
				setup						SEQUENCE {
					subframeConfigList			MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
				}
		}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-ConfigNZP field descriptions
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.5].
qcl-CRS-Info
Indicates CRS antenna ports that is quasi co-located with the CSI-RS antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5]. EUTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2].
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.3-1].
scramblingIdentity
Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5].

	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

	CSI-RS-ConfigZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration, for which UE assumes zero transmission power, that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigZP information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11		CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
	resourceConfigList-r11		BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	subframeConfig-r11			INTEGER (0..154),
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-ConfigZP field descriptions
resourceConfigList
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.7].
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.3-1].

	CSI-RS-ConfigZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration for which UE assumes zero transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigZPId information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

	DMRS-Config
The IE DMRS-Config is the DMRS configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency. 
DMRS-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

DMRS-Config-r11 ::=		CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						SEQUENCE {
		scramblingIdentity-r11		INTEGER (0..503),
		scramblingIdentity2-r11		INTEGER (0..503)
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

DMRS-Config field descriptions
scramblingIdentity, scramblingIdentity2
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.3.1].

	DRB-Identity
The IE DRB-Identity is used to identify a DRB used by a UE.
DRB-Identity information elements
-- ASN1START

DRB-Identity ::=					INTEGER (1..32)

-- ASN1STOP

	EPDCCH-Config
The IE EPDCCH-Config specifies the subframes and resource blocks for EPDCCH monitoring that E-UTRAN may configure for a serving cell.
EPDCCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

EPDCCH-Config-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE{
	config-r11		CHOICE {
		release						NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE {
			subframePatternConfig-r11	CHOICE {
				release						NULL,
				setup						SEQUENCE {
					subframePattern-r11			MeasSubframePattern-r10
				}
			}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
			startSymbol-r11				INTEGER (1..4)							OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
			setConfigToReleaseList-r11	EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
			setConfigToAddModList-r11	EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11		OPTIONAL -- Need ON
		}
	}
}

EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11

EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11

EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	setConfigId-r11					EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11,
	transmissionType-r11			ENUMERATED {localised, distributed},
	resourceBlockAssignment-r11		SEQUENCE{
		numberPRB-Pairs-r11				ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8},
		resourceBlockAssignment-r11		BIT STRING (SIZE(4..38))
	},
	dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r11	INTEGER (0..503),
	pucch-ResourceStartOffset-r11	INTEGER (0..2047),
	re-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11		PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	...,
	[[	csi-RS-ConfigZPId2-r12				CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11 ::=	INTEGER (0..1)

-- ASN1STOP

EPDCCH-Config field descriptions
csi-RS-ConfigZPId2
Indicates the rate matching parameters in addition to those indicated by re-MappingQCL-ConfigId. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured.
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt
The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter  defined in TS 36.211[21, 6.10.3A.1].
EPDCCH-SetConfig
Provides EPDCCH configuration set. See TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4]. E-UTRAN configures at least one EPDCCH-SetConfig when EPDCCH-Config is configured.
numberPRB-Pairs
Indicates the number of physical resource-block pairs used for the EPDCCH set. Value n2 corresponds to 2 physical resource-block pairs; n4 corresponds to 4 physical resource-block pairs and so on. Value n8 is not supported if dl-Bandwidth is set to 6 resource blocks.
pucch-ResourceStartOffset
PUCCH format 1a and 1b resource starting offset for the EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23, 10.1.1.2].
re-MappingQCL-ConfigId
Indicates the starting OFDM symbol, the related rate matching parameters and quasi co-location assumption for EPDCCH when the UE is configured with tm10. This field provides the identity of a configured PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource-block pair for EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4.4]. The size of resourceBlockAssignment is specified in TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4.4] and based on numberPRB-Pairs and the signalled value of dl-Bandwidth.
setConfigId
Indicates the identity of the EPDCCH configuration set.
startSymbol 
Indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH on the same cell, see TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4.1]. If not present, the UE shall release the configuration and shall derive the starting OFDM symbol of EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH from PCFICH. Values 1, 2, and 3 are applicable for dl-Bandwidth greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise. E-UTRAN does not configure the field for UEs configured with tm10.
subframePatternConfig 
Configures the subframes which the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH, except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4]. If the field is not configured when EPDCCH is configured, the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH in all subframes except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23, 9.1.4].
transmissionType
Indicates whether distributed or localized EPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21, 6.8A.1].

	EIMTA-MainConfig
The IE EIMTA-MainConfig is used to specify the eIMTA-RNTI used for eIMTA and the subframes used for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. The IE EIMTA-MainConfigServCell is used to specify the eIMTA related parameters applicable for the concerned serving cell.
EIMTA-MainConfig information element
-- ASN1START
EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 ::=	CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		eimta-RNTI-r12				C-RNTI,
		eimta-CommandPeriodicity-r12	ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80},
		eimta-CommandSubframeSet-r12	BIT STRING (SIZE(10))
	}
}

EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 ::=	CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex-r12				INTEGER (1..5),
		eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r12		ENUMERATED {sa2,sa4,sa5},
		mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1250		CHOICE {
				release								NULL,
				setup								SEQUENCE {
				subframeConfigList-r12				MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
				}
		}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

EIMTA-MainConfig field descriptions
eimta-CommandPeriodicity
Configures the periodicity to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23, 13.1]. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
eimta-CommandSubframeSet
Configures the subframe(s) to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI within the periodicity configured by eimta-CommandPeriodicity. The 10 bits correspond to all subframes in the last radio frame within each periodicity. The left most bit is for subframe 0 and so on. Each bit can be of value 0 or 1. The value of 1 means that the corresponding subframe is configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, and the value of 0 means otherwise. In case of TDD as PCell, only the downlink subframes indicated by the UL/ DL configuration in SIB1 can be configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. In case of FDD as PCell, any of the ten subframes can be configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI.
eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig 
Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2 corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-2]. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex
Index of I, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.4]. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Configure the MBSFN subframes for the UE on this serving cell. An uplink subframe indicated by the DL/UL subframe configuration in SIB1 can be configured as MBSFN subframe.

	LogicalChannelConfig
The IE LogicalChannelConfig is used to configure the logical channel parameters.
LogicalChannelConfig information element
-- ASN1START

LogicalChannelConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ul-SpecificParameters				SEQUENCE {
		priority							INTEGER (1..16),
		prioritisedBitRate					ENUMERATED {
												kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128,
												kBps256, infinity, kBps512-v1020, kBps1024-v1020,
												kBps2048-v1020, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
												spare1},
		bucketSizeDuration					ENUMERATED {
												ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, spare2,
												spare1},
		logicalChannelGroup					INTEGER (0..3)			OPTIONAL			-- Need OR
	}		OPTIONAL,																	-- Cond UL
	...,
	[[	logicalChannelSR-Mask-r9			ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL		-- Cond SRmask
	]],
	[[	logicalChannelSR-Prohibit-r12		BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

LogicalChannelConfig field descriptions
bucketSizeDuration
Bucket Size Duration for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on.
logicalChannelGroup
Mapping of logical channel to logical channel group for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Mask
Controlling SR triggering on a logical channel basis when an uplink grant is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit
Value TRUE indicates that the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is enabled for the logical channel. E-UTRAN only (optionally) configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) if logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
prioritisedBitRate
Prioritized Bit Rate for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in kilobytes/second. Value kBps0 corresponds to 0 kB/second, kBps8 corresponds to 8 kB/second, kBps16 corresponds to 16 kB/second and so on. Infinity is the only applicable value for SRB1 and SRB2
priority
Logical channel priority in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.

Conditional presence
Explanation
SRmask
The field is optionally present if ul-SpecificParameters is present, need OR; otherwise it is not present.
UL
The field is mandatory present for UL logical channels; otherwise it is not present.

	MAC-MainConfig
The IE MAC-MainConfig is used to specify the MAC main configuration for signalling and data radio bearers. All MAC main configuration parameters can be configured independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), unless explicitly specified otherwise.
MAC-MainConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MAC-MainConfig ::=					SEQUENCE {
	ul-SCH-Config						SEQUENCE {
		maxHARQ-Tx							ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8,
												n10, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
												spare2, spare1}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		periodicBSR-Timer					PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		retxBSR-Timer						RetxBSR-Timer-r12,
		ttiBundling							BOOLEAN
	}																OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
	drx-Config							DRX-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	timeAlignmentTimerDedicated			TimeAlignmentTimer,
	phr-Config							CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			periodicPHR-Timer					ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200,
															sf500, sf1000, infinity},
			prohibitPHR-Timer					ENUMERATED {sf0, sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100,
																sf200, sf500, sf1000},
			dl-PathlossChange					ENUMERATED {dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity}
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	sr-ProhibitTimer-r9					INTEGER (0..7)			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	mac-MainConfig-v1020				SEQUENCE {
			sCellDeactivationTimer-r10			ENUMERATED {
													rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128,
													spare}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
			extendedBSR-Sizes-r10				ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
			extendedPHR-r10						ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	stag-ToReleaseList-r11				STAG-ToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		stag-ToAddModList-r11				STAG-ToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		drx-Config-v1130					DRX-Config-v1130		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	e-HARQ-Pattern-r12					BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		dualConnectivityPHR                 CHOICE {
            release                             NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				phr-ModeOtherCG-r12					ENUMERATED {real, virtual}
			}
		}														OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		logicalChannelSR-Config-r12		CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12		ENUMERATED {sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1}
			}
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	stag-Id-r11							STAG-Id-r11		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...
}

DRX-Config ::=						CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		onDurationTimer						ENUMERATED {
												psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
												psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40,
												psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100,
												psf200},
		drx-InactivityTimer					ENUMERATED {
												psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
												psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40,
												psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100,
												psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750,
												psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, psf0-v1020,
												spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6,
												spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
												spare1},
		drx-RetransmissionTimer				ENUMERATED {
												psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16,
												psf24, psf33},
		longDRX-CycleStartOffset		CHOICE {
			sf10							INTEGER(0..9),
			sf20							INTEGER(0..19),
			sf32							INTEGER(0..31),
			sf40							INTEGER(0..39),
			sf64							INTEGER(0..63),
			sf80							INTEGER(0..79),
			sf128							INTEGER(0..127),
			sf160							INTEGER(0..159),
			sf256							INTEGER(0..255),
			sf320							INTEGER(0..319),
			sf512							INTEGER(0..511),
			sf640							INTEGER(0..639),
			sf1024							INTEGER(0..1023),
			sf1280							INTEGER(0..1279),
			sf2048							INTEGER(0..2047),
			sf2560							INTEGER(0..2559)
		},
		shortDRX							SEQUENCE {
			shortDRX-Cycle						ENUMERATED	{
													sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20,
													sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
													sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640},
			drxShortCycleTimer					INTEGER (1..16)
		}		OPTIONAL													-- Need OR
	}
}

DRX-Config-v1130 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130			ENUMERATED {psf0-v1130}	OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
	longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130			CHOICE {
		sf60-v1130								INTEGER(0..59),
		sf70-v1130								INTEGER(0..69)
	}																OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
	shortDRX-Cycle-v1130					ENUMERATED	{sf4-v1130}	OPTIONAL	--Need OR
}

PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 ::=					ENUMERATED {
												sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
												sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560,
												infinity, spare1}

RetxBSR-Timer-r12 ::=							ENUMERATED {
												sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120,
												sf10240, spare2, spare1}

STAG-ToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-Id-r11

STAG-ToAddModList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-ToAddMod-r11

STAG-ToAddMod-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	stag-Id-r11					STAG-Id-r11,
	timeAlignmentTimerSTAG-r11	TimeAlignmentTimer,
	...
}

STAG-Id-r11::=				INTEGER (1..maxSTAG-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

MAC-MainConfig field descriptions
dl-PathlossChange
DL Pathloss Change and the change of the required power backoff due to power management (as allowed by P-MPRc [42]) for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB3 corresponds to 3 dB and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell).
drx-Config
Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN configures the values in DRX-Config-v1130 only if the UE indicates support for IDC indication. E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-v1130 only if drx-Config (without suffix) is configured.
drx-InactivityTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. In case drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore drx-RetransmissionTimer (i.e. without suffix).
drxShortCycleTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in multiples of shortDRX-Cycle. A value of 1 corresponds to shortDRX-Cycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * shortDRX-Cycle and so on.
dualConnectivityPHR
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using Dual Connectivity Power Headroom Report MAC Control Element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). If PHR functionality and dual connectivity are configured, E-UTRAN always configures the value setup for this field and configures phr-Config and dualConnectivityPHR for both CGs.
e-HARQ-Pattern
TRUE indicates that enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling is enabled for FDD. E-UTRAN enables this field only when ttiBundling is set to TRUE.
extendedBSR-Sizes
If value setup is configured, the BSR index indicates extended BSR size levels as defined in TS 36.321 [6, Table 6.1.3.1-2].
extendedPHR
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headroom Report MAC control element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if more than one Serving Cell with uplink is configured and if dual connectivity is not configured. E-UTRAN configures extendedPHR only if phr-Config is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR if phr-Config is released.
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Timer used to delay the transmission of an SR for logical channels enabled by logicalChannelSR-Prohibit. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on. See TS 36.321 [6].
longDRX-CycleStartOffset
longDRX-Cycle and drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. If shortDRX-Cycle is configured, the value of longDRX-Cycle shall be a multiple of the shortDRX-Cycle value. The value of drxStartOffset value is in number of sub-frames. In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix).
maxHARQ-Tx
Maximum number of transmissions for UL HARQ in TS 36.321 [6].
onDurationTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
periodicBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on.
periodicPHR-Timer
Timer for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
phr-ModeOtherCG
Indicates the mode (i.e. real or virtual) used for the PHR of the activated cells that are part of the other Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), when DC is configured.
prohibitPHR-Timer
Timer for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf0 corresponds to 0 subframes, sf100 corresponds to 100 subframes and so on.
retxBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf640 corresponds to 640 sub-frames, sf1280 corresponds to 1280 sub-frames and so on.
sCellDeactivationTimer
SCell deactivation timer in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell. If the field is absent, the UE shall delete any existing value for this field and assume the value to be set to infinity. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell).
shortDRX-Cycle
Short DRX cycle in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 sub-frames, sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on. In case shortDRX-Cycle-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore shortDRX-Cycle (i.e. without suffix).
sr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for SR transmission on PUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s). Value 0 means no timer for SR transmission on PUCCH is configured. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, Value 2 corresponds to 2*SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213 [23, table 10.1.5-1].
stag-Id
Indicates the TAG of an SCell, see TS 36.321 [6]. Uniquely identifies the TAG within the scope of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG). If the field is not configured for an SCell (e.g. absent in MAC-MainConfigSCell), the SCell is part of the PTAG.
stag-ToAddModList, stag-ToReleaseList
Used to configure one or more STAGs. E-UTRAN ensures that a STAG contains at least one SCell with configured uplink. If, due to SCell release a reconfiguration would result in an empty TAG, E-UTRAN includes release of the concerned TAG.
timeAlignmentTimerSTAG
Indicates the value of the time alignment timer for an STAG, see TS 36.321 [6].
ttiBundling
TRUE indicates that TTI bundling TS 36.321 [6] is enabled while FALSE indicates that TTI bundling is disabled. TTI bundling can be enabled for FDD and for TDD only for configurations 0, 1 and 6. The functionality is performed independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), but E-UTRAN does not configure TTI bundling for the SCG. For a TDD PCell, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously enable TTI bundling and semi-persistent scheduling in this release of specification. Furthermore, for a Cell Group, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and SCells with configured uplink, and E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and eIMTA.

	PDCP-Config
The IE PDCP-Config is used to set the configurable PDCP parameters for data radio bearers.
PDCP-Config information element
-- ASN1START

PDCP-Config ::=						SEQUENCE {
	discardTimer						ENUMERATED {
											ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500,
											ms750, ms1500, infinity
	}															OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Setup
	rlc-AM								SEQUENCE {
		statusReportRequired				BOOLEAN
	}															OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Rlc-AM
	rlc-UM								SEQUENCE {
		pdcp-SN-Size						ENUMERATED {len7bits, len12bits}
	}															OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Rlc-UM
	headerCompression					CHOICE {
		notUsed								NULL,
		rohc								SEQUENCE {
			maxCID								INTEGER (1..16383)				DEFAULT 15,
			profiles							SEQUENCE {
				profile0x0001						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0002						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0003						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0004						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0006						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0101						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0102						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0103						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0104						BOOLEAN
			},
			...
		}
	},
	...,
	[[	rn-IntegrityProtection-r10		ENUMERATED {enabled}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond RN
	]],
	[[	pdcp-SN-Size-v1130				ENUMERATED {len15bits}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond Rlc-AM2
	]],
	[[	ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG-r12		BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		t-Reordering-r12				ENUMERATED {
										ms0, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms120, ms140,
										ms160, ms180, ms200, ms220, ms240, ms260, ms280, ms300,
										ms500, ms750, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10,
										spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3,
										spare2, spare1}					OPTIONAL	-- Cond SetupS
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

PDCP-Config field descriptions
discardTimer
Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 means 50 ms, ms100 means 100 ms and so on.
headerCompression
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. For split DRBs E-UTRAN configures only notUsed.
maxCID
Indicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as indicated by the UE.
pdcp-SN-Size
Indicates the PDCP Sequence Number length in bits. For RLC UM: value len7bits means that the 7-bit PDCP SN format is used and len12bits means that the 12-bit PDCP SN format is used. For RLC AM: value len15bits means that the 15-bit PDCP SN format is used, otherwise if the field is not included upon setup of the PCDP entity 12-bit PDCP SN format is used, as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
profiles
The profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile 0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with the same 8 LSBs is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied. E-UTRAN does not configure ROHC while t-Reordering is configured (i.e. for split DRBs or upon reconfiguration from split to MCG DRB).
t-Reordering
Indicates the value of the reordering timer, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0 ms, ms20 means 20 ms and so on.
rn-IntegrityProtection
Indicates that integrity protection or verification shall be applied for all subsequent packets received and sent by the RN on the DRB.
statusReportRequired
Indicates whether or not the UE shall send a PDCP Status Report upon re-establishment of the PDCP entity and upon PDCP data recovery as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via SCG. E-UTRAN only configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for split DRBs.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Rlc-AM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. The field is optional, need ON, in case of reconfiguration of a PDCP entity at handover, at the first reconfiguration after RRC re-establishment or at SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment or PDCP data recovery for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM2
The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-UM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC UM. It is optionally present, Need ON, upon handover within E-UTRA, upon the first reconfiguration after re-establishment and upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. Otherwise the field is not present.
RN
The field is optionally present when signalled to the RN, need OR. Otherwise the field is not present.
Setup
The field is mandatory present in case of radio bearer setup. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS
The field is mandatory present in case of setup of or reconfiguration to a split DRB. The field is optionally present upon reconfiguration of a split DRB or upon DRB type change from split to MCG DRB, need ON. Otherwise the field is not present.

	PDSCH-Config
The IE PDSCH-ConfigCommon and the IE PDSCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific PDSCH configuration respectively.
PDSCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

PDSCH-ConfigCommon ::=		SEQUENCE {
	referenceSignalPower				INTEGER (-60..50),
	p-b									INTEGER (0..3)
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated::=		SEQUENCE {
	p-a									ENUMERATED {
											dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
											dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-r11				DMRS-Config-r11					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	qcl-Operation						ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11	RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11		RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11

RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11

PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pdsch-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11	PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11,
	optionalSetOfFields-r11				SEQUENCE {
		crs-PortsCount-r11					ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
		crs-FreqShift-r11					INTEGER (0..5),
		mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11		CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				subframeConfigList					MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
			}
		}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-Start-r11						ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4, assigned}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11				CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
	qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11			CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

PDSCH-Config field descriptions
optionalSetOfFields
If absent, the UE releases the configuration provided previously, if any, and applies the values from the serving cell configured on the same frequency.
p-a
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
p-b
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, Table 5.2-1].
pdsch-Start
The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23. 7.1.6.4]. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21, Table 6.7-1]. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on.
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
Indicates the CSI-RS resource that is quasi co-located with the PDSCH antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.9]. E-UTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB.
qcl-Operation
Indicates the quasi co-location behaviour to be used by the UE, type A and type B, as described in TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.10].
referenceSignalPower
Parameter: Reference-signal power, which provides the downlink reference-signal EPRE, see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2]. The actual value in dBm.
re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList, re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures at least one PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. Otherwise it does not configure this IE.

	PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId
The IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId is used to identify a set of PDSCH parameters related to resource element mapping and quasi co-location, as configured by the IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId information elements
-- ASN1START

PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 ::=		INTEGER (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

	PHICH-Config
The IE PHICH-Config is used to specify the PHICH configuration.
PHICH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

PHICH-Config ::=					SEQUENCE {
	phich-Duration						ENUMERATED {normal, extended},
	phich-Resource						ENUMERATED {oneSixth, half, one, two}
}

-- ASN1STOP

PHICH-Config field descriptions
phich-Duration
Parameter: PHICH-Duration, see TS 36.211 [21, Table 6.9.3-1].
phich-Resource
Parameter: Ng, see TS 36.211 [21, 6.9]. Value oneSixth corresponds to 1/6, half corresponds to 1/2 and so on.

	PhysicalConfigDedicated
The IE PhysicalConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific physical channel configuration.
PhysicalConfigDedicated information element
-- ASN1START

PhysicalConfigDedicated ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pdsch-ConfigDedicated				PDSCH-ConfigDedicated			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	pucch-ConfigDedicated				PUCCH-ConfigDedicated			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	pusch-ConfigDedicated				PUSCH-ConfigDedicated			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	uplinkPowerControlDedicated			UplinkPowerControlDedicated		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH				TPC-PDCCH-Config 				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH				TPC-PDCCH-Config 				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	cqi-ReportConfig					CQI-ReportConfig				OPTIONAL,		-- Cond CQI-r8
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated		SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	antennaInfo							CHOICE {
		explicitValue						AntennaInfoDedicated,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,																-- Cond AI-r8
	schedulingRequestConfig				SchedulingRequestConfig		OPTIONAL, 			-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	cqi-ReportConfig-v920				CQI-ReportConfig-v920		OPTIONAL,		-- Cond CQI-r8
		antennaInfo-v920					AntennaInfoDedicated-v920	OPTIONAL		-- Cond AI-r8
	]],
	[[	antennaInfo-r10					CHOICE {
			explicitValue-r10				AntennaInfoDedicated-r10,
			defaultValue					NULL
		}		OPTIONAL,															-- Cond AI-r10
		antennaInfoUL-r10				AntennaInfoUL-r10				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cif-Presence-r10				BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-r10			CQI-ReportConfig-r10			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond CQI-r10
		csi-RS-Config-r10				CSI-RS-Config-r10				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020		PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1020		PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		schedulingRequestConfig-v1020	SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020
								SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
								SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020	UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	additionalSpectrumEmissionCA-r10 			CHOICE {
			release									NULL,
			setup									SEQUENCE {
				additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell-r10		AdditionalSpectrumEmission
			}
		}			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11	CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11		CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		epdcch-Config-r11					EPDCCH-Config-r11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- UL configuration
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1130				CQI-ReportConfig-v1130			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1130			PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130			PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130	UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	antennaInfo-v1250					AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond AI-r10
		eimta-MainConfig-r12				EIMTA-MainConfig-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12			EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1250			PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250			CQI-ReportConfig-v1250			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250	UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250		PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1250					CSI-RS-Config-v1250				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
	nonUL-Configuration-r10					SEQUENCE {
		antennaInfo-r10							AntennaInfoDedicated-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10		CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-r10						CSI-RS-Config-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-r10				PDSCH-ConfigDedicated		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}																OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond SCellAdd
	-- UL configuration
	ul-Configuration-r10					SEQUENCE {
		antennaInfoUL-r10						AntennaInfoUL-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10			PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10	UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10				CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10		SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020
								SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
								SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond CommonUL
	...,
	[[	-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11	CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11		CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		epdcch-Config-r11					EPDCCH-Config-r11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- UL configuration
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1130				CQI-ReportConfig-v1130			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130				PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130	UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	antennaInfo-v1250					AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		eimta-MainConfigSCell-r12			EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250			CQI-ReportConfig-v1250			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON 
		uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1250	UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1250					CSI-RS-Config-v1250				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11

CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11

CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11

-- ASN1STOP

PhysicalConfigDedicated field descriptions
additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell
E-UTRAN does not configure this field in this release of the specification.
antennaInfo
A choice is used to indicate whether the antennaInfo is signalled explicitly or set to the default antenna configuration as specified in section 9.2.4.
csi-RS-Config
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN does not configure csi-RS-Config (includes zeroTxPowerCSI-RS) when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigNZP only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. EUTRAN configures a maximum of one CSI-RS-ConfigNZP for a serving frequency on which the UE supports only one CSI process (i.e. supportedCSI-Proc is indicated as n1).
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigZP only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
eimta-MainConfigPCell, eimta-MainConfigSCell
If E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for one serving cell in a frequency band, E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for all serving cells residing on the frequency band. E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
epdcch-Config
indicates the EPDCCH-Config for the cell. E-UTRAN does not configure EPDCCH-Config for an SCell that is configured with value other for schedulingCellInfo in CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig.
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250
E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 only if tpc-SubframeSet is configured.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH
PDCCH configuration for power control of PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH
PDCCH configuration for power control of PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
uplinkPowerControlDedicated
E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicated (without suffix) is configured.
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell
E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 is configured for this serving cell.

Conditional presence
Explanation
AI-r8
The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
AI-r10
The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
CommonUL
The field is mandatory present if ul-Configuration of RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON.
CQI-r8
The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
CQI-r10
The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present if cellIdentification is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON.

NOTE 1:	During handover, the UE performs a MAC reset, which involves reverting to the default CQI/ SRS/ SR configuration in accordance with subclause 5.3.13 and TS 36.321 [6, 5.9 & 5.2]. Hence, for these parts of the dedicated radio resource configuration, the default configuration (rather than the configuration used in the source PCell) is used as the basis for the delta signalling that is included in the message used to perform handover.
NOTE 2:	Since delta signalling is not supported for the common SCell configuration, E-UTRAN can only add or release the uplink of an SCell by releasing and adding the concerned SCell.
	P-Max
The IE P-Max is used to limit the UE's uplink transmission power on a carrier frequency and is used to calculate the parameter Pcompensation defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Corresponds to parameter PEMAX or PEMAX,c in TS 36.101 [42]. The UE transmit power on one serving cell shall not exceed the configured maximum UE output power of the serving cell determined by this value as specified in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.5 or 6.2.5A] or, when transmitting sidelink direct discovery announcements within the coverage of the concerned cell, as specified in TS 36.101 [42, 6.2.5D].
P-Max information element
-- ASN1START

P-Max ::=				INTEGER (-30..33)

-- ASN1STOP

	PRACH-Config
The IE PRACH-ConfigSIB and IE PRACH-Config are used to specify the PRACH configuration in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively.
PRACH-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

PRACH-ConfigSIB ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..837),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo
}

PRACH-Config ::=					SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..837),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	prach-ConfigIndex-r10					INTEGER (0..63)
}

PRACH-ConfigInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	prach-ConfigIndex					INTEGER (0..63),
	highSpeedFlag						BOOLEAN,
	zeroCorrelationZoneConfig			INTEGER (0..15),
	prach-FreqOffset					INTEGER (0..94)
}

-- ASN1STOP

PRACH-Config field descriptions
highSpeedFlag
Parameter: High-speed-flag, see TS 36.211, [21, 5.7.2].TRUE corresponds to Restricted set and FALSE to Unrestricted set.
prach-ConfigIndex
Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1].
prach-FreqOffset
Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffset, see TS 36.211, [21, 5.7.1]. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndex.
rootSequenceIndex
Parameter: RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.7.1].
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig
Parameter: NCS configuration, see TS 36.211, [21, 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-2] for preamble format 0..3 and TS 36.211, [21, 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-3] for preamble format 4.

	PresenceAntennaPort1
The IE PresenceAntennaPort1 is used to indicate whether all the neighbouring cells use Antenna Port 1. When set to TRUE, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells.
PresenceAntennaPort1 information element
-- ASN1START

PresenceAntennaPort1 ::=				BOOLEAN

-- ASN1STOP

	PUCCH-Config
The IE PUCCH-ConfigCommon and IE PUCCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific PUCCH configuration respectively.
PUCCH-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

PUCCH-ConfigCommon ::=				SEQUENCE {
	deltaPUCCH-Shift					ENUMERATED {ds1, ds2, ds3},
	nRB-CQI								INTEGER (0..98),
	nCS-AN								INTEGER (0..7),
	n1PUCCH-AN							INTEGER (0..2047)
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ackNackRepetition					CHOICE{
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			repetitionFactor					ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1},
			n1PUCCH-AN-Rep						INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	},
	tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode				ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pucch-Format-r10					CHOICE {
		format3-r10								SEQUENCE {
			n3PUCCH-AN-List-r10	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r10		CHOICE {	
				release											NULL,
				setup											SEQUENCE {
					n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r10	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
				}
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		},
		channelSelection-r10				SEQUENCE {
			n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10					CHOICE {
				release								NULL,
				setup								SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r10				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10
				}
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10						ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r10							INTEGER (0..2047)		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	n1PUCCH-AN-CS-v1130					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nPUCCH-Param-r11					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			nPUCCH-Identity-r11					INTEGER (0..503),
			n1PUCCH-AN-r11						INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nkaPUCCH-Param-r12					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			nkaPUCCH-AN-r12						INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	}
}

N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10	::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)

-- ASN1STOP

PUCCH-Config field descriptions
ackNackRepetition
Parameter indicates whether ACK/NACK repetition is configured, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
deltaPUCCH-Shift
Parameter: , see 36.211 [21, 5.4.1], where ds1 corresponds to value 1 ds2 to 2 etc.
n1PUCCH-AN
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List
Parameter:  for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1.2.2.1, 10.1.3.2.1].
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1
Parameter: for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. E-UTRAN configures this field only when pucch-Format is set to channelSelection.
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep, n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1
Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].
n3PUCCH-AN-List, n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1
Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. 
nCS-An
Parameter: see TS 36.211 [21, 5.4].
nkaPUCCH-AN
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1.3].
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12 indicates PUCCH format 1a/1b starting offset for the subframe set , see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1.3]. E-UTRAN configures nkaPUCCH-AN only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
nPUCCH-Identity
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.5].
nRB-CQI
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.4].
pucch-Format
Parameter indicates one of the PUCCH formats for transmission of HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. For TDD, if the UE is configured with PCell only, the channelSelection indicates the transmission of HARQ-ACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-5, 10.1.3-6, and 10.1.3-7 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUCCH, and in 7.3 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUSCH.
repetitionFactor
Parameter  see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1] where n2 corresponds to repetition factor 2, n4 to 4.
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
Parameter indicates whether simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH transmissions is configured, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1 and 5.1.1]. E-UTRAN configures this field for the PCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PSCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PSCell is configured.
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode
Parameter indicates one of the TDD ACK/NACK feedback modes used, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.3 and 10.1.3]. The value bundling corresponds to use of ACK/NACK bundling whereas, the value multiplexing corresponds to ACK/NACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-2, 10.1.3-3, and 10.1.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]. The same value applies to both ACK/NACK feedback modes on PUCCH as well as on PUSCH.
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. The field also applies for PUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1.2.2.2, 10.1.3.2.2].
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1].

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
The field is mandatory present for TDD if the pucch-Format is not present. If the pucch-Format is present, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. It is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	PUSCH-Config
The IE PUSCH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the common PUSCH configuration and the reference signal configuration for PUSCH and PUCCH. The IE PUSCH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH configuration.
PUSCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

PUSCH-ConfigCommon ::=				SEQUENCE {
	pusch-ConfigBasic					SEQUENCE {
		n-SB								INTEGER (1..4),
		hoppingMode							ENUMERATED {interSubFrame, intraAndInterSubFrame},
		pusch-HoppingOffset					INTEGER (0..98),
		enable64QAM							BOOLEAN
	},
	ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH			UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated ::=			SEQUENCE {
	betaOffset-ACK-Index				INTEGER (0..15),
	betaOffset-RI-Index					INTEGER (0..15),
	betaOffset-CQI-Index				INTEGER (0..15)
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	betaOffsetMC-r10					SEQUENCE {	
		betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r10			INTEGER (0..15),
		betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r10			INTEGER (0..15),
		betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r10			INTEGER (0..15)
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	groupHoppingDisabled-r10			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pusch-DMRS-r11						CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			nPUSCH-Identity-r11					INTEGER (0..509),
			nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r11				INTEGER (0..509)
		}
	}
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250::=			SEQUENCE {
	uciOnPUSCH				CHOICE {
		release					NULL,
		setup					SEQUENCE {
			betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r12				INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12				INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12				INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffsetMC-r12					SEQUENCE {	
				betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (0..15),
				betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (0..15),
				betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (0..15)
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}
	}
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	groupHoppingDisabled-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH ::=		SEQUENCE {
	groupHoppingEnabled					BOOLEAN,
	groupAssignmentPUSCH				INTEGER (0..29),
	sequenceHoppingEnabled				BOOLEAN,
	cyclicShift							INTEGER (0..7)
}

-- ASN1STOP

PUSCH-Config field descriptions
betaOffset-ACK-Index, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-1]. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-1]. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffset-CQI-Index, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-3]. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-3]. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffset-RI-Index, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-2]. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 8.6.3-2]. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
cyclicShift
Parameters: cyclicShift, see TS 36.211 [21, Table 5.5.2.1.1-2].
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated
Parameter: Activate-DMRS-with OCC, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.2.1].
enable64QAM
See TS 36.213 [23, 8.6.1]. TRUE indicates that 64QAM is allowed while FALSE indicates that 64QAM is not allowed.
groupAssignmentPUSCH
Parameter: ?SS See TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.3].
groupHoppingDisabled
Parameter: Disable-sequence-group-hopping, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.3].
groupHoppingEnabled
Parameter: Group-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.3].
hoppingMode
Parameter: Hopping-mode, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.3.4].
nDMRS-CSH-Identity 
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.2.1.1].
nPUSCH-Identity
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.5].
n-SB
Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21, 5.3.4].
pusch-hoppingOffset
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 5.3.4].
sequenceHoppingEnabled
Parameter: Sequence-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.1.4].
ul- ReferenceSignalsPUSCH
Used to specify parameters needed for the transmission on PUSCH (or PUCCH).

	RACH-ConfigCommon
The IE RACH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the generic random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigCommon information element
-- ASN1START

RACH-ConfigCommon ::=		SEQUENCE {
	preambleInfo						SEQUENCE {
		numberOfRA-Preambles				ENUMERATED {
												n4, n8, n12, n16 ,n20, n24, n28,
												n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56,
												n60, n64},
		preamblesGroupAConfig				SEQUENCE {
			sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA			ENUMERATED {
													n4, n8, n12, n16 ,n20, n24, n28,
													n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56,
													n60},
			messageSizeGroupA					ENUMERATED {b56, b144, b208, b256},
			messagePowerOffsetGroupB			ENUMERATED {
													minusinfinity, dB0, dB5, dB8, dB10, dB12,
													dB15, dB18},
			...
		}			OPTIONAL													-- Need OP
	},
	powerRampingParameters				PowerRampingParameters,
	ra-SupervisionInfo					SEQUENCE {
		preambleTransMax					PreambleTransMax,
		ra-ResponseWindowSize				ENUMERATED {
												sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5, sf6, sf7,
												sf8, sf10},
		mac-ContentionResolutionTimer		ENUMERATED {
												sf8, sf16, sf24, sf32, sf40, sf48,
												sf56, sf64}
	},
	maxHARQ-Msg3Tx						INTEGER (1..8),
	...
}

RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	txFailParams-r12 				SEQUENCE {
		connEstFailCount-r12					ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4},
		connEstFailOffsetValidity-r12			ENUMERATED {s30, s60, s120, s240, 
														s300, s420, s600, s900},
		connEstFailOffset-r12					INTEGER (0..15)		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}
}

RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	powerRampingParameters-r11				PowerRampingParameters,
	ra-SupervisionInfo-r11					SEQUENCE {
		preambleTransMax-r11					PreambleTransMax
	},
	...
}

PowerRampingParameters ::=			SEQUENCE {
	powerRampingStep					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6},
	preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower	ENUMERATED {
											dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112,
											dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm-102,
											dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94,
											dBm-92, dBm-90}
}

PreambleTransMax ::=				ENUMERATED {
											n3, n4, n5, n6, n7,	n8, n10, n20, n50,
											n100, n200}

-- ASN1STOP

RACH-ConfigCommon field descriptions
connEstFailCount
Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset. 
connEstFailOffset
Parameter Qoffsettemp in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present the value of infinity shall be used for Qoffsettemp.
connEstFailOffsetValidity
Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer
Timer for contention resolution in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on.
maxHARQ-Msg3Tx
Maximum number of Msg3 HARQ transmissions in TS 36.321 [6], used for contention based random access. Value is an integer.
messagePowerOffsetGroupB
Threshold for preamble selection in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value minusinfinity corresponds to infinity. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB5 corresponds to 5 dB and so on.
messageSizeGroupA
Threshold for preamble selection in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in bits. Value b56 corresponds to 56 bits, b144 corresponds to 144 bits and so on.
numberOfRA-Preambles
Number of non-dedicated random access preambles in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.
powerRampingStep
Power ramping factor in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower
Initial preamble power in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dBm. Value dBm-120 corresponds to -120 dBm, dBm-118 corresponds to -118 dBm and so on.
preamblesGroupAConfig
Provides the configuration for preamble grouping in TS 36.321 [6]. If the field is not signalled, the size of the random access preambles group A [6] is equal to numberOfRA-Preambles.
preambleTransMax
Maximum number of preamble transmission in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n3 corresponds to 3, n4 corresponds to 4 and so on.
ra-ResponseWindowSize
Duration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell).
sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA
Size of the random access preambles group A in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.

	RACH-ConfigDedicated
The IE RACH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the dedicated random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigDedicated information element
-- ASN1START

RACH-ConfigDedicated ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ra-PreambleIndex					INTEGER (0..63),
	ra-PRACH-MaskIndex					INTEGER (0..15)
}

-- ASN1STOP

RACH-ConfigDedicated field descriptions
ra-PRACH-MaskIndex
Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].
ra-PreambleIndex
Explicitly signalled Random Access Preamble for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].

	RadioResourceConfigCommon
The IE RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB and IE RadioResourceConfigCommon are used to specify common radio resource configurations in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively, e.g., the random access parameters and the static physical layer parameters.
RadioResourceConfigCommon information element
-- ASN1START

RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rach-ConfigCommon					RACH-ConfigCommon,
	bcch-Config 						BCCH-Config,
	pcch-Config 						PCCH-Config,
	prach-Config						PRACH-ConfigSIB,
	pdsch-ConfigCommon					PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
	pusch-ConfigCommon					PUSCH-ConfigCommon,
	pucch-ConfigCommon					PUCCH-ConfigCommon,
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon			SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
	uplinkPowerControlCommon			UplinkPowerControlCommon,
	ul-CyclicPrefixLength				UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
	...,
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	rach-ConfigCommon-v1250			RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigCommon ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rach-ConfigCommon					RACH-ConfigCommon					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	prach-Config						PRACH-Config,
	pdsch-ConfigCommon					PDSCH-ConfigCommon					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pusch-ConfigCommon					PUSCH-ConfigCommon,
	phich-Config						PHICH-Config						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pucch-ConfigCommon					PUCCH-ConfigCommon					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon			SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	uplinkPowerControlCommon			UplinkPowerControlCommon			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	antennaInfoCommon					AntennaInfoCommon			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	p-Max								P-Max								OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	tdd-Config							TDD-Config							OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
	ul-CyclicPrefixLength				UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
	...,
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	tdd-Config-v1130				TDD-Config-v1130				OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD3
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	basicFields-r12						RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10,
	pucch-ConfigCommon-r12				PUCCH-ConfigCommon,
	rach-ConfigCommon-r12				RACH-ConfigCommon,
	uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12	UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12,
	...
}

RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
	nonUL-Configuration-r10					SEQUENCE {
		-- 1: Cell characteristics
		dl-Bandwidth-r10						ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
		-- 2: Physical configuration, general
		antennaInfoCommon-r10					AntennaInfoCommon,
		mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r10			MBSFN-SubframeConfigList	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		-- 3: Physical configuration, control
		phich-Config-r10						PHICH-Config,
		-- 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
		pdsch-ConfigCommon-r10					PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
		tdd-Config-r10							TDD-Config					OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDDSCell
	},
	-- UL configuration
	ul-Configuration-r10						SEQUENCE {
		ul-FreqInfo-r10						SEQUENCE {
			ul-CarrierFreq-r10					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
			ul-Bandwidth-r10					ENUMERATED {n6, n15,
													n25, n50, n75, n100}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
			additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10		AdditionalSpectrumEmission
		},
		p-Max-r10							P-Max						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10		UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10,
		-- A special version of IE UplinkPowerControlCommon may be introduced
		-- 3: Physical configuration, control
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r10		SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
		ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r10			UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
		-- 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
		prach-ConfigSCell-r10					PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR-NoR11
		pusch-ConfigCommon-r10				PUSCH-ConfigCommon
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	ul-CarrierFreq-v1090				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	rach-ConfigCommonSCell-r11			RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond ULSCell
		prach-ConfigSCell-r11				PRACH-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UL
		tdd-Config-v1130					TDD-Config-v1130			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD2
		uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130
								UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130	OPTIONAL	-- Cond UL
	]]
}

BCCH-Config ::=						SEQUENCE {
	modificationPeriodCoeff				ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16}
}

PCCH-Config ::=						SEQUENCE {
	defaultPagingCycle					ENUMERATED {
											rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
	nB									ENUMERATED {
											fourT, twoT, oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT,
											oneSixteenthT, oneThirtySecondT}
}

UL-CyclicPrefixLength ::=			ENUMERATED {len1, len2}

-- ASN1STOP

RadioResourceConfigCommon field descriptions
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell
The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmissionSCell are defined in TS 36.101 [42]. E-UTRAN configures the same value in additionalSpectrumEmissionScell for all SCell(s) of the same band with UL configured. The additionalSpectrumEmissionScell is applicable for all serving cells (including PCell) of the same band with UL configured.
defaultPagingCycle
Default paging cycle, used to derive T in TS 36.304 [4]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
modificationPeriodCoeff
Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames= modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4, n8 corresponds to value 8 and n16 corresponds to value 16.
nB
Parameter: nB is used as one of parameters to derive the Paging Frame and Paging Occasion according to TS 36.304 [4]. Value in multiples of 'T' as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. A value of fourT corresponds to 4 * T, a value of twoT corresponds to 2 * T and so on.
p-Max
Pmax to be used in the target cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to the UE capability.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.7.3-1] applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency.
UL-CyclicPrefixLength
Parameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see 36.211 [21, 5.2.1] where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
The field is optional for TDD, Need ON; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD2
If tdd-Config-r10 is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD3
If tdd-Config is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD-OR-NoR11
If prach-ConfigSCell-r11 is absent, the field is optional for TDD, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDDSCell
This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
UL
If the SCell is part of the STAG and if ul-Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ULSCell
For the PSCell (IE is included in RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell) the field is absent. Otherwise, if the SCell is part of the STAG and if ul-Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	RadioResourceConfigDedicated
The IE RadioResourceConfigDedicated is used to setup/modify/release RBs, to modify the MAC main configuration, to modify the SPS configuration and to modify dedicated physical configuration.
RadioResourceConfigDedicated information element
-- ASN1START

RadioResourceConfigDedicated ::=		SEQUENCE {
	srb-ToAddModList					SRB-ToAddModList			OPTIONAL, 		-- Cond HO-Conn
	drb-ToAddModList					DRB-ToAddModList			OPTIONAL, 		-- Cond HO-toEUTRA
	drb-ToReleaseList					DRB-ToReleaseList			OPTIONAL, 		-- Need ON
	mac-MainConfig						CHOICE {
			explicitValue					MAC-MainConfig,
			defaultValue					NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,																-- Cond HO-toEUTRA2
	sps-Config							SPS-Config 					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	physicalConfigDedicated				PhysicalConfigDedicated		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	rlf-TimersAndConstants-r9		RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	measSubframePatternPCell-r10	MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	neighCellsCRS-Info-r11			NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	naics-Info-r12				NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	-- UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an PSCell
	physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12		PhysicalConfigDedicated		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sps-Config-r12							SPS-Config 					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	naics-Info-r12			  	    		   NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12				DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12			OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
	mac-MainConfigSCG-r12				MAC-MainConfig					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12		RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an SCell
	physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10		PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	mac-MainConfigSCell-r11			MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11			OPTIONAL	-- Cond SCellAdd
	]],
	[[	naics-Info-r12				NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

SRB-ToAddModList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SRB-ToAddMod

SRB-ToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	srb-Identity						INTEGER (1..2),
	rlc-Config							CHOICE {
		explicitValue						RLC-Config,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,																-- Cond Setup
	logicalChannelConfig				CHOICE {
		explicitValue						LogicalChannelConfig,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,																-- Cond Setup
	...
}

DRB-ToAddModList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddMod

DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12

DRB-ToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	eps-BearerIdentity					INTEGER (0..15)			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond DRB-Setup
	drb-Identity						DRB-Identity,
	pdcp-Config							PDCP-Config				OPTIONAL,		-- Cond PDCP
	rlc-Config							RLC-Config				OPTIONAL,		-- Cond SetupM
	logicalChannelIdentity				INTEGER (3..10)			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond DRB-SetupM
	logicalChannelConfig				LogicalChannelConfig	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond SetupM
	...,
	[[	drb-TypeChange-r12						ENUMERATED {toMCG}	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		rlc-Config-v1250					RLC-Config-v1250		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-Identity-r12					DRB-Identity,
	drb-Type-r12						CHOICE {
		split-r12							NULL,
		scg-r12								SEQUENCE {
			eps-BearerIdentity-r12				INTEGER (0..15)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-Setup
			pdcp-Config-r12						PDCP-Config		OPTIONAL	-- Cond PDCP-S
		}
	}															OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SetupS2
	rlc-ConfigSCG-r12					RLC-Config				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SetupS
	rlc-Config-v1250						RLC-Config-v1250			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r12		INTEGER (3..10)			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-SetupS
	logicalChannelConfigSCG-r12			LogicalChannelConfig	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SetupS
	...
}

DRB-ToReleaseList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity

MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup							MeasSubframePattern-r10
}

NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11
}

CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11

CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r11						PhysCellId,
	antennaPortsCount-r11				ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1},
	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11		MBSFN-SubframeConfigList,
	...
}

NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		neighCellsToReleaseList-r12		NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12			OPTIONAL	,	-- Need ON
		neighCellsToAddModList-r12		NeighCellsToAddModList-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		servCellp-a-r12					P-a	 							OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12  ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF PhysCellId

NeighCellsToAddModList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF NeighCellsInfo-r12

NeighCellsInfo-r12	::=		SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r12					PhysCellId,
	p-b-r12						INTEGER (0..3),
	crs-PortsCount-r12				ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare},
	mbsfn-SubframeConfig-r12		MBSFN-SubframeConfigList				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	p-aList-r12					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12)) OF P-a,
	transmissionModeList-r12		BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
	resAllocGranularity-r12			INTEGER (1..4),
	...
}
P-a ::= ENUMERATED {	dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
									dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}

-- ASN1STOP

RadioResourceConfigDedicated field descriptions
crs-PortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports for cell-specific reference signal used by the signaled neighboring cell where n1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, n2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.1].
drb-Identity
In case of DC, the DRB identity is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG DRB can not use the same value as used for an MCG or split DRB. For a split DRB the same identity is used for the MCG- and SCG parts of the configuration.
drb-ToAddModListSCG
When an SCG is configured, E-UTRAN configures at least one SCG or split DRB.
drb-Type
This field indicates whether the DRB is split or SCG DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure split and SCG DRBs simultaneously for the UE.
drb-TypeChange
Indicates that a split/SCG DRB is reconfigured to an MCG DRB (i.e. E-UTRAN only signals the field in case the DRB type changes).
logicalChannelConfig
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 as specified in 9.2.1.2.
logicalChannelIdentity
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL.
mac-MainConfig
Although the ASN.1 includes a choice that is used to indicate whether the mac-MainConfig is signalled explicitly or set to the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2, EUTRAN does not apply "defaultValue".
mbsfn-SubframeConfig
Defines the MBSFN subframe configuration used by the signaled neighboring cell. If absent, UE assumes no MBSFN configuration for the neighboring cell.
measSubframePatternPCell
Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern for the PCell measurements (RSRP, RSRQ and the radio link monitoring).
neighCellsCRS-Info
This field contains assistance information, concerning the primary frequency, used by the UE to mitigate interference from CRS while performing RRM/RLM/CSI measurement or data demodulation. When the received CRS assistance information is for a cell with CRS colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use the CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference (as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) on the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternPCell, measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, csi-MeasSubframeSet1 if configured, and the CSI subframe set 1 if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured. Furthermore, the UE may use CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference from the cells in the IE for the demodulation purpose as specified in TS 36.101 [42]. EUTRAN does not configure neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 if eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
NeighCellsInfo
This field contains assistance information used by the UE to cancel and suppress interference of a neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes that the transmission parameters listed in the sub-fields are used by the neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes the neighbour cell is subframe and SFN synchronized to the serving cell, has the same system bandwidth, UL/DL and special subframe configuration, and cyclic prefix length as the serving cell.
P-a
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
P-aList
Indicates the restricted subset of power offset for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM PDSCH transmissions for the neighbouring cell.
p-b
Parameter: , indicates the cell-specific ratio used by the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23, Table 5.2-1].
physicalConfigDedicated
The default dedicated physical configuration is specified in 9.2.4.
resAllocGranularity
Indicates the resource allocation and precoding granularity in PRB pair level of the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.6].
rlc-Config
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 in 9.2.1.2. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and SRB2. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure the RLC mode of DRBs except when a full configuration option is used, and may reconfigure the UM RLC SN field size and the AM RLC LI field size only upon handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment or upon SCG Change for SCG and split DRBs.
servCellp-a
Indicates the power offset for QPSK C-RNTI based PDSCH transmissions used by the serving cell, see 36.213 [23, 5.2]. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
sps-Config
The default SPS configuration is specified in 9.2.3. Except for handover or releasing SPS for MCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Config for MCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for MCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). Except for SCG change or releasing SPS for SCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Config for SCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for SCG (see TS 36.321 [6]).
srb-Identity
Value 1 is applicable for SRB1 only.
Value 2 is applicable for SRB2 only.
transmissionModeList
Indicates a subset of transmission mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, for the signaled neighboring cell for which NeighCellsInfo applies. When TM10 is signaled, other signaled transmission parameters in NeighCellsInfo are not applicable to up to 8 layer transmission scheme of TM10. The first/ leftmost bit is for transmission mode 1, the second bit is for transmission mode 2, and so on.

Conditional presence
Explanation
DRB-Setup
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being set up; otherwise it is not present.
DRB-SetupM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of MCG or split DRB; The field is optionally present, Need ON, upon change from SCG to MCG DRB; otherwise it is not present.
DRB-SetupS
The field is mandatory present upon setup of SCG or split DRB, or upon change from MCG to split DRB; The field is optionally present, Need ON, upon change from MCG to SCG DRB; otherwise it is not present.
HO-Conn
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message or in case of RRC connection establishment; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. Upon connection establishment/ re-establishment only SRB1 is applicable.
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; In case of RRC connection establishment and RRC connection re-establishment the field is not present; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
HO-toEUTRA2
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
PDCP
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being setup; the field is optionally present, need ON, upon reconfiguration of the corresponding split DRB, upon the corresponding DRB type change from split to MCG bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change from MCG to split bearer, upon handover within E-UTRA and upon the first reconfiguration after re-establishment but in all these cases only when fullConfig is not included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; otherwise it is not present.
PDCP-S
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being setup; the field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCG change; otherwise it is not present.
RLC-Setup
This field is optionally present if the corresponding DRB is being setup, need ON; otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd
The field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present.
Setup
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding SRB/DRB is being setup; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of an MCG or split DRB; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS
The field is mandatory present upon setup of an SCG or split DRB, as well as upon change from MCG to split DRB; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS2
The field is mandatory present upon setup of an SCG or split DRB, as well as upon change from MCG to split or SCG DRB. For an SCG DRB the field is optionally present, need ON. Otherwise the field is not present.

	RLC-Config
The IE RLC-Config is used to specify the RLC configuration of SRBs and DRBs.
RLC-Config information element
-- ASN1START

RLC-Config ::=				CHOICE {
	am									SEQUENCE {
		ul-AM-RLC							UL-AM-RLC,
		dl-AM-RLC							DL-AM-RLC
	},
	um-Bi-Directional					SEQUENCE {
		ul-UM-RLC							UL-UM-RLC,
		dl-UM-RLC							DL-UM-RLC
	},
	um-Uni-Directional-UL				SEQUENCE {
		ul-UM-RLC							UL-UM-RLC
	},
	um-Uni-Directional-DL				SEQUENCE {
		dl-UM-RLC							DL-UM-RLC
	},
	...
}

RLC-Config-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12			BOOLEAN,
	dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12			BOOLEAN
}

UL-AM-RLC ::=						SEQUENCE {
	t-PollRetransmit					T-PollRetransmit,
	pollPDU								PollPDU,
	pollByte							PollByte,
	maxRetxThreshold					ENUMERATED {
											t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32}
}

DL-AM-RLC ::=						SEQUENCE {
	t-Reordering						T-Reordering,
	t-StatusProhibit					T-StatusProhibit
}

UL-UM-RLC ::=						SEQUENCE {
	sn-FieldLength						SN-FieldLength
}

DL-UM-RLC ::=						SEQUENCE {
	sn-FieldLength						SN-FieldLength,
	t-Reordering						T-Reordering
}

SN-FieldLength ::=					ENUMERATED {size5, size10}

T-PollRetransmit ::=				ENUMERATED {
										ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
										ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
										ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
										ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
										ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
										ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
										ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
										ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
										ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, spare9, spare8,
										spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3,
										spare2, spare1}

PollPDU ::=							ENUMERATED {
										p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, pInfinity}

PollByte ::=						ENUMERATED {
										kB25, kB50, kB75, kB100, kB125, kB250, kB375,
										kB500, kB750, kB1000, kB1250, kB1500, kB2000,
										kB3000, kBinfinity, spare1}

T-Reordering ::=					ENUMERATED {
										ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
										ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
										ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms110,
										ms120, ms130, ms140, ms150, ms160, ms170,
										ms180, ms190, ms200, spare1}

T-StatusProhibit ::=				ENUMERATED {
										ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
										ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
										ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
										ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
										ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
										ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
										ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
										ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
										ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, spare8, spare7,
										spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
										spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

RLC-Config field descriptions
dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field, ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field
Indicates the RLC LI field size. Value TRUE means that 15 bit LI length shall be used, otherwise 11 bit LI length shall be used; see TS 36.322 [7]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am.
maxRetxThreshold
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value t1 corresponds to 1 retransmission, t2 to 2 retransmissions and so on.
pollByte
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value kB25 corresponds to 25 kBytes, kB50 to 50 kBytes and so on. kBInfinity corresponds to an infinite amount of kBytes.
pollPDU
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value p4 corresponds to 4 PDUs, p8 to 8 PDUs and so on. pInfinity corresponds to an infinite number of PDUs.
sn-FieldLength
Indicates the UM RLC SN field size, see TS 36.322 [7], in bits. Value size5 means 5 bits, size10 means 10 bits.
t-PollRetransmit
Timer for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5ms, ms10 means 10ms and so on.
t-Reordering
Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms, ms5 means 5ms and so on.
t-StatusProhibit
Timer for status reporting in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms, ms5 means 5ms and so on.

	RLF-TimersAndConstants
The IE RLF-TimersAndConstants contains UE specific timers and constants applicable for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED.
RLF-TimersAndConstants information element
-- ASN1START

RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9 ::=			CHOICE {
	release									NULL,
	setup									SEQUENCE {
		t301-r9								ENUMERATED {
												ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
												ms2000},
		t310-r9								ENUMERATED {
												ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
		n310-r9								ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
		t311-r9								ENUMERATED {
												ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
												ms20000, ms30000},
		n311-r9								ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
		...
	}
}

RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		t313-r12							ENUMERATED {
												ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
		n313-r12							ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
		n314-r12							ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
		...
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

RLF-TimersAndConstants field descriptions
n3xy
Constants are described in section 7.4. n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in section 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on.

	RN-SubframeConfig
The IE RN-SubframeConfig is used to specify the subframe configuration for an RN.
RN-SubframeConfig information element
-- ASN1START

RN-SubframeConfig-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	subframeConfigPattern-r10			CHOICE {
		subframeConfigPatternFDD-r10	BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
		subframeConfigPatternTDD-r10	INTEGER (0..31)
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rpdcch-Config-r10				SEQUENCE {
		resourceAllocationType-r10		ENUMERATED {type0, type1, type2Localized, type2Distributed,
													spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
		resourceBlockAssignment-r10			CHOICE {
			type01-r10							CHOICE {
				nrb6-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
				nrb15-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
				nrb25-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(13)),
				nrb50-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(17)),
				nrb75-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(19)),
				nrb100-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(25))
			},
			type2-r10							CHOICE {
				nrb6-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(5)),
				nrb15-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(7)),
				nrb25-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(9)),
				nrb50-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(11)),
				nrb75-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(12)),
				nrb100-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(13))
			},
			...
		},
		demodulationRS-r10				CHOICE {
			interleaving-r10				ENUMERATED {crs},
			noInterleaving-r10				ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs}
		},
		pdsch-Start-r10					INTEGER (1..3),
		pucch-Config-r10				CHOICE {
			tdd								CHOICE {
				channelSelectionMultiplexingBundling	SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-List-r10			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
				},
				fallbackForFormat3				SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10				INTEGER (0..2047),
					n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10				INTEGER (0..2047)		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
				}
			},
			fdd								SEQUENCE {
				n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10				INTEGER (0..2047),
				n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10				INTEGER (0..2047)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			}
		},
		...
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

RN-SubframeConfig field descriptions
demodulationRS
Indicates which reference signals are used for R-PDCCH demodulation according to TS 36.216 [55, 7.4.1]. Value interleaving corresponds to cross-interleaving and value noInterleaving corresponds to no cross-interleaving according to TS 36.216 [55, 7.4.2 and 7.4.3].
n1PUCCH-AN-List
Parameter: , see TS 36.216, [55, 7.5.1]. This parameter is only applicable for TDD. Configures PUCCH HARQ-ACK resources if the RN is configured to use HARQ-ACK channel selection, HARQ-ACK multiplexing or HARQ-ACK bundling.
n1PUCCH-AN-P0, n1PUCCH-AN-P1
Parameter: , for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.216, [55, 7.5.1] for FDD and [55, 7.5.2] for TDD. 
pdsch-Start
Parameter: DL-StartSymbol, see TS 36.216 [55, Table 5.4-1].
resourceAllocationType
Represents the resource allocation used: type 0, type 1 or type 2 according to TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.6]. Value type0 corresponds to type 0, value type1 corresponds to type 1, value type2Localized corresponds to type 2 with localized virtual resource blocks and type2Distributed corresponds to type 2 with distributed virtual resource blocks.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the resource block assignment bits according to TS 36.213 [23, 7.1.6]. Value type01 corresponds to type 0 and type 1, and the value type2 corresponds to type 2. Value nrb6 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 6 resource blocks, value nrb15 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 15 resource blocks, and so on.
subframeConfigPatternFDD
Parameter: SubframeConfigurationFDD, see TS 36.216 [55, Table 5.2-1]. Defines the DL subframe configuration for eNB-to-RN transmission, i.e. those subframes in which the eNB may indicate downlink assignments for the RN. The radio frame in which the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first bit of the subframeConfigPatternFDD corresponds to subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 4 = 0.
subframeConfigPatternTDD
Parameter: SubframeConfigurationTDD, see TS 36.216 [55, Table 5.2-2]. Defines the DL and UL subframe configuration for eNB-RN transmission.

	SchedulingRequestConfig
The IE SchedulingRequestConfig is used to specify the Scheduling Request related parameters
SchedulingRequestConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SchedulingRequestConfig ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex				INTEGER (0..2047),
		sr-ConfigIndex						INTEGER (0..157),
		dsr-TransMax						ENUMERATED {
												n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
	}
}

SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10		INTEGER (0..2047)			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SchedulingRequestConfig field descriptions
dsr-TransMax
Parameter for SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6, 5.4.4]. The value n4 corresponds to 4 transmissions, n8 corresponds to 8 transmissions and so on.
sr-ConfigIndex
Parameter. See TS 36.213 [23,10.1]. The values 156 and 157 are not applicable for Release 8.
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1
Parameter:  for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. E-UTRAN configures sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1 only if sr-PUCCHResourceIndex is configured.

	SoundingRS-UL-Config
The IE SoundingRS-UL-Config is used to specify the uplink Sounding RS configuration for periodic and aperiodic sounding.
SoundingRS-UL-Config information element
-- ASN1START

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-BandwidthConfig					ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3, bw4, bw5, bw6, bw7},
		srs-SubframeConfig					ENUMERATED {
												sc0, sc1, sc2, sc3, sc4, sc5, sc6, sc7,
												sc8, sc9, sc10, sc11, sc12, sc13, sc14, sc15},
		ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission	BOOLEAN,
		srs-MaxUpPts						ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
		srs-HoppingBandwidth				ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3},
		freqDomainPosition					INTEGER (0..23),
		duration							BOOLEAN,
		srs-ConfigIndex						INTEGER (0..1023),
		transmissionComb					INTEGER (0..1),
		cyclicShift							ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	srs-AntennaPort-r10					SRS-AntennaPort
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-ConfigIndexAp-r10				INTEGER (0..31),
		srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r10			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r10	OPTIONAL,--Need ON
		srs-ActivateAp-r10					CHOICE {
				release							NULL,
				setup							SEQUENCE {
					srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r10			SRS-ConfigAp-r10,
					srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r10		SRS-ConfigAp-r10,
					...
				}
		}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

SRS-ConfigAp-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	srs-AntennaPortAp-r10				SRS-AntennaPort,
	srs-BandwidthAp-r10					ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
	freqDomainPositionAp-r10			INTEGER (0..23),
	transmissionCombAp-r10				INTEGER (0..1),
	cyclicShiftAp-r10					ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
}

SRS-AntennaPort ::=					ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

SoundingRS-UL-Config field descriptions
ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission
Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-SRS, see TS 36.213 [23, 8.2]. For SCells this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
cyclicShift, cyclicShiftAp
Parameter: n_SRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively. See TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3.1], where cs0 corresponds to 0 etc.
duration
Parameter: Duration for periodic sounding reference signal transmission. See TS 36.213 [21, 8.2]. FALSE corresponds to single and value TRUE to indefinite.
freqDomainPosition, freqDomainPositionAp
Parameter:  for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3.2].
srs-AntennaPort, srs-AntennaPortAp
Indicates the number of antenna ports used for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3]. UE shall release srs-AntennaPort if SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is released.
srs-Bandwidth, srs-BandwidthAp
Parameter:  for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21, tables 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4].
srs-BandwidthConfig
Parameter: SRS Bandwidth Configuration. See TS 36.211, [21, table 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4]. Actual configuration depends on UL bandwidth. bw0 corresponds to value 0, bw1 to value 1 and so on.
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0 / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4
Parameters indicate the resource configurations for aperiodic sounding reference signal transmissions triggered by DCI formats 0, 1A, 2B, 2C, 4. See TS 36.213 [23, 8.2].
srs-ConfigIndex, srs-ConfigIndexAp
Parameter: ISRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively. See TS 36.213 [23, table 8.2-1 and table 8.2-2] for periodic and TS 36.213 [23, table 8.2-4 and table 8.2-5] for aperiodic SRS transmission.
srs-HoppingBandwidth
Parameter: SRS hopping bandwidth  for periodic sounding reference signal transmission, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3.2] where hbw0 corresponds to value 0, hbw1 to value 1 and so on.
srs-MaxUpPts
Parameter: srsMaxUpPts, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3.2]. If this field is present, reconfiguration of  applies for UpPts, otherwise reconfiguration does not apply.
srs-SubframeConfig
Parameter: SRS SubframeConfiguration. See TS 36.211, [21, table 5.5.3.3-1] applies for FDD whereas TS 36.211, [21, table 5.5.3.3-2] applies for TDD. sc0 corresponds to value 0, sc1 to value 1 and so on.
transmissionComb, transmissionCombAp
Parameter:  for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21, 5.5.3.2].

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	SPS-Config
The IE SPS-Config is used to specify the semi-persistent scheduling configuration.
SPS-Config information element
-- ASN1START

SPS-Config ::=	SEQUENCE {
	semiPersistSchedC-RNTI			C-RNTI					OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	sps-ConfigDL					SPS-ConfigDL			OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigUL					SPS-ConfigUL			OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
}

SPS-ConfigDL ::=	CHOICE{
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		semiPersistSchedIntervalDL			ENUMERATED {
												sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
												sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, spare6,
												spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
												spare1},
		numberOfConfSPS-Processes			INTEGER (1..8),
		n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList			N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList,
		...,
		[[	twoAntennaPortActivated-r10		CHOICE {
				release							NULL,
				setup							SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r10	N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList
				}
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		]]
	}
}

SPS-ConfigUL ::=	CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		semiPersistSchedIntervalUL			ENUMERATED {
												sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
												sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, spare6,
												spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
												spare1},
		implicitReleaseAfter				ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8},
		p0-Persistent						SEQUENCE {
			p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent			INTEGER (-126..24),
			p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent				INTEGER (-8..7)
		}		OPTIONAL,												-- Need OP
		twoIntervalsConfig					ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
		...,
		[[	p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12		CHOICE {
				release								NULL,
				setup								SEQUENCE {
					p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (-126..24),
					p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12				INTEGER (-8..7)
				}
			} 															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		]]
	}
}

N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)

-- ASN1STOP

SPS-Config field descriptions
implicitReleaseAfter
Number of empty transmissions before implicit release, see TS 36.321 [6, 5.10.2]. Value e2 corresponds to 2 transmissions, e3 corresponds to 3 transmissions and so on.
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList , n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1
List of parameter:  for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23, 10.1]. Field n1-PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1 is applicable only if the twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b in PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 is set to true. Otherwise the field is not configured.
numberOfConfSPS-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6].
p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dBm step 1. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If choice setup is used and p0-Persistent is absent, apply the value of p0-NominalPUSCH for p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent. If uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1.
p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dBm step 1. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 is not configured, apply the value of p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12 for p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2. E-UTRAN configures this field only if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, in which case this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2.
p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dB. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If choice setup is used and p0-Persistent is absent, apply the value of p0-UE-PUSCH for p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent. If uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1.
p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dB. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 is not configured, apply the value of p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2 for p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2. E-UTRAN configures this field only if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, in which case this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2.
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
Semi-persistent Scheduling C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6].
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, the UE shall round this parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames.
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, the UE shall round this parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames.
twoIntervalsConfig
Trigger of two-intervals-Semi-Persistent Scheduling in uplink. See TS 36.321 [6, 5.10]. If this field is present, two-intervals-SPS is enabled for uplink. Otherwise, two-intervals-SPS is disabled.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	TDD-Config
The IE TDD-Config is used to specify the TDD specific physical channel configuration.
TDD-Config information element
-- ASN1START

TDD-Config ::=						SEQUENCE {
	subframeAssignment					ENUMERATED {
											sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6},
	specialSubframePatterns				ENUMERATED {
											ssp0, ssp1, ssp2, ssp3, ssp4,ssp5, ssp6, ssp7,
											ssp8}
}

TDD-Config-v1130 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	specialSubframePatterns-v1130		ENUMERATED {ssp7,ssp9}
}

TDD-ConfigSL-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	subframeAssignmentSL-r12				ENUMERATED {
											none, sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6}
}

-- ASN1STOP

TDD-Config field descriptions
specialSubframePatterns
Indicates Configuration as in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-1] where ssp0 points to Configuration 0, ssp1 to Configuration 1 etc. Value ssp7 points to Configuration 7 for extended cyclic prefix and value ssp9 points to Configuration 9 for normal cyclic prefix. E-UTRAN signals ssp7 only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8) to ssp4. E-UTRAN signals value ssp9 only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp5. If specialSubframePatterns-v1130 is present, the UE shall ignore specialSubframePatterns (without suffix).
subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-2]. E-UTRAN configures the same value for serving cells residing on same frequency band.
subframeAssignmentSL
Indicates UL/ DL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21, table 4.2-2]. The value none means that no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable (i.e. the carrier on which MasterInformationBlock-SL is transmitted is an FDD UL carrier).

	TimeAlignmentTimer
The IE TimeAlignmentTimer is used to control how long the UE considers the serving cells belonging to the associated TAG to be uplink time aligned. Corresponds to the Timer for time alignment in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf500 corresponds to 500 sub-frames, sf750 corresponds to 750 sub-frames and so on.
TimeAlignmentTimer information element
-- ASN1START

TimeAlignmentTimer ::=					ENUMERATED {
												sf500, sf750, sf1280, sf1920, sf2560, sf5120,
												sf10240, infinity}
-- ASN1STOP

	TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for PUCCH and PUSCH power control according to TS 36.212 [22]. The power control function can either be setup or released with the IE.
TPC-PDCCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

TPC-PDCCH-Config ::=					CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		tpc-RNTI							BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
		tpc-Index							TPC-Index
	}
}

TPC-Index ::=							CHOICE {
	indexOfFormat3							INTEGER (1..15),
	indexOfFormat3A							INTEGER (1..31)
}

-- ASN1STOP

TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions
indexOfFormat3
Index of N when DCI format 3 is used. See TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.6].
IndexOfFormat3A
Index of M when DCI format 3A is used. See TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.7].
tpc-Index
Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7], where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a).
tpc-RNTI
RNTI for power control using DCI format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].

	UplinkPowerControl
The IE UplinkPowerControlCommon and IE UplinkPowerControlDedicated are used to specify parameters for uplink power control in the system information and in the dedicated signalling, respectively.
UplinkPowerControl information elements
-- ASN1START

UplinkPowerControlCommon ::=		SEQUENCE {
	p0-NominalPUSCH						INTEGER (-126..24),
	alpha								Alpha-r12,
	p0-NominalPUCCH						INTEGER (-127..-96),
	deltaFList-PUCCH					DeltaFList-PUCCH,
	deltaPreambleMsg3					INTEGER (-1..6)
}

UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r10				ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
														deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r10				ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1}
}

UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
-- For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12				ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
														deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12				ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1},
	p0-NominalPUCCH-r12						INTEGER (-127..-96),
	deltaFList-PUCCH-r12					DeltaFList-PUCCH
}

UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p0-NominalPUSCH-r10					INTEGER (-126..24),
	alpha-r10							Alpha-r12
}

UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaPreambleMsg3-r11				INTEGER (-1..6)
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated ::=		SEQUENCE {
	p0-UE-PUSCH							INTEGER (-8..7),
	deltaMCS-Enabled					ENUMERATED {en0, en1},
	accumulationEnabled					BOOLEAN,
	p0-UE-PUCCH							INTEGER (-8..7),
	pSRS-Offset							INTEGER (0..15),
	filterCoefficient					FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {
	deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10		DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	pSRS-OffsetAp-r10					INTEGER (0..15)					OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pSRS-Offset-v1130						INTEGER (16..31)			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130						INTEGER (16..31)			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130			DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	set2PowerControlParameter		CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			tpc-SubframeSet-r12					BIT STRING (SIZE(10)),
			p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12		INTEGER (-126..24),
			alpha-SubframeSet2-r12				Alpha-r12,
			p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (-8..7)
		}
	}
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	p0-UE-PUSCH-r10						INTEGER (-8..7),
	deltaMCS-Enabled-r10					ENUMERATED {en0, en1},
	accumulationEnabled-r10				BOOLEAN,
	pSRS-Offset-r10						INTEGER (0..15),
	pSRS-OffsetAp-r10					INTEGER (0..15) 					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	filterCoefficient-r10				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4,
	pathlossReferenceLinking-r10		ENUMERATED {pCell, sCell}
}

Alpha-r12 ::=						ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1}

DeltaFList-PUCCH ::=				SEQUENCE {
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1				ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1b				ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF3, deltaF5},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format2				ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format2a				ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format2b				ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2}
}

DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1-r10		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format22a2b-r10	ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format3-r10		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	...

}

DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-1}
}
-- ASN1STOP

UplinkPowerControl field descriptions
accumulationEnabled
Parameter: Accumulation-enabled, see TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1]. TRUE corresponds to enabled whereas FALSE corresponds to disabled.
alpha
Parameter: ? See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1] where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
alpha-SubframeSet2
Parameter: ?. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1] where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the PUCCH formats 1, 1b, 2, 2a, 2b, 3 and 1b with channel selection. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.2] where deltaF-2 corresponds to -2 dB, deltaF0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on.
deltaMCS-Enabled
Parameter: Ks See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1]. en0 corresponds to value 0 corresponding to state disabled. en1 corresponds to value 1.25 corresponding to enabled.
deltaPreambleMsg3
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1]. Actual value = IE value * 2 [dB].
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the PUCCH formats 1, 1a/1b, 1b with channel selection, 2/2a/2b and 3 when two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH transmission. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.2.1] where dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB-1 corresponds to -1 dB, dB-2 corresponds to -2 dB. EUTRAN configures the field deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11 for the PCell and/or the PSCell only.
filterCoefficient
Specifies the filtering coefficient for RSRP measurements used to calculate path loss, as specified in TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1]. The same filtering mechanism applies as for quantityConfig described in 5.5.3.2.
p0-NominalPUCCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.2.1], unit dBm.
p0-NominalPUSCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2
Parameter: .  See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
p0-UE-PUCCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.2.1]. Unit dB
p0-UE-PUSCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.1.1], unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
pathlossReferenceLinking
Indicates whether the UE shall apply as pathloss reference either the downlink of the PCell or of the SCell that corresponds with this uplink (i.e. according to the cellIdentification within the field sCellToAddMod). For SCells part of an STAG E-UTRAN sets the value to sCell.
pSRS-Offset, pSRS-OffsetAp
Parameter: PSRS_OFFSET for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission repectively. See TS 36.213 [23, 5.1.3.1]. For Ks=1.25, the actual parameter value is pSRS-Offset value  3. For Ks=0, the actual parameter value is -10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-Offset value.
If pSRS-Offset-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-Offset (i.e., without suffix). Likewise, if pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-OffsetAp-r10. For Ks=0, E-UTRAN does not set values larger than 26.
tpc-SubframeSet
Indicates the uplink subframes (including UpPTS in special subframes) of the uplink power control subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 1, and value 1 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 2.

6.3.3	Security control information elements
	NextHopChainingCount
The IE NextHopChainingCount is used to update the KeNB key and corresponds to parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32, 7.2.8.4].
NextHopChainingCount information element
-- ASN1START

NextHopChainingCount ::=					INTEGER (0..7)

-- ASN1STOP

	SecurityAlgorithmConfig
The IE SecurityAlgorithmConfig is used to configure AS integrity protection algorithm (SRBs) and AS ciphering algorithm (SRBs and DRBs). For RNs, the IE SecurityAlgorithmConfig is also used to configure AS integrity protection algorithm for DRBs between the RN and the E-UTRAN.
SecurityAlgorithmConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SecurityAlgorithmConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cipheringAlgorithm					CipheringAlgorithm-r12,
	integrityProtAlgorithm				ENUMERATED {
											eia0-v920, eia1, eia2, eia3-v1130, spare4, spare3,
											spare2, spare1, ...}
}

CipheringAlgorithm-r12 ::=				ENUMERATED {
											eea0, eea1, eea2, eea3-v1130, spare4, spare3,
											spare2, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

SecurityAlgorithmConfig field descriptions
cipheringAlgorithm
Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SRBs and DRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32, 5.1.3.2].
integrityProtAlgorithm
Indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for SRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32, 5.1.4.2]. For RNs, also indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for integrity protection-enabled DRB(s).

	ShortMAC-I
The IE ShortMAC-I is used to identify and verify the UE at RRC connection re-establishment. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the security configuration of the source PCell, as specified in 5.3.7.4.
ShortMAC-I information element
-- ASN1START

ShortMAC-I ::=						BIT STRING (SIZE (16))

-- ASN1STOP

6.3.4	Mobility control information elements
	AdditionalSpectrumEmission
AdditionalSpectrumEmission information element
-- ASN1START

AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::=		INTEGER (1..32)

-- ASN1STOP

	ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000
The IE ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 used to indicate the CDMA2000 carrier frequency within a CDMA2000 band, see C.S0002 [12].
ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 ::=			INTEGER (0..2047)

-- ASN1STOP

	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) E-UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 36.101 [42]. If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0), the UE shall only consider this extension (and hence ignore the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA i.e. without suffix, if signalled). In dedicated signalling, E-UTRAN only provides an EARFCN corresponding to an E-UTRA band supported by the UE.
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ::=				INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN)

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 ::=			INTEGER (maxEARFCN-Plus1..maxEARFCN2)

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 ::=				INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN2)

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	For fields using the original value range, as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA i.e. without suffix, value maxEARFCN indicates that the E-UTRA carrier frequency is indicated by means of an extension. In such a case, UEs not supporting the extension consider the field to be set to a not supported value.

	ARFCN-ValueGERAN
The IE ARFCN-ValueGERAN is used to specify the ARFCN value applicable for a GERAN BCCH carrier frequency, see TS 45.005 [20].
ARFCN-ValueGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueGERAN ::=			INTEGER (0..1023)

-- ASN1STOP

	ARFCN-ValueUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink (Nd, FDD) or bi-directional (Nt, TDD) UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
ARFCN-ValueUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueUTRA ::=					INTEGER (0..16383)

-- ASN1STOP

	BandclassCDMA2000
The IE BandclassCDMA2000 is used to define the CDMA2000 band in which the CDMA2000 carrier frequency can be found, as defined in C.S0057 [24, table 1.5-1].
BandclassCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

BandclassCDMA2000 ::=					ENUMERATED {
											bc0, bc1, bc2, bc3, bc4, bc5, bc6, bc7, bc8,
											bc9, bc10, bc11, bc12, bc13, bc14, bc15, bc16,
											bc17, bc18-v9a0, bc19-v9a0, bc20-v9a0, bc21-v9a0,
											spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4,
											spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

	BandIndicatorGERAN
The IE BandIndicatorGERAN indicates how to interpret an associated GERAN carrier ARFCN, see TS 45.005 [20]. More specifically, the IE indicates the GERAN frequency band in case the ARFCN value can concern either a DCS 1800 or a PCS 1900 carrier frequency. For ARFCN values not associated with one of these bands, the indicator has no meaning.
BandIndicatorGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

BandIndicatorGERAN ::=			ENUMERATED {dcs1800, pcs1900}

-- ASN1STOP

	CarrierFreqCDMA2000
The IE CarrierFreqCDMA2000 used to provide the CDMA2000 carrier information.
CarrierFreqCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreqCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	arfcn							ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000
}

-- ASN1STOP

	CarrierFreqGERAN
The IE CarrierFreqGERAN is used to provide an unambiguous carrier frequency description of a GERAN cell.
CarrierFreqGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreqGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE {
	arfcn							ARFCN-ValueGERAN,
	bandIndicator					BandIndicatorGERAN
}

-- ASN1STOP

CarrierFreqGERAN field descriptions
arfcn
GERAN ARFCN of BCCH carrier.
bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.

	CarrierFreqsGERAN
The IE CarrierFreqListGERAN is used to provide one or more GERAN ARFCN values, as defined in TS 44.005 [43], which represents a list of GERAN BCCH carrier frequencies.
CarrierFreqsGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreqsGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE {
	startingARFCN						ARFCN-ValueGERAN,
	bandIndicator						BandIndicatorGERAN,
	followingARFCNs						CHOICE {
		explicitListOfARFCNs				ExplicitListOfARFCNs,
		equallySpacedARFCNs					SEQUENCE {
			arfcn-Spacing						INTEGER (1..8),
			numberOfFollowingARFCNs				INTEGER (0..31)
		},
		variableBitMapOfARFCNs				OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..16))
	}
}

ExplicitListOfARFCNs ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..31)) OF ARFCN-ValueGERAN

-- ASN1STOP

CarrierFreqsGERAN field descriptions
arfcn-Spacing
Space, d, between a set of equally spaced ARFCN values.
bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
explicitListOfARFCNs
The remaining ARFCN values in the set are explicitly listed one by one.
followingARFCNs
Field containing a representation of the remaining ARFCN values in the set.
numberOfFollowingARFCNs
The number, n, of the remaining equally spaced ARFCN values in the set. The complete set of (n+1) ARFCN values is defined as: {s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod 1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}.
startingARFCN
The first ARFCN value, s, in the set.
variableBitMapOfARFCNs
Bitmap field representing the remaining ARFCN values in the set. The leading bit of the first octet in the bitmap corresponds to the ARFCN = ((s + 1) mod 1024), the next bit to the ARFCN = ((s + 2) mod 1024), and so on. If the bitmap consist of N octets, the trailing bit of octet N corresponds to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024). The complete set of ARFCN values consists of ARFCN = s and the ARFCN values, where the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to "1".

	CarrierFreqListMBMS
The IE CarrierFreqListMBMS is used to indicate the E-UTRA ARFCN values of the one or more MBMS frequencies the UE is interested to receive.
CarrierFreqListMBMS information element
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreqListMBMS-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqMBMS-r11)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9

-- ASN1STOP

	CDMA2000-Type
The IE CDMA2000-Type is used to describe the type of CDMA2000 network.
CDMA2000-Type information element
-- ASN1START

CDMA2000-Type ::=					ENUMERATED {type1XRTT, typeHRPD}

-- ASN1STOP

	CellIdentity
The IE CellIdentity is used to unambiguously identify a cell within a PLMN.
CellIdentity information element
-- ASN1START

CellIdentity ::=					BIT STRING (SIZE (28))

-- ASN1STOP

	CellIndexList
The IE CellIndexList concerns a list of cell indices, which may be used for different purposes.
CellIndexList information element
-- ASN1START

CellIndexList ::=						SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellIndex

CellIndex ::=							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas)

-- ASN1STOP

	CellReselectionPriority
The IE CellReselectionPriority concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN)/ bandclass (CDMA2000), as used by the cell reselection procedure. Corresponds with parameter "priority" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value 0 means: lowest priority. The UE behaviour for the case the field is absent, if applicable, is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
CellReselectionPriority information element
-- ASN1START

CellReselectionPriority ::=				INTEGER (0..7)

-- ASN1STOP

	CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT
The IE CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT is used to indicate whether or not the UE shall perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current pre-registration.
-- ASN1START

CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sid									BIT STRING (SIZE (15)),
	nid									BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	multipleSID							BOOLEAN,
	multipleNID							BOOLEAN,
	homeReg								BOOLEAN,
	foreignSIDReg						BOOLEAN,
	foreignNIDReg						BOOLEAN,
	parameterReg						BOOLEAN,
	powerUpReg							BOOLEAN,
	registrationPeriod					BIT STRING (SIZE (7)),
	registrationZone					BIT STRING (SIZE (12)),
	totalZone							BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
	zoneTimer							BIT STRING (SIZE (3))
}

CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	powerDownReg-r9						ENUMERATED {true}
}

-- ASN1STOP


CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT field descriptions
foreignNIDReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT NID roamer registration indicator.
foreignSIDReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT SID roamer registration indicator.
homeReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Home registration indicator.
multipleNID
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple NID storage indicator.
multipleSID
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple SID storage indicator.
nid
Used along with the sid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT network.
parameterReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameter-change registration indicator.
powerDownReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-down registration indicator. If set to TRUE, the UE that has a valid / current CDMA2000 1xRTT pre-registration will perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT power down registration when it is switched off.
powerUpReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-up registration indicator.
registrationPeriod
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration period.
registrationZone
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration zone.
sid
Used along with the nid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT network.
totalZone
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Number of registration zones to be retained.
zoneTimer
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Zone timer length.

	CellGlobalIdEUTRA
The IE CellGlobalIdEUTRA specifies the Evolved Cell Global Identifier (ECGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in E-UTRA.
CellGlobalIdEUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

CellGlobalIdEUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	cellIdentity							CellIdentity
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellGlobalIdEUTRA field descriptions
cellIdentity
Identity of the cell within the context of the PLMN.
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.

	CellGlobalIdUTRA
The IE CellGlobalIdUTRA specifies the global UTRAN Cell Identifier, the globally unique identity of a cell in UTRA.
CellGlobalIdUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

CellGlobalIdUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	cellIdentity							BIT STRING (SIZE (28))
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellGlobalIdUTRA field descriptions
cellIdentity
UTRA Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the identified PLMN as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the common PLMN broadcast in the MIB, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].

	CellGlobalIdGERAN
The IE CellGlobalIdGERAN specifies the Cell Global Identification (CGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in GERAN.
CellGlobalIdGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

CellGlobalIdGERAN ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	locationAreaCode						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	cellIdentity						BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellGlobalIdGERAN field descriptions
cellIdentity
Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the GERAN location area as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
locationAreaCode
A fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell, as defined in TS 23.003 [27]..

	CellGlobalIdCDMA2000
The IE CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 specifies the Cell Global Identification (CGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in CDMA2000.
CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 ::=				CHOICE {
	cellGlobalId1XRTT						BIT STRING (SIZE (47)),
	cellGlobalIdHRPD						BIT STRING (SIZE (128))
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 field descriptions
cellGlobalId1XRTT
Unique identifier for a CDMA2000 1xRTT cell, corresponds to BASEID, SID and NID parameters (in that order) defined in C.S0005 [25].
cellGlobalIdHRPD
Unique identifier for a CDMA2000 HRPD cell, corresponds to SECTOR ID parameter defined in C.S0024 [26, 14.9].

	CSG-Identity
The IE CSG-Identity is used to identify a Closed Subscriber Group.
CSG-Identity information element
-- ASN1START

CSG-Identity ::=					BIT STRING (SIZE (27))

-- ASN1STOP

	FreqBandIndicator
The IE FreqBandIndicator indicates the E-UTRA operating band as defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.5-1]. If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator-v9e0), the UE shall only consider this extension (and hence ignore the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator i.e. without suffix, if signalled).
FreqBandIndicator information element
-- ASN1START

FreqBandIndicator ::=					INTEGER (1..maxFBI)

FreqBandIndicator-v9e0 ::=				INTEGER (maxFBI-Plus1..maxFBI2)

FreqBandIndicator-r11 ::=				INTEGER (1..maxFBI2)

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	For fields using the original value range, as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator i.e. without suffix, value maxFBI indicates that the frequency band is indicated by means of an extension. In such a case, UEs not supporting the extension consider the field to be set to a not supported value.

	MobilityControlInfo
The IE MobilityControlInfo includes parameters relevant for network controlled mobility to/within EUTRA.
MobilityControlInfo information element
-- ASN1START

MobilityControlInfo ::=		SEQUENCE {
	targetPhysCellId					PhysCellId,
	carrierFreq							CarrierFreqEUTRA					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-toEUTRA2
	carrierBandwidth					CarrierBandwidthEUTRA				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-toEUTRA
	additionalSpectrumEmission			AdditionalSpectrumEmission			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-toEUTRA
	t304								ENUMERATED {
											ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
											ms2000, spare1},
	newUE-Identity						C-RNTI,
	radioResourceConfigCommon			RadioResourceConfigCommon,
	rach-ConfigDedicated				RACH-ConfigDedicated				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...,
	[[	carrierFreq-v9e0				CarrierFreqEUTRA-v9e0				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	drb-ContinueROHC-r11			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO
	]]
}

MobilityControlInfoSCG-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	t307-r12							ENUMERATED {
											ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
											ms2000, spare1},
	ue-IdentitySCG-r12					C-RNTI							OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCGEst,
	rach-ConfigDedicated-r12			RACH-ConfigDedicated			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	cipheringAlgorithmSCG-r12		CipheringAlgorithm-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

CarrierBandwidthEUTRA ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {
												n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare10,
												spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5,
												spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	ul-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {
												n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare10,
												spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5,
												spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}	OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}

CarrierFreqEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	ul-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA				OPTIONAL	-- Cond FDD
}

CarrierFreqEUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	ul-CarrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL	-- Cond FDD
}

-- ASN1STOP

MobilityControlInfo field descriptions
additionalSpectrumEmission
For a UE with no SCells configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall apply the value for the PCell until UE has acquired the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2. For a UE with SCell(s) configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall, in case all SCells configured for UL in that band are released after handover completion, apply the value for the PCell until UE has acquired the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2. The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4.1].
carrierBandwidth
Provides the parameters Downlink bandwidth, and Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
carrierFreq
Provides the EARFCN to be used by the UE in the target cell.
cipheringAlgorithmSCG
Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SCG DRBs. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
dl-Bandwidth
Parameter: Downlink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
drb-ContinueROHC 
This field indicates whether to continue or reset, for this handover, the header compression protocol context for the RLC UM bearers configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. E-UTRAN includes the field only in case of a handover within the same eNB.
rach-ConfigDedicated
The dedicated random access parameters. If absent the UE applies contention based random access as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
t304
Timer T304 as described in section 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on.
t307
Timer T307 as described in section 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42, table 5.6-1]. For TDD, the parameter is absent and it is equal to downlink bandwidth. If absent for FDD, apply the same value as applies for the downlink bandwidth.

Conditional presence
Explanation
FDD
The field is mandatory with default value (the default duplex distance defined for the concerned band, as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) in case of FDD; otherwise the field is not present.
HO
This field is optionally present, need OP, in case of handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is not included; otherwise the field is not present.
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
HO-toEUTRA2
The field is absent if carrierFreq-v9e0 is present. Otherwise it is mandatory present in case of inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA and optionally present, need ON, in all other cases.
SCGEst
This field is mandatory present in case of SCG establishment; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.

	MobilityParametersCDMA2000 (1xRTT)
The MobilityParametersCDMA2000 contains the parameters provided to the UE for handover and (enhanced) CSFB to 1xRTT support, as defined in C.S0097 [53].
MobilityParametersCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

MobilityParametersCDMA2000 ::=			OCTET STRING

-- ASN1STOP

	MobilityStateParameters
The IE MobilityStateParameters contains parameters to determine UE mobility state.
MobilityStateParameters information element
-- ASN1START

MobilityStateParameters ::=			SEQUENCE {
	t-Evaluation						ENUMERATED {
											s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	t-HystNormal						ENUMERATED {
											s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	n-CellChangeMedium					INTEGER (1..16),
	n-CellChangeHigh					INTEGER (1..16)
}

-- ASN1STOP

MobilityStateParameters field descriptions
n-CellChangeHigh
The number of cell changes to enter high mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H in TS 36.304 [4].
n-CellChangeMedium
The number of cell changes to enter medium mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS 36.304 [4].
t-Evaluation
The duration for evaluating criteria to enter mobility states. Corresponds to TCRmax in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
t-HystNormal
The additional duration for evaluating criteria to enter normal mobility state. Corresponds to TCRmaxHyst in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.

	MultiBandInfoList
MultiBandInfoList information element
-- ASN1START

MultiBandInfoList ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator

MultiBandInfoList-v9e0 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF MultiBandInfo-v9e0

MultiBandInfoList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11

MultiBandInfo-v9e0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	freqBandIndicator-v9e0				FreqBandIndicator-v9e0		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

	PhysCellId
The IE PhysCellId is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, as defined in TS 36.211 [21].
PhysCellId information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellId ::=						INTEGER (0..503)

-- ASN1STOP

	PhysCellIdRange
The IE PhysCellIdRange is used to encode either a single or a range of physical cell identities. The range is encoded by using a start value and by indicating the number of consecutive physical cell identities (including start) in the range. For fields comprising multiple occurrences of PhysCellIdRange, E-UTRAN may configure overlapping ranges of physical cell identities.
PhysCellIdRange information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdRange ::=				SEQUENCE {
	start							PhysCellId,
	range							ENUMERATED {
										n4, n8, n12, n16, n24, n32, n48, n64, n84,
										n96, n128, n168, n252, n504, spare2,
										spare1} 					OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

PhysCellIdRange field descriptions
range
Indicates the number of physical cell identities in the range (including start). Value n4 corresponds with 4, n8 corresponds with 8 and so on. The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the physical cell identity value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicates the lowest physical cell identity in the range.

	PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList
The IE PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList is used to encode one or more of PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD. While the IE PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD is used to encode either a single physical layer identity or a range of physical layer identities, i.e. primary scrambling codes. Each range is encoded by using a start value and by indicating the number of consecutive physical cell identities (including start) in the range.
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPhysCellIdRange-r9)) OF PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD-r9

PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		start-r9							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
		range-r9							INTEGER (2..512)				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList field descriptions
range
Indicates the number of primary scrambling codes in the range (including start). The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the primary scrambling code value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicates the lowest primary scrambling code in the range.

	PhysCellIdCDMA2000
The IE PhysCellIdCDMA2000 identifies the PNOffset that represents the "Physical cell identity" in CDMA2000.
PhysCellIdCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdCDMA2000 ::=			INTEGER (0..maxPNOffset)

-- ASN1STOP

	PhysCellIdGERAN
The IE PhysCellIdGERAN contains the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC).
PhysCellIdGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE {
	networkColourCode					BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
	baseStationColourCode				BIT STRING (SIZE (3))
}

-- ASN1STOP

PhysCellIdGERAN field descriptions
baseStationColourCode
Base station Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
networkColourCode
Network Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].

	PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD
The IE PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, i.e. the primary scrambling code, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD ::=				INTEGER (0..511)

-- ASN1STOP

	PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
The IE PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, i.e. the cell parameters ID (TDD), as specified in TS 25.331 [19]. Also corresponds to the Initial Cell Parameter Assignment in TS 25.223 [46].
PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD ::=				INTEGER (0..127)

-- ASN1STOP

	PLMN-Identity
The IE PLMN-Identity identifies a Public Land Mobile Network. Further information regarding how to set the IE are specified in TS 23.003 [27].
PLMN-Identity information element
-- ASN1START

PLMN-Identity ::=					SEQUENCE {
	mcc									MCC					OPTIONAL,					-- Cond MCC
	mnc									MNC
}

MCC ::=								SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF
											MCC-MNC-Digit

MNC ::=								SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..3)) OF
											MCC-MNC-Digit

MCC-MNC-Digit ::=					INTEGER (0..9)


-- ASN1STOP

PLMN-Identity field descriptions
mcc
The first element contains the first MCC digit, the second element the second MCC digit and so on. If the field is absent, it takes the same value as the mcc of the immediately preceding IE PLMN-Identity. See TS 23.003 [27].
mnc
The first element contains the first MNC digit, the second element the second MNC digit and so on. See TS 23.003 [27].

Conditional presence
Explanation
MCC
This IE is mandatory when PLMN-Identity is included in CellGlobalIdEUTRA, in CellGlobalIdUTRA, in CellGlobalIdGERAN or in RegisteredMME. This IE is also mandatory in the first occurrence of the IE PLMN-Identity within the IE PLMN-IdentityList. Otherwise it is optional, need OP.

	PLMN-IdentityList3
Includes a list of PLMN identities.
PLMN-IdentityList3 information element
-- ASN1START

PLMN-IdentityList3-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF PLMN-Identity

-- ASN1STOP

	PreRegistrationInfoHRPD
-- ASN1START

PreRegistrationInfoHRPD ::=			SEQUENCE {
	preRegistrationAllowed				BOOLEAN,
	preRegistrationZoneId				PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD	OPTIONAL, -- cond PreRegAllowed
	secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList	SecondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListHRPD	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

SecondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListHRPD ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD

PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD ::=			INTEGER (0..255)

-- ASN1STOP

PreRegistrationInfoHRPD field descriptions
preRegistrationAllowed
TRUE indicates that a UE shall perform a CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current pre-registration. FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to perform CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration in the current cell.
preRegistrationZoneID
ColorCode (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the HRPD sector under the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. It is used to control when the UE should register or re-register.
secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList
List of SecondaryColorCodes (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the HRPD sector under the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. They are used to control when the UE should re-register.

Conditional presence
Explanation
PreRegAllowed
The field is mandatory in case the preRegistrationAllowed is set to true. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	Q-QualMin
The IE Q-QualMin is used to indicate for cell selection/ re-selection the required minimum received RSRQ level in the (E-UTRA) cell. Corresponds to parameter Qqualmin in 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualmin = IE value [dB].
Q-QualMin information element
-- ASN1START

Q-QualMin-r9 ::=					INTEGER (-34..-3)

-- ASN1STOP

	Q-RxLevMin
The IE Q-RxLevMin is used to indicate for cell selection/ re-selection the required minimum received RSRP level in the (E-UTRA) cell. Corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin in 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = IE value * 2 [dBm].
Q-RxLevMin information element
-- ASN1START

Q-RxLevMin ::=						INTEGER (-70..-22)

-- ASN1STOP

	Q-OffsetRange
The IE Q-OffsetRange is used to indicate a cell, CSI-RS resource or frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating candidates for cell re-selection or when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value in dB. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
Q- OffsetRange information element
-- ASN1START

Q-OffsetRange ::=						ENUMERATED {
												dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18, dB-16, dB-14,
												dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4, dB-3,
												dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
												dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18,
												dB20, dB22, dB24}

-- ASN1STOP

	Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT
The IE Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT is used to indicate a frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value in dB.
Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT information element
-- ASN1START

Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT ::=					INTEGER (-15..15)

-- ASN1STOP

	ReselectionThreshold
The IE ReselectionThreshold is used to indicate an Rx level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold = IE value * 2 [dB].
ReselectionThreshold information element
-- ASN1START

ReselectionThreshold ::=				INTEGER (0..31)

-- ASN1STOP

	ReselectionThresholdQ
The IE ReselectionThresholdQ is used to indicate a quality level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold = IE value [dB].
ReselectionThresholdQ information element
-- ASN1START

ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 ::=			INTEGER (0..31)

-- ASN1STOP

	SCellIndex
The IE SCellIndex concerns a short identity, used to identify an SCell.
SCellIndex information element
-- ASN1START

SCellIndex-r10 ::=						INTEGER (1..7)

-- ASN1STOP

	ServCellIndex
The IE ServCellIndex concerns a short identity, used to identify a serving cell (i.e. the PCell or an SCell). Value 0 applies for the PCell, while the SCellIndex that has previously been assigned applies for SCells.
ServCellIndex information element
-- ASN1START

ServCellIndex-r10 ::=					INTEGER (0..7)

-- ASN1STOP

	SpeedStateScaleFactors
The IE SpeedStateScaleFactors concerns factors, to be applied when the UE is in medium or high speed state, used for scaling a mobility control related parameter.
SpeedStateScaleFactors information element
-- ASN1START

SpeedStateScaleFactors ::=			SEQUENCE {
	sf-Medium							ENUMERATED {oDot25, oDot5, oDot75, lDot0},
	sf-High								ENUMERATED {oDot25, oDot5, oDot75, lDot0}
}
-- ASN1STOP

SpeedStateScaleFactors field descriptions
sf-High
The concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in High Mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5 , oDot75 corresponds to 0.75 and so on.
sf-Medium
The concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in Medium Mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5 , oDot75 corresponds to 0.75 and so on.

	SystemInfoListGERAN
The IE SystemInfoListGERAN contains system information of a GERAN cell.
SystemInfoListGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInfoListGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGERAN-SI)) OF
										OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..23))

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInfoListGERAN field descriptions
SystemInfoListGERAN
Each OCTET STRING contains one System Information (SI) message as defined in TS 44.018 [45, table 9.1.1] excluding the L2 Pseudo Length, the RR management Protocol Discriminator and the Skip Indicator or a complete Packet System Information (PSI) message as defined in TS 44.060 [36, table 11.2.1]. 

	SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000
The IE SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 informs the UE about the absolute time in the current cell. The UE uses this absolute time knowledge to derive the CDMA2000 Physical cell identity, expressed as PNOffset, of neighbour CDMA2000 cells.
NOTE:	The UE needs the CDMA2000 system time with a certain level of accuracy for performing measurements as well as for communicating with the CDMA2000 network (HRPD or 1xRTT).
SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation			BOOLEAN,
	cdma-SystemTime						CHOICE {
		synchronousSystemTime				BIT STRING (SIZE (39)),
		asynchronousSystemTime				BIT STRING (SIZE (49))
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 field descriptions
asynchronousSystemTime
The CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-Window in which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is not aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 49 bits and the unit is 8 CDMA chips based on 1.2288 Mcps.
cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation
TRUE indicates that there is no drift in the timing between EUTRA and CDMA2000. FALSE indicates that the timing between E-UTRA and CDMA2000 can drift. NOTE 1
synchronousSystemTime
CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 39 bits and the unit is 10 ms based on a 1.2288 Mcps chip rate.

NOTE 1:	The following table shows the recommended combinations of the cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation field and the choice of cdma-SystemTime included by E-UTRAN for FDD and TDD:

FDD/TDD
cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation
synchronousSystemTime
asynchronousSystemTime
FDD
FALSE
Not Recommended
Recommended
FDD
TRUE
Recommended
Not Recommended
TDD
FALSE
Not Recommended
Recommended
TDD
TRUE
Recommended
Recommended

	TrackingAreaCode
The IE TrackingAreaCode is used to identify a tracking area within the scope of a PLMN, see TS 24.301 [35].
TrackingAreaCode information element
-- ASN1START

TrackingAreaCode ::=				BIT STRING (SIZE (16))

-- ASN1STOP

	T-Reselection
The IE T-Reselection concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionRAT for E-UTRA, UTRA, GERAN or CDMA2000. Value in seconds.
T-Reselection information element
-- ASN1START

T-Reselection ::=					INTEGER (0..7)

-- ASN1STOP

6.3.5	Measurement information elements
	AllowedMeasBandwidth
The IE AllowedMeasBandwidth is used to indicate the maximum allowed measurement bandwidth on a carrier frequency as defined by the parameter Transmission Bandwidth Configuration "NRB" TS 36.104 [47]. The values mbw6, mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100 indicate 6, 15, 25, 50, 75 and 100 resource blocks respectively.
AllowedMeasBandwidth information element
-- ASN1START

AllowedMeasBandwidth ::=				ENUMERATED {mbw6, mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100}

-- ASN1STOP

	CSI-RSRP-Range
The IE CSI-RSRP-Range specifies the value range used in CSI-RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for CSI-RSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
CSI-RSRP-Range information element
-- ASN1START

CSI-RSRP-Range-r12 ::=						INTEGER(0..97)

-- ASN1STOP

	Hysteresis
The IE Hysteresis is a parameter used within the entry and leave condition of an event triggered reporting condition. The actual value is IE value * 0.5 dB.
Hysteresis information element
-- ASN1START

Hysteresis ::=							INTEGER (0..30)

-- ASN1STOP

	LocationInfo
The IE LocationInfo is used to transfer detailed location information available at the UE to correlate measurements and UE position information.
LocationInfo information element
-- ASN1START

LocationInfo-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	locationCoordinates-r10					CHOICE {
		ellipsoid-Point-r10						OCTET STRING,
		ellipsoidPointWithAltitude-r10			OCTET STRING,
	...,
		ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyCircle-r11					OCTET STRING,
		ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse-r11				OCTET STRING,
		ellipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid-r11	OCTET STRING,
		ellipsoidArc-r11			 							OCTET STRING,
		polygon-r11												OCTET STRING
	},
	horizontalVelocity-r10					OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	gnss-TOD-msec-r10						OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

LocationInfo field descriptions
ellipsoidArc
Parameter EllipsoidArc defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoid-Point
Parameter Ellipsoid-Point defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithAltitude
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithAltitude defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid 
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyCircle
Parameter Ellipsoid-PointWithUncertaintyCircle defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
gnss-TOD-msec
Parameter Gnss-TOD-msec defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
horizontalVelocity
Parameter HorizontalVelocity defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
polygon
Parameter Polygon defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.

	MBSFN-RSRQ-Range
The IE MBSFN-RSRQ-Range specifies the value range used in MBSFN RSRQ measurements. Integer value for MBSFN RSRQ measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
MBSFN-RSRQ-Range information element
-- ASN1START

MBSFN-RSRQ-Range-r12 ::=				INTEGER(0..31)
-- ASN1STOP

	MeasConfig
The IE MeasConfig specifies measurements to be performed by the UE, and covers intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT mobility as well as configuration of measurement gaps.
MeasConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MeasConfig ::=						SEQUENCE {
	-- Measurement objects
	measObjectToRemoveList				MeasObjectToRemoveList				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	measObjectToAddModList				MeasObjectToAddModList				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- Reporting configurations
	reportConfigToRemoveList			ReportConfigToRemoveList			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	reportConfigToAddModList			ReportConfigToAddModList			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- Measurement identities
	measIdToRemoveList					MeasIdToRemoveList					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	measIdToAddModList					MeasIdToAddModList					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- Other parameters
	quantityConfig						QuantityConfig						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	measGapConfig						MeasGapConfig						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	s-Measure							RSRP-Range							OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	preRegistrationInfoHRPD				PreRegistrationInfoHRPD				OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OP
	speedStatePars			CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			mobilityStateParameters				MobilityStateParameters,
			timeToTrigger-SF					SpeedStateScaleFactors
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	measObjectToAddModList-v9e0			MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	allowInterruptions-r11				BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	measScaleFactor-r12			CHOICE {
			release                 	NULL,
			setup                   	MeasScaleFactor-r12 
            }																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measIdToRemoveListExt-r12			MeasIdToRemoveListExt-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measIdToAddModListExt-r12			MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12		BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

MeasIdToRemoveList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId

MeasIdToRemoveListExt-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId-v1250

MeasObjectToRemoveList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId

ReportConfigToRemoveList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigId

-- ASN1STOP

MeasConfig field descriptions
allowInterruptions
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when an SCell is configured.
measGapConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gaps.
measIdToRemoveList
List of measurement identities to remove. Field measIdToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measObjectToAddModList
If E-UTRAN includes measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measObjectToAddModList (i.e. without suffix).
measObjectToRemoveList
List of measurement objects to remove.
measRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Value TRUE indicates that the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. If widebandRSRQ-Meas is enabled for the frequency in MeasObjectEUTRA, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols with wider bandwidth for concerned frequency in accordance with TS 36.214 [48].
measScaleFactor
Even if reducedMeasPerformance is not included in any measObjectEUTRA or measObjectUTRA, E-UTRAN may configure this field. The UE behavior is specified in TS 36.133 [16].
PreRegistrationInfoHRPD
The CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
reportConfigToRemoveList
List of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
s-Measure
PCell quality threshold controlling whether or not the UE is required to perform measurements of intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighbouring cells. Value 0 indicates to disable s-Measure.
timeToTrigger-SF
The timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA and in ReportConfigInterRAT are multiplied with the scaling factor applicable for the UEs speed state.

	MeasDS-Config
The IE MeasDS-Config specifies information applicable for discovery signals measurement.
MeasDS-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

MeasDS-Config-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12			CHOICE {
			ms40-r12						INTEGER(0..39),
			ms80-r12						INTEGER(0..79),
			ms160-r12						INTEGER(0..159),
			...
		},
		ds-OccasionDuration-r12		CHOICE {
			durationFDD-r12 				INTEGER(1..maxDS-Duration-r12),
			durationTDD-r12 				INTEGER(2..maxDS-Duration-r12)
		},
		measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12	MeasCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12	MeasCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		...
	}
}

MeasCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12

MeasCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Config-r12

MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12 ::=			INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)

MeasCSI-RS-Config-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measCSI-RS-Id-r12				MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
	physCellId-r12					INTEGER (0..503),
	scramblingIdentity-r12			INTEGER (0..503),
	resourceConfig-r12				INTEGER (0..31),
	subframeOffset-r12				INTEGER (0..4),
	csi-RS-IndividualOffset-r12		Q-OffsetRange,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasDS-Config field descriptions
csi-RS-IndividualOffset
CSI-RS individual offset applicable to a specific CSI-RS resource. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
dmtc-PeriodOffset
Indicates the discovery signals measurement timing configuration (DMTC) periodicity (dmtc-Periodicity) and offset (dmtc-Offset) for this frequency. For DMTC periodicity, value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, ms80 corresponds to 80ms and so on. The value of DMTC offset is in number of subframe(s). The duration of a DMTC occasion is 6ms.
ds-OccasionDuration
Indicates the duration of discovery signal occasion for this frequency. Discovery signal occasion duration is common for all cells transmitting discovery signals on one frequency.
measCSI-RS-ToAddModList
List of CSI-RS resources to add/ modify in the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList
List of CSI-RS resources to remove from the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
physCellId
Indicates the physical cell identity where UE may assume that the CSI-RS and the PSS/SSS/CRS corresponding to the indicated physical cell identity are quasi co-located with respect to average delay and doppler shift.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21, table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2].
scramblingIdentity
Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, , see TS 36.213 [23, 7.2.5].
subframeOffset
Indicates the subframe offset between SSS of the cell indicated by physCellId and the CSI-RS resource in a discovery signal occasion.


	MeasGapConfig
The IE MeasGapConfig specifies the measurement gap configuration and controls setup/ release of measurement gaps.
MeasGapConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MeasGapConfig ::=					CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		gapOffset							CHOICE {
				gp0									INTEGER (0..39),
				gp1									INTEGER (0..79),
				...
		}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasGapConfig field descriptions
gapOffset
Value gapOffset of gp0 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id 0 with MGRP = 40ms, gapOffset of gp1 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id 1 with MGRP = 80ms. Also used to specify the measurement gap pattern to be applied, as defined in TS 36.133 [16].

	MeasId
The IE MeasId is used to identify a measurement configuration, i.e., linking of a measurement object and a reporting configuration.
MeasId information element
-- ASN1START

MeasId ::=							INTEGER (1..maxMeasId)

MeasId-v1250 ::=					INTEGER (maxMeasId-Plus1..maxMeasId-r12)

-- ASN1STOP

	MeasIdToAddModList
The IE MeasIdToAddModList concerns a list of measurement identities to add or modify, with for each entry the measId, the associated measObjectId and the associated reportConfigId. Field measIdToAddModListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
MeasIdToAddModList information element
-- ASN1START

MeasIdToAddModList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod

MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddModExt-r12

MeasIdToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measId								MeasId,
	measObjectId						MeasObjectId,
	reportConfigId						ReportConfigId
}

MeasIdToAddModExt-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measId-v1250						MeasId-v1250,
	measObjectId-r12					MeasObjectId,
	reportConfigId-r12					ReportConfigId
}

-- ASN1STOP

	MeasObjectCDMA2000
The IE MeasObjectCDMA2000 specifies information applicable for inter-RAT CDMA2000 neighbouring cells.
MeasObjectCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectCDMA2000 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	cdma2000-Type						CDMA2000-Type,
	carrierFreq							CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	searchWindowSize					INTEGER (0..15)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	offsetFreq							Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT				DEFAULT 0,
	cellsToRemoveList					CellIndexList						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cellsToAddModList					CellsToAddModListCDMA2000			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cellForWhichToReportCGI				PhysCellIdCDMA2000					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

CellsToAddModListCDMA2000 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModCDMA2000

CellsToAddModCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId							PhysCellIdCDMA2000
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectCDMA2000 field descriptions
carrierInfo
Identifies CDMA2000 carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid.
cdma2000-Type
The type of CDMA2000 network: CDMA2000 1xRTT or CDMA2000 HRPD.
cellIndex
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
physCellId
CDMA2000 Physical cell identity of a cell in neighbouring cell list expressed as PNOffset.
searchWindowSize
Provides the search window size to be used by the UE for the neighbouring pilot, see C.S0005 [25].

	MeasObjectEUTRA
The IE MeasObjectEUTRA specifies information applicable for intra-frequency or inter-frequency EUTRA cells.
MeasObjectEUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectEUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	allowedMeasBandwidth				AllowedMeasBandwidth,
	presenceAntennaPort1				PresenceAntennaPort1,
	neighCellConfig						NeighCellConfig,
	offsetFreq							Q-OffsetRange				DEFAULT dB0,
	-- Cell list
	cellsToRemoveList					CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	cellsToAddModList					CellsToAddModList			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	-- Black list
	blackCellsToRemoveList				CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	blackCellsToAddModList				BlackCellsToAddModList		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	cellForWhichToReportCGI				PhysCellId					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...,
	[[measCycleSCell-r10				MeasCycleSCell-r10		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		measSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10	MeasSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10	OPTIONAL							-- Need ON
	]],
	[[widebandRSRQ-Meas-r11				BOOLEAN	OPTIONAL		-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	]],
	[[	altTTT-CellsToRemoveList-r12	CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		altTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12	AltTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		t312-r12						CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							ENUMERATED {ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200,
											 ms300, ms400, ms500, ms1000}
		}														OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		reducedMeasPerformance-r12		BOOLEAN 					OPTIONAL,	 	-- Need ON
		measDS-Config-r12				MeasDS-Config-r12			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

MeasObjectEUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}

CellsToAddModList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod

CellsToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId							PhysCellId,
	cellIndividualOffset				Q-OffsetRange
}

BlackCellsToAddModList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF BlackCellsToAddMod

BlackCellsToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellIdRange						PhysCellIdRange
}

MeasCycleSCell-r10 ::=				ENUMERATED {sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512,
													sf640, sf1024, sf1280, spare1}

MeasSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10 ::=	CHOICE {
	release									NULL,
	setup									SEQUENCE {
		measSubframePatternNeigh-r10			MeasSubframePattern-r10,
		measSubframeCellList-r10				MeasSubframeCellList-r10	OPTIONAL	-- Cond always
	}
}

MeasSubframeCellList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF PhysCellIdRange

AltTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF AltTTT-CellsToAddMod-r12

AltTTT-CellsToAddMod-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex-r12							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellIdRange-r12						PhysCellIdRange
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectEUTRA field descriptions
altTTT-CellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list for which the alternative time to trigger specified by alternativeTimeToTrigger in reportConfigEUTRA, if configured, applies.
altTTT-CellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the list of cells for alternative time to trigger.
blackCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the black list of cells.
blackCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
carrierFreq
Identifies EUTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this.
cellIndex
Entry index in the cell list. An entry may concern a range of cells, in which case this value applies to the entire range.
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the cell list.
measCycleSCell
The parameter is used only when an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObject and is in deactivated state, see TS 36.133 [16, 8.3.3]. E-UTRAN configures the parameter whenever an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObject, but the field may also be signalled when an SCell is not configured. Value sf160 corresponds to 160 sub-frames, sf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
measDS-Config
Parameters applicable to discovery signals measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq.
measSubframeCellList
List of cells for which measSubframePatternNeigh is applied.
measSubframePatternNeigh
Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern applicable to neighbour cell RSRP and RSRQ measurements on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq. For cells in measSubframeCellList the UE shall assume that the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternNeigh are non-MBSFN subframes, and have the same special subframe configuration as PCell.
offsetFreq
Offset value applicable to the carrier frequency. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
physCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
physCellIdRange
Physical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.
reducedMeasPerformance
If set to TRUE, the EUTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
t312
The value of timer T312. Value ms0 represents 0 ms, ms50 represents 50 ms and so on.
widebandRSRQ-Meas
If this field is set to TRUE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16].

Conditional presence
Explanation
always
The field is mandatory present.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need ON, if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field, if configured.

	MeasObjectGERAN
The IE MeasObjectGERAN specifies information applicable for inter-RAT GERAN neighbouring frequencies.
MeasObjectGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectGERAN ::=					SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqs						CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	offsetFreq							Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT		DEFAULT 0,
	ncc-Permitted						BIT STRING(SIZE (8))		DEFAULT '11111111'B,
	cellForWhichToReportCGI				PhysCellIdGERAN				OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectGERAN field descriptions
ncc-Permitted
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
carrierFreqs
If E-UTRAN includes cellForWhichToReportCGI, it includes only one GERAN ARFCN value in carrierFreqs.

	MeasObjectId
The IE MeasObjectId used to identify a measurement object configuration.
MeasObjectId information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectId ::=					INTEGER (1..maxObjectId)

-- ASN1STOP

	MeasObjectToAddModList
The IE MeasObjectToAddModList concerns a list of measurement objects to add or modify
MeasObjectToAddModList information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectToAddModList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod

MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0

MeasObjectToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measObjectId						MeasObjectId,
	measObject							CHOICE {
		measObjectEUTRA						MeasObjectEUTRA,
		measObjectUTRA						MeasObjectUTRA,
		measObjectGERAN						MeasObjectGERAN,
		measObjectCDMA2000					MeasObjectCDMA2000,
		...
	}
}

MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measObjectEUTRA-v9e0				MeasObjectEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL	-- Cond eutra
}

-- ASN1STOP

Conditional presence
Explanation
eutra
The field is optional present, need OR, if for the corresponding entry in MeasObjectToAddModList field measObject is set to measObjectEUTRA and its sub-field carrierFreq is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	MeasObjectUTRA
The IE MeasObjectUTRA specifies information applicable for inter-RAT UTRA neighbouring cells.
MeasObjectUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	offsetFreq							Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT		DEFAULT 0,
	cellsToRemoveList					CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	cellsToAddModList					CHOICE {
		cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD			CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD,
		cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD			CellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD
	}																OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	cellForWhichToReportCGI				CHOICE {
		utra-FDD							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
		utra-TDD							PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
	}																OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	csg-allowedReportingCells-v930			CSG-AllowedReportingCells-r9	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	reducedMeasPerformance-r12				BOOLEAN 			OPTIONAL	 	-- Need ON
	]]
}

CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD 

CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD
}

CellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-TDD 

CellsToAddModUTRA-TDD ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId							PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
}

CSG-AllowedReportingCells-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9			PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectUTRA field descriptions
carrierFreq
Identifies UTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this.
cellIndex
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD
List of UTRA FDD cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD
List of UTRA TDD cells to add/modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
csg-allowedReportingCells
One or more ranges of physical cell identities for which UTRA-FDD reporting is allowed.
reducedMeasPerformance
If set to TRUE the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].

	MeasResults
The IE MeasResults covers measured results for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter- RAT mobility.
MeasResults information element
-- ASN1START

MeasResults ::=						SEQUENCE {
	measId								MeasId,
	measResultPCell					SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult							RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult							RSRQ-Range
	},
	measResultNeighCells				CHOICE {
		measResultListEUTRA					MeasResultListEUTRA,
		measResultListUTRA					MeasResultListUTRA,
		measResultListGERAN					MeasResultListGERAN,
		measResultsCDMA2000					MeasResultsCDMA2000,
		...
	}																		OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultForECID-r9				MeasResultForECID-r9			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	locationInfo-r10					LocationInfo-r10				OPTIONAL,
		measResultServFreqList-r10			MeasResultServFreqList-r10		OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measId-v1250						MeasId-v1250					OPTIONAL,
		measResultPCell-v1250				RSRQ-Range-v1250				OPTIONAL,
		measResultCSI-RS-List-r12			MeasResultCSI-RS-List-r12		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

MeasResultListEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultEUTRA 

MeasResultEUTRA ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physCellId							PhysCellId,
	cgi-Info							SEQUENCE {
		cellGlobalId						CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
		trackingAreaCode					TrackingAreaCode,
		plmn-IdentityList					PLMN-IdentityList2 				OPTIONAL
	}			 												OPTIONAL,
	measResult							SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult							RSRP-Range						OPTIONAL,
		rsrqResult							RSRQ-Range						OPTIONAL,
		...,
		[[	additionalSI-Info-r9				AdditionalSI-Info-r9				OPTIONAL
		]],
		[[	primaryPLMN-Suitable-r12			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,
			measResult-v1250					RSRQ-Range-v1250			OPTIONAL
		]]
	}
}

MeasResultServFreqList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasResultServFreq-r10

MeasResultServFreq-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	servFreqId-r10						ServCellIndex-r10,
	measResultSCell-r10					SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResultSCell-r10					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResultSCell-r10					RSRQ-Range
	}															OPTIONAL,
	measResultBestNeighCell-r10			SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r10						PhysCellId,
		rsrpResultNCell-r10					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResultNCell-r10					RSRQ-Range
	}															OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultSCell-v1250				RSRQ-Range-v1250	OPTIONAL,
		measResultBestNeighCell-v1250		RSRQ-Range-v1250	OPTIONAL
	]]
}

MeasResultCSI-RS-List-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCSI-RS-r12

MeasResultCSI-RS-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measCSI-RS-Id-r12				MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
	csi-RSRP-Result-r12				CSI-RSRP-Range-r12,
	...
}

MeasResultListUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultUTRA 

MeasResultUTRA ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physCellId							CHOICE {
		fdd									PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
		tdd									PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
	},
	cgi-Info							SEQUENCE {
		cellGlobalId						CellGlobalIdUTRA,
		locationAreaCode					BIT STRING (SIZE (16))			OPTIONAL,
		routingAreaCode						BIT STRING (SIZE (8))			OPTIONAL,
		plmn-IdentityList					PLMN-IdentityList2 				OPTIONAL
	}			 												OPTIONAL,
	measResult							SEQUENCE {
		utra-RSCP							INTEGER (-5..91)				OPTIONAL,
		utra-EcN0							INTEGER (0..49)					OPTIONAL,
		...,
		[[	additionalSI-Info-r9				AdditionalSI-Info-r9				OPTIONAL
		]],
		[[	primaryPLMN-Suitable-r12			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL
		]]
	}
}

MeasResultListGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultGERAN 

MeasResultGERAN ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							CarrierFreqGERAN,
	physCellId							PhysCellIdGERAN,
	cgi-Info							SEQUENCE {
		cellGlobalId						CellGlobalIdGERAN,
		routingAreaCode						BIT STRING (SIZE (8))			OPTIONAL
	}			 															OPTIONAL,
	measResult							SEQUENCE {
		rssi								INTEGER (0..63),
		...
	}
}

MeasResultsCDMA2000 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	preRegistrationStatusHRPD			BOOLEAN,
	measResultListCDMA2000				MeasResultListCDMA2000
}

MeasResultListCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCDMA2000

MeasResultCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physCellId							PhysCellIdCDMA2000,
	cgi-Info							CellGlobalIdCDMA2000		 		OPTIONAL,
	measResult							SEQUENCE {
		pilotPnPhase						INTEGER	(0..32767)				OPTIONAL,
		pilotStrength						INTEGER (0..63),
		...
	}
}

MeasResultForECID-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult-r9				INTEGER (0..4095),
	currentSFN-r9							BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}

PLMN-IdentityList2 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..5)) OF PLMN-Identity

AdditionalSI-Info-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	csg-MemberStatus-r9				ENUMERATED {member}				OPTIONAL,
	csg-Identity-r9						CSG-Identity						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasResults field descriptions
csg-MemberStatus
Indicates whether or not the UE is a member of the CSG of the neighbour cell.
currentSFN
Indicates the current system frame number when receiving the UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement results from lower layer.
locationAreaCode
A fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
measId
Identifies the measurement identity for which the reporting is being performed. If the measId-v1250 is included, the measId (i.e. without a suffix) is ignored by eNB.
measResult
Measured result of an EUTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency; or
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell.
Measured result of UE RxTx time difference.
measResultCSI-RS-List
Measured results of the CSI-RS resources in discovery signals measurement. 
measResultListCDMA2000
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a CDMA2000 measurement identity.
measResultListEUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an EUTRA measurement identity.
measResultListGERAN
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells or frequencies for a GERAN measurement identity.
measResultListUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a UTRA measurement identity.
measResultPCell
Measured result of the PCell.
measResultsCDMA2000
Contains the CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration status and the list of CDMA2000 measurements.
MeasResultServFreqList
Measured results of the serving frequencies: the measurement result of each SCell, if any, and of the best neighbouring cell on each serving frequency. 
pilotPnPhase
Indicates the arrival time of a CDMA2000 pilot, measured relative to the UEs time reference in units of PN chips, see C.S0005 [25]. This information is used in either SRVCC handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback procedure to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
pilotStrength
CDMA2000 Pilot Strength, the ratio of pilot power to total power in the signal bandwidth of a CDMA2000 Forward Channel. See C.S0005 [25] for CDMA2000 1xRTT and C.S0024 [26] for CDMA2000 HRPD.
plmn-IdentityList
The list of PLMN Identity read from broadcast information when the multiple PLMN Identities are broadcast.
preRegistrationStatusHRPD
Set to TRUE if the UE is currently pre-registered with CDMA2000 HRPD. Otherwise set to FALSE. This can be ignored by the eNB for CDMA2000 1xRTT.
routingAreaCode
The RAC identity read from broadcast information, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
rsrpResult
Measured RSRP result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rsrqResult
Measured RSRQ result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rssi
GERAN Carrier RSSI. RXLEV is mapped to a value between 0 and 63, TS 45.008 [28]. When mapping the RXLEV value to the RSSI bit string, the first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit.
ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult
UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result of the PCell, provided by lower layers. According to UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16].

utra-EcN0
According to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD. Fourteen spare values. The field is not present for TDD.
utra-RSCP
According to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD. Thirty-one spare values.

	MeasScaleFactor

The IE MeasScaleFactor specifies the factor for scaling the measurement performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16].
MeasScaleFactor information element
-- ASN1START

MeasScaleFactor-r12 ::=			ENUMERATED {sf-EUTRA-cf1, sf-EUTRA-cf2}

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	If the reducedMeasPerformance is not included in any measObjectEUTRA or measObjectUTRA and the measScaleFactor is included in the measConfig, E-UTRAN can configure any of the values for the measScaleFactor as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
	QuantityConfig
The IE QuantityConfig specifies the measurement quantities and layer 3 filtering coefficients for E-UTRA and inter-RAT measurements.
QuantityConfig information element
-- ASN1START

QuantityConfig ::=					SEQUENCE {
	quantityConfigEUTRA					QuantityConfigEUTRA					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	quantityConfigUTRA					QuantityConfigUTRA					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	quantityConfigGERAN					QuantityConfigGERAN					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	quantityConfigCDMA2000				QuantityConfigCDMA2000				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	quantityConfigUTRA-v1020		QuantityConfigUTRA-v1020			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	quantityConfigEUTRA-v1250		QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1250			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

QuantityConfigEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	filterCoefficientRSRP				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4,
	filterCoefficientRSRQ				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	filterCoefficientCSI-RSRP-r12		FilterCoefficient					OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

QuantityConfigUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	measQuantityUTRA-FDD				ENUMERATED {cpich-RSCP, cpich-EcN0},
	measQuantityUTRA-TDD				ENUMERATED {pccpch-RSCP},
	filterCoefficient					FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

QuantityConfigUTRA-v1020 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	filterCoefficient2-FDD-r10			FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

QuantityConfigGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE {
	measQuantityGERAN					ENUMERATED {rssi},
	filterCoefficient					FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc2
}

QuantityConfigCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	measQuantityCDMA2000				ENUMERATED {pilotStrength, pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength}
}

-- ASN1STOP

QuantityConfig field descriptions
filterCoefficient2-FDD
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for the UTRAN FDD measurement quantity, which is not included in measQuantityUTRA-FDD, when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is present in ReportConfigInterRAT.
filterCoefficientCSI-RSRP
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for CSI-RSRP.
filterCoefficientRSRP
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRP.
filterCoefficientRSRQ
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRQ.
measQuantityCDMA2000
Measurement quantity used for CDMA2000 measurements. pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength is only applicable for MeasObjectCDMA2000 of cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT.
measQuantityGERAN
Measurement quantity used for GERAN measurements.
measQuantityUTRA
Measurement quantity used for UTRA measurements.
quantityConfigCDMA2000
Specifies quantity configurations for CDMA2000 measurements.
quantityConfigEUTRA
Specifies filter configurations for EUTRA measurements.
quantityConfigGERAN
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for GERAN measurements.
quantityConfigUTRA
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for UTRA measurements. Field quantityConfigUTRA-v1020 is applicable only when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is configured.

	ReportConfigEUTRA
The IE ReportConfigEUTRA specifies criteria for triggering of an EUTRA measurement reporting event. The EUTRA measurement reporting events concerning CRS are labelled AN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on.
Event A1:	Serving becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event A2:	Serving becomes worse than absolute threshold;
Event A3:	Neighbour becomes amount of offset better than PCell/ PSCell;
Event A4:	Neighbour becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event A5:	PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 AND Neighbour becomes better than another absolute threshold2.
Event A6:	Neighbour becomes amount of offset better than SCell.
The EUTRA measurement reporting events concerning CSI-RS are labelled CN with N equal to 1 and 2.
Event C1:	CSI-RS resource becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event C2:	CSI-RS resource becomes amount of offset better than reference CSI-RS resource.
ReportConfigEUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

ReportConfigEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	triggerType							CHOICE {
		event								SEQUENCE {
			eventId								CHOICE {
				eventA1								SEQUENCE {
					a1-Threshold						ThresholdEUTRA
				},
				eventA2								SEQUENCE {
					a2-Threshold						ThresholdEUTRA
				},
				eventA3								SEQUENCE {
					a3-Offset							INTEGER (-30..30),
					reportOnLeave						BOOLEAN
				},
				eventA4								SEQUENCE {
					a4-Threshold						ThresholdEUTRA
				},
				eventA5								SEQUENCE {
					a5-Threshold1						ThresholdEUTRA,
					a5-Threshold2						ThresholdEUTRA
				},
				...,
				eventA6-r10							SEQUENCE {
					a6-Offset-r10						INTEGER (-30..30),
					a6-ReportOnLeave-r10				BOOLEAN
				},
				eventC1-r12							SEQUENCE {
					c1-Threshold-r12					ThresholdEUTRA-v1250,
					c1-ReportOnLeave-r12				BOOLEAN
				},
				eventC2-r12							SEQUENCE {
					c2-RefCSI-RS-r12					MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
					c2-Offset-r12						INTEGER (-30..30),
					c2-ReportOnLeave-r12				BOOLEAN
				}
			},
			hysteresis							Hysteresis,
			timeToTrigger						TimeToTrigger
		},
		periodical								SEQUENCE {
			purpose									ENUMERATED {
														reportStrongestCells, reportCGI}
		}
	},
	triggerQuantity						ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq},
	reportQuantity						ENUMERATED {sameAsTriggerQuantity, both},
	maxReportCells						INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
	reportInterval						ReportInterval,
	reportAmount						ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
	...,
	[[	si-RequestForHO-r9					ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond reportCGI
		ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical-r9		ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	includeLocationInfo-r10		 		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		reportAddNeighMeas-r10				ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	alternativeTimeToTrigger-r12		CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								TimeToTrigger
		}													OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		useT312-r12							BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		usePSCell-r12						BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
		aN-Threshold1-v1250					RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
		a5-Threshold2-v1250					RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
		reportStrongestCSI-RSs-r12			BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		reportCRS-Meas-r12					BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		triggerQuantityCSI-RS-r12			BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								RSRQ-Range-v1250
}

ThresholdEUTRA ::=					CHOICE{
	threshold-RSRP						RSRP-Range,
	threshold-RSRQ						RSRQ-Range
}

ThresholdEUTRA-v1250 ::=			CSI-RSRP-Range-r12

-- ASN1STOP

ReportConfigEUTRA field descriptions
a3-Offset/ a6-Offset/ c2-Offset
Offset value to be used in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event a3/ a6/ c2. The actual value is IE value * 0.5 dB.
alternativeTimeToTrigger
Indicates the time to trigger applicable for cells specified in altTTT-CellsToAddModList of the associated measurement object, if configured
aN-ThresholdM/ cN-ThresholdM
Threshold to be used in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event number aN/ cN. If multiple thresholds are defined for event number aN/ cN, the thresholds are differentiated by M.
c1-ReportOnLeave/ c2-ReportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a CSI-RS resource in csi-RS-TriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
c2-RefCSI-RS
Identity of the CSI-RS resource from the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList of the associated measObject, to be used as the reference CSI-RS resource in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event c2.
eventId
Choice of EUTRA event triggered reporting criteria. EUTRAN may set this field to eventC1 or eventC2 only if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources.
maxReportCells
Max number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report concerning CRS, and max number of CSI-RS resources to include in the measurement report concerning CSI-RS.
reportAmount
Number of measurement reports applicable for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. In case purpose is set to reportCGI only value 1 applies.
reportCRS-Meas
Inidicates that UE shall include rsrp, rsrq together with csi-rsrp in the measurement report, if possible.
reportOnLeave/ a6-ReportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
reportQuantity 
The quantities to be included in the measurement report. The value both means that both the rsrp and rsrq quantities are to be included in the measurement report. In case triggerQuantityCSI-RS is included, only value sameAsTriggerQuantity applies.
reportStrongestCSI-RSs
Indicates that periodical CSI-RS measurement report is performed. EUTRAN configures value TRUE only if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources.
si-RequestForHO
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different fields in the measurement report.
ThresholdEUTRA
For RSRP: RSRP based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is IE value  140 dBm.
For RSRQ: RSRQ based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is (IE value  40)/2 dB.
For CSI-RSRP: CSI-RSRP based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is IE value  140 dBm.
EUTRAN configures the same threshold quantity for all the thresholds of an event.
timeToTrigger
Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report.
triggerQuantity 
The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CRS. EUTRAN sets the value according to the quantity of the ThresholdEUTRA for this event. The values rsrp and rsrq correspond to Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), see TS 36.214 [48].
triggerQuantityCSI-RS 
The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CSI-RS. The value csi-RSRP corresponds to CSI Reference Signal Received Power (CSI-RSRP), see TS 36.214 [48]. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE if and only if the measurement reporting event concerns CSI-RS.
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical
If this field is present, the UE shall perform UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting and ignore the fields triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells. If the field is present, the only applicable values for the corresponding triggerType and purpose are periodical and reportStrongestCells respectively.
usePSCell
If this field is set to TRUE the UE shall use the PSCell instead of the PCell. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only TRUE only for events A3 and A5, see 5.5.4.4 and 5.5.4.6.
useT312
If value TRUE is configured, the UE shall use the timer T312 with the value t312 as specified in the corresponding measObject. If the corresponding measObject does not include the timer T312 then the timer T312 is considered as not configured. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only if triggerType is set to event.

Conditional presence
Explanation
reportCGI
The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	ReportConfigId
The IE ReportConfigId is used to identify a measurement reporting configuration.
ReportConfigId information element
-- ASN1START

ReportConfigId ::=					INTEGER (1..maxReportConfigId)

-- ASN1STOP

	ReportConfigInterRAT
The IE ReportConfigInterRAT specifies criteria for triggering of an inter-RAT measurement reporting event. The inter-RAT measurement reporting events are labelled BN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on.
Event B1:	Neighbour becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event B2:	PCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 AND Neighbour becomes better than another absolute threshold2.
The b1 and b2 event thresholds for CDMA2000 are the CDMA2000 pilot detection thresholds are expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to [-2 x 10 log 10 Ec/Io] in units of 0.5dB, see C.S0005 [25] for details.
ReportConfigInterRAT information element
-- ASN1START

ReportConfigInterRAT ::=			SEQUENCE {
	triggerType							CHOICE {
		event								SEQUENCE {
			eventId								CHOICE {
				eventB1								SEQUENCE {
					b1-Threshold						CHOICE {
						b1-ThresholdUTRA					ThresholdUTRA,
						b1-ThresholdGERAN					ThresholdGERAN,
						b1-ThresholdCDMA2000				ThresholdCDMA2000
					}
				},
				eventB2								SEQUENCE {
					b2-Threshold1						ThresholdEUTRA,
					b2-Threshold2						CHOICE {
						b2-Threshold2UTRA					ThresholdUTRA,
						b2-Threshold2GERAN					ThresholdGERAN,
						b2-Threshold2CDMA2000				ThresholdCDMA2000
					}
				},
				...
			},
			hysteresis						Hysteresis,
			timeToTrigger					TimeToTrigger
		},
		periodical								SEQUENCE {
			purpose									ENUMERATED {
														reportStrongestCells,
														reportStrongestCellsForSON,
														reportCGI}
		}
	},
	maxReportCells						INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
	reportInterval						ReportInterval,	
	reportAmount						ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
	...,
	[[	si-RequestForHO-r9					ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Cond reportCGI
	]],
	[[	reportQuantityUTRA-FDD-r10			ENUMERATED {both}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	includeLocationInfo-r11		 		BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	b2-Threshold1-v1250					CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								RSRQ-Range-v1250
		}															OPTIONAL 	-- Need ON
	]]
}

ThresholdUTRA ::=					CHOICE{
	utra-RSCP							INTEGER (-5..91),
	utra-EcN0							INTEGER (0..49)
}

ThresholdGERAN ::= 				INTEGER (0..63)

ThresholdCDMA2000 ::= 			INTEGER (0..63)

-- ASN1STOP

ReportConfigInterRAT field descriptions
bN-ThresholdM
Threshold to be used in inter RAT measurement report triggering condition for event number bN. If multiple thresholds are defined for event number bN, the thresholds are differentiated by M.
eventId
Choice of inter-RAT event triggered reporting criteria.
maxReportCells
Max number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report. In case purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies.
Purpose
reportStrongestCellsForSON applies only in case reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectUTRA or measObjectCDMA2000.
reportAmount
Number of measurement reports applicable for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. In case purpose is set to reportCGI or reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies.
reportQuantityUTRA-FDD
The quantities to be included in the UTRA measurement report. The value both means that both the cpich RSCP and cpich EcN0 quantities are to be included in the measurement report.
si-RequestForHO
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different fields in the measurement report.
ThresholdGERAN
The actual value is IE value  110 dBm.
ThresholdUTRA
utra-RSCP corresponds to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD. utra-EcN0 corresponds to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD, and is not applicable for TDD.
For utra-RSCP: The actual value is IE value  115 dBm.
For utra-EcN0: The actual value is (IE value  49)/2 dB.
timeToTrigger
Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report.

Conditional presence
Explanation
reportCGI
The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	ReportConfigToAddModList
The IE ReportConfigToAddModList concerns a list of reporting configurations to add or modify
ReportConfigToAddModList information element
-- ASN1START

ReportConfigToAddModList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod

ReportConfigToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	reportConfigId						ReportConfigId,
	reportConfig						CHOICE {
		reportConfigEUTRA					ReportConfigEUTRA,
		reportConfigInterRAT				ReportConfigInterRAT
	}
}


-- ASN1STOP

	ReportInterval
The ReportInterval indicates the interval between periodical reports. The ReportInterval is applicable if the UE performs periodical reporting (i.e. when reportAmount exceeds 1), for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. Value ms120 corresponds with 120 ms, ms240 corresponds with 240 ms and so on, while value min1 corresponds with 1 min, min6 corresponds with 6 min and so on.
ReportInterval information element
-- ASN1START

ReportInterval ::=					ENUMERATED {
										ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240,
										min1, min6, min12, min30, min60, spare3, spare2, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

	RSRP-Range
The IE RSRP-Range specifies the value range used in RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
RSRP-Range information element
-- ASN1START

RSRP-Range ::=						INTEGER(0..97)

RSRP-RangeSL-r12 ::=				INTEGER(0..13)

RSRP-RangeSL2-r12 ::=				INTEGER(0..7)

RSRP-RangeSL3-r12 ::=				INTEGER(0..11)

-- ASN1STOP

RSRP-Range field descriptions
RSRP-RangeSL
Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -115dBm, value 2 to -110dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 5dBm) until value 12, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 13 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL2
Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -110dBm, value 2 to -100dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 10dBm) until value 6, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 7 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL3
Value 0 corresponds to -110dBm, value 1 to -105dBm, value 2 to -100dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 5dBm) until value 10, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 11 corresponds to +infinity.

	RSRQ-Range
The IE RSRQ-Range specifies the value range used in RSRQ measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRQ measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. A given field using RSRQ-Range-v1250 shall only be signalled if the corresponding original field (using RSRQ-Range i.e. without suffix) is set to value 0 or 34. Only a UE indicating support of extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12 or rsrqOnAllSymbols-r12 may report RSRQ-Range-v1250, and this may be done without explicit configuration from the E-UTRAN. If received, the UE shall use the value indicated by the RSRQ-Range-v1250 and ignore the value signalled by RSRQ-Range (without the suffix).

RSRQ-Range information element
-- ASN1START

RSRQ-Range ::=						INTEGER(0..34)

RSRQ-Range-v1250 ::=				INTEGER(-30..46)


-- ASN1STOP

	RSRQ-Type
The IE RSRQ-Type specifies the RSRQ value type used in RSRQ measurements, see TS 36.214 [48].
RSRQ-Type information element
-- ASN1START

RSRQ-Type-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	allSymbols-r12							BOOLEAN,
	wideBand-r12							BOOLEAN
}

-- ASN1STOP

RSRQ-Type field descriptions
allSymbols
Value TRUE indicates use of all OFDM symbols when performing RSRQ measurements.
wideBand
Value TRUE indicates use of a wider bandwidth when performing RSRQ measurements.

	TimeToTrigger
The IE TimeToTrigger specifies the value range used for time to trigger parameter, which concerns the time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report. Value ms0 corresponds to 0 ms, ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, and so on.
TimeToTrigger information element
-- ASN1START

TimeToTrigger ::=					ENUMERATED {
										ms0, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms100, ms128, ms160, ms256,
										ms320, ms480, ms512, ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2560,
										ms5120}

-- ASN1STOP

6.3.6	Other information elements
	AbsoluteTimeInfo
The IE AbsoluteTimeInfo indicates an absolute time in a format YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS and using BCD encoding. The first/ leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the most significant digit of the year and so on.
AbsoluteTimeInfo information element
-- ASN1START

AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10 ::=				BIT STRING (SIZE (48))

-- ASN1STOP

	AreaConfiguration
The AreaConfiguration indicates area for which UE is requested to perform measurement logging. If not configured, measurement logging is not restricted to specific cells or tracking areas but applies as long as the RPLMN is contained in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport.
AreaConfiguration information element
-- ASN1START

AreaConfiguration-r10 ::=	CHOICE {
	cellGlobalIdList-r10			CellGlobalIdList-r10,
	trackingAreaCodeList-r10		TrackingAreaCodeList-r10
}

AreaConfiguration-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	trackingAreaCodeList-v1130		TrackingAreaCodeList-v1130
}

CellGlobalIdList-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellGlobalIdEUTRA

TrackingAreaCodeList-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF TrackingAreaCode

TrackingAreaCodeList-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-perTAC-List-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF PLMN-Identity
}

-- ASN1STOP

AreaConfiguration field descriptions
plmn-Identity-perTAC-List
Includes the PLMN identity for each of the TA codes included in trackingAreaCodeList. The PLMN identity listed first in plmn-Identity-perTAC-List corresponds with the TA code listed first in trackingAreaCodeList and so on.

	C-RNTI
The IE C-RNTI identifies a UE having a RRC connection within a cell.
C-RNTI information element
-- ASN1START

C-RNTI ::=							BIT STRING (SIZE (16))

-- ASN1STOP

	DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
The DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 is used to transfer UE specific CDMA2000 information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this information.
DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 ::=				OCTET STRING

-- ASN1STOP

	DedicatedInfoNAS
The IE DedicatedInfoNAS is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this information.
DedicatedInfoNAS information element
-- ASN1START

DedicatedInfoNAS ::=		OCTET STRING

-- ASN1STOP

	FilterCoefficient
The IE FilterCoefficient specifies the measurement filtering coefficient. Value fc0 corresponds to k = 0, fc1 corresponds to k = 1, and so on.
FilterCoefficient information element
-- ASN1START

FilterCoefficient ::=					ENUMERATED {
											fc0, fc1, fc2, fc3, fc4, fc5,
											fc6, fc7, fc8, fc9, fc11, fc13, 
											fc15, fc17, fc19, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

	LoggingDuration
The LoggingDuration indicates the duration for which UE is requested to perform measurement logging. Value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes, value min20 corresponds to 20 minutes and so on.
LoggingDuration information element
-- ASN1START

LoggingDuration-r10 ::=			ENUMERATED {
									min10, min20, min40, min60, min90, min120, spare2, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

	LoggingInterval
The LoggingInterval indicates the periodicity for logging measurement results. Value ms1280 corresponds to 1.28s, value ms2560 corresponds to 2.56s and so on.
LoggingInterval information element
-- ASN1START

LoggingInterval-r10 ::=			ENUMERATED {
									ms1280, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, ms20480,
									ms30720, ms40960, ms61440}

-- ASN1STOP

	MeasSubframePattern
The IE MeasSubframePattern is used to specify a subframe pattern. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where SFN is that of PCell and x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is used.
MeasSubframePattern information element
-- ASN1START

MeasSubframePattern-r10 ::= CHOICE {
	subframePatternFDD-r10				BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
	subframePatternTDD-r10				CHOICE {
		subframeConfig1-5-r10					BIT STRING (SIZE (20)),
		subframeConfig0-r10						BIT STRING (SIZE (70)),
		subframeConfig6-r10						BIT STRING (SIZE (60)),
		...
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

	MMEC
The IE MMEC identifies an MME within the scope of an MME Group within a PLMN, see TS 23.003 [27]. 
MMEC information element
-- ASN1START

MMEC ::=							BIT STRING (SIZE (8))

-- ASN1STOP


	NeighCellConfig
The IE NeighCellConfig is used to provide the information related to MBSFN and TDD UL/DL configuration of neighbour cells.
NeighCellConfig information element
-- ASN1START

NeighCellConfig ::=			BIT STRING (SIZE (2))

-- ASN1STOP

NeighCellConfig field descriptions
neighCellConfig
Provides information related to MBSFN and TDD UL/DL configuration of neighbour cells of this frequency
00: Not all neighbour cells have the same MBSFN subframe allocation as the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and as the PCell otherwise
10: The MBSFN subframe allocations of all neighbour cells are identical to or subsets of that in the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and of that in the PCell otherwise
01: No MBSFN subframes are present in all neighbour cells
11: Different UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells for TDD compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise
For TDD, 00, 10 and 01 are only used for same UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise.

	OtherConfig
The IE OtherConfig contains configuration related to other configuration
OtherConfig information element
-- ASN1START

OtherConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE	{
	reportProximityConfig-r9			ReportProximityConfig-r9		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	idc-Config-r11					IDC-Config-r11					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11	PowerPrefIndicationConfig-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		obtainLocationConfig-r11		ObtainLocationConfig-r11		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

IDC-Config-r11 ::= 				SEQUENCE {
	idc-Indication-r11					ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	autonomousDenialParameters-r11		SEQUENCE {
			autonomousDenialSubframes-r11			ENUMERATED {n2, n5, n10, n15,
														n20, n30, spare2, spare1},
			autonomousDenialValidity-r11			ENUMERATED {
														sf200, sf500, sf1000, sf2000, 
														spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
	}		OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	...
}

ObtainLocationConfig-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	obtainLocation-r11				ENUMERATED {setup}				OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

PowerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 ::= CHOICE{
	release					NULL,
	setup					SEQUENCE{
		powerPrefIndicationTimer-r11		ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, 
											s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3, 
											spare2, spare1}
	}
}

ReportProximityConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {
	proximityIndicationEUTRA-r9		ENUMERATED {enabled}			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	proximityIndicationUTRA-r9		ENUMERATED {enabled}			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

OtherConfig field descriptions
autonomousDenialSubframes
Indicates the maximum number of the UL subframes  for which the UE is allowed to deny any UL transmission. Value n2 corresponds to 2 subframes, n5 to 5 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN does not configure autonomous denial for frequencies on which SCG cells are configured.
autonomousDenialValidity
Indicates the validity period over which the UL autonomous denial subframes shall be counted. Value sf200 corresponds to 200 subframes, sf500 corresponds to 500 subframes and so on.
idc-Indication
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message to the network.
obtainLocation
Requests the UE to attempt to have detailed location information available using GNSS. E-UTRAN configures the field only if includeLocationInfo is configured for one or more measurements.
powerPrefIndicationTimer
Prohibit timer for Power Preference Indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second or not set, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
reportProximityConfig
Indicates, for each of the applicable RATs (EUTRA, UTRA), whether or not proximity indication is enabled for CSG member cell(s) of the concerned RAT. Note.

NOTE:	Enabling/ disabling of proximity indication includes enabling/ disabling of the related functionality e.g. autonomous search in connected mode.

	RAND-CDMA2000 (1xRTT)
The RAND-CDMA2000 concerns a random value, generated by the eNB, to be passed to the CDMA2000 upper layers.
RAND-CDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

RAND-CDMA2000 ::=						BIT STRING (SIZE (32))

-- ASN1STOP

	RAT-Type
The IE RAT-Type is used to indicate the radio access technology (RAT), including EUTRA, of the requested/ transferred UE capabilities.
RAT-Type information element
-- ASN1START

RAT-Type ::=						ENUMERATED {
										eutra, utra, geran-cs, geran-ps, cdma2000-1XRTT,
										spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

	RRC-TransactionIdentifier
The IE RRC-TransactionIdentifier is used, together with the message type, for the identification of an RRC procedure (transaction).
RRC-TransactionIdentifier information element
-- ASN1START

RRC-TransactionIdentifier ::=		INTEGER (0..3)

-- ASN1STOP

	S-TMSI
The IE S-TMSI contains an S-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity, a temporary UE identity provided by the EPC which uniquely identifies the UE within the tracking area, see TS 23.003 [27].
S-TMSI information element
-- ASN1START

S-TMSI ::=							SEQUENCE {
	mmec								MMEC,
	m-TMSI								BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
}

-- ASN1STOP

S-TMSI field descriptions
m-TMSI
The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the M-TMSI.

	TraceReference
The TraceReference contains parameter Trace Reference as defined in TS 32.422 [58].
TraceReference information element
-- ASN1START

TraceReference-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-r10				PLMN-Identity,
	traceId-r10						OCTET STRING (SIZE (3))
}

-- ASN1STOP

	UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList
The IE UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList contains list of containers, one for each RAT for which UE capabilities are transferred, if any.
UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList information element
-- ASN1START

UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList ::=SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF UE-CapabilityRAT-Container

UE-CapabilityRAT-Container ::= SEQUENCE {
	rat-Type							RAT-Type,
	ueCapabilityRAT-Container			OCTET STRING
}

-- ASN1STOP

UECapabilityRAT-ContainerList field descriptions
ueCapabilityRAT-Container
Container for the UE capabilities of the indicated RAT. The encoding is defined in the specification of each RAT:
For EUTRA: the encoding of UE capabilities is defined in IE UE-EUTRA-Capability.
For UTRA: the octet string contains the INTER RAT HANDOVER INFO message defined in TS 25.331 [19].
For GERAN CS: the octet string contains the concatenated string of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 and Mobile Station Classmark 3. The first 5 octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 2 and the following octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 3. The Mobile Station Classmark 2 is formatted as 'TLV' and is coded in the same way as the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet is the Mobile station classmark 2 IEI and its value shall be set to 33H. The second octet is the Length of mobile station classmark 2 and its value shall be set to 3. The octet 3 contains the first octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element, the octet 4 contains the second octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element and so on. For each of these octets, the first/ leftmost/ most significant bit of the octet contains b8 of the corresponding octet of the Mobile Station Classmark 2. The Mobile Station Classmark 3 is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in the Mobile station classmark 3 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The sixth octet of this octet string contains octet 1 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3, the seventh of octet of this octet string contains octet 2 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3 and so on. Note.
For GERAN PS: the encoding of UE capabilities is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in the MS Radio Access Capability information element in TS 24.008 [49].
For CDMA2000-1XRTT: the octet string contains the A21 Mobile Subscription Information and the encoding of this is defined in A.S0008 [33]. The A21 Mobile Subscription Information contains the supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band class and band sub-class information.
NOTE:	The value part is specified by means of CSN.1, which encoding results in a bit string, to which final padding may be appended up to the next octet boundary TS 24.008 [49]. The first/ leftmost bit of the CSN.1 bit string is placed in the first/ leftmost/ most significant bit of the first octet. This continues until the last bit of the CSN.1 bit string, which is placed in the last/ rightmost/ least significant bit of the last octet.
	UE-EUTRA-Capability
The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability is used to convey the E-UTRA UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5], and the Feature Group Indicators for mandatory features (defined in Annexes B.1 and C.1) to the network. The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability is transferred in E-UTRA or in another RAT.
UE-EUTRA-Capability information element
-- ASN1START

UE-EUTRA-Capability ::=			SEQUENCE {
	accessStratumRelease				AccessStratumRelease,
	ue-Category							INTEGER (1..5),
	pdcp-Parameters						PDCP-Parameters,
	phyLayerParameters					PhyLayerParameters,
	rf-Parameters						RF-Parameters,
	measParameters						MeasParameters,
	featureGroupIndicators				BIT STRING (SIZE (32))				OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-Parameters				SEQUENCE {
		utraFDD								IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD				OPTIONAL,
		utraTDD128							IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD128				OPTIONAL,
		utraTDD384							IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD384				OPTIONAL,
		utraTDD768							IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD768				OPTIONAL,
		geran								IRAT-ParametersGERAN					OPTIONAL,
		cdma2000-HRPD						IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-HRPD			OPTIONAL,
		cdma2000-1xRTT						IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT			OPTIONAL
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v920-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non critical extensions
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	featureGroupIndRel9Add-r9			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))				OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-r9	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-r9	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9c0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9c0-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0		IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9d0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9d0-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v9d0				PhyLayerParameters-v9d0			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9e0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9e0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v9e0					RF-Parameters-v9e0						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9h0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0		IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0			OPTIONAL,
	-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-9 extensions
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10c0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10c0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	otdoa-PositioningCapabilities-r10	OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10f0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10f0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v10f0					RF-Parameters-v10f0						OPTIONAL,
	-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-10 extensions
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non critical extensions
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v920-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v920				PhyLayerParameters-v920,
	interRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920			IRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920,
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920			IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920			OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v920		IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920	OPTIONAL,
	deviceType-r9							ENUMERATED {noBenFromBatConsumpOpt}	OPTIONAL,
	csg-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9	CSG-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9,
	neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9	NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9,
	son-Parameters-r9						SON-Parameters-r9,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v940-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v940-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0-IEs)
																			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1020-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-v1020					INTEGER (6..8)							OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1020			PhyLayerParameters-v1020				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1020					RF-Parameters-v1020						OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1020				MeasParameters-v1020					OPTIONAL,
	featureGroupIndRel10-r10			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))					OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1020	IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020		OPTIONAL,
	ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10	UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10		OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020	IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1060-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1060-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1060	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1060	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060	OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1060					RF-Parameters-v1060						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1090-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1090-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v1090					RF-Parameters-v1090						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1130-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1130-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-Parameters-v1130				PDCP-Parameters-v1130,
	phyLayerParameters-v1130			PhyLayerParameters-v1130				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1130					RF-Parameters-v1130,
	measParameters-v1130				MeasParameters-v1130,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130	IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130,
	otherParameters-r11					Other-Parameters-r11,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1130	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1130	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1170-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1170-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1170			PhyLayerParameters-v1170				OPTIONAL,
	ue-Category-v1170					INTEGER (9..10)							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1180-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1180-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v1180					RF-Parameters-v1180						OPTIONAL,
	mbms-Parameters-r11					MBMS-Parameters-r11						OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1180	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1180	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11a0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11a0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-v11a0					INTEGER (11..12)						OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v11a0				MeasParameters-v11a0					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1250-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1250-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1250			PhyLayerParameters-v1250				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1250					RF-Parameters-v1250						OPTIONAL,
	rlc-Parameters-r12					RLC-Parameters-r12						OPTIONAL,
	ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250	UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250	OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryDL-r12					INTEGER (0..14)							OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryUL-r12					INTEGER (0..13)							OPTIONAL,
	wlan-IW-Parameters-r12				WLAN-IW-Parameters-r12					OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1250				MeasParameters-v1250					OPTIONAL,
	dc-Parameters-r12					DC-Parameters-r12						OPTIONAL,
	mbms-Parameters-v1250				MBMS-Parameters-v1250					OPTIONAL,
	mac-Parameters-r12					MAC-Parameters-r12						OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1250	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1250	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250	OPTIONAL,
	sl-Parameters-r12				SL-Parameters-r12					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1260-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1260-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-CategoryDL-v1260					INTEGER (15..16)						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-r9				PhyLayerParameters					OPTIONAL,
	featureGroupIndicators-r9			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))				OPTIONAL,
	featureGroupIndRel9Add-r9			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))				OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersGERAN-r9			IRAT-ParametersGERAN				OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-r9			IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920			OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-r9		IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920	OPTIONAL,
	neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9	NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9	OPTIONAL,
	...
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1060			PhyLayerParameters-v1020			OPTIONAL,
	featureGroupIndRel10-v1060			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))				OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1060	IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020	OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1060	IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020		OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	otdoa-PositioningCapabilities-r10	OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10	OPTIONAL
	]]
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1130			PhyLayerParameters-v1130			OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1130				MeasParameters-v1130				OPTIONAL,
	otherParameters-r11					Other-Parameters-r11				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbms-Parameters-r11					MBMS-Parameters-r11
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1250			PhyLayerParameters-v1250			OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1250				MeasParameters-v1250				OPTIONAL
}

AccessStratumRelease ::=			ENUMERATED {
										rel8, rel9, rel10, rel11, rel12, spare3,
										spare2, spare1, ...}

DC-Parameters-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	drb-TypeSplit-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	drb-TypeSCG-r12							ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12	ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	longDRX-Command-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

RLC-Parameters-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}
}

PDCP-Parameters ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedROHC-Profiles				SEQUENCE {
		profile0x0001						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0002						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0003						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0004						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0006						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0101						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0102						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0103						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0104						BOOLEAN
	},
	maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions		ENUMERATED {
											cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32,
											cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024,
											cs16384, spare2, spare1}				DEFAULT cs16,
	...
}

PDCP-Parameters-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-SN-Extension-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	supportRohcContextContinue-r11			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported		BOOLEAN,
	ue-SpecificRefSigsSupported		BOOLEAN
}

PhyLayerParameters-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	enhancedDualLayerFDD-r9			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	enhancedDualLayerTDD-r9			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v9d0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	tm5-FDD-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	tm5-TDD-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1020 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	twoAntennaPortsForPUCCH-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	pmi-Disabling-r10						ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	crossCarrierScheduling-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC-r10			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10	NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10	OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1130 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	crs-InterfHandl-r11						ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	ePDCCH-r11								ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	multiACK-CSI-Reporting-r11				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	ss-CCH-InterfHandl-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect-r11				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	ul-CoMP-r11								ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1170 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	interBandTDD-CA-WithDifferentConfig-r11	BIT STRING (SIZE (2))			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	enhanced-4TxCodebook-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12				BIT STRING (SIZE (2))			OPTIONAL,
	phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	phy-TDD-ReConfig-FDD-PCell-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	pusch-FeedbackMode-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	pusch-SRS-PowerControl-SubframeSet-r12	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	csi-SubframeSet-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling-r12	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	discoverySignalsInDeactSCell-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	naics-Capability-List-r12				NAICS-Capability-List-r12		OPTIONAL
}


NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-r10

NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info-r10	ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters ::=					SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListEUTRA				SupportedBandListEUTRA
}

RF-Parameters-v9e0 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0				SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0				OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1020 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-r10			SupportedBandCombination-r10
}

RF-Parameters-v1060 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombinationExt-r10			SupportedBandCombinationExt-r10
}

RF-Parameters-v1090 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1090			SupportedBandCombination-v1090			OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v10f0 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	modifiedMPR-Behavior-r10					BIT STRING (SIZE (32))				OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1130 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1130			SupportedBandCombination-v1130			OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1180 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	freqBandRetrieval-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	requestedBands-r11						SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11						OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11			SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11		OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListEUTRA-v1250				SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombination-v1250			SupportedBandCombination-v1250			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250		OPTIONAL,
	freqBandPriorityAdjustment-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandCombination-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-r10 

SupportedBandCombinationExt-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParametersExt-r10

SupportedBandCombination-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1090

SupportedBandCombination-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1130

SupportedBandCombination-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1250

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-r11

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1250

BandCombinationParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-r10

BandCombinationParametersExt-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10	SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10	OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-v1090

BandCombinationParameters-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	multipleTimingAdvance-r11		ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	simultaneousRx-Tx-r11			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	bandParameterList-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-v1130	OPTIONAL,
	...
}

BandCombinationParameters-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
			BandParameters-r11,
	supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r11	SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10	OPTIONAL,
	multipleTimingAdvance-r11		ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	simultaneousRx-Tx-r11			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	bandInfoEUTRA-r11				BandInfoEUTRA,
	...
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1250::= SEQUENCE {
	dc-Support-r12					SEQUENCE {
		asynchronous-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		supportedCellGrouping-r12		CHOICE {
				threeEntries-r12				BIT STRING (SIZE(3)),
				fourEntries-r12					BIT STRING (SIZE(7)),
				fiveEntries-r12					BIT STRING (SIZE(15))
		}																OPTIONAL
	}																	OPTIONAL,
	supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP-r12		BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12))		OPTIONAL,
	commSupportedBandsPerBC-r12				BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBands))		OPTIONAL,
	...
}


SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10 ::=	BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthCombSet-r10))

BandParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-r10					FreqBandIndicator,
	bandParametersUL-r10			BandParametersUL-r10					OPTIONAL,
	bandParametersDL-r10			BandParametersDL-r10					OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-v1090					FreqBandIndicator-v9e0					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

BandParameters-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
	supportedCSI-Proc-r11			ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}
}

BandParameters-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-r11					FreqBandIndicator-r11,
	bandParametersUL-r11			BandParametersUL-r10					OPTIONAL,
	bandParametersDL-r11			BandParametersDL-r10					OPTIONAL,
	supportedCSI-Proc-r11			ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}					OPTIONAL
}

BandParametersUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10

CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	ca-BandwidthClassUL-r10				CA-BandwidthClass-r10,
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r10		MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10				OPTIONAL
}

BandParametersDL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r10

CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	ca-BandwidthClassDL-r10				CA-BandwidthClass-r10,
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10		MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10				OPTIONAL
}

CA-BandwidthClass-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ...}

MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers}

MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers}

SupportedBandListEUTRA ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA 

SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v9e0

SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v1250

SupportedBandEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA							FreqBandIndicator,
	halfDuplex							BOOLEAN
}

SupportedBandEUTRA-v9e0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-v9e0						FreqBandIndicator-v9e0		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandEUTRA-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dl-256QAM-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ul-64QAM-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters ::=					SEQUENCE {
	bandListEUTRA						BandListEUTRA
}

MeasParameters-v1020 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandCombinationListEUTRA-r10			BandCombinationListEUTRA-r10
}

MeasParameters-v1130 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rsrqMeasWideband-r11			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters-v11a0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	benefitsFromInterruption-r11			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {	
	timerT312-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	alternativeTimeToTrigger-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	incMonEUTRA-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	incMonUTRA-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	extendedMaxMeasId-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	csi-RS-DiscoverySignalsMeas-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

BandListEUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF BandInfoEUTRA 

BandCombinationListEUTRA-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandInfoEUTRA

BandInfoEUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	interFreqBandList					InterFreqBandList,
	interRAT-BandList					InterRAT-BandList		OPTIONAL
}

InterFreqBandList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF InterFreqBandInfo

InterFreqBandInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	interFreqNeedForGaps				BOOLEAN
}

InterRAT-BandList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF InterRAT-BandInfo

InterRAT-BandInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	interRAT-NeedForGaps				BOOLEAN
}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListUTRA-FDD			SupportedBandListUTRA-FDD
}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	e-RedirectionUTRA-r9				ENUMERATED {supported}
}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-FDD-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-TDD128-r9					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToUTRA-FDD-r9				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToGERAN-r9					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToUTRA-TDD128-r9			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToGERAN-r9				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	mfbi-UTRA-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}
}

SupportedBandListUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-FDD 

SupportedBandUTRA-FDD ::=			ENUMERATED {
										bandI, bandII, bandIII, bandIV, bandV, bandVI,
										bandVII, bandVIII, bandIX, bandX, bandXI,
										bandXII, bandXIII, bandXIV, bandXV, bandXVI, ...,
										bandXVII-8a0, bandXVIII-8a0, bandXIX-8a0, bandXX-8a0,
										bandXXI-8a0, bandXXII-8a0, bandXXIII-8a0, bandXXIV-8a0,
										bandXXV-8a0, bandXXVI-8a0, bandXXVII-8a0, bandXXVIII-8a0,
										bandXXIX-8a0, bandXXX-8a0, bandXXXI-8a0, bandXXXII-8a0}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD128 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListUTRA-TDD128		SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD128
}

SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD128 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128 

SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128 ::=		ENUMERATED {
										a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
										o, p, ...}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD384 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListUTRA-TDD384		SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD384
}

SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD384 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384 

SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384 ::=		ENUMERATED {
											a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
											o, p, ...}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD768 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListUTRA-TDD768		SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD768
}

SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD768 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768 

SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768 ::=		ENUMERATED {
										a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
										o, p, ...}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}
}

IRAT-ParametersGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListGERAN				SupportedBandListGERAN,
	interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN				BOOLEAN
}

IRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dtm-r9								ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	e-RedirectionGERAN-r9				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandListGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandGERAN 

SupportedBandGERAN ::=				ENUMERATED {
										gsm450, gsm480, gsm710, gsm750, gsm810, gsm850,
										gsm900P, gsm900E, gsm900R, gsm1800, gsm1900,
										spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-HRPD ::=	SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListHRPD				SupportedBandListHRPD,
	tx-ConfigHRPD						ENUMERATED {single, dual},
	rx-ConfigHRPD						ENUMERATED {single, dual}
}

SupportedBandListHRPD ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandclassCDMA2000

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT ::=	SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandList1XRTT				SupportedBandList1XRTT,
	tx-Config1XRTT						ENUMERATED {single, dual},
	rx-Config1XRTT						ENUMERATED {single, dual}
}

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	e-CSFB-1XRTT-r9						ENUMERATED {supported},
	e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT-r9			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}
}

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cdma2000-NW-Sharing-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandList1XRTT ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandclassCDMA2000

CSG-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	intraFreqProximityIndication-r9	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	interFreqProximityIndication-r9	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	utran-ProximityIndication-r9		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO-r9	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO-r9	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO-r9		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

SON-Parameters-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rach-Report-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	loggedMeasurementsIdle-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	standaloneGNSS-Location-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250 ::= 	SEQUENCE {
	loggedMBSFNMeasurements-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}
}

OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	otdoa-UE-Assisted-r10					ENUMERATED {supported},
	interFreqRSTD-Measurement-r10			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

Other-Parameters-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	inDeviceCoexInd-r11						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	powerPrefInd-r11						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ue-Rx-TxTimeDiffMeasurements-r11		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MBMS-Parameters-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mbms-SCell-r11							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	mbms-NonServingCell-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MBMS-Parameters-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mbms-AsyncDC-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

WLAN-IW-Parameters-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-IW-RAN-Rules-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	wlan-IW-ANDSF-Policies-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

NAICS-Capability-List-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12)) OF NAICS-Capability-Entry-r12


NAICS-Capability-Entry-r12	::=	SEQUENCE {
	numberOfNAICS-CapableCC-r12				INTEGER(1..5),
	numberOfAggregatedPRB-r12				ENUMERATED {
												n50, n75, n100, n125, n150, n175, 
												n200, n225, n250, n275, n300, n350,
												n400, n450, n500, spare},
	...
}

SL-Parameters-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	commSimultaneousTx-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	commSupportedBands-r12					FreqBandIndicatorListEUTRA-r12 	OPTIONAL,
	discSupportedBands-r12					SupportedBandInfoList-r12 	OPTIONAL,
	discScheduledResourceAlloc-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	disc-UE-SelectedResourceAlloc-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	disc-SLSS-r12							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	discSupportedProc-r12					ENUMERATED {n50, n400}		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandInfoList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandInfo-r12 

SupportedBandInfo-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	support-r12								ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL
}

FreqBandIndicatorListEUTRA-r12  ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11

-- ASN1STOP


UE-EUTRA-Capability field descriptions
FDD/ TDD diff
accessStratumRelease
Set to rel12 in this version of the specification.
-
alternativeTimeToTrigger
Indicates whether the UE supports alternativeTimeToTrigger.
No
bandCombinationListEUTRA
One entry corresponding to each supported band combination listed in the same order as in supportedBandCombination. 
-
BandCombinationParameters-v1090
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in BandCombinationParameters-r10.
-
BandCombinationParameters-v1130
The field is applicable to each supported CA bandwidth class combination (i.e. CA configuration in TS 36.101 [42, Section 5.6A.1]) indicated in the corresponding band combination. If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in BandCombinationParameters-r10.
-
bandEUTRA
EUTRA band as defined in TS 36.101 [42]. In case the UE includes bandEUTRA-v9e0 or bandEUTRA-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of bandEUTRA (i.e. without suffix) or bandEUTRA-r10 respectively to maxFBI.
-
bandListEUTRA
One entry corresponding to each supported EUTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
-
bandParametersUL, bandParametersDL
Indicates the supported parameters for the band. UE shall indicate parameters for only one CA uplink or downlink bandwidth class in a single band combination entry.
-
benefitsFromInterruption
Indicates whether the UE power consumption would benefit from being allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
CA-BandwidthClass
The CA bandwidth class supported by the UE as defined in TS 36.101 [42, Table 5.6A-1]. 
The UE explicitly includes all the supported CA bandwidth class combinations in the band combination signalling. Support for one CA bandwidth class does not implicitly indicate support for another CA bandwidth class.
-
cdma2000-NW-Sharing
Indicates whether the UE supports network sharing for CDMA2000.
-
commSimultaneousTx
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink direct communication (on different carriers) in all bands for which the UE indicated sidelink support in a band combination (using commSupportedBandsPerBC).
-
commSupportedBands
Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink direct communication, by an independent list of bands i.e. separate from the list of supported E UTRA band, as indicated in supportedBandListEUTRA.
-
commSupportedBandsPerBC
Indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous reception of EUTRA and sidelink direct communication. If the UE indicates support simultaneous transmission (using commSimultaneousTx), it also indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink direct communication. The first bit refers to the first band included in commSupportedBands, with value 1 indicating sidelink is supported.
-
crossCarrierScheduling
Yes
crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement, and PDSCH/EPDCCH RE mapping with zero power CSI-RS configured for discovery signals.
FFS
crs-InterfHandl
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference handling.
No
csi-RS-DiscoverySignalsMeas
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based discovery signals measurement. If this field is included, the UE shall also include crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.
FFS
csi-SubframeSet
Indicates whether the UE supports REL-12 DL CSI subframe set configuration, REL-12 DL CSI subframe set dependent CSI measurement/feedback, configuration of up to 2 CSI-IM resources for a CSI process with no more than 4 CSI-IM resources for all CSI processes of one frequency if the UE supports tm10, configuration of two ZP-CSI-RS for tm1 to tm9, PDSCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations, and EPDCCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations if the UE supports EPDCCH. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD. 
-
dc-Support
Including this field indicates that the UE supports synchronous DC and power control mode 1. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of single band entry indicates that the UE supports intra-band contiguous DC. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of two or more band entries, indicates that the UE supports DC for these bands and that the serving cells corresponding to a band entry shall belong to one cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG). Including field asynchronous indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC and power control mode 2. Including this field for a TDD/FDD band combination indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD DC for this band combination.
-
deviceType
UE may set the value to noBenFromBatConsumpOpt when it does not foresee to particularly benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation. Absence of this value means that the device does benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation.
-
discoverySignalsInDeactSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports the behaviour on DL signals and physical channels when SCell is deactivated and discovery signals measurement is configured as specified in TS 36.211 [17, 6.11A]. This field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation and includes crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.
FFS
discScheduledResourceAlloc
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on network scheduled resource allocation.
-
disc-UE-SelectedResourceAlloc
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on UE autonomous resource selection.
-
disc-SLSS
Indicates whether the UE supports Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and reception for sidelink direct discovery.
-
discSupportedBands
Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink direct discovery. One entry corresponding to each supported E UTRA band, listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
-
discSupportedProc
Indicates the number of processes supported by the UE for sidelink direct discovery.
-
dl-256QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in DL on the band.
-
dtm
Indicates whether the UE supports DTM in GERAN.
-
e-CSFB-1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT or not.
Yes
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports concurrent enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT and PS handover/ redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD.
Yes
e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT for dual Rx/Tx configuration. This bit can only be set to supported if tx-Config1XRTT and rx-Config1XRTT are both set to dual.
Yes
e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling operation for FDD.
-
Enhanced-4TxCodebook
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced 4Tx codebook.
No
enhancedDualLayerTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced dual layer (PDSCH transmission mode 8) for TDD or not.
-
ePDCCH
Indicates whether the UE can receive DCI on UE specific search space on Enhanced PDCCH.
Yes
e-RedirectionUTRA
Yes
e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced redirection to UTRA TDD to multiple carrier frequencies both with and without using related SIB provided by RRCConnectionRelease or not.
Yes
extendedMaxMeasId
Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement identies as defined by maxMeasId-r12.
No
extended-RLC-LI-Field
Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit RLC length indicator.
-
extendedRSRQ-LowerRange
Indicates whether the UE supports the extended RSRQ lower value range from -34dB to -19.5dB in measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
featureGroupIndicators, featureGroupIndRel9Add, featureGroupIndRel10
The definitions of the bits in the bit string are described in Annex B.1 (for featureGroupIndicators and featureGroupIndRel9Add) and in Annex C.1.(for featureGroupIndRel10)
Yes
 freqBandPriorityAdjustment
Indicates whether the UE supports the prioritization of frequency bands in multiBandInfoList over the band in freqBandIndicator as defined by freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12.
-
freqBandRetrieval
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of requestedFrequencyBands.
-
halfDuplex
If halfDuplex is set to true, only half duplex operation is supported for the band, otherwise full duplex operation is supported.
-
incMonEUTRA
Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of E-UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
incMonUTRA
Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
inDeviceCoexInd
Indicates whether the UE supports in-device coexistence indication as well as autonomous denial functionality.
Yes
interBandTDD-CA-WithDifferentConfig
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation with different UL/DL configuration combinations. The first bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration and the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a superset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration; the second bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are neither superset nor subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration. This field is included only if UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation.
-
interFreqBandList
One entry corresponding to each supported EUTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
-
interFreqNeedForGaps
Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the EUTRA band given by the entry in interFreqBandList.
-
interFreqProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for inter-frequency E-UTRAN CSG member cells.
-
interFreqRSTD-Measurement
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-frequency RSTD measurements for OTDOA positioning [54].
Yes
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring inter-frequency cell.
Yes
interRAT-BandList
One entry corresponding to each supported band of another RAT listed in the same order as in the interRAT-Parameters.
-
interRAT-NeedForGaps
Indicates need for DL measurement gaps when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the inter-RAT band given by the entry in the interRAT-BandList.
-
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-RAT PS handover to GERAN or not.
Yes
intraFreqProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for intra-frequency E-UTRAN CSG member cells.
-
intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring intra-frequency cell.
Yes
loggedMBSFNMeasurements
Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements for MBSFN. A UE indicating support for logged measurements for MBSFN shall also indicate support for logged measurements in Idle mode.
-
loggedMeasurementsIdle
Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements in Idle mode.
-
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Indicates whether the UE supports the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer as defined in TS 36.321 [6].
-
longDRX-Command
Indicates whether the UE supports Long DRX Command MAC Control Element.
-
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions
Set to the maximum number of concurrently active ROHC contexts supported by the UE, excluding context sessions that leave all headers uncompressed. cs2 corresponds with 2 (context sessions), cs4 corresponds with 4 and so on. The network ignores this field if the UE supports none of the ROHC profiles in supportedROHC-Profiles.
-
mbms-AsyncDC
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell.
TBD
mbms-SCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).
Yes
mbms-NonServingCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the mbms-SCell field.
Yes
mfbi-UTRA
It indicates if the UE supports the signalling requirements of multiple radio frequency bands in a UTRA FDD cell, as defined in TS 25.307 [65].
-
MIMO-CapabilityDL
The number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL. The field may be absent for category 0 and category 1 UE in which case the number of supported layers is 1.
-
MIMO-CapabilityUL
The number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in UL. Absence of the field means that the number of supported layers is 1.
-
modifiedMPR-Behavior
Field encoded as a bit map, where at least one bit N is set to "1" if UE supports modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour N, see TS 36.101 [42]. All remaining bits of the field are set to 0. The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 0, the next bit corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 1 and so on. 
Absence of this field means that UE does not support any modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour.
-
multiACK-CSIreporting
Indicates whether the UE supports multi-cell HARQ ACK and periodic CSI reporting and SR on PUCCH format 3.
Yes
multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC
Yes
multipleTimingAdvance
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple timing advances for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. If the band combination comprised of more than one band entry (i.e., inter-band or intra-band non-contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances on different band entries are supported. If the band combination comprised of one band entry (i.e., intra-band contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances across component carriers of the band entry are supported.
-
naics-Capability-List
Indicates that UE supports NAICS, i.e. receiving assistance information from serving cell and using it to cancel or suppress interference of neighbouring cell(s) for at least one band combination. If not present, UE does not support NAICS for any band combination. The field numberOfNAICS-CapableCC indicates the maximum number of component carriers where the NAICS processing is supported and the field numberOfAggregatedPRB indicates the maximum aggregated bandwidth across these of component carriers (expressed as a number of PRBs).
- For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 1, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100};
- For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 2, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200}; 
- For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 3, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300}; 
- For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 4, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400};
For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 5, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500}.
-
NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List
One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
No
noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling
Indicate wheter the UE supports TTI bundling operation without resource allocation restriction.
-
otdoa-UE-Assisted
Indicates whether the UE supports UE-assisted OTDOA positioning [54].
Yes
pdcp-SN-Extension
Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit length of PDCP sequence number.
-
phy-TDD-ReConfig-FDD-PCell
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a FDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL and DL HARQ reference configurations. This bit can only be set to supported only if the second bit of tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex is set to 1 and phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell is set to supported.
-
phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a TDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL and DL HARQ reference configurations, and PUCCH format 3.
-
pmi-Disabling
Yes
powerPrefInd
Indicates whether the UE supports power preference indication.
No
pusch-FeedbackMode
Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH feedback mode 3-2.
No
pusch-SRS-PowerControl-SubframeSet
Indicates whether the UE supports subframe set dependent UL power control for PUSCH and SRS. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.
-
rach-Report
Indicates whether the UE supports delivery of rachReport.
-
requestedBands
Indicates the frequency bands requested by E-UTRAN.
-
rsrqMeasWideband
Indicates whether the UE can perform RSRQ measurements with wider bandwidth.
Yes
rsrq-OnAllSymbols
Indicates whether the UE can perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols and also support the extended RSRQ upper value range from -3dB to 2.5dB in measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
Yes
simultaneousRx-Tx
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous reception and transmission on different bands for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. This field is only applicable for inter-band TDD band combinations. A UE indicating support of simultaneousRx-Tx and dc-Support-r12 shall support different UL/DL configurations between PCell and PSCell.
-
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToGERAN
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to GERAN CS.
-
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToUTRA-FDD
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to UTRA FDD CS.
-
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToGERAN
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to GERAN CS.
-
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToUTRA-TDD128
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps CS.
-
ss-CCH-InterfHandl
Indicates whether the UE supports synchronisation signal and common channel interference handling.
Yes
standaloneGNSS-Location
Indicates whether the UE is equipped with a standalone GNSS receiver that may be used to provide detailed location information in RRC measurement report and logged measurements.
-
supportedBandCombination
Includes the supported CA band combinations, if any, and may include all the supported non-CA bands.
-
supportedBandCombinationAdd
Includes additional supported CA band combinations in case maximum number of CA band combinations of supportedBandCombination is exceeded.
-
SupportedBandCombinationExt, SupportedBandCombination-v1090,  SupportedBandCombination-v1130
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandCombination-r10.
-
SupportedBandGERAN
GERAN band as defined in TS 45.005 [20].
No
SupportedBandList1XRTT
One entry corresponding to each supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band class.
-
SupportedBandListEUTRA
Includes the supported E-UTRA bands. This field shall include all bands which are indicated in BandCombinationParameters.
-
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedListEUTRA (i.e. without suffix).
-
SupportedBandListGERAN
No
SupportedBandListHRPD
One entry corresponding to each supported CDMA2000 HRPD band class.
-
SupportedBandUTRA-FDD
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.101 [17].
-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].
-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].
-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].
-
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet
The supportedBandwidthCombinationSet indicated for a band combination is applicable to all bandwidth classes indicated by the UE in this band combination.
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "1" if UE support Bandwidth Combination Set N for this band combination, see 36.101 [42]. The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 0, the next bit corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 1 and so on. The UE shall neither include the field for a non-CA band combination, nor for a CA band combination for which the UE only supports Bandwidth Combination Set 0.
-
supportedCellGrouping
This field indicates for which mapping of serving cells to cell groups (i.e. MCG or SCG) the UE supports asynchronous DC. This field is only present for a band combination with more than two band entries where the UE supports asynchronous DC. If this field is not present but asynchronous operation is supported, the UE supports all possible mappings of serving cells to cell groups for the band combination. The bitmap size is selected based on the number of entries in the combinations, i.e., in case of three entries, the bitmap corresponding to threeEntries is selected and so on.
A bit in the bit string set to 1 indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC for the cell grouping option represented by the concerned bit position. Each bit position represents a different cell grouping option, as illustrated by a table, see NOTE 5. A cell grouping option is represented by a number of bits, each representing a particular band entry in the band combination with the left-most bit referring to the band listed first in the band combination, etc. Value 0 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a first cell group, while value 1 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a second cell group.
 It is noted that the mapping table does not include entries with all bits set to the same value (0 or 1) as this does not represent a DC scenario (i.e. indicating that the UE supports that all carriers of the corresponding band entry are in one cell group).
-
supportedCSI-Proc
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes supported on a component carrier within a band. Value n1 corresponds to 1 CSI process, value n3 corresponds to 3 CSI processes, and value n4 corresponds to 4 CSI processes. If this field is included, the UE shall include the same number of entries listed in the same order as in BandParameters. If the UE supports at least 1 CSI process on any component carrier, then the UE shall include this field in all bands in all band combinations.
-
supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP
If included, the UE supports NAICS for the band combination. The UE shall include a bitmap of the same length, and in the same order, as in naics-Capability-List, to indicate 2 CRS AP NAICS capability of the band combination. The first/ leftmost bit points to the first entry of naics-Capability-List, the second bit points to the second entry of naics-Capability-List, and so on.
For band combinations with a single component carrier, UE is only allowed to indicate {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfAggregatedPRB} = {1, 100} if NAICS is supported.
-
supportRohcContextContinue
Indicates whether the UE supports ROHC context continuation operation where the UE does not reset the current ROHC context upon handover.
-
tdd-SpecialSubframe
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe defined in TS 36.211 [21].
No
tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD PCell and/or FDD PCell in any supported band combination including at least one FDD band and at least one TDD band. The first bit is set to "1" if UE supports the TDD PCell.  The second bit is set to 1 if UE supports FDD PCell. This field is included only if the UE supports band combination including at least one FDD band and at least one TDD band. If this field is included, the UE shall set at least one of the bits as 1. 
-
timerT312
Indicates whether the UE supports T312.
No
tm5-FDD
Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in FDD.
-
tm5-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in TDD.
-
tm9-With-8Tx-FDD
No
twoAntennaPortsForPUCCH
No
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect
Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection.
Yes
ue-Category
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 12 in this version of the specification.
-
ue-CategoryDL
UE DL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. For ASN.1 compatibility, a UE indicating DL category 0 shall also indicate any of the categories (1..5) in ue-Category (without suffix), which is ignored by the eNB. The field ue-CategoryDL is set to values 0, 6, 7, 9 to 16 in this version of the specification.
-
ue-CategoryUL
UE UL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. The field ue-CategoryUL-r12 is set to values 0, 3, 5, 7, 8 and 13 in this version of the specification.
-
ue-Rx-TxTimeDiffMeasurements
Indicates whether the UE supports Rx - Tx time difference measurements.
No
ue-SpecificRefSigsSupported
No
ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported
TRUE indicates that the UE is capable of supporting UE transmit antenna selection as described in TS 36.213 [23, 8.7].
Yes
ul-CoMP
Indicates whether the UE supports UL Coordinated Multi-Point operation.
No
utran-ProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for UTRAN CSG member cells.
-
ul-64QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM in UL on the band. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL is set to 5, 8 or 13.
-
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring UMTS cell.
Yes
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-FDD
Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice according to GSMA IR.58 profile in UTRA FDD.
-
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-TDD128
Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice in UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps.
-
wlan-IW-RAN-Rules
Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules.
-
wlan-IW-ANDSF-Policies
Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies.
-

NOTE 1:	The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability does not include AS security capability information, since these are the same as the security capabilities that are signalled by NAS. Consequently AS need not provide "man-in-the-middle" protection for the security capabilities.
NOTE 2:	The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal, as part of the additional capabilities for an XDD mode i.e. within UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-xNM, a different value compared to the value signalled elsewhere within UE-EUTRA-Capability (i.e. the common value, supported for both XDD modes). A '-' is used to indicate that it is not possible to signal different values (used for fields for which the field description is provided for other reasons). Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a capability for which it indicates support within the capability signalling.
NOTE 3:	All the combinations of CA-MIMO-ParametersUL and CA-MIMO-ParametersDL for one band and across all the bands in each BandCombinationParameters are supported by the UE and have the same measurement gap requirement (i.e. the same BandInfoEUTRA applies). The BandCombinationParameters for the same band combination can be included more than once.
NOTE 4:	UE CA and measurement capabilities indicate the combinations of frequencies that can be configured as serving frequencies.
NOTE 5:	The grouping of the cells to the first and second cell group, as indicated by supportedCellGrouping, is shown in the table below.
Nr of Band Entries:
5
4
3
Length of Bit-String:
15
7
3
Bit String Position
Cell grouping option (0= first cell group, 1= second cell group)
1
00001
0001
001
2
00010
0010
010
3
00011
0011
011
4
00100
0100

5
00101
0101

6
00110
0110

7
00111
0111

8
01000


9
01001


10
01010


11
01011


12
01100


13
01101


14
01110


15
01111




	UE-RadioPagingInfo
The UE-RadioPagingInfo IE contains information needed for paging of category 0 UE.
UE-RadioPagingInfo information element
-- ASN1START

UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-v1250					INTEGER (0)			OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

	UE-TimersAndConstants
The IE UE-TimersAndConstants contains timers and constants used by the UE in either RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_IDLE.
UE-TimersAndConstants information element
-- ASN1START

UE-TimersAndConstants ::=			SEQUENCE {
	t300								ENUMERATED {
											ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
											ms2000},
	t301								ENUMERATED {
											ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
											ms2000},
	t310								ENUMERATED {
											ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
	n310								ENUMERATED {
											n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
	t311								ENUMERATED {
											ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
											ms20000, ms30000},
	n311								ENUMERATED {
											n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

UE-TimersAndConstants field descriptions
n3xy
Constants are described in section 7.4. n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in section 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on.

	VisitedCellInfoList
The IE VisitedCellInfoList includes the mobility history information of maximum of 16 most recently visited cells or time spent outside E-UTRA. The most recently visited cell is stored first in the list. The list includes cells visited in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED states.
VisitedCellInfoList information element
-- ASN1START

VisitedCellInfoList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellHistory-r12)) OF VisitedCellInfo-r12

VisitedCellInfo-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	visitedCellId-r12					CHOICE {
		cellGlobalId-r12						CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
		pci-arfcn-r12							SEQUENCE {
			physCellId-r12							PhysCellId,
			carrierFreq-r12							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,
	timeSpent-r12						INTEGER (0..4095),
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

VisitedCellInfoList field descriptions
timeSpent
This field indicates the duration of stay in the cell or outside E-UTRA approximated to the closest second. If the duration of stay exceeds 4095s, the UE shall set it to 4095s. 

	WLAN-OffloadConfig
The IE WLAN-OffloadConfig includes information for traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. The fields are applicable to both RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules and RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies unless stated otherwise in the field description.
WLAN-OffloadConfig information element
-- ASN1START

WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12 ::= 				SEQUENCE {
	thresholdRSRP-r12						SEQUENCE {
		thresholdRSRP-Low-r12					RSRP-Range,
		thresholdRSRP-High-r12					RSRP-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	thresholdRSRQ-r12						SEQUENCE {
		thresholdRSRQ-Low-r12					RSRQ-Range,
		thresholdRSRQ-High-r12					RSRQ-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-r12	SEQUENCE {
		thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low-r12			RSRQ-Range,
		thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High-r12			RSRQ-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL,  -- Need OP
	thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12			SEQUENCE {
			thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow-r12					RSRQ-Range,
			thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh-r12					RSRQ-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
	thresholdRSRQ-WB-r12					SEQUENCE {
		thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low-r12							RSRQ-Range,
		thresholdRSRQ-WB-High-r12							RSRQ-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OP

	thresholdChannelUtilization-r12			SEQUENCE {
		thresholdChannelUtilizationLow-r12		INTEGER (0..255),
		thresholdChannelUtilizationHigh-r12		INTEGER (0..255)
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	thresholdBackhaul-Bandwidth-r12			SEQUENCE {
		thresholdBackhaulDL-BandwidthLow-r12	WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
		thresholdBackhaulDL-BandwidthHigh-r12	WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
		thresholdBackhaulUL-BandwidthLow-r12	WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
	 	thresholdBackhaulUL-BandwidthHigh-r12	WLAN-backhaulRate-r12
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	thresholdBeaconRSSI-r12						SEQUENCE {
		thresholdBeaconRSSI-Low-r12					INTEGER (0..255),
		thresholdBeaconRSSI-High-r12					INTEGER (0..255)
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	offloadPreferenceIndicator-r12			BIT STRING (SIZE (16))		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	t-SteeringWLAN-r12						T-Reselection				OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	...
}

WLAN-backhaulRate-r12 ::=					ENUMERATED
										 {r0, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256, r512,
										 r1024, r2048, r4096, r8192, r16384, r32768, r65536, r131072,
										 r262144, r524288, r1048576, r2097152, r4194304, r8388608,
										 r16777216, r33554432, r67108864, r134217728, r268435456,
										 r536870912, r1073741824, r2147483648, r4294967296}

-- ASN1STOP

WLAN-OffloadConfig field descriptions
offloadPreferenceIndicator
Indicates the offload preference indicator. Parameter: OPI in TS 24.312 [66]. Only applicable to RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies.
thresholdBackhaulDLBandwidth-High
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshBackhRateDLWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulDLBandwidth-Low
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshBackhRateDLWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulULBandwidth-High
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshBackhRateULWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulULBandwidth-Low
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshBackhRateULWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBeaconRSSI-High
Indicates the Beacon RSSI threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshBeaconRSSIWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdBeaconRSSI-Low
Indicates the Beacon RSSI threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshBeaconRSSIWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdChannelUtilization-High
Indicates the WLAN channel utilization (BSS load) threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshChUtilWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdChannelUtilization-Low
Indicates the WLAN channel utilization (BSS load) threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshChUtilWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRP-High
Indicates the RSRP threshold (in dBm) used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, HighP in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRP-Low
Indicates the RSRP threshold (in dBm) used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, LowP  in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRQ-High,thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh, thresholdRSRQ-WB-High, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High
Indicates the RSRQ threshold (in dB) used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, HighQ in TS 36.304 [4]. The UE shall only apply one of threshold values of thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh,  thresholdRSRQ-WB-High  and thresholdRSRQ-High as present in wlan-OffloadConfigCommon and forward this to upper layer. NOTE 1.
thresholdRSRQ-Low,thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow, thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low
Indicates the RSRQ threshold (in dB) used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, LowQ in TS 36.304 [4].
The UE shall only apply one of threshold values of thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow,  thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low and thresholdRSRQ-Low as present in wlan-OffloadConfigCommon and forward this to upper layer. NOTE 1.
t-SteeringWLAN
Indicates the timer value during which the rules should be fulfilled before starting traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. Parameter: TsteeringWLAN  in TS 36.304 [4]. Only applicable to RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules.

NOTE 1:	Within SIB17, E-UTRAN includes the fields corresponding to same RSRQ types as included in SIB1. E.g. if E-UTRAN includes q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols in SIB1 it also includes thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbols in SIB17. Within the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message E-UTRAN only includes thresholdRSRQ, setting the value according to the RSRQ type used for E-UTRAN. The UE shall apply the RSRQ fields (RSRQ threshold, high and low) corresponding to one RSRQ type i.e. the same as it applies for E-UTRAN.


6.3.7	MBMS information elements

	MBMS-NotificationConfig
The IE MBMS-NotificationConfig specifies the MBMS notification related configuration parameters, that are applicable for all MBSFN areas.
MBMS-NotificationConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MBMS-NotificationConfig-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	notificationRepetitionCoeff-r9		ENUMERATED {n2, n4},
	notificationOffset-r9				INTEGER (0..10),
	notificationSF-Index-r9				INTEGER (1..6)
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBMS-NotificationConfig field descriptions
notificationOffset
Indicates, together with the notificationRepetitionCoeff, the radio frames in which the MCCH information change notification is scheduled i.e. the MCCH information change notification is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod notification repetition period = notificationOffset.
notificationRepetitionCoeff
Actual change notification repetition period common for all MCCHs that are configured= shortest modification period/ notificationRepetitionCoeff. The shortest modificaton period corresponds with the lowest value of mcch-ModificationPeriod of all MCCHs that are configured. Value n2 corresponds to coefficient 2, and so on.
notificationSF-Index
Indicates the subframe used to transmit MCCH change notifications on PDCCH.
FDD: Value 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 correspond with subframe #1, #2, #3 #6, #7, and #8 respectively.
TDD: Value 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 correspond with subframe #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 respectively.

	MBSFN-AreaId
The IE MBSFN-AreaId identifies an MBSFN area by means of a locally unique value at lower layers i.e. it concerns parameter NIDMBSFN in TS 36.211 [21, 6.10.2.1].
MBSFN-AreaId information element
-- ASN1START

MBSFN-AreaId-r12 ::=					INTEGER (0..255)

-- ASN1STOP

	MBSFN-AreaInfoList
The IE MBSFN-AreaInfoList contains the information required to acquire the MBMS control information associated with one or more MBSFN areas.
MBSFN-AreaInfoList information element
-- ASN1START

MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MBSFN-AreaInfo-r9

MBSFN-AreaInfo-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-AreaId-r9						MBSFN-AreaId-r12,
	non-MBSFNregionLength				ENUMERATED {s1, s2},
	notificationIndicator-r9				INTEGER (0..7),
	mcch-Config-r9						SEQUENCE {
		mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r9			ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
		mcch-Offset-r9						INTEGER (0..10),
		mcch-ModificationPeriod-r9			ENUMERATED {rf512, rf1024},
		sf-AllocInfo-r9						BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
		signallingMCS-r9					ENUMERATED {n2, n7, n13, n19}
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBSFN-AreaInfoList field descriptions
mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which SFN mod mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The contents of different transmissions of MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them.
mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the radio frames in which MCCH is scheduled i.e. MCCH is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod mcch-RepetitionPeriod = mcch-Offset.
mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of MCCH information, in radio frames, Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
non-MBSFNregionLength
Indicates how many symbols from the beginning of the subframe constitute the non-MBSFN region. This value applies in all subframes of the MBSFN area used for PMCH transmissions as indicated in the MSI. The values s1 and s2 correspond with 1 and 2 symbols, respectively: see TS 36.211 [21, Table 6.7-1].
notificationIndicator
Indicates which PDCCH bit is used to notify the UE about change of the MCCH applicable for this MBSFN area. Value 0 corresponds with the least significant bit as defined in TS 36.212 [22, Section 5.3.3.1] and so on.
sf-AllocInfo
Indicates the subframes of the radio frames indicated by the mcch-RepetitionPeriod and the mcch-Offset, that may carry MCCH. Value 1 indicates that the corresponding subframe is allocated. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/ leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #1 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #2, the third bit for #3 , the fourth bit for #6, the fifth bit for #7 and the sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8, fifth bit for #9. Uplink subframes are not allocated. The last bit is not used.
signallingMCS
Indicates the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) applicable for the subframes indicated by the field sf-AllocInfo and for each (P)MCH that is configured for this MBSFN area, for the first subframe allocated to the (P)MCH within each MCH scheduling period (which may contain the MCH scheduling information provided by MAC). Value n2 corresponds with the value 2 for parameter in TS 36.213 [23, Table 7.1.7.1-1], and so on.

	MBSFN-SubframeConfig
The IE MBSFN-SubframeConfig defines subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink.
MBSFN-SubframeConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MBSFN-SubframeConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioframeAllocationPeriod			ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32},
	radioframeAllocationOffset			INTEGER (0..7),
	subframeAllocation					CHOICE {
		oneFrame							BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
		fourFrames							BIT STRING (SIZE(24))
	}
}
-- ASN1STOP

MBSFN-SubframeConfig field descriptions
fourFrames
A bit-map indicating MBSFN subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, 1 denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
FDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3 , #6, #7, and #8 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
TDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. The last four bits are not used. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only if  eimta-MainConfig is configured.
oneFrame
1 denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #1, the second bit for #2, third bit for #3 , fourth bit for #6, fifth bit for #7, sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8, fifth bit for #9. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only if eimta-MainConfig is configured. The last bit is not used.
radioFrameAllocationPeriod, radioFrameAllocationOffset
Radio-frames that contain MBSFN subframes occur when equation SFN mod radioFrameAllocationPeriod = radioFrameAllocationOffset is satisfied. Value n1 for radioframeAllocationPeriod denotes value 1, n2 denotes value 2, and so on. When fourFrames is used for subframeAllocation, the equation defines the first radio frame referred to in the description below. Values n1 and n2 are not applicable when fourFrames is used.
subframeAllocation
Defines the subframes that are allocated for MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.

	PMCH-InfoList
The IE PMCH-InfoList specifies configuration of all PMCHs of an MBSFN area, while IE PMCH-InfoListExt includes additional PMCHs, i.e. extends the PMCH list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. The information provided for an individual PMCH includes the configuration parameters of the sessions that are carried by the concerned PMCH. For all PMCH that E-UTRAN includes in PMCH-InfoList, the list of ongoing sessions has at least one entry.
PMCH-InfoList information element
-- ASN1START

PMCH-InfoList-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF PMCH-Info-r9

PMCH-InfoListExt-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF PMCH-InfoExt-r12

PMCH-Info-r9 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	pmch-Config-r9						PMCH-Config-r9,
	mbms-SessionInfoList-r9			MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9,
	...
}

PMCH-InfoExt-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	pmch-Config-r12						PMCH-Config-r12,
	mbms-SessionInfoList-r12			MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9,
	...
}

MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSessionPerPMCH)) OF MBMS-SessionInfo-r9

MBMS-SessionInfo-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	tmgi-r9								TMGI-r9,
	sessionId-r9						OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) 		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	logicalChannelIdentity-r9			INTEGER (0..maxSessionPerPMCH-1),
	...
}

PMCH-Config-r9 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	sf-AllocEnd-r9						INTEGER (0..1535),
	dataMCS-r9							INTEGER (0..28),
	mch-SchedulingPeriod-r9			ENUMERATED {
										rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024},
	...
}

PMCH-Config-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	sf-AllocEnd-r12						INTEGER (0..1535),
	dataMCS-r12							CHOICE {
		normal-r12							INTEGER (0..28),
		higerOrder-r12						INTEGER (0..27)
	},
	mch-SchedulingPeriod-r12		ENUMERATED {
										rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024},
	...
}

TMGI-r9 ::=						SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Id-r9							CHOICE {
		plmn-Index-r9						INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
		explicitValue-r9					PLMN-Identity
	},
	serviceId-r9						OCTET STRING (SIZE (3))
}


-- ASN1STOP

PMCH-InfoList field descriptions
dataMCS
Indicates the value for parameter in TS 36.213 [23], which defines the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) applicable for the subframes of this (P)MCH as indicated by the field commonSF-Alloc. Value normal corresponds to Table 7.1.7.1-1 and value higherOrder corresponds to Table 7.1.7.1-1A. The MCS does however neither apply to the subframes that may carry MCCH i.e. the subframes indicated by the field sf-AllocInfo within SystemInformationBlockType13 nor for the first subframe allocated to this (P)MCH within each MCH scheduling period (which may contain the MCH scheduling information provided by MAC). 
mch-SchedulingPeriod
Indicates the MCH scheduling period i.e. the periodicity used for providing MCH scheduling information at lower layers (MAC) applicable for an MCH. Value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames, rf16 corresponds to 16 radio frames and so on. The mch-SchedulingPeriod starts in the radio frames for which: SFN mod mch-SchedulingPeriod = 0. E-UTRAN configures mch-SchedulingPeriod of the (P)MCH listed first in PMCH-InfoList to be smaller than or equal to mcch-RepetitionPeriod.
plmn-Index
Index of the entry in field plmn-IdentityList within SystemInformationBlockType1.
sessionId
Indicates the optional MBMS Session Identity, which together with TMGI identifies a transmission or a possible retransmission of a specific MBMS session: see TS 29.061 [51, Sections 20.5, 17.7.11, 17.7.15]. The field is included whenever upper layers have assigned a session identity i.e. one is available for the MBMS session in E-UTRAN.
serviceId
Uniquely identifies the identity of an MBMS service within a PLMN. The field contains octet 3- 5 of the IE Temporary Mobile Group Identity (TMGI) as defined in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet contains the third octet of the TMGI, the second octet contains the fourth octet of the TMGI and so on.
sf-AllocEnd
Indicates the last subframe allocated to this (P)MCH within a period identified by field commonSF-AllocPeriod. The subframes allocated to (P)MCH corresponding with the nth entry in pmch-InfoList are the subsequent subframes starting from either the next subframe after the subframe identified by sf-AllocEnd of the (n-1)th listed (P)MCH or, for n=1, the first subframe defined by field commonSF-Alloc, through the subframe identified by sf-AllocEnd of the nth listed (P)MCH. Value 0 corresponds with the first subframe defined by field commonSF-Alloc. 

6.3.8	Sidelink information elements
	SL-CommConfig
The IE SL-CommConfig specifies the dedicated configuration information for sidelink direct communication. In particular it concerns the transmission resource configuration for direct communication on the primary frequency.
SL-CommConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CommConfig-r12 ::= 				SEQUENCE	{
	commTxResources-r12					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								CHOICE {
			scheduled-r12					SEQUENCE {
				sl-RNTI-r12						C-RNTI,
				mac-MainConfig-r12				MAC-MainConfigSL-r12,
				sc-CommTxConfig-r12				SL-CommResourcePool-r12,
				mcs-r12							INTEGER (0..28) 				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
			},
			ue-Selected-r12					SEQUENCE {
				-- Pool for normal usage
				commTxPoolNormalDedicated-r12	SEQUENCE {
					poolToReleaseList-r12			SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
					poolToAddModList-r12			SL-CommTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
				}
			}
		}
	} 																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

SL-CommTxPoolToAddModList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommTxPoolToAddMod-r12

SL-CommTxPoolToAddMod-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	poolIdentity-r12					SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12,
	pool-r12							SL-CommResourcePool-r12
}

MAC-MainConfigSL-r12 ::= 		SEQUENCE	{
	periodic-BSR-TimerSL					PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
	retx-BSR-TimerSL						RetxBSR-Timer-r12
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-CommConfig field descriptions
commTxPoolNormalDedicated
Indicates a pool of transmission resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_CONNECTED.
mcs
Indicates the Modulation and Coding Scheme as defined in TS 36.212 [23, 14.2.1]. If not configured, the selection of Modulation and Coding Scheme is up to UE implementation.
sc-CommTxConfig
Indicates a pool of resources for SC when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. when indices included in DCI format 5 indicate the actual data resources to be used as specified in TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.9]).
scheduled
Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific BSR from the UE.
ue-Selected
Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured by E-UTRAN.

	SL-CommResourcePool
The IE SL-CommResourcePool specifies the configuration information for an individual pool of resources for sidelink direct communication. The IE covers the configuration of both the sidelink control information and the data.
SL-CommResourcePool information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CommTxPoolList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12

SL-CommRxPoolList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-RxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12

SL-CommResourcePool-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sc-CP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	sc-Period-r12						SL-PeriodComm-r12,
	sc-TF-ResourceConfig-r12			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	data-CP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	dataHoppingConfig-r12				SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
	ue-SelectedResourceConfig-r12			SEQUENCE {
		data-TF-ResourceConfig-r12				SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
		trpt-Subset-r12						SL-TRPT-Subset-r12 	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}																OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	rxParametersNCell-r12				SEQUENCE {
		tdd-Config-r12					TDD-Config					OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OP
		syncConfigIndex-r12			INTEGER (0..15)
	} 																OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	txParameters-r12					SEQUENCE {
		sc-TxParameters-r12				SL-TxParameters-r12,
		dataTxParameters-r12			SL-TxParameters-r12
	} 																OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond Tx
	...
}

SL-TRPT-Subset-r12 ::=			BIT STRING (SIZE (3..5))

-- ASN1STOP

SL-CommResourcePool field descriptions
sc-Period
Indicates the period over which resources allocated in a cell for SC, scheduled and UE selected data transmissions occur, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of subframes. Value sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, sf80 corresponds to 80 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN configures values sf40, sf80, sf160 and sf320 for FDD and for TDD config 1 to 5, values sf70, sf140 and sf280 for TDD config 0, and finally values sf60, sf120 and sf240 for TDD config 6.
syncConfigIndex
Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of commSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType18.
tdd-Config
TDD configuration associated with the reception pool of the cell indicated by syncConfigIndex. Absence of the field indicates the same duplex mode as the cell providing this field and the same UL/DL configuration as indicated by subframeAssignment in SystemInformationBlockType1 in case of TDD. 
trpt-Subset
Indicates the subset of T-RPT available (see TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.1.1.1]). Consists of a bitmap which is used to indicate the set of available k values to be used for sidelink direct communication (see TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.1.3]). If T-RPT subset configuration is not signaled/ preconfigured then UE assumes the whole T-RPT set is available.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Tx
The field is mandatory present when included in commTxPoolNormalDedicated, commTxPoolNormalCommon or commTxPoolExceptional. Otherwise the field is not present.

	SL-CP-Len
The IE SL-CP-Len indicates the cyclic prefix length, see TS 36.211 [21].
SL-CP-Len information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CP-Len-r12 ::=				ENUMERATED {normal, extended}

-- ASN1STOP

	SL-DiscConfig
The IE SL-DiscConfig specifies the dedicated configuration information for sidelink direct discovery.
SL-DiscConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-DiscConfig-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	discTxResources-r12						CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								CHOICE {
			scheduled-r12					SEQUENCE {
				discTxConfig-r12					SL-DiscResourcePool-r12	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				discTF-IndexList-r12				SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12 	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				discHoppingConfig-r12				SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12
														OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
			},
			ue-Selected-r12					SEQUENCE {
				discTxPoolDedicated-r12			SEQUENCE {
					poolToReleaseList-r12			SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
					poolToAddModList-r12			SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
				} 													OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
			}
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	discTF-IndexList-v1260				CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				discTF-IndexList-r12b				SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b
			}
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscTxPoolToAddMod-r12

SL-DiscTxPoolToAddMod-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	poolIdentity-r12					SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12,
	pool-r12							SL-DiscResourcePool-r12
}

SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12)) OF SL-TF-IndexPair-r12

SL-TF-IndexPair-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	discSF-Index-r12					INTEGER (1.. 200)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	discPRB-Index-r12					INTEGER (1.. 50)		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12)) OF SL-TF-IndexPair-r12b

SL-TF-IndexPair-r12b ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	discSF-Index-r12b					INTEGER (0..209)		OPTIONAL,	 -- Need ON
	discPRB-Index-r12b					INTEGER (0..49)			OPTIONAL	 -- Need ON
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-DiscConfig field descriptions
discTF-IndexList
E-UTRAN only configures discTF-IndexList-r12b when configuring the UE with scheduled SL discovery Tx resources. When receiving discTF-IndexList-r12b, the UE shall only consider this field (and hence ignore discTF-IndexList-r12, if included or previously configured).
discTxResources
Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
discTxConfig
Indicates the resources configuration used when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. the fields discSF-Index and discPRB-Index indicate the actual resources to be used).
SL-TF-IndexPair
A pair of indices, one for the time domain and one for the frequency domain, indicating resources within the pool covered by discTxConfig, see TS 36.211 [21, 9.5.6]. The upper limits of discSF-Index and discPRB-Index are defined in TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1].

	SL-DiscResourcePool
The IE SL-DiscResourcePool specifies the configuration information for an individual pool of resources for sidelink direct discovery.
SL-DiscResourcePool information element
-- ASN1START

SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscResourcePool-r12

SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-RxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscResourcePool-r12

SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	cp-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	discPeriod-r12				ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128,
											rf256, rf512, rf1024, spare2, spare},
	numRetx-r12					INTEGER (0..3),
	numRepetition-r12				INTEGER (1..50),
	tf-ResourceConfig-r12			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	txParameters-r12				SEQUENCE {
		txParametersGeneral-r12		SL-TxParameters-r12,
		ue-SelectedResourceConfig-r12	SEQUENCE {
			poolSelection-r12				CHOICE {
				rsrpBased-r12					SL-PoolSelectionConfig-r12,
				random-r12						NULL
			},
			txProbability-r12			ENUMERATED {p25, p50, p75, p100}
		}															OPTIONAL 	-- Need OR
	}																OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond Tx
	rxParameters-r12				SEQUENCE {
		tdd-Config-r12					TDD-Config					OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
		syncConfigIndex-r12			INTEGER (0..15)
	}																OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	...
}

SL-PoolSelectionConfig-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	threshLow-r12							RSRP-RangeSL2-r12,
	threshHigh-r12							RSRP-RangeSL2-r12
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-DiscResourcePool field descriptions
numRepetition
Indicates the number of times subframeBitmap occurs within a discPeriod. The highest value E-UTRAN may use depends on the configuration i.e. value 5 for FDD and TDD configuration 0, value 13 for TDD configuration 1, value 25 for TDD configuration 2, value 17 for TDD configuration 3, value 25 for TDD configuration 4, value 50 for TDD configuration 5 and value 7 for TDD configuration 6. E-UTRAN configures numRepetition and subframeBitmap such that the length of subframeBitmap times the numRepetition is less than or equal to discPeriod.
poolSelection
Indicates the mechanism for selecting a (transmission) pool when multiple candidates are provided. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all candidate pools i.e. all pools included in discTxPoolCommon or all pools configured by discTxPoolDedicated.
syncConfigIndex
Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of discSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType19.
threshLow, threshHigh
Specifies the thresholds used to select a resource pool in RSRP based pool selection. The E-UTRAN should configure threshLow and threshHigh such that the UE selects only one resource pool upon RSRP based pool selection. 
txProbability
Indicates the probability of transmitting announcement in a discovery period when configured with a pool of resources, see TS 36.321 [6].

Conditional presence
Explanation
Tx
The field is mandatory present when included in discTxPoolDedicated or discTxPoolCommon. Otherwise the field is not present.

	SL-DiscTxPowerInfo
The IE SL-DiscTxPowerInfo specifies power control parameters for one or more power classes.
SL-DiscTxPowerInfo information element
-- ASN1START

SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12 ::= 	SEQUENCE (SIZE (maxSL-DiscPowerClass-r12)) OF SL-DiscTxPowerInfo-r12

SL-DiscTxPowerInfo-r12 ::= 				SEQUENCE	{
	discMaxTxPower-r12							P-Max,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-DiscTxPowerInfo field descriptions
discMaxTxPower
Indicates the P-Max parameter used to calculate the maximum transmit power a UE configured with the concerned range class, see TS 24.333 [70, 4.2.11]. The first entry in SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList corresponds to UE range class short, the second entry corresponds to medium and the third entry corresponds to long.

	SL-HoppingConfig
The IE SL-HoppingConfig indicates the hopping configuration used for sidelink.
SL-HoppingConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	hoppingParameter-r12				INTEGER (0..504),
	numSubbands-r12						ENUMERATED {ns1, ns2, ns4},
	rb-Offset-r12						INTEGER (0..110)
}

SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE	{
	a-r12									INTEGER (1..200),
	b-r12									INTEGER (1..10),
	c-r12									ENUMERATED {n1, n5}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-HoppingConfig field descriptions
a
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1].
b
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23, 14.3.1]. 
c
Parameter:  see TS36.213 [23, 14.3.1]
hoppingParameter
Affects the hopping performed as specificed in TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.1.2 and 14.1.1.4]. In case value 504 is received, the value used by the UE is 510.
numSubbands
Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21, 9.3.6].
rb-Offset
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21, 9.3.6].

	SL-OffsetIndicator
The IE SL-OffsetIndicator indicates the offset of the pool of resources relative to SFN 0 of the cell from which it was obtained or, when out of coverage, relative to DFN 0.
SL-OffsetIndicator information element
-- ASN1START

SL-OffsetIndicator-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	small-r12								INTEGER (0..319),
	large-r12								INTEGER (0..10239)
}

SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12 ::=			INTEGER (0..39)

-- ASN1STOP

SL-OffsetIndicator field descriptions
SL-OffsetIndicator
In sc-TF-ResourceConfig, it indicates the offset of the first period of pool of resources within a SFN cycle. For data-TF-ResourceConfig, it corresponds to the offsetIndicator as defined in TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.3].
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync
Synchronisation resources are present in those SFN and subframes which satisfy the relation: (SFN*10+ Subframe Number) mod 40 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync.

	SL-PeriodComm
The IE SL-PeriodComm indicates the period over which resources allocated in a cell for sidelink direct communication.
SL-PeriodComm information element
-- ASN1START

SL-PeriodComm-r12 ::=					ENUMERATED {sf40, sf60, sf70, sf80, sf120, sf140,
												 sf160, sf240, sf280, sf320, spare6, spare5,
												 spare4, spare3, spare2, spare}

-- ASN1STOP

	SLSSID
The IE SLSSID identifies a cell and is used by the receiving UE to detect asynchronous neighbouring cells, and by transmitting UEs to extend the synchronisation signals beyond the cells coverage area.
SLSSID information element
-- ASN1START

SLSSID-r12 ::=					INTEGER (0..167)

-- ASN1STOP

	SL-SyncConfig
The IE SL-SyncConfig specifies the configuration information concerning reception of synchronisation signals from neighbouring cells as well as concerning the transmission of synchronisation signals for sidelink direct communication and sidelink direct discovery.
SL-SyncConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-SyncConfigList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-SyncConfig-r12)) OF SL-SyncConfig-r12

SL-SyncConfig-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	syncCP-Len-r12							SL-CP-Len-r12,
	syncOffsetIndicator-r12				SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
	slssid-r12								SLSSID-r12,
	txParameters-r12							SEQUENCE {
		syncTxParameters-r12					SL-TxParameters-r12,
		syncTxThreshIC-r12						RSRP-RangeSL-r12,
		syncInfoReserved-r12						BIT STRING (SIZE (19)) 	OPTIONAL 	-- Need OR
	}																	OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	rxParamsNCell-r12						SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r12							PhysCellId,
		discSyncWindow-r12				ENUMERATED {w1, w2}
	}																	OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP


SL-SyncConfig field descriptions
discSyncWindow
Indicates the synchronization window over which the UE expects that SLSS or discovery resources indicated by the  pool configuration (see TS 36.213 [23, 14.4]). The value w1 denotes 5 milliseconds. The value w2 denotes the length corresponding to normal cyclic prefix divided by 2.
syncInfoReserved
Reserved for future use.
syncOffsetIndicator
E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 in preconfigSync within SL-Preconfiguration, if configured.
syncTxThreshIC
Indicates the threshold used while in coverage. In case the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for transmission of sidelink direct communication/ discovery announcements, is below the level indicated by this field, the UE may transmit SLSS (i.e. become synchronisation reference) when performing the corresponding sidelink direct transmission..
txParameters
Includes parameters relevant only for transmission. E-UTRAN includes the field in one entry per list, as included in commSyncConfig or discSyncConfig.

	SL-TF-ResourceConfig
The IE SL-TF-ResourceConfig specifies a set of time/ frequency resources used for sidelink.
SL-TF-ResourceConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	prb-Num-r12							INTEGER (1..100),
	prb-Start-r12 				 		INTEGER (0..99),
	prb-End-r12				 			INTEGER (0..99),
	offsetIndicator-r12					SL-OffsetIndicator-r12,
	subframeBitmap-r12 					SubframeBitmapSL-r12
}

SubframeBitmapSL-r12 ::=		CHOICE {
	bs4-r12									BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
	bs8-r12									BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
	bs12-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (12)),
	bs16-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	bs30-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (30)),
	bs40-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
	bs42-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (42))
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-TF-ResourceConfig field descriptions
prb-Start, prb-End, prb-Num
Sidelink transmissions on a sub-frame can occur on PRB with index greater than or equal to prb-Start and less than prb-Start + prb-Num, and on PRB with index greater than prb-End - prb-Num and less than or equal to prb-End. Even for neighbouring cells, prb-Start and prb-End , are relative to PRB #0 of the cell from which it was obtained. See TS36.213 [23, 14.1.3, 14.2.3, 14.3.3].
subframeBitmap
Indicates the subframe bitmap indicating resources used for sidelink. E-UTRAN configures value bs40 for FDD and the following values for TDD: value bs42 for configuration0, value bs16 for configuration1, value bs8 for configuration2, value bs12 for configuration3, value bs8 for configuration4, value bs4 for configuration5 and value bs30 for configuration6.

	SL-TxParameters
The IE SL-TxParameters identifies a set of parameters configured for sidelink transmission, used for communication, discovery and synchronisation.
SL-TxParameters information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TxParameters-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	alpha-r12								Alpha-r12,
	p0-r12									P0-SL-r12
}

P0-SL-r12 ::=							INTEGER (-126..31)

-- ASN1STOP

SL-TxParameters field descriptions
alpha
Parameter(s):  ,,,,, See TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.1, 14.4] where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for sidelink power control.
p0
Parameter:  ,,,,, see TS 36.213 [23, 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.1, 14.4], unit dBm.

	SL-TxPoolIdentity
The IE SL-TxPoolIdentity identifies an individual pool entry configured for sidelink transmission, used for communication and discovery.
SL-TxPoolIdentity information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12 ::=			INTEGER (1.. maxSL-TxPool-r12)

-- ASN1STOP

	SL-TxPoolToReleaseList
The IE SL-TxPoolToReleaseList is used to release one or more individual pool entries used for sidelink transmission, for communication and discovery.
SL-TxPoolToReleaseList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12

-- ASN1STOP

6.4	RRC multiplicity and type constraint values
	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions
-- ASN1START

maxBandComb-r10				INTEGER ::=	128	-- Maximum number of band combinations.
maxBandComb-r11				INTEGER ::=	256	-- Maximum number of additional band combinations.
maxBands					INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of bands listed in EUTRA UE caps
maxBandwidthClass-r10		INTEGER ::=	16	-- Maximum number of supported CA BW classes per band
maxBandwidthCombSet-r10		INTEGER ::=	32	-- Maximum number of bandwidth combination sets per
											-- supported band combination
maxCDMA-BandClass			INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum value of the CDMA band classes
maxCellBlack				INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of blacklisted physical cell identity
											-- ranges listed in SIB type 4 and 5
maxCellHistory-r12			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of visited EUTRA cells reported
maxCellInfoGERAN-r9 		INTEGER ::=	32	-- Maximum number of GERAN cells for which system in-
											-- formation can be provided as redirection assistance
maxCellInfoUTRA-r9			INTEGER ::=	16	-- Maximum number of UTRA cells for which system
											-- information can be provided as redirection
											-- assistance
maxCSI-IM-r11				INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
											-- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-IM-r12				INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
											-- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-Proc-r11				INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of CSI processes (per carrier
											--  frequency)
maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11			INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
											--  configurations using non-zero Tx power
											--  (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
											--  configurations using zero Tx power(per carrier
											--  frequency)
maxCQI-ProcExt-r11			INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of additional periodic CQI
											-- configurations (per carrier frequency)
maxFreqUTRA-TDD-r10			INTEGER ::=	6	-- Maximum number of UTRA TDD carrier frequencies for
											-- which system information can be provided as
											-- redirection assistance
maxCellInter				INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-frequency
											-- cells listed in SIB type 5
maxCellIntra				INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of neighbouring intra-frequency
											-- cells listed in SIB type 4
maxCellListGERAN			INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of lists of GERAN cells
maxCellMeas					INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of entries in each of the
											-- cell lists in a measurement object
maxCellReport				INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of reported cells/CSI-RS resources
maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12			INTEGER ::= 96	-- Maximum number of entries in the CSI-RS list
											-- in a measurement object
maxDRB						INTEGER ::= 11	-- Maximum number of Data Radio Bearers
maxDS-Duration-r12			INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of subframes in a discovery signals
											-- occasion
maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12		INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of zero transmission power CSI-RS for
											-- a serving cell concerning discovery signals
maxEARFCN					INTEGER ::= 65535	-- Maximum value of EUTRA carrier frequency
maxEARFCN-Plus1				INTEGER ::= 65536	-- Lowest value extended EARFCN range
maxEARFCN2					INTEGER ::= 262143	-- Highest value extended EARFCN range
maxEPDCCH-Set-r11			INTEGER ::= 2	-- Maximum number of EPDCCH sets
maxFBI						INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum value of fequency band indicator
maxFBI-Plus1					INTEGER ::= 65	-- Lowest value extended FBI range
maxFBI2						INTEGER ::= 256	-- Highest value extended FBI range
maxFreq						INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of carrier frequencies
maxFreqIDC-r11				INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of carrier frequencies that are
											-- affected by the IDC problems
maxFreqMBMS-r11				INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for which an 
											-- MBMS capable UE may indicate an interest
maxGERAN-SI					INTEGER ::= 10	-- Maximum number of GERAN SI blocks that can be
											-- provided as part of NACC information
maxGNFG						INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of GERAN neighbour freq groups
maxLogMeasReport-r10		INTEGER ::= 520	-- Maximum number of logged measurement entries
											--  that can be reported by the UE in one message
maxMBSFN-Allocations		INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of MBSFN frame allocations with
											-- different offset
maxMBSFN-Area				INTEGER ::= 8
maxMBSFN-Area-1				INTEGER ::= 7
maxMeasId					INTEGER ::= 32
maxMeasId-Plus1 			INTEGER ::= 33
maxMeasId-r12				INTEGER ::= 64
maxMultiBands				INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of additional frequency bands
											-- that a cell belongs to
maxNAICS-Entries-r12			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of supported NAICS combination(s)
maxNeighCell-r12				INTEGER ::= 8  	-- Maximum number of neighbouring cells in NAICS
                                        	-- configuration (per carrier frequency)
maxObjectId					INTEGER ::= 32 
maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12		INTEGER ::= 3  	-- Maximum number of power offsets for a neighbour cell
                                        	-- in NAICS configuration
maxPageRec					INTEGER ::= 16	-- 
maxPhysCellIdRange-r9 		INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of physical cell identity ranges
maxPLMN-r11					INTEGER ::=	6	-- Maximum number of PLMNs
maxPNOffset					INTEGER ::=	511	-- Maximum number of CDMA2000 PNOffsets
maxPMCH-PerMBSFN			INTEGER ::= 15
maxRAT-Capabilities			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of interworking RATs (incl EUTRA)
maxRE-MapQCL-r11			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of PDSCH RE Mapping configurations
											--  (per carrier frequency)
maxReportConfigId			INTEGER ::= 32
maxRSTD-Freq-r10			INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of frequency layers for RSTD
											-- measurement
maxSAI-MBMS-r11				INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of MBMS service area identities
											-- broadcast per carrier frequency
maxSCell-r10				INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of SCells
maxSL-Dest-r12			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of sidelink destinations
maxSL-DiscPowerClass-r12	INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of sidelink power classes
maxSL-RxPool-r12			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of individual sidelink Rx resource pools
maxSL-SyncConfig-r12		INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of sidelink Sync configurations
maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12	INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of sidelink Time Freq resource index
											--  pairs
maxSL-TxPool-r12			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of individual sidelink Tx resource pools
maxSTAG-r11					INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of STAGs
maxServCell-r10				INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of Serving cells
maxServiceCount 			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of MBMS services that can be included
											--  in an MBMS counting request and response
maxServiceCount-1			INTEGER ::= 15
maxSessionPerPMCH			INTEGER ::= 29
maxSessionPerPMCH-1			INTEGER ::= 28
maxSIB						INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of SIBs
maxSIB-1					INTEGER ::= 31
maxSI-Message				INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of SI messages
maxSimultaneousBands-r10	INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of simultaneously aggregated bands
maxSubframePatternIDC-r11	INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of subframe reservation patterns
											-- that the UE can simultaneously recommend to the
											-- E-UTRAN for use.
maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of UTRA FDD carrier frequencies
maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of UTRA TDD carrier frequencies
maxWLAN-Id-r12				INTEGER ::=	16	-- Maximum number of WLAN identifiers

-- ASN1STOP
NOTE: The value of maxDRB aligns with SA2.
	End of EUTRA-RRC-Definitions
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

6.5	PC5 RRC messages
NOTE:	The messages included in this section reflect the current status of the discussions. Additional messages may be included at a later stage.
6.5.1	General message structure
	PC5-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the PC5 RRC PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START

PC5-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	TDD-ConfigSL-r12
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP

	SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message
The SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the UE via SL-BCH on the SBCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType
}

SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType ::=						MasterInformationBlock-SL

-- ASN1STOP

6.5.2	Message definitions
	MasterInformationBlock-SL
The MasterInformationBlock-SL includes the information transmitted by a UE transmitting SLSS, i.e. acting as synchronisation reference, via SL-BCH.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: SBCCH
Direction: UE to UE
MasterInformationBlock-SL
-- ASN1START

MasterInformationBlock-SL ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sl-Bandwidth-r12					ENUMERATED {
											n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
	tdd-ConfigSL-r12					TDD-ConfigSL-r12,
	directFrameNumber-r12				BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
	directSubframeNumber-r12			INTEGER (0..9),
	inCoverage-r12						BOOLEAN,
	reserved-r12						BIT STRING (SIZE (19))
}


-- ASN1STOP

MasterInformationBlock-SL field descriptions
directFrameNumber
Indicates the frame number in which SLSS and SL-BCH are transmitted. The subframe in the frame corresponding to directFrameNumber is indicated by directSubframeNumber.
inCoverage
Value TRUE indicates that the UE transmitting the MasterInformationBlock-SL is in E-UTRAN coverage.
sl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.

	End of PC5-RRC-Definitions
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP
7	Variables and constants
7.1	UE variables
NOTE: 	To facilitate the specification of the UE behavioural requirements, UE variables are represented using ASN.1. Unless explicitly specified otherwise, it is however up to UE implementation how to store the variables. The optionality of the IEs in ASN.1 is used only to indicate that the values may not always be available.
	EUTRA-UE-Variables
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the EUTRA UE variable definitions.
-- ASN1START

EUTRA-UE-Variables DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	AreaConfiguration-r10,
	AreaConfiguration-v1130,
	CarrierFreqGERAN,
	CellIdentity,
	ConnEstFailReport-r11,
	SpeedStateScaleFactors,
	C-RNTI,
	LoggingDuration-r10,
	LoggingInterval-r10,
	LogMeasInfo-r10,
	MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
	MeasId,
	MeasId-v1250,
	MeasIdToAddModList,
	MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12,
	MeasObjectToAddModList,
	MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0,
	MeasScaleFactor-r12,
	MobilityStateParameters,
	NeighCellConfig,
	PhysCellId,
	PhysCellIdCDMA2000,
	PhysCellIdGERAN,
	PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
	PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
	PLMN-Identity,
	PLMN-IdentityList3-r11,
	QuantityConfig,
	ReportConfigToAddModList,
	RLF-Report-r9,
	TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12,
	TraceReference-r10,
	VisitedCellInfoList-r12,
	maxCellMeas,
	maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12,
	maxMeasId,
	maxMeasId-r12
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP


	VarConnEstFailReport
The UE variable VarConnEstFailReport includes the connection establishment failure information.
VarConnEstFailReport UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarConnEstFailReport-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailReport-r11				ConnEstFailReport-r11,
	plmn-Identity-r11					PLMN-Identity
}

-- ASN1STOP

	VarLogMeasConfig
The UE variable VarLogMeasConfig includes the configuration of the logging of measurements to be performed by the UE while in RRC_IDLE, covering intra-frequency, inter-frequency, inter-RAT mobility and MBSFN related measurements. If MBSFN logging is configured, the UE performs logging of measurements while in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. Otherwise, the UE performs logging of measurements only while in RRC_IDLE.
VarLogMeasConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarLogMeasConfig-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10
}

VarLogMeasConfig-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,
	areaConfiguration-v1130			AreaConfiguration-v1130		OPTIONAL,
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10
}

VarLogMeasConfig-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,
	areaConfiguration-v1130			AreaConfiguration-v1130		OPTIONAL,
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10,
	targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12		TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12	OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	VarLogMeasReport
The UE variable VarLogMeasReport includes the logged measurements information.
VarLogMeasReport UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarLogMeasReport-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	traceReference-r10					TraceReference-r10,
	traceRecordingSessionRef-r10			OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	tce-Id-r10							OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
	plmn-Identity-r10					PLMN-Identity,
	absoluteTimeInfo-r10				AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	logMeasInfoList-r10					LogMeasInfoList2-r10
}

VarLogMeasReport-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	traceReference-r10					TraceReference-r10,
	traceRecordingSessionRef-r10		OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	tce-Id-r10							OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
	plmn-IdentityList-r11				PLMN-IdentityList3-r11,
	absoluteTimeInfo-r10				AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	logMeasInfoList-r10					LogMeasInfoList2-r10
}

LogMeasInfoList2-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeas-r10)) OF LogMeasInfo-r10

-- ASN1STOP

	VarMeasConfig
The UE variable VarMeasConfig includes the accumulated configuration of the measurements to be performed by the UE, covering intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT mobility related measurements.
NOTE:	The amount of measurement configuration information, which a UE is required to store, is specified in subclause 11.1. If the number of frequencies configured for a particular RAT exceeds the minimum performance requirements specified in [16], it is up to UE implementation which frequencies of that RAT are measured. If the total number of frequencies for all RATs provided to the UE in the measurement configuration exceeds the minimum performance requirements specified in [16], it is up to UE implementation which frequencies/RATs are measured.
VarMeasConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarMeasConfig ::=					SEQUENCE {
	-- Measurement identities
	measIdList							MeasIdToAddModList					OPTIONAL,
	measIdListExt-r12					MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12			OPTIONAL,
	-- Measurement objects
	measObjectList						MeasObjectToAddModList				OPTIONAL,
	measObjectList-v9i0					MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0			OPTIONAL,
	-- Reporting configurations
	reportConfigList					ReportConfigToAddModList			OPTIONAL,
	-- Other parameters
	quantityConfig						QuantityConfig						OPTIONAL,
	measScaleFactor-r12					MeasScaleFactor-r12					OPTIONAL, 
	s-Measure							INTEGER (-140..-44)					OPTIONAL,
	speedStatePars						CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			mobilityStateParameters				MobilityStateParameters,
			timeToTrigger-SF					SpeedStateScaleFactors
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,
	allowInterruptions-r11			BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

	VarMeasReportList
The UE variable VarMeasReportList includes information about the measurements for which the triggering conditions have been met.
VarMeasReportList UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarMeasReportList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF VarMeasReport
VarMeasReportList-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId-r12)) OF VarMeasReport

VarMeasReport ::=					SEQUENCE {
	-- List of measurement that have been triggered
	measId								MeasId,
	measId-v1250						MeasId-v1250					OPTIONAL,
	cellsTriggeredList					CellsTriggeredList				OPTIONAL,
	csi-RS-TriggeredList-r12			CSI-RS-TriggeredList-r12		OPTIONAL,
	numberOfReportsSent					INTEGER
}

CellsTriggeredList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CHOICE {
	physCellIdEUTRA							PhysCellId,
	physCellIdUTRA							CHOICE {
		fdd										PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
		tdd										PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
	},
	physCellIdGERAN							SEQUENCE {
		carrierFreq								CarrierFreqGERAN,
		physCellId								PhysCellIdGERAN
	},
	physCellIdCDMA2000						PhysCellIdCDMA2000
}

CSI-RS-TriggeredList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12

-- ASN1STOP

	VarMobilityHistoryReport
The UE variable VarMobilityHistoryReport includes the mobility history information.
-- ASN1START
VarMobilityHistoryReport-r12 ::=	VisitedCellInfoList-r12

-- ASN1STOP

	VarRLF-Report
The UE variable VarRLF-Report includes the radio link failure information or handover failure information.
VarRLF-Report UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarRLF-Report-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rlf-Report-r10							RLF-Report-r9,
	plmn-Identity-r10						PLMN-Identity
}

VarRLF-Report-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rlf-Report-r10						RLF-Report-r9,
	plmn-IdentityList-r11				PLMN-IdentityList3-r11
}

-- ASN1STOP

	VarShortMAC-Input
The UE variable VarShortMAC-Input specifies the input used to generate the shortMAC-I.
VarShortMAC-Input UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarShortMAC-Input ::=					SEQUENCE {
	cellIdentity							CellIdentity,
	physCellId								PhysCellId,
	c-RNTI									C-RNTI
}
-- ASN1STOP

VarShortMAC-Input field descriptions
cellIdentity
Set to CellIdentity of the current cell.
c-RNTI
Set to C-RNTI that the UE had in the PCell it was connected to prior to the failure.
physCellId
Set to the physical cell identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.

	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions
This section includes multiplicity and type constraints applicable (only) for UE variables.
-- ASN1START

maxLogMeas-r10				INTEGER ::= 4060-- Maximum number of logged measurement entries
											--  that can be stored by the UE

-- ASN1STOP

	End of EUTRA-UE-Variables
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

7.2	Counters
Counter
Reset
Incremented
When reaching max value





7.3	Timers (Informative)
Timer
Start
Stop
At expiry
T300

Transmission of RRCConnectionRequest 
Reception of RRCConnectionSetup or RRCConnectionReject message, cell re-selection and upon abortion of connection establishment by upper layers
Perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.6
T301
Transmission of RRCConnectionReestabilshmentRequest
Reception of RRCConnectionReestablishment or RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message as well as when the selected cell becomes unsuitable
Go to RRC_IDLE
T302
Reception of RRCConnectionReject while performing RRC connection establishment
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation as specified in 5.3.3.7
T303
Access barred while performing RRC connection establishment for mobile originating calls
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation as specified in 5.3.3.7
T304
Reception of RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the MobilityControl Info or
reception of MobilityFromEUTRACommand message including CellChangeOrder
Criterion for successful completion of handover within E-UTRA, handover to E-UTRA or cell change order is met (the criterion is specified in the target RAT in case of inter-RAT)
In case of cell change order from E-UTRA or intra E-UTRA handover, initiate the RRC connection re-establishment procedure; In case of handover to E-UTRA, perform the actions defined in the specifications applicable for the source RAT.
T305
Access barred while performing RRC connection establishment for mobile originating signalling
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection 
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation as specified in 5.3.3.7
T306
Access barred while performing RRC connection establishment for mobile originating CS fallback.
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation as specified in 5.3.3.7
T307
Reception of RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including MobilityControlInfoSCG
Successful completion of random access on the PSCell, upon initiating re-establishment and upon SCG release
Inform E-UTRAN about the SCG change failure by initiating the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13.
T310
Upon detecting physical layer problems for the PCell i.e. upon receiving N310 consecutive out-of-sync indications from lower layers
Upon receiving N311 consecutive in-sync indications from lower layers for the PCell, upon triggering the handover procedure and upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
If security is not activated: go to RRC_IDLE else: initiate the connection re-establishment procedure 
T311
Upon initiating the RRC connection re-establishment procedure
Selection of a suitable E-UTRA cell or a cell using another RAT.
Enter RRC_IDLE
T312
Upon triggering a measurement report for a measurement identity for which T312 has been configured,  while T310 is running
Upon receiving N311 consecutive in-sync indications from lower layers, upon triggering the handover procedure, upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure, and upon the expiry of T310
If security is not activated: go to RRC_IDLE else: initiate the connection re-establishment procedure
T313
Upon detecting physical layer problems for the PSCell i.e. upon receiving N313 consecutive out-of-sync indications from lower layers
Upon receiving N314 consecutive in-sync indications from lower layers for the PSCell, upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure, upon SCG release and upon receiving RRCConnectionReconfiguration including MobilityControlInfoSCG
Inform E-UTRAN about the SCG radio link failure by initiating the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13.
T320
Upon receiving t320 or upon cell (re)selection to E-UTRA from another RAT with validity time configured for dedicated priorities (in which case the remaining validity time is applied).
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED, when PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS, or upon cell (re)selection to another RAT (in which case the timer is carried on to the other RAT).
Discard the cell reselection priority information provided by dedicated signalling.
T321
Upon receiving measConfig including a reportConfig with the purpose set to reportCGI
Upon acquiring the information needed to set all fields of cellGlobalId for the requested cell, upon receiving measConfig that includes removal of the reportConfig with the purpose set to reportCGI
Initiate the measurement reporting procedure, stop performing the related measurements and remove the corresponding measId
T325
Timer (re)started upon receiving RRCConnectionReject message with deprioritisationTimer.

Stop deprioritisation of all frequencies or E-UTRA signalled by RRCConnectionReject.
T330
Upon receiving LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message
Upon log volume exceeding the suitable UE memory, upon initiating the release of LoggedMeasurementConfiguration procedure
Perform the actions specified in 5.6.6.4
T340
Upon transmitting UEAssistanceInformation message with powerPrefIndication set to normal
Upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
No action.
T350
Upon entering RRC_IDLE if t350 has been received in wlan-OffloadInfo.
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED, or upon cell reselection.
 Perform the actions specified in 5.6.12.4.

7.4	Constants
Constant
Usage
N310
Maximum number of consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PCell received from lower layers
N311
Maximum number of consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PCell received from lower layers
N313
Maximum number of consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PSCell received from lower layers
N314
Maximum number of consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PSCell received from lower layers

8	Protocol data unit abstract syntax
8.1	General
The RRC PDU contents in clause 6 and clause 10 are described using abstract syntax notation one (ASN.1) as specified in ITU-T Rec. X.680 [13] and X.681 [14]. Transfer syntax for RRC PDUs is derived from their ASN.1 definitions by use of Packed Encoding Rules, unaligned as specified in ITU-T Rec. X.691 [15].
The following encoding rules apply in addition to what has been specified in X.691:
-	When a bit string value is placed in a bit-field as specified in 15.6 to 15.11 in X.691, the leading bit of the bit string value shall be placed in the leading bit of the bit-field, and the trailing bit of the bit string value shall be placed in the trailing bit of the bit-field.
NOTE:	The terms 'leading bit' and 'trailing bit' are defined in ITU-T Rec. X.680. When using the 'bstring' notation, the leading bit of the bit string value is on the left, and the trailing bit of the bit string value is on the right.
-	When decoding types constrained with the ASN.1 Contents Constraint ("CONTAINING"), automatic decoding of the contained type should not be performed because errors in the decoding of the contained type should not cause the decoding of the entire RRC message PDU to fail. It is recommended that the decoder first decodes the outer PDU type that contains the OCTET STRING or BIT STRING with the Contents Constraint, and then decodes the contained type that is nested within the OCTET STRING or BIT STRING as a separate step. 
-	When decoding a) RRC message PDUs, b) BIT STRING constrained with a Contents Constraint, or c) OCTET STRING constrained with a Contents Constraint, PER decoders are required to never report an error if there are extraneous zero or non-zero bits at the end of the encoded RRC message PDU, BIT STRING or OCTET STRING.
8.2	Structure of encoded RRC messages
An RRC PDU, which is the bit string that is exchanged between peer entities/ across the radio interface contains the basic production as defined in X.691.
RRC PDUs shall be mapped to and from PDCP SDUs (in case of DCCH) or RLC SDUs (in case of PCCH, BCCH, CCCH or MCCH) upon transmission and reception as follows:
-	when delivering an RRC PDU as an PDCP SDU to the PDCP layer for transmission, the first bit of the RRC PDU shall be represented as the first bit in the PDCP SDU and onwards; and
-	when delivering an RRC PDU as an RLC SDU to the RLC layer for transmission, the first bit of the RRC PDU shall be represented as the first bit in the RLC SDU and onwards; and
-	upon reception of an PDCP SDU from the PDCP layer, the first bit of the PDCP SDU shall represent the first bit of the RRC PDU and onwards; and
-	upon reception of an RLC SDU from the RLC layer, the first bit of the RLC SDU shall represent the first bit of the RRC PDU and onwards.
8.3	Basic production
The 'basic production' is obtained by applying UNALIGNED PER to the abstract syntax value (the ASN.1 description) as specified in X.691. It always contains a multiple of 8 bits.
8.4	Extension
The following rules apply with respect to the use of protocol extensions:
-	A transmitter compliant with this version of the specification shall, unless explicitly indicated otherwise on a PDU type basis, set the extension part empty. Transmitters compliant with a later version may send non-empty extensions;
-	A transmitter compliant with this version of the specification shall set spare bits to zero;
8.5	Padding
If the encoded RRC message does not fill a transport block, the RRC layer shall add padding bits. This applies to PCCH and BCCH.
Padding bits shall be set to 0 and the number of padding bits is a multiple of 8.

Figure 8.5-1: RRC level padding
9	Specified and default radio configurations
Specified and default configurations are configurations of which the details are specified in the standard. Specified configurations are fixed while default configurations can be modified using dedicated signalling.
9.1	Specified configurations
9.1.1	Logical channel configurations
9.1.1.1	BCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration
TM



NOTE:	RRC will perform padding, if required due to the granularity of the TF signalling, as defined in 8.5.
9.1.1.2	CCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration

Normal MAC headers are used

Logical channel configuration



priority
1
Highest priority

prioritisedBitRate
infinity


bucketSizeDuration
N/A


logicalChannelGroup
0


logicalChannelSR-Mask-r9
release

v920

9.1.1.3	PCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration
TM



NOTE:	RRC will perform padding, if required due to the granularity of the TF signalling, as defined in 8.5.
9.1.1.4	MCCH and MTCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
UM


Sn-FieldLength
size5


t-Reordering
0



9.1.1.5	SBCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration
TM



NOTE:	RRC will perform padding, if required due to the granularity of the TF signalling, as defined in 8.5.
9.1.1.6	STCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration



discardTimer
Undefined
Up to UE implementation

pdcp-SN-Size
16


maxCID
15


profiles



RLC configuration

Uni-directional UM RLC
UM window size is set to 0

sn-FieldLength
5


logicalChannelIdentity
Undefined
Selected by the transmitting UE, up to UE implementation

Logical channel configuration



priority
Undefined
Selected by the transmitting UE, up to UE implementation

prioritisedBitRate
Undefined
Selected by the transmitting UE, up to UE implementation

bucketSizeDuration
Undefined
Selected by the transmitting UE, up to UE implementation

logicalChannelGroup
3


MAC configuration



maxHARQ-Tx
4



9.1.2	SRB configurations
9.1.2.1	SRB1
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration



logicalChannelIdentity
1



9.1.2.2	SRB2
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration



logicalChannelIdentity
2



9.2	Default radio configurations
The following sections only list default values for REL-8 parameters included in protocol version v8.5.0. For all fields introduced in a later protocol version, the default value is "released" unless explicitly specified otherwise. If UE is to apply default configuration while it is configured with some critically extended fields, the UE shall apply the original version with only default values. For the following fields, introduced in a protocol version later than v8.5.0, the default corresponds with "value not applicable":
-	codeBookSubsetRestriction-v920;
-	pmi-RI-Report;
NOTE 1:	Value "N/A" indicates that the UE does not apply a specific value (i.e. upon switching to a default configuration, E-UTRAN can not assume the UE keeps the previously configured value). This implies that E-UTRAN needs to configure a value before invoking the related functionality.
NOTE 2:	In general, the signalling should preferably support a "release" option for fields introduced after v8.5.0. The "value not applicable" should be used restrictively, mainly limited to for fields which value is relevant only if another field is set to a value other than its default.
9.2.1	SRB configurations
9.2.1.1	SRB1
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration CHOICE
am


ul-RLC-Config
>t-PollRetransmit
>pollPDU
>pollByte
>maxRetxThreshold

ms45
infinity
infinity
t4


dl-RLC-Config
>t-Reordering
>t-StatusProhibit

ms35
ms0


Logical channel configuration



priority
1
Highest priority

prioritisedBitRate
infinity


bucketSizeDuration
N/A


logicalChannelGroup
0



9.2.1.2	SRB2
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration CHOICE
am


ul-RLC-Config
>t-PollRetransmit
>pollPDU
>pollByte
>maxRetxThreshold

ms45
infinity
infinity
t4


dl-RLC-Config
>t-Reordering
>t-StatusProhibit

ms35
ms0


Logical channel configuration



priority
3


prioritisedBitRate
infinity


bucketSizeDuration
N/A


logicalChannelGroup
0



9.2.2	Default MAC main configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
MAC main configuration



maxHARQ-tx
n5


periodicBSR-Timer
infinity


retxBSR-Timer
sf2560


ttiBundling
FALSE


drx-Config
release


phr-Config
release



9.2.3	Default semi-persistent scheduling configuration
SPS-Config
>sps-ConfigDL
>sps-ConfigUL

release
release



9.2.4	Default physical channel configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated
>p-a

dB0


PUCCH-ConfigDedicated
> tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode
>ackNackRepetition

bundling
release

Only valid for TDD mode

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated
>betaOffset-ACK-Index
>betaOffset-RI-Index
>betaOffset-CQI-Index

10
12
15


UplinkPowerControlDedicated
>p0-UE-PUSCH
>deltaMCS-Enabled
>accumulationEnabled
>p0-UE-PUCCH
>pSRS-Offset
> filterCoefficient

0
en0 (disabled)
TRUE
0
7
fc4


tpc-pdcch-ConfigPUCCH
release


tpc-pdcch-ConfigPUSCH
release


CQI-ReportConfig
> CQI-ReportPeriodic
> cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
> nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

release
N/A
N/A


SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated
release


AntennaInfoDedicated
>transmissionMode



>codebookSubsetRestriction
>ue-TransmitAntennaSelection

tm1, tm2



N/A
release

If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, tm1 is used as default; otherwise tm2 is used as default

SchedulingRequestConfig
release



9.2.5	Default values timers and constants
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
t310
ms1000


n310
n1


t311
ms1000


n311
n1



9.3	Sidelink pre-configured parameters
9.3.1	Specified parameters
This section only list parameters which value is specified in the standard.
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
preconfigSync
>syncTxParameters
>>alpha



0

preconfigComm
>sc-TxParameters
>>alpha
>dataTxParameters
>>alpha



0

0


9.3.2	Pre-configurable parameters
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the EUTRA definitions of pre-configured sidelink parameters.
NOTE 1:	Upper layers are assumed to provide a set of pre-configured parameters that are valid at the current UE location if any, see TS 24.334 [69, 10.2].
-- ASN1START

EUTRA-Sidelink-Preconf DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	FilterCoefficient,
	maxSL-TxPool-r12,
	P-Max,
	SL-CP-Len-r12,
	SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
	SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
	SL-PeriodComm-r12,
	RSRP-RangeSL3-r12,
	SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	SL-TRPT-Subset-r12,
	P0-SL-r12,
	TDD-ConfigSL-r12
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP


	SL-Preconfiguration
The IE SL-Preconfiguration includes the sidelink pre-configured parameters.
SL-Preconfiguration information elements
-- ASN1START

SL-Preconfiguration-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	preconfigGeneral-r12				SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12,
	preconfigSync-r12					SL-PreconfigSync-r12,
	preconfigComm-r12					SL-PreconfigCommPoolList4-r12,
	...
}

SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	-- PDCP configuration
	rohc-Profiles-r12					SEQUENCE {
		profile0x0001-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0002-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0004-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0006-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0101-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0102-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0104-r12						BOOLEAN
	},
	-- Physical configuration
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	maxTxPower-r12						P-Max,
	additionalSpectrumEmission-r12		AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
	sl-bandwidth-r12					ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
	tdd-ConfigSL-r12					TDD-ConfigSL-r12,
	reserved-r12						BIT STRING (SIZE (19)),
	...
}

SL-PreconfigSync-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	syncCP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	syncOffsetIndicator1-r12			SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
	syncOffsetIndicator2-r12			SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
	syncTxParameters-r12				P0-SL-r12,
	syncTxThreshOoC-r12					RSRP-RangeSL3-r12,
	filterCoefficient-r12				FilterCoefficient,
	syncRefMinHyst-r12					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12},
	syncRefDiffHyst-r12					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf},
	...
}

SL-PreconfigCommPoolList4-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-PreconfigCommPool-r12

SL-PreconfigCommPool-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
-- This IE is same as SL-CommResourcePool with rxParametersNCell absent
	sc-CP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	sc-Period-r12						SL-PeriodComm-r12,
	sc-TF-ResourceConfig-r12			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	sc-TxParameters-r12					P0-SL-r12,
	data-CP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	data-TF-ResourceConfig-r12			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	dataHoppingConfig-r12				SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
	dataTxParameters-r12				P0-SL-r12,
	trpt-Subset-r12						SL-TRPT-Subset-r12,
	...
}

END

-- ASN1STOP

SL-Preconfiguration field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the carrier frequency for sidelink operation. In case of FDD it is uplink carrier frequency and the corresponding downlink frequency can be determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42, table 5.7.3-1].
preconfigComm
Indicates a list of resource pools. The first resource pool in the list is used for both reception and transmission of sidelink direct communication. The other resource pools, if present, are only used for reception of sidelink direct communication.
syncRefDiffHyst
Hysteresis when evaluating a SyncRef UE using relative comparison. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB3 to 3 dB and so on, value dBinf corresponds to infinite dB.
syncRefMinHyst
Hysteresis when evaluating a SyncRef UE using absolute comparison. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB3 to 3 dB and so on.

NOTE 1:	The network may configure one or more of the reception only resource pools in preconfigComm to cover reception from in coverage UEs using scheduled resource allocation. For such a resource pool the network should set all bits of subframeBitmap to 1 and offsetIndicator to indicate the subframe immediately following the sidelink control information.
NOTE 2:	The network should ensure that the resources defined by the first entry in preconfigComm (used for transmission by an out of coverage UE) do not overlap with those of the pool(s) covering scheduled transmissions by in coverage UEs. Furthermore, the network should ensure that for none of the entries in preconfigComm the resources defined by sc-TF-ResourceConfig overlap.
10	Radio information related interactions between network nodes
10.1	General
This section specifies RRC messages that are transferred between network nodes. These RRC messages may be transferred to or from the UE via another Radio Access Technology. Consequently, these messages have similar characteristics as the RRC messages that are transferred across the E-UTRA radio interface, i.e. the same transfer syntax and protocol extension mechanisms apply.
10.2	Inter-node RRC messages 
10.2.1	General
This section specifies RRC messages that are sent either across the X2- or the S1-interface, either to or from the eNB, i.e. a single 'logical channel' is used for all RRC messages transferred across network nodes. The information could originate from or be destined for another RAT.
	EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the EUTRA inter-node PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START

EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	AntennaInfoCommon,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	CellIdentity,
	C-RNTI,
	DL-DCCH-Message,
	DRB-Identity,
	DRB-ToReleaseList,
	InDeviceCoexIndication-r11,
	MasterInformationBlock,
	maxFreq,
	maxDRB,
	maxSCell-r10,
	maxServCell-r10,
	MBMSInterestIndication-r11,
	MeasConfig,
	MeasGapConfig,
	OtherConfig-r9,
	PhysCellId,
	P-Max,
	PowerCoordinationInfo-r12,
	SidelinkUEInformation-r12,
	SL-CommConfig-r12,
	SL-DiscConfig-r12,
	RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
	RSRP-Range,
	RSRQ-Range,
	RSRQ-Range-v1250,
	SCellToAddModList-r10,
	SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12,
	SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
	SCellIndex-r10,
	SCellToReleaseList-r10,
	ServCellIndex-r10,
	ShortMAC-I,
	SystemInformationBlockType1,
	SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs,
	SystemInformationBlockType2,
	UEAssistanceInformation-r11,
	UECapabilityInformation,
	UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
	UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12,
    WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP

10.2.2	Message definitions
	HandoverCommand
This message is used to transfer the handover command generated by the target eNB.
Direction: target eNB to source eNB/ source RAN
HandoverCommand message
-- ASN1START

HandoverCommand ::=					SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			handoverCommand-r8					HandoverCommand-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

HandoverCommand-r8-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	handoverCommandMessage				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING DL-DCCH-Message),
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

HandoverCommand field descriptions
handoverCommandMessage
Contains the entire DL-DCCH-Message including the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message used to perform handover within E-UTRAN or handover to E-UTRAN, generated (entirely) by the target eNB.

NOTE:	The source BSC, in case of inter-RAT handover from GERAN to E-UTRAN, expects that the HandoverCommand message includes DL-DCCH-Message only. Thus, criticalExtensionsFuture, spare1-spare7 and nonCriticalExtension should not be used regardless whether the source RAT is E-UTRAN, UTRAN or GERAN.
	HandoverPreparationInformation
This message is used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC information used by the target eNB during handover preparation, including UE capability information.
Direction: source eNB/ source RAN to target eNB
HandoverPreparationInformation message
-- ASN1START

HandoverPreparationInformation ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			handoverPreparationInformation-r8	HandoverPreparationInformation-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo		UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
	as-Config							AS-Config					OPTIONAL, 		-- Cond HO
	rrm-Config							RRM-Config					OPTIONAL,
	as-Context							AS-Context				OPTIONAL, 		-- Cond HO
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v920-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v920-IEs	::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-ConfigRelease-r9					ENUMERATED {
										rel9, rel10, rel11, rel12, spare4, spare3,
										spare2, spare1, ...} 			OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v9d0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v9d0-IEs	::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING									OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v9e0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v9e0-IEs	::= SEQUENCE {
	as-Config-v9e0						AS-Config-v9e0					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v1130-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v1130-IEs	::= SEQUENCE {
	as-Context-v1130					AS-Context-v1130				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v1250-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-SupportedEARFCN-r12 				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO3
	as-Config-v1250					AS-Config-v1250				OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond HO2 
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

HandoverPreparationInformation field descriptions
as-Config
The radio resource configuration. Applicable in case of intra-E-UTRA handover. If the target receives an incomplete MeasConfig and RadioResourceConfigDedicated in the as-Config, the target eNB may decide to apply the full configuration option based on the ue-ConfigRelease.
as-Context
Local E-UTRAN context required by the target eNB.
rrm-Config
Local E-UTRAN context used depending on the target nodes implementation, which is mainly used for the RRM purpose.
ue-ConfigRelease
Indicates the RRC protocol release applicable for the current UE configuration. This could be used by target eNB to decide if the full configuration approach should be used. If this field is not present, the target assumes that the current UE configuration is based on the release 8 version of RRC protocol. NOTE 1.
ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo
NOTE 2
ue-SupportedEARFCN
Includes UE supported EARFCN of the handover target E-UTRA cell if the target E-UTRA cell belongs to multiple frequency bands.

NOTE 1:	The source typically sets the ue-ConfigRelease to the release corresponding with the current dedicated radio configuration. The source may however also consider the common radio resource configuration e.g. in case interoperability problems would appear if the UE temporary continues extensions of this part of the configuration in a target PCell not supporting them.
NOTE 2:	The following table indicates per source RAT whether RAT capabilities are included or not.
Source RAT
E-UTRA capabilites
UTRA capabilities
GERAN capabilities
UTRAN
Included
May be included, ignored by eNB if received
May be included
GERAN CS
Excluded
May be included, ignored by eNB if received
Included
GERAN PS
Excluded
May be included, ignored by eNB if received
Included
E-UTRAN
Included
May be included
May be included

Conditional presence
Explanation
HO
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
HO2
The field is optional present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
HO3
The field is optional present in case of handover from GERAN to E-UTRA, otherwise the field is not present.

	SCG-Config
This message is used to transfer the SCG radio configuration generated by the SeNB.
Direction: Secondary eNB to master eNB
SCG-Config message
-- ASN1START

SCG-Config-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			scg-Config-r12					SCG-Config-r12-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SCG-Config-r12-IEs ::=				SEQUENCE {
	scg-RadioConfig-r12					SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCG-Config field descriptions
scg-RadioConfig-r12
Includes the change of the dedicated SCG configuration and, upon addition of an SCG cell, the common SCG configuration.
The SeNB only includes a new SCG cell in response to a request from MeNB, but may include release of an SCG cell release or release of the SCG part of an SCG/Split DRB without prior request from MeNB. The SeNB does not use this field to initiate release of the SCG.

	SCG-ConfigInfo
This message is used by MeNB to request the SeNB to perform certain actions e.g. to establish, modify or release an SCG, and it may include additional information e.g. to assist the SeNB with assigning the SCG configuration.
Direction: Master eNB to secondary eNB
SCG-ConfigInfo message
-- ASN1START

SCG-ConfigInfo-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			scg-ConfigInfo-r12					SCG-ConfigInfo-r12-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SCG-ConfigInfo-r12-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedMCG-r12	RadioResourceConfigDedicated		OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModListMCG-r12		SCellToAddModList-r10				OPTIONAL,
	measGapConfig-r12				MeasGapConfig						OPTIONAL,
	powerCoordinationInfo-r12		PowerCoordinationInfo-r12			OPTIONAL,
	scg-RadioConfig-r12				SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-CapabilityInfo-r12		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityInformation)	OPTIONAL,
	scg-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12		SCG-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12			OPTIONAL,
	mbmsInterestIndication-r12		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
										MBMSInterestIndication-r11)		OPTIONAL,
	measResultServCellListSCG-r12	MeasResultServCellListSCG-r12		OPTIONAL,
	drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12			DRB-InfoListSCG-r12					OPTIONAL,
	drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r12		DRB-ToReleaseList					OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModListSCG-r12		SCellToAddModListSCG-r12			OPTIONAL,
	sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12		SCellToReleaseList-r10				OPTIONAL,
	p-Max-r12							P-Max								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

DRB-InfoListSCG-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-InfoSCG-r12

DRB-InfoSCG-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	eps-BearerIdentity-r12			INTEGER (0..15)				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-Setup
	drb-Identity-r12				DRB-Identity,
	drb-Type-r12					ENUMERATED {split, scg}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-Setup
	...
}

SCellToAddModListSCG-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF Cell-ToAddMod-r12

Cell-ToAddMod-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sCellIndex-r12						SCellIndex-r10,
	cellIdentification-r12				SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r12						PhysCellId,
		dl-CarrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	measResultCellToAdd-r12				SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r12						RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r12						RSRQ-Range
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd2
	...
}

MeasResultServCellListSCG-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasResultServCellSCG-r12

MeasResultServCellSCG-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	servCellId-r12						ServCellIndex-r10,
	measResultSCell-r12					SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResultSCell-r12					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResultSCell-r12					RSRQ-Range
	},
	...
}

SCG-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	maxSCH-TB-BitsDL-r12				INTEGER (1..100),
	maxSCH-TB-BitsUL-r12				INTEGER (1..100)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCG-ConfigInfo field descriptions
drb-ToAddModListSCG
Includes DRBs the SeNB is requested to establish or modify (DRB type change).
drb-ToReleaseListSCG
Includes DRBs the SeNB is requested to release.
maxSCH-TB-BitsXL
Indicates the maximum DL-SCH/UL-SCH TB bits that may be scheduled in a TTI. Specified as a percentage of the value defined for the applicable UE category.
measGapConfig
Includes the current measurement gap configuration.
measResultServCellListSCG
Includes measurement results of SCG (serving) cells.
radioResourceConfigDedMCG
Includes the current dedicated MCG radio resource configuration.
sCellToAddModListMCG
Includes the current MCG SCell configuration.
sCellToAddModListSCG
Includes SCG cells the SeNB is requested to establish. Measurement results may be provided for these cells.
sCellToReleaseListSCG
Includes SCG cells the SeNB is requested to release.
scg-RadioConfig
Includes the current dedicated SCG configuration.
scg-ConfigRestrictInfo
Includes fields for which MeNB explictly indicates the restriction to be observed by SeNB.
p-Max
Cell specific value i.e. as broadcast by PCell.

Conditional presence
Explanation
DRB-Setup
The field is mandatory present in case DRB establishment is requested; otherwise the field is not present.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present in case SCG cell establishment is requested; otherwise the field is not present.
SCellAdd2
The field is optional present in case SCG cell establishment is requested; otherwise the field is not present.

	UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation
This message is used to transfer UE radio access capability information, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/ from EPC
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation message
-- ASN1START

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			ueRadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8
												UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityInformation),
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation field descriptions
ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo
Including E-UTRA, GERAN, and CDMA2000-1xRTT Bandclass radio access capabilities (separated). UTRA radio access capabilities are not included.

	UERadioPagingInformation
This message is used to transfer radio paging information required for a category 0 UE, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/ from EPC
UERadioPagingInformation message
-- ASN1START

UERadioPagingInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			ueRadioPagingInformation-r12			UERadioPagingInformation-r12-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UERadioPagingInformation-r12-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioPagingInfo-r12				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12),
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

10.3	Inter-node RRC information element definitions
	AS-Config
The AS-Config IE contains information about RRC configuration information in the source eNB which can be utilized by target eNB to determine the need to change the RRC configuration during the handover preparation phase. The information can also be used after the handover is successfully performed or during the RRC connection re-establishment.
AS-Config information element
-- ASN1START

AS-Config ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceMeasConfig					MeasConfig,
	sourceRadioResourceConfig			RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
	sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig		SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
	sourceUE-Identity					C-RNTI,
	sourceMasterInformationBlock		MasterInformationBlock,
	sourceSystemInformationBlockType1	SystemInformationBlockType1(WITH COMPONENTS
											{..., nonCriticalExtension ABSENT}),
	sourceSystemInformationBlockType2	SystemInformationBlockType2,
	antennaInfoCommon					AntennaInfoCommon,
	sourceDl-CarrierFreq				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	...,
	[[	sourceSystemInformationBlockType1Ext	OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
												SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
		sourceOtherConfig-r9				OtherConfig-r9
	-- sourceOtherConfig-r9 should have been optional. A target eNB compliant with this transfer
	-- syntax should support receiving an AS-Config not including this extension addition group
	-- e.g. from a legacy source eNB
	]],
	[[	sourceSCellConfigList-r10			SCellToAddModList-r10			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	sourceConfigSCG-r12					SCG-Config-r12		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

AS-Config-v9e0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceDl-CarrierFreq-v9e0		ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}

AS-Config-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceWlan-OffloadConfig-r12		WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12				OPTIONAL,
	sourceSL-CommConfig-r12				SL-CommConfig-r12					OPTIONAL,
	sourceSL-DiscConfig-r12				SL-DiscConfig-r12					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP
NOTE:	The AS-Config re-uses information elements primarily created to cover the radio interface signalling requirements. Consequently, the information elements may include some parameters that are not relevant for the target eNB e.g. the SFN as included in the MasterInformationBlock.

AS-Config field descriptions
antennaInfoCommon
This field provides information about the number of antenna ports in the source PCell.
sourceDL-CarrierFreq
Provides the parameter Downlink EARFCN in the source PCell, see TS 36.101 [42]. If the source eNB provides AS-Config-v9e0, it sets sourceDl-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) to maxEARFCN.
sourceOtherConfig
Provides other configuration in the source PCell.
sourceMasterInformationBlock
MasterInformationBlock transmitted in the source PCell.
sourceMeasConfig
Measurement configuration in the source cell. The measurement configuration for all measurements existing in the source eNB when handover is triggered shall be included. See 10.5.
sourceSL-CommConfig
This field covers the sidelink direct communication configuration.
sourceSL-DiscConfig
This field covers the sidelink direct discovery configuration.
sourceRadioResourceConfig
Radio configuration in the source PCell. The radio resource configuration for all radio bearers existing in the source PCell when handover is triggered shall be included. See 10.5.
sourceSCellConfigList
Radio resource configuration (common and dedicated) of the SCells configured in the source eNB.
sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig
This field provides the AS integrity protection (SRBs) and AS ciphering (SRBs and DRBs) algorithm configuration used in the source PCell.
sourceSystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformationBlockType1 transmitted in the source PCell.
sourceSystemInformationBlockType2
SystemInformationBlockType2 transmitted in the source PCell.

	AS-Context
The IE AS-Context is used to transfer local E-UTRAN context required by the target eNB.

AS-Context information element
-- ASN1START

AS-Context ::=							SEQUENCE {
	reestablishmentInfo						ReestablishmentInfo			OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO
}

AS-Context-v1130 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	idc-Indication-r11						OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
											InDeviceCoexIndication-r11)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	mbmsInterestIndication-r11				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
											MBMSInterestIndication-r11)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	powerPrefIndication-r11					OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
											UEAssistanceInformation-r11)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	...,
	[[	sidelinkUEInformation-r12				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
												SidelinkUEInformation-r12)	OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO2
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

AS-Context field descriptions
idc-Indication
Including information used for handling the IDC problems.
reestablishmentInfo
Including information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.

Conditional presence
Explanation
HO
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
HO2
The field is optional present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.

	ReestablishmentInfo
The ReestablishmentInfo IE contains information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.
ReestablishmentInfo information element
-- ASN1START

ReestablishmentInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourcePhysCellId					PhysCellId,
	targetCellShortMAC-I				ShortMAC-I,
	additionalReestabInfoList			AdditionalReestabInfoList				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

AdditionalReestabInfoList ::=		SEQUENCE ( SIZE (1..maxReestabInfo) ) OF AdditionalReestabInfo

AdditionalReestabInfo ::=	SEQUENCE{
	cellIdentity						CellIdentity,
	key-eNodeB-Star					Key-eNodeB-Star,
	shortMAC-I							ShortMAC-I
}

Key-eNodeB-Star ::=					BIT STRING (SIZE (256))

-- ASN1STOP

ReestablishmentInfo field descriptions
additionalReestabInfoList
Contains a list of shortMAC-I and KeNB* for cells under control of the target eNB, required for potential re-establishment by the UE in these cells to succeed.
Key-eNodeB-Star
Parameter KeNB*: See TS 33.401 [32, 7.2.8.4]. If the cell identified by cellIdentity belongs to multiple frequency bands, the source eNB selects the DL-EARFCN for the KeNB* calculation using the same logic as UE uses when selecting the DL-EARFCN in IDLE as defined in section 6.2.2. This parameter is only used for X2 handover, and for S1 handover, it shall be ignored by target eNB.
sourcePhyCellId
The physical cell identity of the source PCell, used to determine the UE context in the target eNB at re-establishment.
targetCellShortMAC-I
The ShortMAC-I for the handover target PCell, in order for potential re-establishment to succeed.

	RRM-Config
The RRM-Config IE contains information about UE specific RRM information before the handover which can be utilized by target eNB.
RRM-Config information element
-- ASN1START

RRM-Config ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ue-InactiveTime				ENUMERATED {
									s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20,
									s25, s30, s40, s50, min1, min1s20c, min1s40,
									min2, min2s30, min3, min3s30, min4, min5, min6,
									min7, min8, min9, min10, min12, min14, min17, min20,
									min24, min28, min33, min38, min44, min50, hr1,
									hr1min30, hr2, hr2min30, hr3, hr3min30, hr4, hr5, hr6,
									hr8, hr10, hr13, hr16, hr20, day1, day1hr12, day2,
									day2hr12, day3, day4, day5, day7, day10, day14, day19,
									day24, day30, dayMoreThan30}		OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	candidateCellInfoList-r10	CandidateCellInfoList-r10		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

CandidateCellInfoList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CandidateCellInfo-r10

CandidateCellInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	-- cellIdentification
	physCellId-r10					PhysCellId,
	dl-CarrierFreq-r10				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	-- available measurement results
	rsrpResult-r10					RSRP-Range			OPTIONAL,
	rsrqResult-r10					RSRQ-Range			OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	dl-CarrierFreq-v1090			ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	rsrqResult-v1250				RSRQ-Range-v1250			OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRM-Config field descriptions
candidateCellInfoList
A list of the best cells on each frequency for which measurement information was available, in order of decreasing RSRP.
dl-CarrierFreq
The source includes dl-CarrierFreq-v1090 if and only if dl-CarrierFreq-r10 is set to maxEARFCN.
ue-InactiveTime
Duration while UE has not received or transmitted any user data. Thus the timer is still running in case e.g., UE measures the neighbour cells for the HO purpose. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds to 2 seconds and so on. Value min1 corresponds to 1 minute, value min1s20 corresponds to 1 minute and 20 seconds, value min1s40 corresponds to 1 minute and 40 seconds and so on. Value hr1 corresponds to 1 hour, hr1min30 corresponds to 1 hour and 30 minutes and so on.

10.4	Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values
	Multiplicity and type constraints definitions
-- ASN1START

maxReestabInfo				INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of KeNB* and shortMAC-I forwarded
											-- at handover for re-establishment preparation

-- ASN1STOP

	End of EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

10.5	Mandatory information in AS-Config
The AS-Config transferred between source eNB and target-eNB shall include all IEs necessary to describe the AS context. The conditional presence in section 6 is only applicable for eNB to UE communication.
The "need" or "cond" statements are not applied in case of sending the IEs from source eNB to target eNB. Some information elements shall be included regardless of the "need" or "cond" e.g. discardTimer. The AS-Config re-uses information elements primarily created to cover the radio interface signalling requirements. The information elements may include some parameters that are not relevant for the target eNB e.g. the SFN as included in the MasterInformationBlock.
All the fields in the AS-Config as defined in 10.3 that are introduced after v9.2.0 and that are optional for eNB to UE communication shall be included, if the functionality is configured. The fields in the AS-Config that are defined before and including v9.2.0 shall be included as specified in the following.
Within the sourceRadioResourceConfig, sourceMeasConfig and sourceOtherConfig, the source eNB shall include fields that are optional for eNB to UE communication, if the functionality is configured unless explicitly specified otherwise in the following:
-	in accordance with a condition that is explicitly stated to be applicable; or
-	a default value is defined for the concerned field; and the configured value is the same as the default value that is defined; or
-	the need of the field is OP and the current UE configuration corresponds with the behaviour defined for absence of the field;
The following fields, if the functionality is configured, are not mandatory for the source eNB to include in the AS-Config since delta signalling by the target eNB for these fields is not supported:
* semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
* measGapConfig
For the measurement configuration, a corresponding operation as 5.5.6.1 and 5.5.2.2a is executed by target eNB.

11	UE capability related constraints and performance requirements
11.1	UE capability related constraints
The following table lists constraints regarding the UE capabilities that E-UTRAN is assumed to take into account.
Parameter
Description
Value
#DRBs
The number of DRBs that a UE shall support
8
#RLC-AM
The number of RLC AM entities that a UE shall support
10
#minCellperMeasObjectEUTRA
The minimum number of neighbour cells (excluding black list cells) that a UE shall be able to store within a MeasObjectEUTRA. NOTE.
32
#minBlackCellRangesperMeasObjectEUTRA
The minimum number of blacklist cell PCI ranges that a UE shall be able to store within a MeasObjectEUTRA
32
#minCellperMeasObjectUTRA
The minimum number of neighbour cells that a UE shall be able to store within a MeasObjectUTRA. NOTE.
32
#minCellperMeasObjectGERAN
The minimum number of neighbour cells that a UE shall be able to store within a measObjectGERAN. NOTE.
32
#minCellperMeasObjectCDMA2000
The minimum number of neighbour cells that a UE shall be able to store within a measObjectCDMA2000. NOTE.
32
#minCellTotal
The minimum number of neighbour cells (excluding black list cells) that UE shall be able to store in total in all measurement objects configured
256
NOTE:	In case of CGI reporting, the limit regarding the cells E-UTRAN can configure includes the cell for which the UE is requested to report CGI i.e. the amount of neighbour cells that can be included is at most (# minCellperMeasObjectRAT - 1), where RAT represents EUTRA/UTRA/GERAN/CDMA2000 respectively.

11.2	Processing delay requirements for RRC procedures
The UE performance requirements for RRC procedures are specified in the following table, by means of a value N:
N = the number of 1ms subframes from the end of reception of the E-UTRAN -> UE message on the UE physical layer up to when the UE shall be ready for the reception of uplink grant for the UE -> E-UTRAN response message with no access delay other than the TTI-alignment (e.g. excluding delays caused by scheduling, the random access procedure or physical layer synchronisation).
NOTE:	No processing delay requirements are specified for RN-specific procedures.

Figure 11.2-1: Illustration of RRC procedure delay



Procedure title:
E-UTRAN -> UE
UE -> E-UTRAN
N
Notes
RRC Connection Control Procedures
RRC connection establishment

RRCConnectionSetup
RRCConnectionSetupComplete
15

RRC connection release
RRCConnectionRelease

NA


RRC connection re-configuration (radio resource configuration)

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
15

RRC connection re-configuration (measurement configuration)

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
15

RRC connection re-configuration (intra-LTE mobility)

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
15

RRC connection reconfiguration (SCell addition/release)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
20

RRC connection reconfiguration (SCG establishment/ release, SCG cell addition/ release)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
20

RRC connection re-establishment

RRCConnectionReestablishment
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
15

Initial security activation
SecurityModeCommand
SecurityModeCommandComplete/SecurityModeCommandFailure
10

Initial security activation + RRC connection re-configuration (RB establishment)
SecurityModeCommand, RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
20
The two DL messages are transmitted in the same TTI
Paging
Paging

NA

Inter RAT mobility
Handover to E-UTRA
RRCConnectionReconfiguration (sent by other RAT)
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
NA
The performance of this procedure is specified in [50] in case of handover from GSM and [29], [30] in case of handover from UTRA.
Handover from E-UTRA
MobilityFromEUTRACommand

NA
The performance of this procedure is specified in [16]
Handover from E-UTRA to CDMA2000
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)

NA
Used to trigger the handover preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 RAT.
The performance of this procedure is specified in [16]
Measurement procedures
Measurement Reporting

MeasurementReport
NA

Other procedures
UE capability transfer
UECapabilityEnquiry
UECapabilityInformation
10

Counter check
CounterCheck
CounterCheckResponse
10

Proximity indication

ProximityIndication
NA

UE information
UEInformationRequest
UEInformationResponse
15

MBMS counting
MBMSCountingRequest
MBMSCountingResponse
NA

MBMS interest indication

MBMSInterestIndication
NA

In-device coexistence indication

InDeviceCoexIndication
NA

UE assistance information

UEAssistanceInformation
NA

SCG failure information

SCGFailureInformation
NA

Sidelink UE information

SidelinkUEInformation
NA


11.3	Void

Annex A (informative):
Guidelines, mainly on use of ASN.1
Editor's note	No agreements have been reached concerning the extension of RRC PDUs so far. Any statements in this section about the protocol extension mechanism should be considered as FFS.
A.1	Introduction
The following clauses contain guidelines for the specification of RRC protocol data units (PDUs) with ASN.1.
A.2	Procedural specification
A.2.1	General principles
The procedural specification provides an overall high level description regarding the UE behaviour in a particular scenario.
It should be noted that most of the UE behaviour associated with the reception of a particular field is covered by the applicable parts of the PDU specification. The procedural specification may also include specific details of the UE behaviour upon reception of a field, but typically this should be done only for cases that are not easy to capture in the PDU section e.g. general actions, more complicated actions depending on the value of multiple fields.
Likewise, the procedural specification need not specify the UE requirements regarding the setting of fields within the messages that are send to E-UTRAN i.e. this may also be covered by the PDU specification.
A.2.2	More detailed aspects
The following more detailed conventions should be used:
-	Bullets:
-	Capitals should be used in the same manner as in other parts of the procedural text i.e. in most cases no capital applies since the bullets are part of the sentence starting with 'The UE shall:'
-	All bullets, including the last one in a sub-clause, should end with a semi-colon i.e. an ';'
-	Conditions
-	Whenever multiple conditions apply, a semi-colon should be used at the end of each conditions with the exception of the last one, i.e. as in 'if cond1; or cond2: 
A.3	PDU specification
A.3.1	General principles
A.3.1.1	ASN.1 sections
The RRC PDU contents are formally and completely described using abstract syntax notation (ASN.1), see X.680 [13], X.681 (02/2002) [14].
The complete ASN.1 code is divided into a number of ASN.1 sections in the specifications. In order to facilitate the extraction of the complete ASN.1 code from the specification, each ASN.1 section begins with a text paragraph consisting entirely of an ASN.1 start tag, which consists of a double hyphen followed by a single space and the text string "ASN1START" (in all upper case letters). Each ASN.1 section ends with a text paragraph consisting entirely of an ASN.1 stop tag, which consists of a double hyphen followed by a single space and the text "ASN1STOP" (in all upper case letters):
-- ASN1START

-- ASN1STOP

The text paragraphs containing the ASN.1 start and stop tags should not contain any ASN.1 code significant for the complete description of the RRC PDU contents. The complete ASN.1 code may be extracted by copying all the text paragraphs between an ASN.1 start tag and the following ASN.1 stop tag in the order they appear, throughout the specification.
NOTE:	A typical procedure for extraction of the complete ASN.1 code consists of a first step where the entire RRC PDU contents description (ultimately the entire specification) is saved into a plain text (ASCII) file format, followed by a second step where the actual extraction takes place, based on the occurrence of the ASN.1 start and stop tags.
A.3.1.2	ASN.1 identifier naming conventions
The naming of identifiers (i.e., the ASN.1 field and type identifiers) should be based on the following guidelines:
-	Message (PDU) identifiers should be ordinary mixed case without hyphenation. These identifiers, e.g., the RRCConnectionModificationCommand, should be used for reference in the procedure text. Abbreviated forms of these identifiers should not be used.
-	Type identifiers other than PDU identifiers should be ordinary mixed case, with hyphenation used to set off acronyms only where an adjacent letter is a capital, e.g., EstablishmentCause, SelectedPLMN (not Selected-PLMN, since the "d" in "Selected" is lowercase), InitialUE-Identity and MeasSFN-SFN-TimeDifference.
-	Field identifiers shall start with a lowercase letter and use mixed case thereafter, e.g., establishmentCause. If a field identifier begins with an acronym (which would normally be in upper case), the entire acronym is lowercase (plmn-Identity, not pLMN-Identity). The acronym is set off with a hyphen (ue-Identity, not ueIdentity), in order to facilitate a consistent search pattern with corresponding type identifiers.
-	Identifiers that are likely to be keywords of some language, especially widely used languages, such as C++ or Java, should be avoided to the extent possible.
-	Identifiers, other than PDU identifiers, longer than 25 characters should be avoided where possible. It is recommended to use abbreviations, which should be done in a consistent manner i.e. use 'Meas' instead of 'Measurement' for all occurrences. Examples of typical abbreviations are given in table A.3.1.2.1-1 below.
-	For future extension: When an extension is introduced a suffix is added to the identifier of the concerned ASN.1 field and/ or type. A suffix of the form "rX" is used, with X indicating the release, for ASN.1 fields or types introduced in a later release (i.e. a release later than the original/ first release of the protocol) as well as for ASN.1 fields or types for which a revision is introduced in a later release replacing a previous version, e.g., Foo-r9 for the Rel-9 version of the ASN.1 type Foo. A suffix of the form "vXYZ" is used for ASN.1 fields or types that only are an extension of a corresponding earlier field or type (see sub-clause A.4), e.g., AnElement-v10b0 for the extension of the ASN.1 type AnElement introduced in version 10.11.0 of the specification. A number 0...9, 10, 11, etc. is used to represent the first part of the version number, indicating the release of the protocol. Lower case letters a, b, c, etc. are used to represent the second (and third) part of the version number if they are greater than 9. In the procedural specification, in field descriptions as well as in headings suffices are not used, unless there is a clear need to distinguish the extension from the original field.
-	More generally, in case there is a need to distinguish different variants of an ASN.1 field or IE, a suffix should be added at the end of the identifiers e.g. MeasObjectUTRA, ConfigCommon. When there is no particular need to distinguish the fields (e.g. because the field is included in different IEs), a common field identifier name may be used. This may be attractive e.g. in case the procedural specification is the same for the different variants.
Table A.3.1.2-1: Examples of typical abbreviations used in ASN.1 identifiers
Abbreviation
Abbreviated word
Comm
Communication
Conf
Confirmation
Config
Configuration
Disc
Discovery
DL
Downlink
Ext
Extension
Freq
Frequency
Id
Identity
Ind
Indication
Info
Information
Meas
Measurement
Neigh
Neighbour(ing)
Param(s)
Parameter(s)
Persist
Persistent
Phys
Physical
Proc
Process
Reestab
Reestablishment
Req
Request
Rx
Reception
Sched
Scheduling
Sync
Synchronisation
Thresh
Threshold
Tx/ Transm
Transmission
UL
Uplink

NOTE:		The table A.3.1.2.1-1 is not exhaustive. Additional abbreviations may be used in ASN.1 identifiers when needed.
A.3.1.3	Text references using ASN.1 identifiers
A text reference into the RRC PDU contents description from other parts of the specification is made using the ASN.1 field or type identifier of the referenced element. The ASN.1 field and type identifiers used in text references should be in the italic font style. The "do not check spelling and grammar" attribute in Word should be set. Quotation marks (i.e., " ") should not be used around the ASN.1 field or type identifier.
A reference to an RRC PDU type should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 type identifier followed by the word "message", e.g., a reference to the RRCConnectionRelease message.
A reference to a specific part of an RRC PDU, or to a specific part of any other ASN.1 type, should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 field identifier followed by the word "field", e.g., a reference to the prioritisedBitRate field in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

LogicalChannelConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ul-SpecificParameters				SEQUENCE {
		priority							Priority,
		prioritisedBitRate					PrioritisedBitRate,
		bucketSizeDuration					BucketSizeDuration,
		logicalChannelGroup					INTEGER (0..3)
	}		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	All the ASN.1 start tags in the ASN.1 sections, used as examples in this annex to the specification, are deliberately distorted, in order not to include them when the ASN.1 description of the RRC PDU contents is extracted from the specification.
A reference to a specific type of information element should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 type identifier preceded by the acronym "IE", e.g., a reference to the IE LogicalChannelConfig in the example above.
References to a specific type of information element should only be used when those are generic, i.e., without regard to the particular context wherein the specific type of information element is used. If the reference is related to a particular context, e.g., an RRC PDU type (message) wherein the information element is used, the corresponding field identifier in that context should be used in the text reference.
A reference to a specific value of an ASN.1 field should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 value without using quotation marks around the ASN.1 value, e.g., 'if the status field is set to value true'.
A.3.2	High-level message structure
Within each logical channel type, the associated RRC PDU (message) types are alternatives within a CHOICE, as shown in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					DL-DCCH-MessageType
}

DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		dlInformationTransfer					DLInformationTransfer,
		handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest		HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest,
		mobilityFromEUTRACommand				MobilityFromEUTRACommand,
		rrcConnectionReconfiguration			RRCConnectionReconfiguration,
		rrcConnectionRelease					RRCConnectionRelease,
		securityModeCommand						SecurityModeCommand,
		ueCapabilityEnquiry						UECapabilityEnquiry,
		spare1 NULL
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

A nested two-level CHOICE structure is used, where the alternative PDU types are alternatives within the inner level c1 CHOICE.
Spare alternatives (i.e., spare1 in this case) may be included within the c1 CHOICE to facilitate future extension. The number of such spare alternatives should not extend the total number of alternatives beyond an integer-power-of-two number of alternatives (i.e., eight in this case).
Further extension of the number of alternative PDU types is facilitated using the messageClassExtension alternative in the outer level CHOICE.
A.3.3	Message definition
Each PDU (message) type is specified in an ASN.1 section similar to the one shown in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8		RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	-- Enter the IEs here.
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP
Hooks for critical and non-critical extension should normally be included in the PDU type specification. How these hooks are used is further described in sub-clause A.4.
Critical extensions are characterised by a redefinition of the PDU contents and need to be governed by a mechanism for protocol version agreement between the encoder and the decoder of the PDU, such that the encoder is prevented from sending a critically extended version of the PDU type, which is not comprehended by the decoder.
Critical extension of a PDU type is facilitated by a two-level CHOICE structure, where the alternative PDU contents are alternatives within the inner level c1 CHOICE. Spare alternatives (i.e., spare3 down to spare1 in this case) may be included within the c1 CHOICE. The number of spare alternatives to be included in the original PDU specification should be decided case by case, based on the expected rate of critical extension in the future releases of the protocol.
Further critical extension, when the spare alternatives from the original specifications are used up, is facilitated using the criticalExtensionsFuture in the outer level CHOICE.
In PDU types where critical extension is not expected in the future releases of the protocol, the inner level c1 CHOICE and the spare alternatives may be excluded, as shown in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8
											RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	-- Enter the IEs here. --														-- Cond condTag
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

Non-critical extensions are characterised by the addition of new information to the original specification of the PDU type. If not comprehended, a non-critical extension may be skipped by the decoder, whilst the decoder is still able to complete the decoding of the comprehended parts of the PDU contents.
Non-critical extensions at locations other than the end of the message or other than at the end of a field contained in a BIT or OCTET STRING are facilitated by use of the ASN.1 extension marker "...". The original specification of a PDU type should normally include the extension marker at the end of the sequence of information elements contained.
Non-critical extensions at the end of the message or at the end of a field that is contained in a BIT or OCTET STRING are facilitated by use of an empty sequence that is marked OPTIONAL e.g. as shown in the following example:
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCMessage-r8-IEs ::= 					SEQUENCE {
	field1									InformationElement1,
	field2									InformationElement2,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

The ASN.1 section specifying the contents of a PDU type may be followed by a field description table where a further description of, e.g., the semantic properties of the fields may be included. The general format of this table is shown in the example below. The field description table is absent in case there are no fields for which further description needs to be provided e.g. because the PDU does not include any fields, or because an IE is defined for each field while there is nothing specific regarding the use of this IE that needs to be specified.
%PDU-TypeIdentifier% field descriptions
%field identifier%
Field description.
%field identifier%
Field description.

The field description table has one column. The header row shall contain the ASN.1 type identifier of the PDU type.
The following rows are used to provide field descriptions. Each row shall include a first paragraph with a field identifier (in bold and italic font style) referring to the part of the PDU to which it applies. The following paragraphs at the same row may include (in regular font style), e.g., semantic description, references to other specifications and/ or specification of value units, which are relevant for the particular part of the PDU.
The parts of the PDU contents that do not require a field description shall be omitted from the field description table.
A.3.4	Information elements
Each IE (information element) type is specified in an ASN.1 section similar to the one shown in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

PRACH-ConfigSIB ::=					SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..1023),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo
}

PRACH-Config ::=					SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..1023),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PRACH-ConfigInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	prach-ConfigIndex					ENUMERATED {ffs},
	highSpeedFlag						ENUMERATED {ffs},
	zeroCorrelationZoneConfig			ENUMERATED {ffs}
}

-- ASN1STOP

IEs should be introduced whenever there are multiple fields for which the same set of values apply. IEs may also be defined for other reasons e.g. to break down a ASN.1 definition in to smaller pieces.
A group of closely related IE type definitions, like the IEs PRACH-ConfigSIB and PRACH-Config in this example, are preferably placed together in a common ASN.1 section. The IE type identifiers should in this case have a common base, defined as the generic type identifier. It may be complemented by a suffix to distinguish the different variants. The "PRACH-Config" is the generic type identifier in this example, and the "SIB" suffix is added to distinguish the variant. The sub-clause heading and generic references to a group of closely related IEs defined in this way should use the generic type identifier.
The same principle should apply if a new version, or an extension version, of an existing IE is created for critical or non-critical extension of the protocol (see sub-clause A.4). The new version, or the extension version, of the IE is included in the same ASN.1 section defining the original. A suffix is added to the type identifier, using the naming conventions defined in sub-clause A.3.1.2, indicating the release or version of the where the new version, or extension version, was introduced.
Local IE type definitions, like the IE PRACH-ConfigInfo in the example above, may be included in the ASN.1 section and be referenced in the other IE types defined in the same ASN.1 section. The use of locally defined IE types should be encouraged, as a tool to break up large and complex IE type definitions. It can improve the readability of the code. There may also be a benefit for the software implementation of the protocol end-points, as these IE types are typically provided by the ASN.1 compiler as independent data elements, to be used in the software implementation.
An IE type defined in a local context, like the IE PRACH-ConfigInfo, should not be referenced directly from other ASN.1 sections in the RRC specification. An IE type which is referenced in more than one ASN.1 section should be defined in a separate sub-clause, with a separate heading and a separate ASN.1 section (possibly as one in a set of closely related IE types, like the IEs PRACH-ConfigSIB and PRACH-Config in the example above). Such IE types are also referred to as 'global IEs'.
NOTE:	Referring to an IE type, that is defined as a local IE type in the context of another ASN.1 section, does not generate an ASN.1 compilation error. Nevertheless, using a locally defined IE type in that way makes the IE type definition difficult to find, as it would not be visible at an outline level of the specification. It should be avoided.
The ASN.1 section specifying the contents of one or more IE types, like in the example above, may be followed by a field description table, where a further description of, e.g., the semantic properties of the fields of the information elements may be included. This table may be absent, similar as indicated in sub-clause A.3.3 for the specification of the PDU type. The general format of the field description table is the same as shown in sub-clause A.3.3 for the specification of the PDU type.
A.3.5	Fields with optional presence
A field with optional presence may be declared with the keyword DEFAULT. It identifies a default value to be assumed, if the sender does not include a value for that field in the encoding:
-- /example/ ASN1START

PreambleInfo ::=					SEQUENCE {
	numberOfRA-Preambles				INTEGER (1..64)						DEFAULT 1,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

Alternatively, a field with optional presence may be declared with the keyword OPTIONAL. It identifies a field for which a value can be omitted. The omission carries semantics, which is different from any normal value of the field:
-- /example/ ASN1START

PRACH-Config ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..1023),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

-- ASN1STOP

The semantics of an optionally present field, in the case it is omitted, should be indicated at the end of the paragraph including the keyword OPTIONAL, using a short comment text with a need statement. The need statement includes the keyword "Need", followed by one of the predefined semantics tags (OP, ON or OR) defined in sub-clause 6.1. If the semantics tag OP is used, the semantics of the absent field are further specified either in the field description table following the ASN.1 section, or in procedure text.
A.3.6	Fields with conditional presence
A field with conditional presence is declared with the keyword OPTIONAL. In addition, a short comment text shall be included at the end of the paragraph including the keyword OPTIONAL. The comment text includes the keyword "Cond", followed by a condition tag associated with the field ("UL" in this example):
-- /example/ ASN1START

LogicalChannelConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ul-SpecificParameters				SEQUENCE {
		priority							INTEGER (0),
		...
	}		OPTIONAL																	-- Cond UL
}

-- ASN1STOP

When conditionally present fields are included in an ASN.1 section, the field description table after the ASN.1 section shall be followed by a conditional presence table. The conditional presence table specifies the conditions for including the fields with conditional presence in the particular ASN.1 section.
Conditional presence
Explanation
UL
Specification of the conditions for including the field associated with the condition tag = "UL". Semantics in case of optional presence under certain conditions may also be specified.

The conditional presence table has two columns. The first column (heading: "Conditional presence") contains the condition tag (in italic font style), which links the fields with a condition tag in the ASN.1 section to an entry in the table. The second column (heading: "Explanation") contains a text specification of the conditions and requirements for the presence of the field. The second column may also include semantics, in case of an optional presence of the field, under certain conditions i.e. using the same predefined tags as defined for optional fields in A.3.5.
Conditional presence should primarily be used when presence of a field despends on the presence and/ or value of other fields within the same message. If the presence of a field depends on whether another feature/ function has been configured, while this function can be configured indepedently e.g. by another message and/ or at another point in time, the relation is best reflected by means of a statement in the field description table.
If the ASN.1 section does not include any fields with conditional presence, the conditional presence table shall not be included.
Whenever a field is only applicable in specific cases e.g. TDD, use of conditional presence should be considered.
A.3.7	Guidelines on use of lists with elements of SEQUENCE type
Where an information element has the form of a list (the SEQUENCE OF construct in ASN.1) with the type of the list elements being a SEQUENCE data type, an information element shall be defined for the list elements even if it would not otherwise be needed.
For example, a list of PLMN identities with reservation flags is defined as in the following example:
-- /example/ ASN1START

PLMN-IdentityInfoList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..6)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo

PLMN-IdentityInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity						PLMN-Identity,
	cellReservedForOperatorUse			ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}

-- ASN1STOP
rather than as in the following (bad) example, which may cause generated code to contain types with unpredictable names:
-- /bad example/ ASN1START

PLMN-IdentityList ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..6)) OF SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	cellReservedForOperatorUse				ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}

-- ASN1STOP
A.4	Extension of the PDU specifications
A.4.1	General principles to ensure compatibility
It is essential that extension of the protocol does not affect interoperability i.e. it is essential that implementations based on different versions of the RRC protocol are able to interoperate. In particular, this requirement applies for the following kind of protocol extensions:
-	Introduction of new PDU types (i.e. these should not cause unexpected behaviour or damage).
-	Introduction of additional fields in an extensible PDUs (i.e. it should be possible to ignore uncomprehended extensions without affecting the handling of the other parts of the message).
-	Introduction of additional values of an extensible field of PDUs. If used, the behaviour upon reception of an uncomprehended value should be defined.
It should be noted that the PDU extension mechanism may depend on the logical channel used to transfer the message e.g. for some PDUs an implementation may be aware of the protocol version of the peer in which case selective ignoring of extensions may not be required.
The non-critical extension mechanism is the primary mechanism for introducing protocol extensions i.e. the critical extension mechanism is used merely when there is a need to introduce a 'clean' message version. Such a need appears when the last message version includes a large number of non-critical extensions, which results in issues like readability, overhead associated with the extension markers. The critical extension mechanism may also be considered when it is complicated to accommodate the extensions by means of non-critical extension mechanisms.
A.4.2	Critical extension of messages
The mechanisms to critically extend a message are defined in A.3.3. There are both "outer branch" and "inner branch" mechanisms available. The "outer branch" consists of a CHOICE having the name criticalExtensions, with two values, c1 and criticalExtensionsFuture. The criticalExtensionsFuture branch consists of an empty SEQUENCE, while the c1 branch contains the "inner branch" mechanism.
The "inner branch" structure is a CHOICE with values of the form "MessageName-rX-IEs" (e.g., "RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs") or "spareX", with the spare values having type NULL. The "-rX-IEs" structures contain the complete structure of the message IEs for the appropriate release; i.e., the critical extension branch for the Rel-10 version of a message includes all Rel-8 and Rel-9 fields (that are not obviated in the later version), rather than containing only the additional Rel-10 fields.
The following guidelines may be used when deciding which mechanism to introduce for a particular message, i.e. only an 'outer branch', or an 'outer branch' in combination with an 'inner branch' including a certain number of spares:
-	For certain messages, e.g. initial uplink messages, messages transmitted on a broadcast channel, critical extension may not be applicable.
-	An outer branch may be sufficient for messages not including any fields.
-	The number of spares within inner branch should reflect the likelihood that the message will be critically extended in future releases (since each release with a critical extension for the message consumes one of the spare values). The estimation of the critical extension likelyhood may be based on the number, size and changeability of the fields included in the message.
-	In messages where an inner branch extension mechanism is available, all spare values of the inner branch should be used before any critical extensions are added using the outer branch.
The following example illustrates the use of the critical extension mechanism by showing the ASN.1 of the original and of a later release
-- /example/ ASN1START					-- Original release

RRCMessage ::=							SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcMessage-r8						RRCMessage-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

-- /example/ ASN1START					-- Later release

RRCMessage ::=							SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcMessage-r8						RRCMessage-r8-IEs,
			rrcMessage-r10						RRCMessage-r10-IEs,
			rrcMessage-r11						RRCMessage-r11-IEs,
			rrcMessage-r14						RRCMessage-r14-IEs
		},
		later							CHOICE {
			c2									CHOICE{
				rrcMessage-r16						RRCMessage-r16-IEs,
				spare7 NULL, spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
				spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
			},
			criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
		}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

A.4.3	Non-critical extension of messages
A.4.3.1	General principles
The mechanisms to extend a message in a non-critical manner are defined in A.3.3. W.r.t. the use of extension markers, the following additional guidelines apply:
-	When further non-critical extensions are added to a message that has been critically extended, the inclusion of these non-critical extensions in earlier critical branches of the message should be avoided when possible.
-	The extension marker ("") is the primary non-critical extension mechanism that is used unless a length determinant is not required. Examples of cases where a length determinant is not required:
-	at the end of a message,
-	at the end of a structure contained in a BIT STRING or OCTET STRING
-	When an extension marker is available, non-critical extensions are preferably placed at the location (e.g. the IE) where the concerned parameter belongs from a logical/ functional perspective (referred to as the 'default extension location')
-	It is desirable to aggregate extensions of the same release or version of the specification into a group, which should be placed at the lowest possible level.
-	In specific cases it may be preferrable to place extensions elsewhere (referred to as the 'actual extension location') e.g. when it is possible to aggregate several extensions in a group. In such a case, the group should be placed at the lowest suitable level in the message. <TBD: ref to seperate example>
-	In case placement at the default extension location affects earlier critical branches of the message, locating the extension at a following higher level in the message should be considered.
-	In case an extension is not placed at the default extension location, an IE should be defined. The IE's ASN.1 definition should be placed in the same ASN.1 section as the default extension location. In case there are intermediate levels in-between the actual and the default extension location, an IE may be defined for each level. Intermediate levels are primarily introduced for readability and overview. Hence intermediate levels need not allways be introduced e.g. they may not be needed when the default and the actual extension location are within the same ASN.1 section. <TBD: ref to seperate example>
A.4.3.2	Further guidelines
Further to the general principles defined in the previous section, the following additional guidelines apply regarding the use of extension markers:
-	Extension markers within SEQUENCE
-	Extension markers are primarily, but not exclusively, introduced at the higher nesting levels
-	Extension markers are introduced for a SEQUENCE comprising several fields as well as for information elements whose extension would result in complex structures without it (e.g. re-introducing another list)
-	Extension markers are introduced to make it possible to maintain important information structures e.g. parameters relevant for one particular RAT
-	Extension markers are also used for size critical messages (i.e. messages on BCCH, PCCH and CCCH), although introduced somewhat more carefully
-	The extension fields introduced (or frozen) in a specific version of the specification are grouped together using double brackets.
-	Extension markers within ENUMERATED
-	Spare values are used until the number of values reaches the next power of 2, while the extension marker caters for extension beyond that limit
-	A suffix of the form "vXYZ" is used for the identifier of each new value, e.g. "value-vXYZ".
-	Extension markers within CHOICE:
-	Extension markers are introduced when extension is foreseen and when comprehension is not required by the receiver i.e. behaviour is defined for the case where the receiver cannot comprehend the extended value (e.g. ignoring an optional CHOICE field). It should be noted that defining the behaviour of a receiver upon receiving a not comprehended choice value is not required if the sender is aware whether or not the receiver supports the extended value.
-	A suffix of the form "vXYZ" is used for the identifier of each new choice value, e.g. "choice-vXYZ".
Non-critical extensions at the end of a message/ of a field contained in an OCTET or BIT STRING:
-	When a nonCriticalExtension is actually used, a "Need" statement should not be provided for the field, which always is a group including at least one extension and a field facilitating further possible extensions. For simplicity, it is recommended not to provide a "Need" statement when the field is not actually used either.
Further, more general, guidelines:
-	In case a need statement is not provided for a group, a "Need" statement is provided for all individual extension fields within the group i.e. including for fields that are not marked as OPTIONAL. The latter is to clarify the action upon absence of the whole group.
A.4.3.3	Typical example of evolution of IE with local extensions
The following example illustrates the use of the extension marker for a number of elementary cases (sequence, enumerated, choice). The example also illustrates how the IE may be revised in case the critical extension mechanism is used.
NOTE	In case there is a need to support further extensions of release n while the ASN.1 of release (n+1) has been frozen, without requiring the release n receiver to support decoding of release (n+1) extensions, more advanced mechanisms are needed e.g. including multiple extension markers.
-- /example/ ASN1START

InformationElement1 ::= 			SEQUENCE {
	field1								ENUMERATED {
											value1, value2, value3, value4-v880,
											..., value5-v960 },
	field2								CHOICE {
		field2a								BOOLEAN,
		field2b								InformationElement2b,
		...,
		field2c-v960						InformationElement2c-r9
	},
	...,
	[[	field3-r9							InformationElement3-r9		OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	field3-v9a0							InformationElement3-v9a0	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
		field4-r9							InformationElement4			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	]]
}

InformationElement1-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field1								ENUMERATED {
											value1, value2, value3, value4-v880,
											value5-v960, value6-v1170, spare2, spare1, ... },
	field2								CHOICE {
		field2a								BOOLEAN,
		field2b								InformationElement2b,
		field2c-v960						InformationElement2c-r9,
		...,
		field2d-v12b0						INTEGER (0..63)
	},
	field3-r9							InformationElement3-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	field4-r9							InformationElement4				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	field5-r10							BOOLEAN,
	field6-r10							InformationElement6-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	field3-v1170						InformationElement3-v1170		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

Some remarks regarding the extensions of InformationElement1 as shown in the above example:
	The InformationElement1 is initially extended with a number of non-critical extensions. In release 10 however, a critical extension is introduced for the message using this IE. Consequently, a new version of the IE InformationElement1 (i.e. InformationElement1-r10) is defined in which the earlier non-critical extensions are incorporated by means of a revision of the original field.
	The value4-v880 is replacing a spare value defined in the original protocol version for field1. Likewise value6-v1170 replaces spare3 that was originally defined in the r10 version of field1
	Within the critically extended release 10 version of InformationElement1, the names of the original fields/ IEs are not changed, unless there is a real need to distinguish them from other fields/ IEs. E.g. the field1 and InformationElement4 were defined in the original protocol version (release 8) and hence not tagged. Moreover, the field3-r9 is introduced in release 9 and not re-tagged; although, the InformationElement3 is also critically extended and therefore tagged InformationElement3-r10 in the release 10 version of InformationElement1.
A.4.3.4	Typical examples of non critical extension at the end of a message
The following example illustrates the use of non-critical extensions at the end of the message or at the end of a field that is contained in a BIT or OCTET STRING i.e. when an empty sequence is used.
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCMessage-r8-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field1							InformationElement1,
	field2							InformationElement2,
	field3							InformationElement3					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCMessage-v860-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

RRCMessage-v860-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field4-v860						InformationElement4					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	field5-v860						BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL,	-- Cond C54
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCMessage-v940-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

RRCMessage-v940-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field6-v940						InformationElement6-r9					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtensions			SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

Some remarks regarding the extensions shown in the above example:
	The InformationElement4 is introduced in the original version of the protocol (release 8) and hence no suffix is used.
A.4.3.5	Examples of non-critical extensions not placed at the default extension location
The following example illustrates the use of non-critical extensions in case an extension is not placed at the default extension location. 
	ParentIE-WithEM
The IE ParentIE-WithEM is an example of a high level IE including the extension marker (EM). The root encoding of this IE includes two lower level IEs ChildIE1-WithoutEM and ChildIE2-WithoutEM which not include the extension marker. Consequently, non-critical extensions of the Child-IEs have to be included at the level of the Parent-IE.
The example illustrates how the two extension IEs ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0 and ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0 (both in release N) are used to connect non-critical extensions with a default extension location in the lower level IEs to the actual extension location in this IE.
ParentIE-WithEM information element
-- /example/ ASN1START

ParentIE-WithEM ::=					SEQUENCE {
	-- Root encoding, including:
	childIE1-WithoutEM					ChildIE1-WithoutEM				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	childIE2-WithoutEM					ChildIE2-WithoutEM				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	childIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0				ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		childIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0				ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

Some remarks regarding the extensions shown in the above example:
	The fields childIEx-WithoutEM-vNx0 may not really need to be optional (depends on what is defined at the next lower level).
	In general, especially when there are several nesting levels, fields should be marked as optional only when there is a clear reason.

	ChildIE1-WithoutEM
The IE ChildIE1-WithoutEM is an example of a lower level IE, used to control certain radio configurations including a configurable feature which can be setup or released using the local IE ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature. The example illustrates how the new field chIE1-NewField is added in release N to the configuration of the configurable feature. The example is based on the following assumptions:
	when initially configuring as well as when modifying the new field, the original fields of the configurable feature have to be provided also i.e. as if the extended ones were present within the setup branch of this feature.
	when the configurable feature is released, the new field should be released also.
	when omitting the original fields of the configurable feature the UE continues using the existing values (which is used to optimise the signalling for features that typically continue unchanged upon handover).
	when omitting the new field of the configurable feature the UE releases the existing values and discontinues the associated functionality (which may be used to support release of unsupported functionality upon handover to an eNB supporting an earlier protocol version).
The above assumptions, which affect the use of conditions and need codes, may not always apply. Hence, the example should not be re-used blindly.
ChildIE1-WithoutEM information elements
-- /example/ ASN1START

ChildIE1-WithoutEM ::=				SEQUENCE {
	-- Root encoding, including:
	chIE1-ConfigurableFeature			ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature		OPTIONAL		 -- Need ON
}

ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	chIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0		ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0	OPTIONAL	-- Cond ConfigF
}

ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		-- Root encoding
	}
}

ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	chIE1-NewField-rN					INTEGER (0..31)
}

-- ASN1STOP

Conditional presence
Explanation
ConfigF
The field is optional present, need OR, in case of chIE1-ConfigurableFeature is included and set to "setup"; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

	ChildIE2-WithoutEM
The IE ChildIE2-WithoutEM is an example of a lower level IE, typically used to control certain radio configurations. The example illustrates how the new field chIE1-NewField is added in release N to the configuration of the configurable feature.
ChildIE2-WithoutEM information element
-- /example/ ASN1START

ChildIE2-WithoutEM ::=				CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		-- Root encoding
	}
}

ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	chIE2-NewField-rN					INTEGER (0..31)					OPTIONAL	-- Cond ConfigF
}

-- ASN1STOP

Conditional presence
Explanation
ConfigF
The field is optional present, need OR, in case of chIE2-ConfigurableFeature is included and set to "setup"; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

A.5	Guidelines regarding inclusion of transaction identifiers in RRC messages
The following rules provide guidance on which messages should include a Transaction identifier
1:	DL messages on CCCH that move UE to RRC-Idle should not include the RRC transaction identifier.
2:	All network initiated DL messages by default should include the RRC transaction identifier.
3:	All UL messages that are direct response to a DL message with an RRC Transaction identifier should include the RRC Transaction identifier.
4:	All UL messages that require a direct DL response message should include an RRC transaction identifier.
5:	All UL messages that are not in response to a DL message nor require a corresponding response from the network should not include the RRC Transaction identifier.
A.6	Protection of RRC messages (informative)
The following list provides information which messages can be sent (unprotected) prior to security activation and which messages can be sent unprotected after security activation.
PMessages that can be sent (unprotected) prior to security activation
A - IMessages that can be sent without integrity protection after security activation
A - CMessages that can be sent unciphered after security activation
NA Message can never be sent after security activation
Message
P
A-I
A-C
Comment
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000
+
-
-

CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000
+
-
-

CounterCheck
-
- 
- 

CounterCheckResponse
-
- 
- 

DLInformationTransfer
+
-
-

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)
-
- 
- 

InDeviceCoexIndication
-
- 
- 

InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication
-
-
-

LoggedMeasurementsConfiguration
-
-
-

MasterInformationBlock
+
+
+

MBMSCountingRequest
+
+
+

MBMSCountingResponse
-
-
-

MBMSInterestIndication
+
-
-

MBSFNAreaConfiguration
+
+
+

MeasurementReport
+
-
-
Justification for case P: RAN2 agreed that measurement configuration may be sent prior to security activation
MobilityFromEUTRACommand
-
- 
-

Paging
+
+
+

SidelinkUEInformation
+
-
-

ProximityIndication
-
-
-

RNReconfiguration
-
-
-

RNReconfigurationComplete
-
-
-

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
+
-
-
The message shall not be sent unprotected before security activation if it is used to perform handover or to establish SRB2 and DRBs
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
+
-
-
Unprotected, if sent as response to RRCConnectionReconfiguration which was sent before security activation
RRCConnectionReestablishment
-
+
+
This message is not protected by PDCP operation.
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
-
-
-

RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject
-
+
+
One reason to send this may be that the security context has been lost, therefore sent as unprotected. 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
-
-
+
This message is not protected by PDCP operation. However a short MAC-I is included.
RRCConnectionReject
+
NA
NA

RRCConnectionRelease
+
-
-
Justification for P: If the RRC connection only for signalling not requiring DRBs or ciphered messages, or the signalling connection has to be released prematurely, this message is sent as unprotected.
RRCConnectionRequest
+
NA
NA

RRCConnectionSetup
+
NA
NA

RRCConnectionSetupComplete
+
NA
NA

SecurityModeCommand
+
NA
NA
Integrity protection applied, but no ciphering (integrity verification done after the message received by RRC)
SecurityModeComplete
-
NA
NA
Integrity protection applied, but no ciphering. Ciphering is applied after completing the procedure.
SecurityModeFailure
+
NA
NA
Neither integrity protection nor ciphering applied.
SystemInformation
+
+
+

SystemInformationBlockType1
+
+
+

UEAssistanceInformation
-
-
-

UECapabilityEnquiry
+
-
-

UECapabilityInformation
+
-
-

SCGFailureInformation
-
-
-

UEInformationRequest
-
-
-

UEInformationResponse
-
-
-

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000)
-
-
-
This message should follow HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest
ULInformationTransfer
+
-
-


A.7	Miscellaneous
The following miscellaneous conventions should be used:
-	References: Whenever another specification is referenced, the specification number and optionally the relevant subclause, table or figure, should be indicated in addition to the pointer to the References section e.g. as follows: 'see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.6]'.

Annex B (normative): Release 8 and 9 AS feature handling
B.1	Feature group indicators
This annex contains the definitions of the bits in fields featureGroupIndicators (in Table B.1-1) and featureGroupIndRel9Add (in Table B.1-1a). 
In this release of the protocol, the UE shall include the fields featureGroupIndicators in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability and featureGroupIndRel9Add in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0. All the functionalities defined within the field featureGroupIndicators defined in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a are mandatory for the UE, if the related capability (frequency band, RAT, SR-VCC or Inter-RAT ANR) is also supported. For a specific indicator, if all functionalities for a feature group listed in Table B.1-1 have been implemented and tested, the UE shall set the indicator as one (1), else (i.e. if any one of the functionalities in a feature group listed in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a, which have not been implemented or tested), the UE shall set the indicator as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators that correspond to RATs not supported by the UE as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators, which do not have a definition in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a, as zero (0).
If the optional fields featureGroupIndicators or featureGroupIndRel9Add are not included by a UE of a future release, the network may assume that all features pertaining to the RATs supported by the UE, respectively listed in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a and deployed in the network, have been implemented and tested by the UE.
In Table B.1-1, a 'VoLTE capable UE' corresponds to a UE which is IMS voice capable.
The indexing in Table B.1-1a starts from index 33, which is the leftmost bit in the field featureGroupIndRel9Add.

Table B.1-1: Definitions of feature group indicators
Index of indicator (bit number)
Definition
(description of the supported functionality, if indicator set to one)
Notes
If indicated "Yes" the feature shall be implemented and successfully tested for this version of the specification
FDD/ TDD diff
1 (leftmost bit)
- Intra-subframe frequency hopping for PUSCH scheduled by UL grant
- DCI format 3a (TPC commands for PUCCH and PUSCH with single bit power adjustments)
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-0  UE selected subband CQI without PMI
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-2  UE selected subband CQI with multiple PMI


Yes
2
- Simultaneous CQI and ACK/NACK on PUCCH, i.e. PUCCH format 2a and 2b
- Absolute TPC command for PUSCH
- Resource allocation type 1 for PDSCH
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-0  UE selected subband CQI without PMI
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-1  UE selected subband CQI with single PMI


Yes
3
- 5bit RLC UM SN
- 7bit PDCP SN
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 7 to 1.
Yes, if UE supports VoLTE.
Yes, if UE supports SRVCC to EUTRAN from GERAN.
No
4
- Short DRX cycle
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 to 1.

Yes
5
- Long DRX cycle
- DRX command MAC control element

Yes
No
6
- Prioritised bit rate

Yes
No
7
- RLC UM
- can only be set to 0 if the UE does not support VoLTE
Yes, if UE supports VoLTE.
Yes, if UE supports SRVCC to EUTRAN from GERAN.
No
8
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA FDD or UTRA TDD CELL_DCH PS handover, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD

- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA FDD CELL_DCH PS handover, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 22 to 1
Yes for FDD, if UE supports UTRA FDD
Yes
9
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN GSM_Dedicated handover
- related to SR-VCC
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 23 to 1
Yes, if UE supports SRVCC to EUTRAN from GERAN.
Yes
10
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN (Packet_) Idle by Cell Change Order
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN (Packet_) Idle by Cell Change Order with NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change)


Yes
11
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to CDMA2000 1xRTT CS Active handover
- related to SR-VCC
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has sets bit number 24 to 1

Yes
12
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to CDMA2000 HRPD Active handover
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 26 to 1

Yes
13
- Inter-frequency handover (within FDD or TDD)
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 25 to 1
Yes, unless UE only supports band 13
No
14
- Measurement reporting event: Event A4  Neighbour > threshold
- Measurement reporting event: Event A5  Serving < threshold1 & Neighbour > threshold2

Yes
No
15
- Measurement reporting event: Event B1  Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 to 1

- Measurement reporting event: Event B1  Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively

- Measurement reporting event: Event B1  Neighbour > threshold for GERAN, 1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number 23, 24 or 26 to 1, respectively
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set at least one of the bit number 22, 23, 24, 26 or 39 to 1.
- even if the UE sets bits 41, it shall still set bit 15  to 1 if measurement reporting event B1 is tested for all RATs supported by UE
Yes for FDD, if UE supports only UTRAN FDD and does not support UTRAN TDD or GERAN or 1xRTT or HRPD
Yes
16
- Intra-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells

- Inter-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells, if the UE has set bit number 25 to 1

- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 to 1

- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells for UTRAN FDD or  UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively

- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells for GERAN, 1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number 23, 24 or 26 to 1, respectively.

NOTE: Event triggered periodical reporting (i.e., with triggerType set to event and with reportAmount > 1) is a mandatory functionality of event triggered reporting and therefore not the subject of this bit.

Yes
No
17
Intra-frequency ANR features including:
- Intra-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells
- Intra-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 to 1.
Yes
No
18
Inter-frequency ANR features including:
- Inter-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells
- Inter-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 25 to 1.
Yes, unless UE only supports band 13
No
19
Inter-RAT ANR features including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells for GERAN, if the UE has set bit number 23 to 1
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 to 1
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON for  1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number 24 or 26 to 1, respectively
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting  where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRANTDD and has set bit number 22 to 1 
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting  where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting  where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI for GERAN, 1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number 23, 24 or 26 to 1, respectively
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 to 1 and the UE has set at least one of the bit number 22, 23, 24 or 26 to 1. 
- even if the UE sets bits 33 to 37, it shall still set bit 19 to 1 if inter-RAT ANR features are tested for all RATs for which inter-RAT measurement reporting is indicated as tested

Yes
20
If bit number 7 is set to 0:
- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 8x AM DRB

If bit number 7 is set to 1:
- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 8x AM DRB
- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 5x AM DRB + 3x UM DRB

NOTE: UE which indicate support for a DRB combination also support all subsets of the DRB combination. Therefore, release of DRB(s) never results in an unsupported DRB combination.

- Regardless of what bit number 7 and bit number 20 is set to, UE shall support at least SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 4x AM DRB
- Regardless of what bit number 20 is set to, if bit number 7 is set to 1, UE shall support at least SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 4x AM DRB + 1x UM DRB

Yes
No
21
- Predefined intra- and inter-subframe frequency hopping for PUSCH with N_sb > 1
- Predefined inter-subframe frequency hopping for PUSCH with N_sb > 1


No
22
- UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD

- UTRAN FDD measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD

Yes for FDD, if UE supports UTRA FDD
Yes
23
- GERAN measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode


Yes
24
- 1xRTT measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode

Yes for FDD, if UE supports enhanced 1xRTT CSFB for FDD
Yes for TDD, if UE supports enhanced 1xRTT CSFB for TDD
Yes
25
- Inter-frequency measurements and reporting in E-UTRA connected mode

NOTE: The UE setting this bit to 1 and indicating support for FDD and TDD frequency bands in the UE capability signalling implements and is tested for FDD measurements while the UE is in TDD, and for TDD measurements while the UE is in FDD.

Yes, unless UE only supports band 13
No
26
- HRPD measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode

Yes for FDD, if UE supports HRPD
Yes
27
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA FDD or UTRA TDD CELL_DCH CS handover, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD

- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA FDD CELL_DCH  CS handover, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- related to SR-VCC
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 8 to 1 and supports SR-VCC from EUTRA defined in TS 24.008 [49]
Yes for FDD, if UE supports VoLTE and UTRA FDD
Yes
28
- TTI bundling

Yes for FDD
Yes
29
- Semi-Persistent Scheduling


Yes
30
- Handover between FDD and TDD
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 13 to 1

No
31
- Indicates whether the UE supports the mechanisms defined for cells broadcasting multi band information i.e. comprehending multiBandInfoList, disregarding in RRC_CONNECTED the related system information fields and understanding the EARFCN signalling for all bands, that overlap with the bands supported by the UE, and that are defined in the earliest version of TS 36.101 [42] that includes all UE supported bands.

Yes
No
32
Undefined




NOTE:	The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD.


Table B.1-1a: Definitions of feature group indicators
Index of indicator (bit number)
Definition
(description of the supported functionality, if indicator set to one)
Notes
If indicated "Yes" the feature shall be implemented and successfully tested for this version of the specification
FDD/ TDD diff
33 (leftmost bit)
Inter-RAT ANR features for UTRAN FDD including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON 
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting  where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 22 to 1.


Yes
34
Inter-RAT ANR features for GERAN including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells 
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting  where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 23  to 1.


Yes
35
Inter-RAT ANR features for 1xRTT including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON 
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting  where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 24  to 1.


Yes
36
Inter-RAT ANR features for HRPD including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON 
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting  where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 26  to 1.


Yes
37
Inter-RAT ANR features for UTRAN TDD including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON 
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting  where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and at least one of the bit number 22 (for UEs supporting only UTRA TDD) or the bit number 39 to 1.

Yes
38
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA TDD CELL_DCH PS handover, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 39 to 1

Yes
39
- UTRAN TDD measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD


Yes
40
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA TDD  CELL_DCH  CS handover, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- related to SR-VCC
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 38 to 1

Yes
41
Measurement reporting event: Event B1  Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN FDD, if the UE supports UTRAN FDD and has set bit number 22 to 1

Yes for FDD, unless UE has set bit number 15 to 1
Yes
42
Undefined



43
Undefined



44
Undefined



45
Undefined



46
Undefined



47
Undefined



48
Undefined



49
Undefined



50
Undefined



51
Undefined



52
Undefined



53
Undefined



54
Undefined



55
Undefined



56
Undefined



57
Undefined



58
Undefined



59
Undefined



60
Undefined



61
Undefined



62
Undefined



63
Undefined



64
Undefined




NOTE:	The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD. Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a feature for which it indicates support within the FGI signalling.

Clarification for mobility from EUTRAN and inter-frequency handover within EUTRAN
There are several feature groups related to mobility from E-UTRAN and inter-frequency handover within EUTRAN. The description of these features is based on the assumption that we have 5 main "functions" related to mobility from E-UTRAN:
A.	 Support of measurements and cell reselection procedure in idle mode
B.	 Support of RRC release with redirection procedure in connected mode
C.	 Support of Network Assisted Cell Change in connected mode
D.	 Support of measurements and reporting in connected mode
E.	 Support of handover procedure in connected mode
All functions can be applied for mobility to Inter-frequency to EUTRAN, GERAN, UTRAN, CDMA2000 HRPD and CDMA2000 1xRTT except for function C) which is only applicable for mobility to GERAN. Table B.1-2 below summarises the mobility functions that are supported based on the UE capability signaling (band support) and the setting of the feature group support indicators.
Table B.1-2: Mobility from E-UTRAN
Feature
GERAN
UTRAN
HRPD
1xRTT
EUTRAN
A. Measurements and cell reselection procedure in E-UTRA idle mode
Supported if GERAN band support is indicated
Supported if UTRAN band support is indicated
Supported if CDMA2000 HRPD band support is indicated
Supported if CDMA2000 1xRTT band support is indicated
Supported for supported bands
B. RRC release with blind redirection procedure in E-UTRA connected mode
Supported if GERAN band support is indicated
Supported if UTRAN band support is indicated
Supported if CDMA2000 HRPD band support is indicated
Supported if CDMA2000 1xRTT band support is indicated
Supported for supported bands
C. Cell Change Order (with or without) Network Assisted Cell Change) in E-UTRA connected mode
Group 10
N.A.
N.A
N.A
N.A.
D. Inter-frequency/RAT measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 (for inter-RAT) in E-UTRA connected mode
Group 23
Group 22/39
Group 26
Group 24
Group 25
E. Inter-frequency/RAT handover procedure in E-UTRA connected mode
Group 9 (GSM_connected handover)
Separate UE capability bit defined in TS 36.306 for PS handover
Group 8/38 (PS handover) or Group 27/40 (SRVCC handover)
Group 12
Group 11
Group 13 (within FDD or TDD)
Group 30 (between FDD and TDD)

In case measurements and reporting function is not supported by UE, the network may still issue the mobility procedures redirection (B) and CCO (C) in a blind fashion.
B.2	CSG support
In this release of the protocol, it is mandatory for the UE to support a minimum set of CSG functionality consisting of:
-	Identifying whether a cell is CSG or not;
-	Ignoring CSG cells in cell selection/reselection.
Additional CSG functionality in AS, i.e. the requirement to detect and camp on CSG cells when the "CSG whitelist" is available or when manual CSG selection is triggered by the user, are related to the corresponding NAS features. This additional AS functionality consists of:
-	Manual CSG selection;
-	Autonomous CSG search;
-	Implicit priority handling for cell reselection with CSG cells.
It is possible that this additional CSG functionality in AS is not supported or tested in early UE implementations.
Note that since the above AS features relate to idle mode operations, the capability support is not signalled to the network. For these reasons, no "feature group indicator" is assigned to this feature to indicate early support in Rel-8.

Annex C (normative): Release 10 AS feature handling
C.1	Feature group indicators
This annex contains the definitions of the bits in field featureGroupIndRel10. 
In this release of the protocol, the UE shall include the field featureGroupIndRel10 in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1020-IEs. All the functionalities defined within the field featureGroupIndRel10 defined in Table C.1-1 are mandatory for the UE, if the related capability (spatial multiplexing in UL, PDSCH transmission mode 9, carrier aggregation, handover to EUTRA, or RAT) is also supported. For a specific indicator, if all functionalities for a feature group listed in Table C.1-1 have been implemented and tested, the UE shall set the indicator as one (1), else (i.e. if any one of the functionalities in a feature group listed in Table C.1-1 have not been implemented or tested), the UE shall set the indicator as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators that correspond to RATs not supported by the UE as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators, which do not have a definition in Table C.1-1, as zero (0).
If the optional field featureGroupIndRel10 is not included by a UE of a future release, the network may assume that all features, listed in Table C.1-1 and deployed in the network, have been implemented and tested by the UE.
The indexing in Table C.1-1 starts from index 101, which is the leftmost bit in the field featureGroupIndRel10.
Table C.1-1: Definitions of feature group indicators
Index of indicator
Definition
(description of the supported functionality, if indicator set to one)
Notes
If indicated "Yes" the feature shall be implemented and successfully tested for this version of the specification
FDD/ TDD diff
101 (leftmost bit)
- DMRS with OCC (orthogonal cover code) and SGH (sequence group hopping) disabling
- if the UE supports two or more layers for spatial multiplexing in UL, this bit shall be set to 1. 
- If a category 0 UE does not support this feature, this bit shall be set to 0.

No
102
- Trigger type 1 SRS (aperiodic SRS) transmission (Up to X ports)

NOTE: X = number of supported layers on given band


Yes
103
- PDSCH transmission mode 9 when up to 4 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- for Category 8 UEs, this bit shall be set to 1.

Yes
104
- PDSCH transmission mode 9 for TDD when 8 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- if the UE does not support TDD, this bit is irrelevant (capability signalling exists for FDD for this feature), and this bit shall be set to 0.
- for Category 8 UEs, this bit shall be set to 1.

No
105
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-0  UE selected subband CQI without PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 is configured
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-1  UE selected subband CQI with single PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 and up to 4 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- this bit can be set to 1 only if indices 2 (Table B.1-1) and 103 are set to 1.
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if index 2 is set to 1 for both FDD and TDD, and index 103 is set to 1 either for FDD and TDD.

Yes
106
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI/PTI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-1  UE selected subband CQI with single PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 and 8 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to supported) and if index 2 (Table B.1-1) is set to 1.
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if either index 104 is set to 1 or tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to supported, and if index 2 is set to 1 for both FDD and TDD.

Yes
107
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-0  UE selected subband CQI without PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 is configured
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-2  UE selected subband CQI with multiple PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 and up to 4 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- this bit can be set to 1 only if indices 1 (Table B.1-1) and 103 are set to 1.

Yes
108
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-2  UE selected subband CQI with multiple PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 and 8 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to supported) and if index 1 (Table B.1-1) is set to 1.

Yes
109
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH Mode 1-1, submode 1
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to supported).
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if either index 104 is set to 1 or tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to supported.

Yes
110
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH Mode 1-1, submode 2
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to supported).
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if either index 104 is set to 1 or tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to supported.

Yes
111
- Measurement reporting trigger Event A6
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports carrier aggregation.

Yes
112
- SCell addition within the Handover to EUTRA procedure
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports carrier aggregation and the Handover to EUTRA procedure.

Yes
113
- Trigger type 0 SRS (periodic SRS) transmission on X Serving Cells

NOTE: X = number of supported component carriers in a given band combination
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports carrier aggregation in UL.

Yes
114
- Reporting of both UTRA CPICH RSCP and Ec/N0 in a Measurement Report
- this bit can be set to 1 only if index 22 (Table B.1-1) is set to 1.

No
115
- time domain ICIC RLM/RRM measurement subframe restriction for the serving cell
- time domain ICIC RRM measurement subframe restriction for neighbour cells
- time domain ICIC CSI measurement subframe restriction


Yes
116
- Relative transmit phase continuity for spatial multiplexing in UL
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports two or more layers for spatial multiplexing in UL.

Yes
117
Undefined



118
Undefined



119
Undefined



120
Undefined



121
Undefined



122
Undefined



123
Undefined



124
Undefined



125
Undefined



126
Undefined



127
Undefined



128
Undefined



129
Undefined



130
Undefined



131
Undefined



132
Undefined




NOTE:	The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD. Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a feature for which it indicates support within the FGI signalling.


Annex D (informative):
Descriptive background information
D.1	Signalling of Multiple Frequency Band Indicators (Multiple FBI)
D.1.1	Mapping between frequency band indicator and multiple frequency band indicator
This subclause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the E-UTRA frequency bands in SystemInformationBlockType1 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.1-1. In this example:
- E-UTRAN cell belongs to band B90 and also bands B6, B7, B91, and B92. 
- The freqBandIndicatorPriority field is not present in SystemInformationBlockType1.
- E-UTRAN uses B64 to indicate the presence of B90 in freqBandIndicator-v9e0.
- For the MFBI list of this cell, E-UTRAN uses B64 in MultiBandInfoList to indicate the position and priority of the bands in MultiBandInfoList-v9e0.
- The UE, after reading SystemInformationBlockType1, generates an MFBI list with priority of B91, B6, B92, and B7. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator-v9e0 IE it applies that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE applies the first listed band in the MFBI list which it supports.

Figure D.1.1-1: Mapping of frequency bands to MultiBandInfoList/MultiBandInfoList-v9e0
D.1.2	Mapping between inter-frequency neighbour list and multiple frequency band indicator
This subclause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the E-UTRA frequencies signalled in SystemInformationBlockType5 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.2-1. In this example:
- E-UTRAN includes 4 frequencies (EARFCNs): the bands associated with f1 and f4 belong to bands lower than 64; the bands associated with f2 and f3 belong to bands larger than 64. The reserved EARFCN value of 65535 is used to indicate the presence of ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0.
- The band associated with f1 has two overlapping bands, B1 and B2 (lower than 64); the band associated with f2 has one overlapping band, B91; the band associated with f3 has four overlapping bands B3, B4, B92, and B93; the band associated with f4 does not have overlapping bands.
- E-UTRAN includes 4 lists in both interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0 and interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0 and ensure the order of the lists is matching. Each list corresponds to one EARFCN and contains up to 8 bands. The first list corresponds to f1, the second list corresponds to f2, and so on. The grey lists mean not including MultiBandInfoList or MultiBandInfoList-v9e0, i.e. the corresponding EARFCN does not have any overlapping frequency bands in MultiBandInfoList or MultiBandInfoList-v9e0.

Figure D.1.2-1: Mapping of EARFCNs to MultiBandInfoList/MultiBandInfoList-v9e0
D.1.3	Mapping between UTRA FDD frequency list and multiple frequency band indicator
This subclause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the UTRA FDD frequencies signalled in SystemInformationBlockType6 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.3-1. In this example:
- E-UTRAN includes 4 UTRA FDD frequencies (UARFCNs).
- The bands associated with f1 and f4 have no overlapping bands. The band associated with f2 has two overlapping bands, B1 and B2. The band associated with f3 has one overlapping band, B3.
- E-UTRAN includes 4 lists in carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 with the first and fourth entry not including MultiBandInfoList.


Figure D.1.3-1: Mapping of UARFCNs to MultiBandInfoList

Annex E (normative):
TDD/FDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD CA
Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a feature/capability for which it indicates support within the FGI/capability signalling.
A UE that indicates support for TDD/ FDD CA:
-	For the fields for which the UE is allowed to indicate different 	support for FDD and TDD, the UE shall support the feature on the PCell and/or SCell(s), as specified in tables E-1, E-2 and E-3 in accordance to the following rules:
-	PCell: the UE shall support the feature for the PCell, if the UE indicates support of the feature for the PCell duplex mode;
-	SCell: the UE shall support the feature for SCell(s), if the UE indicates support of the feature for the SCell duplex mode;
-	Per serving cell: the UE shall support the feature for a serving cell if the UE indicates support of the feature for the serving cells duplex mode;
-	All serving cells: UE shall support the feature if the UE indicates support of the feature for both TDD and FDD duplex modes;
-	For the fields where the UE is not allowed to indicate different support for FDD and TDD, the UE shall support the feature for PCell and SCell(s) if the UE indicates support of the feature via the common FGI/capability bit.
Table E-1: Rel-8/9 FGIs for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed (from Annex B)
Index of indicator 
Classification
1
Per serving cell
2
All serving cells
4
All serving cells
8
PCell
9
PCell
10
PCell
11
PCell
12
PCell
15
PCell
19
PCell
22
PCell
23
PCell
24
PCell
26
PCell
27
PCell
28
PCell
29
PCell
33
PCell
34
PCell
35
PCell
36
PCell
37
PCell
38
PCell
39
PCell
40
PCell
41
PCell

Table E-2: Rel-10 FGIs for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed (from Annex C)
Index of indicator 
Classification
102
Per serving cell
103
Per serving cell
105
All serving cells
106
All serving cells
107
All serving cells
108
All serving cells
109
All serving cells
110
All serving cells
111
SCell
112
PCell
113
Per serving cell
115
PCell
116
Per serving cell

Table E-3: Rel-12 UE-EUTRA capabilities for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed
UE-EUTRA-Capability
Classification
crossCarrierScheduling
All serving cells
e-CSFB-1XRTT
PCell
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT
PCell
e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT
PCell
ePDCCH
Per serving cell
e-RedirectionUTRA
PCell
e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD
PCell
inDeviceCoexInd
All serving cells
interFreqRSTD-Measurement
PCell
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
PCell
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN
PCell
intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
PCell
mbms-Scell
SCell
mbms-NonServingCell
SCell
multiACK-CSIreporting
PCell
multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC
Per serving cell
otdoa-UE-Assisted
PCell
pmi-Disabling
Per serving cell
rsrqMeasWideband
Per serving cell
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
All serving cells
ss-CCH-InterfHandl
PCell
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect
PCell
ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported
Per serving cell
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO
PCell

Annex F (informative):
Change history

Change history
Date
TSG #
TSG Doc.
CR
Rev
Subject/Comment
Old
New
12/2007
RP-38
RP-070920
-

Approved at TSG-RAN #38 and placed under Change Control
1.0.0
8.0.0
03/2008
RP-39
RP-080163
0001
4
CR to 36.331 with Miscellaneous corrections
8.0.0
8.1.0
03/2008
RP-39
RP-080164
0002
2
CR to 36.331 to convert RRC to agreed ASN.1 format
8.0.0
8.1.0
05/2008
RP-40
RP-080361
0003
1
CR to 36.331 on Miscellaneous clarifications/ corrections
8.1.0
8.2.0
09/2008
RP-41
RP-080693
0005
-
CR on Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications
8.2.0
8.3.0
12/2008
RP-42
RP-081021
0006
-
Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications
8.3.0
8.4.0
03/2009
RP-43
RP-090131
0007
-
Correction to the Counter Check procedure
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0008
-
CR to 36.331-UE Actions on Receiving SIB11
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0009
1
Spare usage on BCCH
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0010
-
Issues in handling optional IE upon absence in GERAN NCL
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0011
-
CR to 36.331 on Removal of useless RLC re-establishment at RB release
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0012
1
Clarification to RRC level padding at PCCH and BCCH
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0013
-
Removal of Inter-RAT message
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0014
-
Padding of the SRB-ID for security input
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0015
-
Validity of ETWS SIB
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0016
1
Configuration of the Two-Intervals-SPS
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0017
-
Corrections on Scaling Factor Values of Qhyst
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0018
1
Optionality of srsMaxUppts
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0019
-
CR for discussion on field name for common and dedicated IE
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0020
-
Corrections to Connected mode mobility
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0021
-
Clarification regarding the measurement reporting procedure
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0022
1
Corrections on s-Measure
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0023
1
R1 of CR0023 (R2-091029) on combination of SPS and TTI bundling for TDD
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0024
-
L3 filtering for path loss measurements
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0025
1
S-measure handling for reportCGI
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0026
1
Measurement configuration clean up
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0027
-
Alignment of measurement quantities for UTRA
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0028
-
CR to 36.331 on L1 parameters ranges alignment
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0029
-
Default configuration for transmissionMode
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0030
-
CR to 36.331 on RRC Parameters for MAC, RLC and PDCP
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0031
1
CR to 36.331 - Clarification on Configured PRACH Freq Offset
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0032
-
Clarification on TTI bundling configuration
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0033
1
Update of R2-091039 on Inter-RAT UE Capability
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090133
0034
-
Feature Group Support Indicators
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0036
-
Corrections to RLF detection
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0037
-
Indication of Dedicated Priority
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0038
2
Security Clean up
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0039
-
Correction of TTT value range
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0040
-
Correction on CDMA measurement result IE
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0041
1
Clarification of Measurement Reporting
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0042
-
Spare values in DL and UL Bandwidth in MIB and SIB2
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0044
1
Clarifications to System Information Block Type 8
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0045
-
Reception of ETWS secondary notification
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0046
1
Validity time for ETWS message Id and Sequence No
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0047
-
CR for Timers and constants values used during handover to E-UTRA
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0048
-
Inter-RAT Security Clarification
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0049
-
CR to 36.331 on consistent naming of 1xRTT identifiers
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0050
-
Capturing RRC behavior regarding NAS local release
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0051
-
Report CGI before T321 expiry and UE null reporting
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0052
-
System Information and 3 hour validity
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0053
1
Inter-Node AS Signalling
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0054
-
Set of values for the parameter "messagePowerOffsetGroupB"
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0055
-
CR to paging reception for ETWS capable UEs in RRC_CONNECTED
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0056
1
CR for CSG related items in 36.331
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0057
1
SRS common configuration
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0058
-
RRC processing delay
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0059
-
CR for HNB Name
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0060
3
Handover to EUTRA delta configuration
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0063
-
Delivery of Message Identifier and Serial Number to upper layers for ETWS
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0066
-
Clarification on the maximum size of cell lists
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0067
-
Missing RRC messages in 'Protection of RRC messages'
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0069
1
Clarification on NAS Security Container
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0071
-
Extension of range of CQI/PMI configuration index
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0072
1
Access barring alleviation in RRC connection establishment
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090367
0077
6
Corrections to feature group support indicators
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0078
-
CR from email discussion to capture DRX and TTT handling
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0079
1
Need Code handling on BCCH messages
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0080
-
Unification of T300 and T301 and removal of miscallaneous FFSs
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0084
1
Proposed CR modifying the code-point definitions of neighbourCellConfiguration
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0087
2
Remove Redundant Optionality in SIB8
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0089
-
Corrections to the generic error handling
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0090
-
Configurability of T301
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0091
1
Correction related to TTT
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0095
-
CR for 36.331 on SPS-config
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0096
2
CR for Deactivation of periodical measurement
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0099
2
SMC and reconfiguration
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0101
-
TDD handover
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0102
-
Corrections to system information acquisition
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0106
-
Some Corrections and Clarifications to 36.331
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0109
-
Clarification on the Maximum number of ROHC context sessions parameter
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0110
-
Transmission of rrm-Config at Inter-RAT Handover
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0111
1
Use of SameRefSignalsInNeighbor parameter
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0112
-
Default serving cell offset for measurement event A3
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0114
-
dl-EARFCN missing in HandoverPreparationInformation
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0115
-
Cleanup of references to 36.101
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0117
-
Correction to the value range of UE-Categories
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0122
1
Correction on RRC connection re-establishment
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0124
-
Performing Measurements to report CGI for CDMA2000
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0125
-
CDMA2000-SystemTimeInfo in VarMeasurementConfiguration
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0126
-
UE Capability Information for CDMA2000 1xRTT
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0127
-
CDMA2000 related editorial changes
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0128
-
Draft CR to 36.331 on State mismatch recovery at re-establishment
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0129
1
Draft CR to 36.331 on Renaming of AC barring related IEs
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0130
2
Draft CR to 36.331 on Inheriting of dedicated priorities at inter-RAT reselection
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0135
-
Proposed CR to 36.331 Description alignment for paging parameter, nB
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0139
2
Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 review
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0141
1
Correction regarding Redirection Information fo GERAN
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0142
-
Further ASN.1 review related issues
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0143
-
Periodic measurements
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0144
1
Further analysis on code point "OFF" for ri-ConfigIndex
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0145
1
Adding and deleting same measurement or configuration in one message
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0147
-
Corrections to IE dataCodingScheme in SIB11
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0148
-
Clarification on Mobility from E-UTRA
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0149
-
36.331 CR related to not applicable
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0150
1
UE radio capability transfer
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0151
-
CR to 36.331 on value of CDMA band classes
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0152
-
Corrections to DRB modification
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0153
-
Correction to presence condition for pdcp-config
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0155
-
TDD HARQ-ACK feedback mode
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090275
0157
-
Corrections regarding use of carrierFreq for CDMA (SIB8) and GERAN (measObject)
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090321
0156
1
Sending of GERAN SI/PSI information at Inter-RAT Handover
8.4.0
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090339
0158
-
Clarification of CSG support
8.4.0
8.5.0
06/2009
RP-44
RP-090516
0159
-
Octet alignment of VarShortMAC-Input
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0160
3
Minor corrections to the feature grouping
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0161
-
Security clarification
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0162
1
Sending of GERAN SI/PSI information at Inter-RAT Handover
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0163
1
Correction of UE measurement model
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0164
-
Restricting the reconfiguration of UM RLC SN field size
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0165
1
36.331 CR on Clarification on cell change order from GERAN to E-UTRAN
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0166
-
36.331 CR - Handling of expired TAT and failed D-SR
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0167
1
Proposed CR to 36.331 Clarification on mandatory information in AS-Config
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0168
2
Miscellaneous small corrections
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0173
-
Clarification on the basis of delta signalling
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0177
-
CR on Alignment of CCCH and DCCH handling of missing mandatory field
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0180
2
Handling of Measurement Context During HO Preparation
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0181
-
Clarification of key-eNodeB-Star in AdditionalReestabInfo
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0182
1
UE Capability Transfer
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0186
1
Clarification regarding mobility from E-UTRA in-between SMC and SRB2/DRB setup
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0188
1
Correction and completion of specification conventions
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0195
2
RB combination in feature group indicator
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0196
1
CR for need code for fields in mobilityControlInfo
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090497
0197
-
Alignment of pusch-HoppingOffset with 36.211
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090570
0198
-
Explicit srb-Identity values for SRB1 and SRB2
8.5.0
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0199
-
Removing use of defaultValue for mac-MainConfig
8.5.0
8.6.0
09/2009
RP-45
RP-090906
0200
-
Proposed update of the feature grouping
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0201
-
Clarification on measurement object configuration for serving frequency
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0202
-
Correction regarding SRVCC
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0203
-
Indication of DRB Release during HO
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0204
1
Correction regarding application of dedicated resource configuration upon handover
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0205
-
REL-9 protocol extensions in RRC
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0206
-
In-order delivery of NAS PDUs at RRC connection reconfiguration
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0207
-
Correction on Threshold of Measurement Event
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0210
-
Clarification on dedicated resource of RA procedure
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0213
1
Cell barring when MasterInformationBlock or SystemInformationBlock1 is missing
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090915
0218
-
Security threat with duplicate detection for ETWS
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0224
-
Clarification on supported handover types in feature grouping
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0250
1
Handling of unsupported / non-comprehended frequency band and emission requirement
8.6.0
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0251
-
RB combinations in feature group indicator 20
8.6.0
8.7.0
09/2009
RP-45
RP-090934
0220
1
Introduction of Per-QCI radio link failure timers (option 1)
8.7.0
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090926
0222
-
Null integrity protection algorithm
8.7.0
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090926
0223
-
Emergency Support Indicator in BCCH
8.70
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090934
0230
2
CR to 36.331 for Enhanced CSFB to 1xRTT with concurrent PS handover
8.7.0
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090934
0243
-
REL-9 on Miscellaneous editorial corrections
8.7.0
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090934
0247
-
Periodic CQI/PMI/RI masking
8.7.0
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090933
0252
-
Introduction of CMAS
8.7.0
9.0.0
12/2009
RP-46
RP-091346
0253
1
(Rel-9)-clarification on the description of redirectedCarrierInfo
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0254
1
Adding references to RRC processing delay for inter-RAT mobiltiy messages
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0256
-
Alignment of srs-Bandwidth with 36.211
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091341
0257
5
Baseline CR capturing eMBMS agreements
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091343
0258
3
Capturing agreements on inbound mobility
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0260
-
Clarification of preRegistrationZoneID/secondaryPreRegistrationZoneID
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0261
-
Clarification on NCC for IRAT HO
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0263
-
Clarification on P-max
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0265
1
Clarification on the definition of maxCellMeas
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0266
-
Correction of q-RxLevMin reference in SIB7
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0267
-
Correction on SPS-Config field descriptions
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0268
1
correction on the definition of CellsTriggeredList
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091345
0269
-
Correction relating to CMAS UE capability
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0271
1
Feature grouping bit for SRVCC handover
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0272
1
Correction and completion of extension guidelines
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091344
0273
-
RACH optimization Stage-3
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091345
0274
-
Stage 3 correction for CMAS
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0276
1
SR prohibit mechanism for UL SPS
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0277
-
Parameters used for enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0281
-
Correction on UTRAN UE Capability transfer
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0285
-
Maximum number of CDMA2000 neighbors in SIB8
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091340
0288
1
Introduction of UE Rx-Tx Time Difference measurement
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0297
-
Introduction of SR prohibit timer
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0298
-
Remove FFSs from RAN2 specifications
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091343
0301
1
Renaming Allowed CSG List (36.331 Rel-9)
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0305
-
Re-introduction of message segment discard time
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0306
1
Application of ASN.1 extension guidelines
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0309
1
Support for Dual Radio 1xCSFB
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0311
-
Shorter SR periodicity
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091342
0316
-
CR to 36.331 for Introduction of Dual Layer Transmission
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091343
0318
1
Draft CR to 36.331 on Network ordered SI reporting
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0322
-
UE e1xcsfb capabilities correction
9.0.0
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091331
0327
1
Clarification on coding of ETWS related IEs
9.0.0
9.1.0
03/2010
RP-47
RP-100285
0331
-
Clarification of CGI reporting
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0332
-
Clarification on MCCH change notification
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0333
-
Clarification on measurement for serving cell only
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0334
-
Clarification on proximity indication configuraiton in handover to E-UTRA
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0335
-
Clarification on radio resource configuration in handover to E-UTRA procedure
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0336
-
Clarification on UE maximum transmission power
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0337
-
Correction to field descriptions of UE-EUTRA-Capability
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0338
-
Correction to MBMS scheduling terminology
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0339
-
Corrections to SIB8
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0340
-
CR 36.331 R9 for Unifying SI reading for ANR and inbound mobility
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0341
1
CR to 36.331 for 1xRTT pre-registration information in SIB8
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0342
-
CR to 36.331 on corrections for MBMS
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0343
1
CR to 36.331 on CSG identity reporting
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0344
2
CR to 36.331 on Optionality of Rel-9 UE features
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0345
1
CR to 36.331 on Service Specific Acces Control (SSAC)
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0346
-
Introduction of power-limited device indication in UE capability.
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0347
-
Missing agreement in MCCH change notification.
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0348
1
Corrections related to MCCH change notification and value ranges
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0349
2
Prohibit timer for proximity indication
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0350
1
Proximity Indication after handover and re-establishment
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0351
-
Specifying the exact mapping of notificationIndicator in SIB13 to PDCCH bits
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0352
-
Corrections out of ASN.1 review scope
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0353
-
CR on clarification of system information change
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100285
0358
-
Measurement Result CDMA2000 Cell
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100304
0361
-
Correction on the range of UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0362
-
Small clarifications regarding MBMS
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0363
-
Introduction of REL-9 indication within field accessStratumRelease
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0364
-
Extending mobility description to cover inbound mobility
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0365
1
Clarification regarding enhanced CSFB to 1XRTT
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0368
-
Handling of dedicated RLF timers
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0370
1
Clarification on UE's behavior of receiving MBMS service
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0371
-
MBMS Service ID and Session ID
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0372
1
Inclusion of non-MBSFN region length in SIB13
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100309
0374
1
CR to 36.331 for e1xCSFB access class barring parameters in SIB8
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0375
-
Multiple 1xRTT/HRPD target cells in MobilityFromEUTRACommand
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0376
-
Independent support indicators for Dual-Rx CSFB and S102 in SIB8
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100285
0378
-
Clarification on DRX StartOffset for TDD
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0379
1
Miscellaneous corrections from REL-9 ASN.1 review
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0381
-
Need codes and missing conventions
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0383
1
Introduction of Full Configuration Handover for handling earlier eNB releases
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0385
-
Clarification to SFN reference in RRC
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0390
-
RSRP and RSRQ based Thresholds
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100189
0392
3
Redirection enhancements to GERAN
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0398
-
Cell reselection enhancements CR for 36.331
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100307
0401
3
CR on UE-originated RLFreporting for MRO SON use case
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100309
0402
3
CR to 36.331 on Redirection enhancements to UTRAN
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0403
2
Proximity status indication handling at mobility
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0404
-
Upper layer aspect of MBSFN area id
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0405
-
Redirection for enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback with concurrent PSHO
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100301
0406
-
Avoiding interleaving transmission of CMAS notifications
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0407
1
Introduction of UE GERAN DTM capability indicator
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100381
0408
2
Introducing provisions for late ASN.1 corrections
9.1.0
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100245
0411
-
Correction/ alignment of REL-9 UE capability signalling
9.1.0
9.2.0
06/2010
RP-48
RP-100553
0412
-
Clarification for mapping between warning message and CB-data
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0413
-
Clarification of radio link failure related actions
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100554
0414
-
Clarification on UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100553
0415
-
Correction on CMAS system information
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100554
0416
1
Corrections to MBMS
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100536
0418
-
Decoding of unknown future extensions
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0419
1
Miscellaneous small corrections and clarifications
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100551
0420
-
Prohibit timer for proximity indication
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0421
-
RLF report for MRO correction
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100546
0423
1
Missing UTRA bands in IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0424
-
Correction on handling of dedicated RLF timers
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0431
1
Protection of RRC messages
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0433
-
Handling missing Essential system information
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100551
0434
1
Clarification on UMTS CSG detected cell reporting in LTE
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0436
-
Introducing provisions for late corrections
9.2.0
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0437
-
Clarification regarding / alignment of REL-9 UE capabilities
9.2.0
9.3.0
09/2010
RP-49
RP-100845
0440
-
Correction to 3GPP2 reference for interworking with cdma2000 1x
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0441
-
Clarification on UL handover preparation transfer
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0442
1
Clarifications regarding fullConfiguration
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0443
-
Clarifications regarding handover to E-UTRAN
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100854
0444
-
Correction on the table of conditionally mandatory Release 9 features
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0445
-
Corrections to TS36.331 on MeasConfig IE
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100853
0446
2
CR to 36.331 on clarification for MBMS PTM RBs
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0447
-
Introduction of late corrections container for E-UTRA UE capabilities
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0448
-
Renaming of containers for late non-critical extensions
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0452
-
Clarifications Regarding Redirection from LTE
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100845
0456
-
Description of multi-user MIMO functionality in feature group indicator table
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100845
0458
-
Correct the PEMAX_H to PEMAX
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0460
-
Clarification for feature group indicator bit 11
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0465
1
Clarification of FGI setting for inter-RAT features not supported by the UE
9.3.0
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-101008
0475
1
FGI settings in Rel-9
9.3.0
9.4.0
12/2010
RP-50
RP-101197
0483
-
Clarification on Meaning of FGI Bits
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101197
0485
-
Clarification regarding reconfiguration of the quantityConfig
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101210
0486
1
Corrections to the presence of IE regarding DRX and CQI
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101210
0493
-
The field descriptions of MeasObjectEUTRA
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101197
0498
1
Clarification of FGI settings non ANR periodical measurement reporting
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101209
0500
-
Corrections to RLF Report
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101206
0519
1
T321 timer fix
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101197
0524
-
Restriction of AC barring parameter setting
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101210
0525
-
Removal of SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE in UEInformationResponse
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101197
0526
1
Clarification regarding default configuration value N/A
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101431
0532
-
Splitting FGI bit 3
9.4.0
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101183
0476
4
36.331 CR on Introduction of Minimization of Drive Tests
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101293
0477
4
AC-Barring for Mobile Originating CSFB call
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0478
-
Addition of UE-EUTRA-Capability descriptions
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0481
-
Clarification on Default Configuration for CQI-ReportConfig
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101215
0487
-
CR to 36.331 adding e1xCSFB support for dual Rx/Tx UE
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101227
0488
1
Introduction of Carrier Aggregation and UL/ DL MIMO
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101228
0489
1
Introduction of relays in RRC
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0490
1
Priority indication for CSFB with re-direction
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0491
-
SIB Size Limitations
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0513
-
Combined Quantity Report for IRAT measurement of UTRAN
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0527
1
UE power saving and Local release
9.4.0
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101429
0530
1
Inclusion of new UE categories in Rel-10
9.4.0
10.0.0
03/2011
RP-51
RP-110282
0533
-
36331_CRxxx_Protection of Logged Measurements Configuration
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110294
0534
1
Stage-3 CR for MBMS enhancement
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0535
-
Clean up MDT-related text
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0536
-
Clear MDT configuration and logs when the UE is not registered
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0537
-
Correction to the field description of nB
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0538
-
CR on impact on UP with remove&add approach_2
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0539
-
CR to 36.331 on corrections for MDT
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110290
0543
-
Introduction of CA/MIMO capability signalling and measurement capability signalling in CA
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0544
-
MDT PDU related clarifications
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0545
-
Correction on release of logged measurement configuration while in another RAT
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0546
-
Miscellaneous Corrections for CA Running RRC CR
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0547
1
Miscellaneous small clarifications and corrections
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110293
0548
4
Necessary changes for RLF reporting enhancements
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0549
1
Memory size for logged measurements capable UE
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0550
-
Parameters confusion of non-CA and CA configurations
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110272
0553
-
Presence condition for cellSelectionInfo-v920 in SIB1
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0554
1
Removal of MDT configuration at T330 expiry
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0556
1
Signalling aspects of existing LTE-A parameters
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0557
1
Some Corrections on measurement
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110291
0558
-
Stored system information for RNs
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110291
0559
-
Support of Integrity Protection for Relay
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110290
0561
2
Updates of L1 parameters for CA and UL/DL MIMO
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110291
0571
1
Note for Dedicated SIB for RNs
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110272
0579
-
Correction to cs-fallbackIndicator field description
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0580
-
Clarification to the default configuration of sCellDeactivationTimer
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0581
-
Miscellaneous corrections to TS 36.331 on Carrier Aggregation
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0584
-
Correction of configuration description in SIB2
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110265
0587
-
Clarification of band indicator in handover from E-UTRAN to GERAN
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110285
0588
1
36331_CRxxxx Support of Delay Tolerant access requests
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110292
0590
-
Update of R2-110807 on CSI measurement resource restriction for time domain ICIC
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110292
0591
-
Update of R2-110821 on RRM/RLM resource restriction for time domain ICIC
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110290
0592
-
Corrections on UE capability related parameters
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0596
-
Validity time for location information in Immediate MDT
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0597
-
CR to 36.331 adding UE capability indicator for dual Rx/Tx e1xCSFB
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0598
-
Miscellaneous corrections to CA
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0599
-
Further correction to combined measurement report of UTRAN
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0600
-
Correction to the reference of ETWS
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110269
0602
1
Introduction of OTDOA inter-freq RSTD measurement indication procedure
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0603
-
Correction of use of RRCConnectionReestablishment message for contention resolution
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0604
-
CR to 36.331 on MDT neighbour cell measurements logging
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110272
0609
-
Minor ASN.1 corrections for the UEInformationResponse message
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0613
-
Clarification regarding dedicated RLF timers and constants
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0615
-
Release of Logged Measurement Configuration
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0616
-
Some corrections on TS 36.331
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0623
-
AC barring procedure clean up
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0624
-
Counter proposal to R2-110826 on UE capabilities for MDT
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0628
1
UE information report for RACH
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0629
2
Measurement on the deactivated SCells
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0632
1
Trace configuration paremeters for Logged MDT
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0635
-
Clarification on stop condition for timer T3330
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0637
-
User consent for MDT
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0638
-
Correction on the range of CQI resource index
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110272
0640
1
Small corrections to ETWS & CMAS system information
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110290
0641
1
UE capability signaling structure w.r.t carrier aggregation, MIMO and measurement gap
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0642
1
Normal PHR and the multiple uplink carriers
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0643
1
Corrections to TS36.331 on SIB2 handling
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0644
1
Adding a Power Management indication in PHR
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0646
1
Clarification for CA and TTI bundling in RRC
10.0.0
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110443
0648
1
Updates to FGI settings
10.0.0
10.1.0
06/2011
RP-52
RP-110836
0651
-
Add MBMS counting procedure to processing delay requirement for RRC procedure Section 11.2
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110830
0653
-
Add pre Rel-10 procedures to processing delay requirement for RRC procedure Section 11.2
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0654
1
Addition of a specific reference for physical configuration fields
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0656
-
Clarification of inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication procedure
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110830
0658
-
Clarification of optionality of UE features without capability
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0660
-
Clarification on the definition of maxCellBlack
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0661
-
Clarification on upper layer requested connection release
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110850
0662
3
Clarification regarding eICIC measurements
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0663
-
CR for s-measure handling
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110851
0664
1
CR on clarification of RLF Report in Carrier Aggregation
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110830
0669
-
FGI bit for handover between LTE FDD/TDD
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0670
2
Further updates on L1 parameters
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0671
2
General error handling for extension fields
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110851
0672
2
Additional information for RLF report
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110843
0673
-
Introduction of TCE ID for logged MDT
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110670
0674
4
Miscellaneous corrections (related to review in preparation for ASN.1 freeze)
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110843
0675
-
PLMN check for MDT logging
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0677
-
UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0678
-
Clarification on bandEUTRA-r10 and supportedBandListEUTRA
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110837
0679
-
Updated value range for the Extended Wait Timer
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0680
1
Value range of DRX-InactivityTimer
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110828
0693
1
Correction for SR-VCC and QCI usage
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0694
-
Restructuring of CQI-ReportConfig-r10
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0695
2
Correction on DL allocations in MBSFN subframes
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110850
0700
-
Reference SFN for MeasSubframePattern
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110846
0701
-
Clarifications to CA related field descriptions
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0702
-
Corrections to codebookSubsetRestriction and SRS parameters
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110834
0704
-
Corrections to the handling of ri-ConfigIndex for TM9
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110715
0710
2
UE capabilities for Rel-10 LTE features with eICIC measurement restrictions as FGI (Alt.1)
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0713
-
CR to 36.331 on redirected utra-TDD carrier frequency
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0714
-
Explicit AS signalling for mapped PTMSI/GUTI
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0718
-
Counter proposal for Updates of mandatory information in AS-Config
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0719
-
CR for Reconfiguration of discardTimer in PDCP-Config
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0723
-
On the missing multiplicity of UE capability parameters
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110830
0735
-
Radio frame alignment of CSA and MSP
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0740
-
Reconfiguration involving critically extended IEs (using fullFieldConfig i.e. option 2)
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0744
-
Counter proposal to R2-112753 on CR to remove CSG Identity validity limited to CSG cell
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0746
1
Increase of prioritisedBitRate
10.1.0
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0747
-
CA and MIMO Capabilities in LTE Rel-10
10.1.0
10.2.0
09/2011
RP-53
RP-111297
0752
-
TS36.331 Correction
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0754
-
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions when no ROHC profile is supported
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111280
0757
-
Correction to Subframe Allocation End in PMCH-Info
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111288
0761
-
Correction on PUCCH configuration for Un interface
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0762
-
Miscellaneous corrections to 36.331
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111278
0764
2
36.331 correction on CSG identity validity to allow introduction of CSG RAN sharing
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0770
2
AdditionalSpectrumEmissions in CA
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0773
-
CR to 36.331 on Small correction of PHR parameter
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0775
2
Clarifications to P-max on CA
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111280
0784
-
Clarification on for which subframes signalling MCS applies
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0792
-
Corrections in RRC
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0793
-
Replace the tables with exception list in 10.5 AS-Config
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0796
-
Corrections to the field descriptions
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0798
-
Configuration of simultaneous PUCCH&PUSCH
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0806
-
Corrections to release of csi-SubframePatternConfig and cqi-Mask
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111272
0810
-
GERAN SI format for cell change order&PS handover& enhanced redirection to GERAN
10.2.0
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0811
-
Corrections to PUCCH-Config field descriptions
10.2.0
10.3.0
12/2011
RP-54
RP-111711
0812
1
Clarification of  PCI range for CSG cells
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0813
-
Clarifications to Default Radio Configurations
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0814
1
Corrections to enhancedDualLayerTDD
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0815
-
Miscellaneous small corrections
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0816
1
Correction on notation of SRS transmission comb
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111706
0823
1
36.331 CR SPS reconfiguration
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0827
2
Clarification of list sizes in measurement configuration stored by UE
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111706
0835
-
Clarification of the event B1 and ANR related FGI bits
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111714
0840
1
Clarification on MBSFN and measurement resource restrictions
10.3.0
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111706
0845
-
Clarification on parallel message transmission upon connection re-establishment
10.3.0
10.4.0
03/2012
RP-55
RP-120326
0855
1
Limiting MBMS counting responses to within the PLMN
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120321
0857
-
CR to 36.331 on cdma2000 band classes and references
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120326
0862
1
Clarification on MBSFN and measurement resource restrictions
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120325
0871
-
On SIB10/11 Reception Timing
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120326
0875
1
Clarification on MBMS counting for uncipherable services
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120325
0876
-
Minor correction regarding limited service access on non-CSG-member cell
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120326
0894
-
Time to keep RLF Reporting logs
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120356
0895
1
Introducing means to signal different FDD/TDD Capabilities/FGIs for Dual-xDD UE
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120321
0899
-
Clarification on SRB2 resumption upon connection re-establishment (parallel message transmission)
10.4.0
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120321
0900
1
Duplicated ASN.1 naming correction
10.4.0
10.5.0
06/2012
RP-56
RP-120805
0909
-
SPS Reconfiguration
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120805
0912
1
Change in Scheduling Information for ETWS
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120807
0914
-
Clarification of mch-SchedulingPeriod configuration
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120808
0916
1
Change in Scheduling Information for CMAS
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120814
0919
1
Introducing means to signal different REL-10 FDD/TDD Capabilities/FGIs for Dual-xDD UE
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120812
0920
1
Clarification on setting of dedicated NS value for CA by E-UTRAN
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120808
0931
-
T321 value for UTRA SI acquisition
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120813
0957
1
Korean Public Alert System (KPAS) in relation to CMAS
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120812
0969
1
Introduction of supported bandwidth combinations for CA
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120734
0970
1
Introduction of multiple frequency band indicator
10.5.0
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120825
0934
-
Introduction of a new security algorithm ZUC
10.5.0
11.0.0

RP-56
RP-120813
0973
1
EU-Alert in relation to CMAS
10.5.0
11.0.0
09/2012
RP-57
RP-121371
0982
1
Introduction of EAB
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121381
0990
-
Additional special subframe configuration related correction
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121423
1000
4
36.331 CR introducing In-Device Coexistence (IDC)
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121359
1008
-
Voice support Capabilities
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121361
1013
-
Differentiating UTRAN modes in FGIs
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121368
1022
1
Introduction of absolute priority based measurements and reselection in CELL_FACH State in 36.331
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121370
1024
-
Introducing MDT enhancements for REL-11
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121349
1025
2
Introducing Carrier aggregation enhancements for REL-11
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121375
1026
-
Introducing MBMS enhancements for REL-11
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121376
1052
2
Signaling support for CRS interference management in eICIC
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121395
1055
-
CR on scell measurement cycle
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121395
1056
-
CR on measurement report
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121378
1057
3
Introduction of 'Power preference indication'
11.0.0
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121280
1060
-
Correction for PUCCH/SRS Release
11.0.0
11.1.0
12/2012
RP-58
RP-121933
1063
-
Correction related to differentiating UTRAN modes in FGIs
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121936
1065
-
Processing delay for RRCConnectionReconfiguration
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121953
1066
2
Addition of the stage-3 agreements on IDC
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121951
1067
3
Carrier Aggregation Enhancement  RAN1 parameters
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1068
1
Clarification of SR period
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1069
1
Clarification on HandoverCommand message
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1070
-
Clarification on mobility related issues
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121946
1071
1
Correction of the signaling for Uncertainty and Confidence
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121940
1072
2
Corrections to MBMS Service Continuity
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121940
1073
-
CR to 36.331 on SIB15 acquisition
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1074
1
Handling of 1xCSFB failure
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1075
-
Miscellaneous corrections
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121958
1076
1
RAN overload control using RRC connection Rejection
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121954
1077
-
RRC support for CoMP in UL
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121951
1078
-
Some clarification to Carrier aggregation enhancements
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121939
1079
1
Validity of EAB SIB and acquisition of SIB1
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121922
1085
-
Clarification for Multiple Frequency Band Indicators feature
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121924
1089
1
Moving the TM5 capability
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121959
1093
1
CR to 36.331 on introducing ROHC context continue for intra-ENB handover
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121946
1100
-
Correction on MDT multi-PLMN support
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121953
1102
-
Clarification and alignment of handling of other configuration
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121970
1103
6
Introducing support for Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) operation
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121922
1105
2
Introducing further UE aspects regarding multi band cells
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121947
1120
-
CR to 36.331 on additional information in RLF report for inter-RAT MRO
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121952
1125
1
Correction on  Power preference indication
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121950
1127
1
SIB1 provisioning via dedicated signalling
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121936
1128
2
Measurement reporting of Scells
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121956
1129
1
Introduction of EPDCCH parameters in TS 36.331
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121961
1130
2
Introduction of Rel-11 UE capabilities
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121958
1131
-
Introducion of wideband RSRQ measurements
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121958
1146
-
Introduction of network sharing for CDMA2000 inter-working
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121960
1157
-
Broadcast of Time Info by Using a New SIB
11.1.0
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1175
-
GERAN measurement object at ANR
11.1.0
11.2.0
03/2013
RP-59
RP-130246
1182
2
Miscellaneous corrections from review preceeding ASN.1 freeze
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130243
1186
2
DL COMP capability related correction
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130231
1193
1
Mandatory supporting of B1 measurement to UMTS FDD (FGI bit 15)
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130241
1197
-
Clarification on MBMS Service Continuity
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130241
1198
-
IDC Problem Reporting
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130247
1210
-
Corrections on definition of CSG member cell
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130237
1211
-
Extension of FBI and EARFCN
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130228
1220
-
Invalidation of ETWS with security feature
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130225
1224
-
Invalid measurement configuration with different (E)ARFCN
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130241
1231
2
PPI and IDC indication upon handover
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130227
1235
1
Correcting further UE aspects regarding multi band cells
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130248
1236
1
Behaviour in case of excessive dedicated priority information
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130225
1241
-
Clarification on EARFCN signalling in Mobility control info
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130241
1244
-
IDC-SubframePattern length for FDD
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130249
1252
-
Introduction of wideband RSRQ measurements in RRC_IDLE
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130240
1255
-
Optional support of RLF report for inter-RAT MRO
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130233
1258
2
The presence of bandcombination for non-CA capable UEs
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130248
1259
-
Correction for event A5
11.2.0
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130332
1265
-
Mandating the settings of FGI bit 14, 27 and 28 to true
11.2.0
11.3.0
06/2013
RP-60
RP-130805
1267
-
Clarification on the redirection to UTRA-TDD frequency in case of CSFB High Priority
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130804
1269
1
Correction of wrong reference
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1270
-
Clarification to support of deprioritisation feature
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1271
-
Clarification on KASME key usage
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1272
-
Correction on multi-TA capability
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1273
-
MBMS interest indication upon handover/ re-establishment
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1274
-
Conditions RI reference inheriting CSI process (DL CoMP)
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1275
-
Clarification on NZP CSI-RS resource configuration for UE supporting 1 CSI process
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1276
-
Corrections to field description of pdsch-Start-r11
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1277
-
Need code corrections in Rel-11 RRC
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1278
-
Miscellanous small corrections
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1279
1
FDD/TDD diff column correction for FGI31
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130804
1282
-
measCycleSCell upon SCell configuration
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1294
-
Clarification on RRC Connection Reconfiguration with Critical Extension
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130802
1298
-
Security key generation in case of MFBI
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130804
1303
1
Clarification on inclusion of non-CA band combinations
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1308
-
CR on ROHC parameter configuration in Rel-11 RRC
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130804
1315
2
Clarification on UE CA capability
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1321
-
Updating 3GPP2 specification references
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130805
1323
-
Clarification on the configuration of the extended PHR
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130805
1324
-
Clarifications on SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 IE
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1325
-
MFBI impact on MBMS service continuity
11.3.0
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130819
1329
1
MFBI aspects for dedicated signalling
11.3.0
11.4.0
09/2013
RP-61
RP-131311
1335
-
Clarification on PhysCellIdRange
11.4.0
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131311
1339
1
Correction on the first subframe of the measurement gap
11.4.0
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131319
1340
1
Correction for MFBI in SIB15 and SIB6
11.4.0
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131319
1343
-
Clarification of MFBI impact on MBMS service continuity
11.4.0
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131238
1344
2
Clarification of UE action for otherwise in conditions
11.4.0
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131311
1348
-
Corrections to the 3GPP2 specification references in 36.331
11.4.0
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131318
1353
-
Clarifications regarding the usage of "rlf-Cause" in case of handover failure
11.4.0
11.5.0
12/2013
RP-62
RP-131986
1366
-
Introduction of capability bit for UTRA MFBI
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131984
1368
1
Addition of inter-frequency RSTD measurement capability indicator for OTDOA
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131989
1370
-
Clarification on supportedBand
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-132003
1371
-
Capturing mandatory/optional agreements on Rel-11 UE features
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131995
1372
-
Clarification on otherwise behaviour
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131995
1373
-
Corrections of the 3GPP2 references in TS 36.331
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131991
1374
-
measResultLastServCell for SON-HOF report
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131729
1375
1
Clarification to timeInfoUTC field in SIB16
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131991
1389
-
Clarification on eRedirection to UMTS TDD with multiple UMTS TDD frequencies
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131995
1390
-
Delta signalling for critical extension
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-132005
1391
-
Capability signalling for CSI processes
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131991
1395
1
Clarifications on Measurement
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131984
1397
-
Correction to InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication field descriptions
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131984
1404
-
Correction of Inter-frequency RSTD indication for multiple frequencies
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131993
1405
1
Enabling SRVCC from GERAN without forwarding UE-EUTRA-Capability
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131995
1409
1
System information and change monitoring procedure
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131991
1410
1
Correction on presence of codebookSubsetRestriction-r10
11.5.0
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131998
1376
-
Introducing UE support for inbound mobility to a shared CSG cell
11.5.0
12.0.0

RP-62
RP-132002
1378
2
Introduction of support of further DL MIMO enhancement
11.5.0
12.0.0

RP-62
RP-131988
1379
-
CR for SSAC in CONNECTED
11.5.0
12.0.0

RP-62
RP-132002
1406
-
Update of CMAS reference to E-UTRAN specific sections in TS23.041
11.5.0
12.0.0
03/2014
RP-63
RP-140359
1424
1
CR on introduction of Cell-specific time-to-trigger
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140346
1435
-
UE autonomous modification of cellsTriggered upon serving cell addition/ release
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140359
1436
1
Introduction of T312
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140362
1439
1
Introduction of UE-supported EARFCN list in handover preparation information for MFBI
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140352
1442
-
Correction of Connection Establishement Failure Report
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140356
1450
1
Clarification on the presence of TDD special subframe
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140359
1453
-
Introduction of UE mobility history reporting (option 2)
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140340
1455
1
Clarification regarding need codes, conditions and ASN.1 defaults for extension fields
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140340
1456
-
ASN.1 issue with inter-node signalling (AS-Config)
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140357
1457
1
Clarification for the SIB occurrence in a single SI message
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140364
1462
-
New UE categories for DL 450Mbps class
12.0.0
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140354
1463
-
IoT indication for inter-band TDD CA with different UL/DL configuration
12.0.0
12.1.0
06/2014
RP-64
RP-140869
1471
-
Removal of comment line from EUTRA-UE-Variables imports
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140871
1475
-
Correction on measObjectList in VarMeasConfig
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140879
1477
-
Minor correction inbound mobility to shared CSG cell
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140873
1478
-
Clarificaton on precedence of SCell SI provided dedicately
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140887
1479
-
Support of the enhancement for TTI bundling for FDD
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140885
1490
-
Corrections on timer T312
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140885
1486
-
Correction to the description of physCellIdRange in MeasObjectEUTRA
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140885
1506
-
Corrections to UE mobility history information
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140873
1489
-
ACK/NACK feedback mode on PUSCH
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140878
1556
-
SIB15 enhancement for service availability information
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140888
1557
-
Introduction of FDD/TDD CA UE capability
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140871
1545
-
Clarification of E-UTRA MFBI signalling
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140892
1520
1
Extended RLC LI field
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140873
1517
1
Network-requested CA Band Combination Capability Signalling
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140873
1554
1
Allowing TDD/FDD split for FGI111 and FGI112
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140871
1551
1
Inter-RAT ANR capability signalling in FGI33 when UE supports UTRA TDD only
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140884
1495
1
Introduction of TDD eIMTA
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140885
1499
1
Minor Corrections to T312
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140892
1510
1
Introduction of RRC Connection Establishment failure temporary Qoffset handling
12.1.0
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140849
1555
2
Introduction of UE capability for eMBMS reception on SCell and Non-Serving Cell
12.1.0
12.2.0
09/2014
RP-65
RP-141494
1632
-
FDD&TDD split for CA
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141505
1599
-
UE capabilities for Hetnet mobility in TS 36.331
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141499
1584
-
Introduction of UE eIMTA capabilities
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141511
1567
-
Corrections to extended RLC LI field
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141511
1603
-
TAI reporting of last serving cell
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141498
1630
1
Correction to Network-requested CA Band Combination Capability Signalling
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141496
1577
1
Clarification on double indication of SAI in SIB15
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141496
1597
-
Clarification on MBMSCountingResponse
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141496
1623
-
Clarification on the setting of SupportedBandCombination-v1130
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141489
1574
1
Correction of E-UTRAN UE capabilities description in HandoverPreparationInformation message field descriptions
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141507
1570
-
Introducing MBSFN measurement by extension of logged measurements
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141510
1572
1
Introduction of ACB skip for MMTEL voice/video and SMS
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141496
1615
1
Clarification on determining MBMS frequencies of interest in MBMSInterestIndication
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141506
1579
1
Introduction of signaling support for low complexity UEs
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141499
1601
1
Rel-12 ASN.1 correction
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141511
1560
1
Introduction of shorter MCH scheduling period
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141493
1611
-
Clarification for time-domain resource restriction pattern applicable to neighbour cell RSRQ measurements
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141511
1559
2
Correction to stop condition for "Chiba offset"
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141115
1636
-
Mandating the FGI bit 31 to true
12.2.0
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141618
1566
2
Connected mode procedures and RRC signaling of WLAN/3GPP Radio Interworking for LTE
12.2.0
12.3.0
12/2014
RP-66
RP-142122
1643
-
Clarification on WLAN interworking
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142122
1644
-
Correction on handling of dedicated parameters during re-establishment
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142122
1645
-
Corrections to WLAN/3GPP Radio Interworking for LTE
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142122
1646
-
Reduction of possible values for WLAN backhaul rate thresholds in LTE
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1648
-
PDCP SN size change during HO for RLC-UM mode bearers
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142124
1651
-
Support of TTI bundling without resource allocation restriction for LTE coverage enhancements for Rel-12
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142123
1652
-
Corrections to eIMTA capabilities
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1653
-
ACB, ACB-skip, CSFB and SSAC signalling per PLMN
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142122
1642
1
Minor corrections regarding WLAN interworking
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142115
1659
-
Correction of remaining TBD for Rel-10 FGIs
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142117
1663
-
New UE categories for DL 600Mbps
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142135
1687
-
Introduction of Dual Connectivity
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1697
1
Prohibit timer for SR
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142133
1666
-
Support of 256QAM in TS 36.331 (per band 256QAM capability report)
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142128
1690
1
Introduction of increased number of frequencies to monitor
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1696
2
Introduction of extended RSRQ value range and new RSRQ definition
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142115
1650
1
Introduction of signalling for serving cell interruptions
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142123
1655
-
Correction for p0-Persistent-SubframeSet2 Handling
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142134
1681
-
Introduction of missing Rel-12 UE capabilities
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1647
1
Extended RLC LI field correction
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1656
-
Outstanding Need OP for non-critical extension removal
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1669
2
Clarification on statusReportRequired handling
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142131
1698
2
MCH BLER and RSRQ update for MBSFN MDT
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142130
1699
1
Optionality support of UE mandatory features for Category 0 UEs
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142123
1661
-
Further Clarifications on eIMTA and eICIC
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142113
1686
1
UE capability for modified MPR behavior
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142132
1664
1
Support of Discovery Signals measurement in TS 36.331
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142139
1670
2
RRC Parameters for NAICS
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-141979
1700
-
UE capability signaling for WLAN/3GPP radio interworking
12.3.0
12.4.0

RP-66
-
-
-
MCC editorial update
12.4.0
12.4.1
03/2015
RP-67
RP-150373
1737
-
Clarification on the setting of measScaleFactor without reducedMeasPerformance
12.4.1
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150371
1747
-
Clarification on Measurement Configuration handling
12.4.1
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150371
1765
-
Clarification to usage of field deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11 in dedicated uplink power control parameter signalling
12.4.1
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150370
1751
-
Clarification on CSI measurement subframe set
12.4.1
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150368
1795
-
The absence of supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r10
12.4.1
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150370
1798
-
Presence of codebookSubsetRestriction
12.4.1
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150377
1768
2
Miscellaneous changes resulting from review for REL-12 ASN.1 freeze
12.4.1
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150374
1770
2
Introduction of ProSe
12.4.1
12.5.0
06/2015
RP-68
RP-150921
1800
-
Correction field description of networkControlledSyncTx
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1801
-
Clarification on SCG reconfiguration
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1802
-
Correction for aperiodic CSI trigger
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150920
1804
-
Correction on handling of wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1805
-
Reconfiguration of SPS
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150916
1809
-
CR on Aperiodic CSI Reporting for 1.4MHz cell
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1815
-
Clarification on PDCP reconfiguration
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1816
-
Correction to SCG change
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1817
-
Minor corrections for PSCell configuration in DC
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1818
-
CR on ROHC for split bearer
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1819
-
Clarification on FDD/TDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD CA
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1803
1
Correction to SCG and split bearer configuration
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1810
1
Clarifications on use of preconfigComm for direct communication
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1811
1
Miscellaneous corrections (a.o. Sidelink)
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1813
1
Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink transmission
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1814
1
Correction on field description on SL-TF-ResourceConfig
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150917
1806
1
Mandatory present of supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150923
1853
-
Clarification on Cell barring for downlink only bands
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150917
1852
-
Clarification regarding no MBMS sessions ongoing
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150917
1827
1
Correction to additionalSpectrumEmission
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150923
1820
4
Clarification on extended RSRQ range support
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150917
1838
-
Restriction to CA capability signalling
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1823
-
Clarification on PUCCH and SRS
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150926
1849
-
Introduction of new DL UE categories 15&16
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150923
1824
-
Clean-up corrections to TS 36.331
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150918
1846
1
Correction to IDC signalling
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1822
1
Change of LCID upon DC-specific DRB reconfiguration
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1832
1
Correction to PHR format
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1842
1
Correction on conditions for sidelink operation
12.5.0
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150811
1834
2
Correction on the SL-TF-IndexPair values for ProSe Direct Discovery
12.5.0
12.6.0

Page 1


3GPP TS 36.331 V12.6.0 (2015-06)
2
Release 12


3GPP

3GPP TS 36.331 V12.6.0 (2015-06)
438
Release 12


3GPP

